0000895421 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member us-gaap:SecuritiesLoanedOrSoldUnderAgreementsToRepurchaseMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0000895421 ms:MoreThanOneAndWithinThreeYearsFromBalanceSheetDateMember ms:CreditDerivativesSellingProtectionMember us-gaap:CreditDefaultSwapMember 2018-12-31 0000895421 us-gaap:CreditRiskContractMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-310000895421ms:MeasurementInputEquityVolatilitySkewMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:ValuationTechniqueOptionPricingModelMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMembersrt:MinimumMember2020-12-310000895421ms:OtherPayablesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Member2021-12-31

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the year ended December 31, 20192021
Commission File Number 1-11758
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware1585 Broadway36-3145972(212)761-4000
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)New York,NY10036
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading

Symbol(s)
Name of exchange on

which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par valueMSNew York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Floating RateMS/PANew York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating RateMS/PENew York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating RateMS/PFNew York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating RateMS/PINew York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating RateMS/PKNew York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of 4.875%MS/PLNew York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series L, $0.01 par value
Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of 4.250%MS/PONew York Stock Exchange
Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series O, $0.01 par value
Global Medium-Term Notes, Series A, Fixed Rate Step-Up Senior Notes Due 2026MS/26CNew York Stock Exchange
of Morgan Stanley Finance LLC (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)
Market Vectors ETNs due March 31, 2020 (two issuances)URR/DDRNYSE Arca, Inc.
Market Vectors ETNs due April 30, 2020 (two issuances)CNY/INRNYSE Arca, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Cushing® MLP High Income Index ETNs due March 21, 2031MLPYNYSE Arca, Inc.
Indicate by check mark if Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  Yesý No ¨
Indicate by check mark if Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  ¨  No Noý
Indicate by check mark whether Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  Yesý  No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  Yesý  No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerýAccelerated filer¨Non-accelerated filer¨Smaller reporting company¨Emerging growth company¨
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.                ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.    
Indicate by check mark whether Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  Yes  ¨  No  ý
As of June 30, 2019,2021, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held by non-affiliates of Registrant was approximately $69,733,657,018.$162,040,978,089. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.
As of January 31, 2020,2022, there were 1,599,276,5151,781,299,489 shares of Registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.
Documents Incorporated by Reference: Portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 20202022 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.



ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
For the year ended December 31, 2021
Table of ContentsPartItemPage
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
9
 9A
 9B
9C
I1B
 2
 3
 4
II5
III10
 11
 12
 13
 14
IV15
 16
  
i


ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the year ended December 31, 2019

i


Table of ContentsPartItemPage
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 9
 9A
 9B
I1B
 2
 3
 4
II5
III10
 11
 12
 13
 14
IV15
 16
  




ii


Forward-Looking Statements
We have included in or incorporated by reference into this report, and from time to time may make in our public filings, press releases or other public statements, certain statements, including (without limitation) those under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”,Operations,” “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk” and “Legal Proceedings” that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, our management may make forward-looking statements to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts and represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control.
The nature of our business makes predicting the future trends of our revenues, expenses, and net income difficult. The risks and uncertainties involved in our businesses could affect the matters referred to in such statements, and it is possible that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include (without limitation):
the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, currency, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate and energy markets;
the level of individual investor participation in the global markets, as well as the level of client assets;
the flow of investment capital into or from assets under management or supervision;
the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, interest rates, inflation and currency values, and other market indices;indices or other market factors, such as market liquidity;
the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to our unsecured short-term and long-term debt;
technological changes instituted by us, our competitors or counterparties and technological risks, business continuity and related operational risks, including breaches or other disruptions of our or a third party’s (or third parties thereof) operations or systems;
risk associated with cybersecurity threats, including data protection and cybersecurity risk management;
our ability to effectively manage effectively our capital and liquidity, including non-objections to our capital plansunder stress tests designed by our banking regulators;
the impact of current, pending and future legislation or changes thereto, regulation (including capital, leverage, funding, liquidity, consumer protection, and recovery and resolution requirements) and our ability to address such requirements;
uncertainty concerning fiscal or monetary policies established by central banks and financial regulators, government shutdowns, debt ceilings or funding;
changes to global trade policies, tariffs, interest rates, reformsreplacements of LIBOR and replacement or reform of other interest rate benchmarks;
legal and regulatory actions, including litigation and enforcement, in the U.S. and worldwide;
changes in tax laws and regulations globally;
the effectiveness of our risk management processes;processes and related controls, including climate risk;
our ability to effectively respond to an economic downturn, or other market disruptions;
the effect of social, economic, and political conditions and geopolitical events, including the U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. ("Brexit"),as a result of changes in U.S. presidential administrations or Congress, and sovereign risk;
the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors, as well as governments, central banks, regulators and self-regulatory organizations;
our ability to provide innovative products and services and execute our strategic initiatives, and costs related thereto, including with respect to the operational or technological integration related to such innovative and strategic initiatives;
the performance and results of our acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, strategic alliances, or other strategic arrangements and related integrations;
investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets;
our reputation and the general perception of the financial services industry;
our ability to retain and attract qualified employees;
the effects of the coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) pandemic, including the rate of distribution and administration of vaccines globally, the severity and duration of any resurgence of COVID-19 variants, future actions taken by governmental authorities, and the effects on our employees, customers and counterparties;
climate-related incidents, other pandemics and acts of war, aggression or terrorism; and
other risks and uncertainties detailed under “Business—Competition”,Competition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation”,Regulation,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere throughout this report.
Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the dates they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise except as required by applicable law. You should, however, consult further disclosures we may make in future filings of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto or in future press releases or other public statements.

ii
iii


Available Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers file electronically with the SEC. Our electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s website.
Our website is www.morganstanley.com. You can access our Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir. We make available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, our proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s website, statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
You can access information about our corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance and, our sustainability initiatives at www.morganstanley.com/about-us/sustainability-at-morgan-stanley and our commitment to diversity and inclusion at www.morganstanley.com/about-us/diversity. Our webpages include:
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;
Amended and Restated Bylaws;
Charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Operations and Technology Committee, and Risk Committee;
Corporate Governance Policies;
Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;
Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;
Equity Ownership Commitment;
Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;
Code of Conduct;
Integrity Hotline Information;
Environmental and Social Policies;
Sustainability Report;
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures Report; and
SustainabilityDiversity and Inclusion Report.
Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on our website. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.


iv

iii


Business
Overview
We are a global financial services firm that, through our subsidiaries and affiliates, advises, and originates, trades, manages and distributes capital for, governments, institutions and individuals. We were originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1981, and our predecessor companies date back to 1924. We are an FHCa financial holding company (“FHC”) regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”). We conduct our business from our headquarters in and around New York City, our regional offices and branches throughout the U.S. and our principal offices in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and other world financial centers. As of December 31, 2019, we had 60,431 employees worldwide. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” the “Firm,” “us,” “we,”“we” and “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout the 20192021 Form 10-K.
Financial information concerning us, our business segments and geographic regions for each of the years ended December 31, 2019,2021, December 31, 20182020 and December 31, 20172019 is included in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
On March 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Eaton Vance Corp. (“Eaton Vance”), and on October 2, 2020, we completed the acquisition of E*TRADE Financial Corporation (E*TRADE). For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Wealth Management,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Investment Management” and Note 3 to the financial statements.
Business Segments
We are a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of our business segments—segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Through our subsidiaries and affiliates, we provide a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Additional information related to our business segments, respective clients, and products and services provided is included under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Competition
All aspects of our businesses are highly competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talent. Operating
within the financial services industry on a global basis presents, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for us to remain competitive. Our competitive position depends on a number of factors, including our reputation, the quality and consistency of our long-term investment performance, innovation, execution, relative pricing or other factors including entering into new, or expanding current, businesses as a result of acquisitions and relative pricing.other strategic initiatives. Our ability to sustain or improve our competitive position also depends substantially on our ability to continue to
attract and retain highly qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, energy companies, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., and globally, andas well as digitally, including through the internet. In addition, restrictive laws and regulations applicable to certain financial services institutions, which may prohibit us from engaging in certain transactions and impose more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, can put us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors in certain businesses not subject to these same requirements. See also “Supervision and Regulation” herein and “Risk Factors.”
Institutional Securities and Wealth Management
We compete directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers and with others on a regional or product basis. Additionally, there is increased competition driven by established firms and asset managers, as well as the emergence of new firms and business models (including innovative uses of technology) competing for the same clients and assets or offering similar products and services to retail and institutional customers. We also compete with companies that provide online trading and banking services, investment advisor services, robo-advice capabilities, access to customers.digital asset capabilities and services, and other financial products and services.
Our ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally impacted by our credit ratings), to commit and to deploy capital efficiently, particularly in our capital-intensive underwriting and sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects our competitive position. We expect corporate clients to continue to request that we provide loans or lending commitments in connection with certain investment banking activities.
It is possible that competition may become even more intense as we continue to compete with financial or other institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain geographies or products. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services, and on different platforms, that may enhance their competitive
1December 2021 Form 10-K

position and could result in pricing pressure on our businesses.
We continue to experience intense price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and through other automated trading markets has increasedplatforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies will likely continue the pressure on trading commissions and fees.revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely increasecontinue as additional trading movesmarkets move to more automated trading platforms. It is also possible that weWe have experienced and will likely continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices, including in the form of commissions or fees.

1December 2019 Form 10-K


Investment Managementfuture.
Our ability to compete successfully in the assetinvestment management industry is affected by several factors, including our reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment strategies or product offerings relative to peers and appropriate benchmark indices, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels and investment pipelines, and the types and quality of products offered. Our investment products, including alternative investment products, may compete with investments offered by other investment managers with passive investment products or who may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than us.
Supervision and Regulation
As a major financial services firm, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business. These include legislative and regulatory responses to the financial crisis, both in the U.S. and worldwide, including: the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”); risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards adopted or being developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), including Basel III, and the national implementation of those standards; capital planning and stress testing requirements; and recovery and resolution regimes in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. Some areas of post-financial crisis regulation are still subject to final rulemaking, transition periods, or revisions.
We continue to monitor the changing political, tax and regulatory environment;environment. While it is likely that there will be further changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which we operate, although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. We expect to remain subject to extensive supervision and regulation.
Financial Holding Company
Consolidated Supervision.    We have operatedoperate as a BHC and FHC under the BHC Act since September 2008. As a BHC, weand are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has authority to examine, prescribe regulations and take action with respect to all of our subsidiaries. In particular, we are subject to (among other things): significantly revised and expandedsignificant regulation and supervision; intensive scrutiny of our businesses and plans for expansion of those businesses; limitations on activities; a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements; restrictions on activities and investments imposed by a section of the BHC Act added by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) referred to
as the “Volcker Rule”;
and comprehensive derivatives regulation. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) has primary rulemaking, enforcement and examination authority over us and our subsidiaries with respect to federal consumer protection laws, to the extent applicable.
Scope of Permitted Activities.   The BHC Act limits the activities of BHCs and FHCs and grants the Federal Reserve authority to limit our ability to conduct activities. We must obtain the Federal Reserve’s approval before engaging in certain banking and other financial activities both in the U.S. and internationally.
The BHC Act grandfathers “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that we were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the U.S.” and provided that certain other conditions that are within our reasonable control are satisfied. We currently engage in our commodities activities pursuant to the BHC Act grandfather exemption, as well as other authorities under the BHC Act.
Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.  The Volcker Rule prohibits banking entities, including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain proprietary trading activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making-related activities,market-making, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with covered funds, as defined in the Volcker Rule, withsubject to a number of exemptions and exclusions. The Volcker Rule also requires that deductions be made from a BHC’s Tier 1 capital for permissible investments in certain covered funds. In addition, the Volcker Rule requires banking entities to have comprehensive compliance programs reasonably designed to ensure and monitor compliance with the Volcker Rule. We have brought all of our activities and investments intothere is an extension until July 2022 for conformance subject to a June 2017 approval by the Federal Reserve for a five-year extension of the transition period to conform investments in certain legacy covered funds that are also illiquid funds. The approval covers essentially all of our non-conforming investments in, and relationships with, legacy covered funds subject to the Volcker Rule.
The federal financial regulatory agencies responsible for the Volcker Rule’s implementing regulations have finalized revisions to certain elements of those regulations. The changes simplify the application of the Volcker Rule, and focus on proprietary trading and certain requirements imposed in connection with permitted market making, underwriting and risk-mitigating hedging activities. As part of the changes, the deduction for certain covered fund positions held in connection with permitted market-making and underwriting activities is no longer required. These revisions became effective on January 1, 2020. We were permitted to voluntarily comply with the revised regulations, in whole or in part, beginning on that date, with full compliance required by January 1, 2021. These

December 2019 Form 10-K2


revisions simplify elements of our compliance obligations and we do not expect these revisions to have a material impact on the way we conduct business under the current rule.
Capital Standards.Requirements.    The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), including well-capitalized standards, for large BHCs and evaluates our compliance with such requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan, Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”), E*TRADE Bank (“ETB”) and E*TRADE Savings Bank (“ETSB”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ETB (collectively, our “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). On January 1, 2022, ETSB merged with and into ETB, and subsequently ETB merged with and into MSPBNA, with MSPBNA as the surviving bank.
Regulatory Capital Framework.    The regulatory capital requirements for us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee, as supplemented by certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. We are subject to various risk-based capital requirements with various transition provisions, measured against our Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital bases, leverage-based capital requirements, including the SLR, and additional capital buffers above generally applicable minimum standards for BHCs.
The Basel Committee has published a comprehensivecomprehensive set of revisions to its Basel III Framework. The revised requirements are expected to take effect starting January 2022, subject to U.S. banking agencies issuing implementation proposals. The impact on us of any revisions to the Basel Committee’s capital standards is uncertain and depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking agencies.
Regulated Subsidiaries.In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are or are expected to be in the future, subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries provisionally registered as swap dealers with the


December 2021 Form 10-K2

CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC (collectively, “Swaps Entities”) or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. Specific regulatory capital requirements vary by regulated subsidiary, and in many cases these standards are still in proposed form, not yet effective or are subject to ongoing rulemakings that could substantially modify requirements.
For more information about the specific capital requirements applicable to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are swap dealers and security-based swap dealers, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”Requirements” and Note 17 to the financial statements.
Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Capital Distributions.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, theThe Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including Morgan Stanley. For more information about theour capital planning and stress test requirements, including proposed changes to those requirements that would integrate them with certain ongoing regulatory capital requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Developments—Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements.”
In addition, to capital planning requirements, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC have the authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. For information about the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on capital distributions for large BHCs, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer.” All of these policies and other requirements could affect our ability to pay dividends and/or repurchase stock or require us to provide capital assistance to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under circumstances whichthat we would not otherwise decide to do so.do.
Liquidity Standards.Requirements.    In addition to capital regulations, the U.S. banking agencies and the Basel Committee have adopted or are in the process of adopting, liquidity and funding standards. We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to the U.S. banking agencies’ LCR requirements, which generally follow Basel Committee standards. Similarly, if the proposed NSFR requirements are adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries will become subject to NSFR requirements, which generally follow Basel Committee standards.
In addition tostandards, including the LCR, andthe NSFR, we and many of our regulated subsidiaries, including those registered as Swaps Entities with the CFTC or SEC, are, or are expected to be in the future, subject to other liquidity standards, including liquidity stress-testingstress testing and associated liquidity reserve requirements.
For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Balance Sheet—Regulatory Liquidity Framework.”
Systemic Risk Regime.    The Dodd-Frank Act, as amended by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”), establishes a systemic risk regime to which certain large BHCs, including Morgan Stanley, are subject. Under rules issued by the Federal Reserve, to implement certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards, such large BHCs, including Morgan Stanley, must conduct internal liquidity stress tests, maintain unencumbered highly liquid assets to meet projected net cash outflows for 30 days over the range of liquidity stress scenarios used in internal stress tests, and comply with various liquidity risk management requirements. These large BHCs also must comply with a range of risk management and corporate governance requirements.
The Federal Reserve adopted a framework to imposealso imposes single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCL”) for large banking organizations, for which compliance was required by January

3December 2019 Form 10-K


1, 2020.organizations. U.S. G-SIBs, including us, are subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined to include other U.S. G-SIBs, foreign G-SIBs and nonbanknon-bank systemically important financial institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve). In addition, we are subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty.
The Federal Reserve has proposed rules that would create a new early remediation framework to address financial distress or material management weaknesses. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish additional prudential standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures and limits on short-term debt, including off-balance sheet exposures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements.”
Under the systemic risk regime, ifIf the Federal Reserve or the Financial Stability Oversight Council determines that a BHC with $250 billion or more in consolidated assets poses a “grave threat” to U.S. financial stability, the institution may be, among other things, restricted in its ability to merge or offer financial products and/or required to terminate activities and dispose of assets.
See also “Capital Standards”Requirements” and “Liquidity Standards” hereinRequirements” and “Resolution and Recovery Planning” below.herein.
Resolution and Recovery Planning.Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we We are required to periodically submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. Interim updates are required in certain limited circumstances, including material mergers or acquisitions or fundamental changes to our resolution strategy.
Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2019most recent resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy, which generally contemplates the provision of adequate capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy after the Parent Company has filed for bankruptcy.
Under a final rule issued by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, we are now required to file resolution plans once every two years, with interim updates required in certain limited circumstances. The rule also allows us to alternate between submitting a full, detailed resolution plan and a streamlined, targeted resolution plan. Our next resolution plan submission is expected to be a targeted resolution plan in 2021. The rule also clarifies the information required to be included in our resolution plan.
due July 1, 2023. Further, we submit an annual recovery plan to the Federal Reserve that outlines the steps that management could take over
time to generate or conserve financial resources in times of prolonged financial stress.
Certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries are also subject to resolution and recovery planning requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. For example, the FDIC currently requires certain insured depository institutions (“IDI”), including our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries,MSBNA and MSPBNA, to submit an annual a
3December 2021 Form 10-K

resolution plan every three years, that describes the IDI’s strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of the IDI.
In addition, certain financial companies, including BHCs such as the Firm and certain of its subsidiaries, can be subjectedsubject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, in Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver, provided that certain procedures are met, including certaindetermination of extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk determinationsis made by the U.S. Treasury Secretary in consultation with the U.S. President. TheRegulators have adopted certain orderly liquidation authority rulemaking is proceedingimplementing regulations and may expand or clarify these regulations in stages, with some regulations now finalized and others not yet proposed.the future. If we were subject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would have considerable powers, including: the power to remove directors and officers responsible for our failure and to appoint new directors and officers; the power to assign our assets and liabilities to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; the ability to differentiate among our creditors, including by treating certain creditors within the same class better than others, subject to a minimum recovery right on the part of disfavored creditors to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and broad powers to administer the claims process to determine distributions from the assets of the receivership. The FDIC has been developing an SPOE strategy that could be used to implement the orderly liquidation authority.
Regulators have also taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority or other resolution regimes.
For example, the Federal Reserve and the OCC have established rules that impose contractual requirements on certain qualified financial contracts (“covered QFCs”) to which U.S. G-SIBs, including us, and their subsidiaries including our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, are parties (together, the “covered entities”). Under these rules, covered QFCs must expressly provide that transfer restrictions and default rights against covered entities are limited to the same extent as they would be under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and their implementing regulations, and they may not, among other things, permit the exercise of any cross-default right against covered entities based on an affiliate’s entry into insolvency, resolution or similar proceedings, subject to certain creditor protections. The final compliance date was January 1, 2020.

December 2019 Form 10-K4


For more information about our resolution plan-related submissions and associated regulatory actions, see “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk”,Risk,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Resolution and Recovery Planning.”
Cyber and Information Security Risk Management and Protection of Client Information
The financial services industry faces increased global regulatory focus regarding cyber and information security risk management practices. Many aspects of our businesses are subject to cybersecurity legal and regulatory requirements enacted by U.S. federal and state governments and other non-U.S. jurisdictions in the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia.jurisdictions. These laws are generally aimed at codifying basic cybersecurity protections and mandating data breach notification requirements.
Our businesses are also subject to increasing privacy and data protection information security legal requirements concerning the use and
protection of certain personal information. For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) became effective in the E.U. on May 25, 2018 and the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”) became effective on January 1, 2020. The GDPR and CCPAThese requirements impose mandatory privacy and data protection obligations, including providing for individual rights, enhanced governance and accountability requirements, and significant fines and litigation risk for noncompliance. In addition, otherseveral jurisdictions have adoptedenacted or are proposing GDPRproposed personal data localization requirements and restrictions on cross-border transfer of personal data that may restrict our ability to conduct business in those jurisdictions or similar standards, such as Australia, Singapore, Japan, Argentina, India, Brazil, Switzerlandcreate additional financial and the Cayman Islands.regulatory burdens to do so.
Many aspects of our businesses are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information. These include those adopted pursuant toinformation, as well as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Actprivacy and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the GDPR and CCPA and variouscybersecurity laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information Protection Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act.referenced above. We have adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.
U.S. Bank Subsidiaries
The U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.    MSBNA, primarily a wholesale commercial bank, offers commercial lending and certain retail securities-based lending services in addition to deposit products.
MSPBNA offers certain mortgage and other secured lending products, including retail securities-based lending products, primarily for customers of our affiliate retail broker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB”). MSPBNA also offers certain deposit products and prime brokerage custody services.
Both MSBNA and MSPBNASubsidiaries are FDIC-insured national banksdepository institutions subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC. TheyOCC and are both subject to the OCC’s risk governance guidelines, which establish heightened standards for a large national bank’sIDI’s risk governance framework and the oversight of that framework by the bank’sIDI’s board of directors.
Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requiresU.S. Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to prompt corrective action standards, which require the relevant federal banking regulator to take prompt corrective action with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. These regulations generally apply only to insured banks and thrifts such as MSBNA or MSPBNA and not to their parent holding companies. The Federal Reserve is, however, separately authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level, subject to certain limitations. Under the systemic risk regime, as described above, we also would become subject to an early remediation protocol in the event of financial distress. In addition, BHCs, such as Morgan Stanley, are required to serve as a source of strength to their U.S. bank subsidiaries and commit resources to support these subsidiaries in the event such subsidiaries are in financial distress.
Transactions with Affiliates.Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on coveredcertain transactions as defined in the Federal Reserve Act, with any affiliates. Covered transactions includeaffiliates, including any extension of credit to, or purchase of assets from and certain other transactions by insured banks with an affiliate. These restrictions limit the total amount of credit exposure that our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates. Sections 23A and 23B also set collateral requirementsaffiliates and require all suchcollateral for those exposures. Section 23B requires affiliate transactions to be made on market terms. Derivative, securities borrowing and securities lending transactions between our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates are subject to these restrictions. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it will propose a rulemaking to implement changes to these restrictions made by the Dodd-Frank Act.
In addition, the Volcker Rule generally prohibits covered transactions between (i) us or any of our affiliates and (ii) covered funds for which we or any of our affiliates serve as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor or sponsor, or other covered funds organized and offered by us or any of our affiliates pursuant to specific exemptions in

5December 2019 Form 10-K


the Volcker Rule. See also “Financial Holding Company—Activities Restriction under the Volcker Rule” above.
FDIC Regulation.    An FDIC-insured depository institution is generally liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with the failure of an insured depository institution under common control by the same BHC. As commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institutions, each of MSBNA and MSPBNAthe U.S. Bank Subsidiaries could be responsible for any loss to the FDIC from the failure of the other. In addition, both institutions are exposed to changes in the cost of FDIC insurance.another U.S. Bank Subsidiary.
Institutional Securities and Wealth Management
Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation.    Our primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), MSSB and MSSB,E*TRADE Securities LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands and are members of various self-regulatory


December 2021 Form 10-K4

organizations, including FINRA,Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and various securities exchanges and clearing organizations. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, risk management controls in connection with market access, recordkeeping and retention, and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions could result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar consequences by both federal and state securities administrators. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are also members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, which provides certain protections for customers of broker-dealers against losses in the event of the insolvency of a broker-dealer.Corporation.
MSSB is also a registered investment adviser with the SEC. MSSB’s relationship with its investment advisory clients is subject to the fiduciary and other obligations imposed on investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as well as various state securities laws. These laws and regulations generally grant theadvisers. The SEC and other supervisory bodies generally have broad administrative powers to address non-compliance, including the power to restrict or limit MSSB from carrying on its investment advisory and other asset management activities. Other sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain activities for specified periods of time or for specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines.
The Firm is subject to various regulations that affect broker-dealer sales practices and customer relationships. For example,relationships, including the SEC has released a package of final rules and interpretations relating to the provision of advice by broker-dealers and investment advisers. The package includes new rules on the standards of conduct and required disclosures for broker-dealers when making securities-related recommendations to retail investors, and a new formal interpretation of the fiduciary duty owed by investment advisers. One of the final rules, entitledSEC’s “Regulation Best Interest,” which requires broker-dealers to act in the “best interest” of retail customers at the time a recommendation is made without placing the financial or other interests of the broker-dealer ahead of the interest of the retail customer. Another new rule requires that both broker-dealers and investment advisers provide to retail investors a brief summary document containing information about the relationship between the parties (“Form CRS”). The compliance date for Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS is June 30, 2020. Certain states have enacted laws or rules, or are considering laws or rules, subjecting broker-dealers to a fiduciary duty when dealing with retail customers under a variety of circumstances.
Margin lending by our broker-dealers is regulated by the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities, as well as securities borrowing and lending activities. Broker-dealerssecurities. Our broker-dealers are also subject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under FINRA and other self-regulatory organization rules. In many cases, our
Our U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries’ margin policies are more stringent than these rules.
As registered U.S. broker-dealers, certain of our subsidiaries are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various exchanges, other regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations. These rules are generally designedFor more information about these requirements, see Note 17 to measure the broker-dealer subsidiary’s general financial integrity and/or liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net and/or liquid assets be maintained by the subsidiary. See also “Financial Holding Company—Consolidated Supervision” and “Financial Holding Company—Liquidity Standards” above. Rules of FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets.statements.
Research.    Research-relatedIn addition to research-related regulations have been implementedcurrently in many jurisdictions, includingplace in the U.S., where FINRA has adopted rules that cover research relating to both equity and debt securities. Regulatorsother jurisdictions, regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest and may impose additional regulations. See also “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Non-U.S. Regulation” herein.
Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities.    MS&Co., and E*TRADE Futures LLC, as a futures commission merchant,merchants, and MSSB, as an introducing broker, are subject to net capital requirements of, and certain of their activities are regulated by, the CFTC, the NFA, the Joint Audit Committee (including the

December 2019 Form 10-K6


Chicago Mercantile Exchange & Chicago Board of Trade (“CME Group”)Group, in its capacity as MS&Co.'s’s designated self-regulatory organization), and various commodity futures exchanges. MS&Co. and MSSB and certain of their affiliates are registered with the CFTC and are members of the NFA in various capacities. Rules and regulations of the CFTC, NFA, the Joint Audit Committee (including the CME Group) and commodity futures exchanges address
obligations related to, among other things, customer asset protections, including rules and regulations governing the segregation of customer funds, and the holding of secured amounts, the use by futures commission merchants of customer funds, the margining of customer accounts and documentation entered into by futures commission merchants with their customers, recordkeeping and reporting obligations of futures commission merchants and introducing brokers, risk disclosure and risk management and discretionary trading.management.
Our commodities activities are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety, and other governmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad. Intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by U.S. federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement and remedial proceedings involving companies conducting the activities in which we are engaged.
Derivatives Regulation.    The commodity futures, commodity options and swaps industry in the U.S. is subject to regulation under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). The CFTC is the U.S. federal agency charged with the administration of the CEA. In addition, the SEC is the U.S. federal agency charged with the regulation of security-based swaps. The rules and regulations of various self-regulatory organizations also govern derivatives.
Under the U.S. regulatory regime for swaps and security-based swaps (collectively, “Swaps”) implemented pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, weWe are subject to comprehensive regulation of our derivatives businesses, including regulations that impose margin requirements, public and regulatory reporting, central clearing and mandatory trading on regulated exchanges or execution facilities for certain types of Swaps.swaps and security-based swaps (collectively, “Swaps.”)
CFTC and SEC rules require registration of swap dealers mandatory clearing and execution of interest ratesecurity-based swap dealers, respectively, and certain credit default swaps and real-time public reporting andimpose numerous obligations on such registrants, including adherence to business conduct standards for all in-scope Swaps. We also anticipate that the CFTC will adopt capital requirements for swap dealers and major swap participants that are not subject to the capital rules of a prudential regulator. We have provisionally or conditionally registered a number of U.S. and non U.S. CFTCswap dealers and security-based swap dealers.
SEC rules govern the registration Swap dealers and regulation of security- based swap dealers. Though compliance with a number of these rules is not expected to be required until 2021, they will trigger numerous obligations for entities that register as security-based swap dealers includingregulated by a prudential regulator are subject to uncleared Swap margin requirements and minimum capital marginrequirements established by the prudential regulators. Swap dealers and segregation
requirements. We anticipate registering one or more entities as a security-based swap dealer.
The specific parameters of some of these requirements for Swaps have been and continue to be developed through CFTC, SEC and bank regulator rulemakings. For example, the rules for variation margin are presently effective, and those for initial margin will continue to phase-in based on activity levels of the swap dealer and the relevant counterparty with the final phase currently expected to occur in September 2021,dealers not subject to finalization of various proposed rule makingsregulation by a prudential regulator are subject to uncleared Swap margin requirements and minimum capital requirements established by the CFTC and bank regulators. Margin rulesSEC, respectively. In some cases, the CFTC and SEC permit non-U.S. swap dealers and security-based swap dealers that do not have a prudential regulator to comply with the same or similar compliance dates have been adopted or are in the process of being finalized by regulators outside the U.S.,applicable non-U.S. uncleared Swap margin and certain of our subsidiaries may be subject to such rules.
Although a significant number of areas within the global derivatives regulatory framework have been finalized, additional changes are expected. As the derivatives regulatory framework continues to evolve, we expect to continue to face increased costs and regulatory oversight. Complying with registration and other regulatory requirements has required, and is expected to require in the future, systems and other changes to our derivatives businesses. Compliance with Swaps-related regulatoryminimum capital requirements may also require us to devote more capital to our businesses that engage in swaps. Our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments activities are also regulated in jurisdictions outside the U.S. See “Non-U.S. Regulation” herein.instead of direct compliance with CFTC or SEC requirements.
Investment Management
Many of the subsidiaries engaged in our assetinvestment management activities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. Many aspects of our assetinvestment management activities are also subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from carrying on our assetinvestment management activities in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for such failure include the suspension
In addition, certain of individual employees, limitations on our engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time or specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censuressubsidiaries are U.S. registered broker-dealers and significant fines. Morgan Stanley Distribution, Inc., a U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, actsact as distributordistributors to the Morgan Stanleyour proprietary mutual funds and as placement agentagents to certain private investment funds managed by our Investment Management business segment.
Our asset management activities are subject to certain additional laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements (including with respect to clients that are private funds) and restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, covered funds, as defined in the Volcker Rule,

7December 2019 Form 10-K


subject to certain limited exemptions. See also “Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.”
In addition, certain Certain of our affiliates are registered as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from
5December 2021 Form 10-K

such registration pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance, and have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they advise. Violations ofOur investment management activities are subject to additional laws and regulations, including restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, covered funds, as defined by the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions, including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocations of commodity exchange memberships.Volcker Rule, subject to certain limited exemptions. See also “Institutional“Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule,” “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation,” “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities,” and “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Derivatives Regulation” aboveherein and “Non-U.S. Regulation,” belowRegulation” herein for a discussion of other regulations that impact our Investment Management business activities,activities.
U.S. Consumer Protection
We are subject to supervision and regulation by the CFPB with respect to U.S. federal consumer protection laws. Federal consumer protection laws to which we are subject include the Privacy of Consumer Financial Information Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Electronic Fund Transfer Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Truth in Lending Act and Truth in Savings Act, all of which are enforced by the CFPB. We are also subject to certain federal consumer protection laws enforced by the OCC, including MiFID II.the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. Furthermore, we are subject to certain state consumer protection laws, and under the Dodd-Frank Act, state attorneys general and other state officials are empowered to enforce certain federal consumer protection laws and regulations. These federal and state consumer protection laws apply to a range of our activities.
Non-U.S. Regulation
All of our businesses are regulated extensively by non-U.S. regulators, including governments, central banks and regulatory bodies, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which we maintain an office. Certain regulators have prudential, business conduct and other authority over us or our subsidiaries, as well as powers to limit or restrict us from engaging in certain businesses or to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, or the suspension or expulsion of a regulated entity or its affiliates.
SomeCertain of our subsidiaries are regulated as broker-dealers, investment advisers or other types of regulated entities under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Subsidiaries engaged in banking and trust activities and advisory activities outside the U.S. are regulated by various government agencies in the particular jurisdiction where they are chartered, incorporated and/or conduct their business activity. For instance, the PRA, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and several securities and futures exchanges in the U.K., including the London Stock Exchange and ICE Futures Europe, regulate our activities in the U.K.; the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority) and the Deutsche Börse AG regulate certain of our activities in the Federal Republic of Germany; the European Central Bank supervises certain subsidiaries in our post-Brexit structure; the Financial Services Agency, the Securities and Exchange Surveillance Commission, the Bank of Japan, the Japan Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges and ministries regulate our activities in Japan; the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Monetary
Authority and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited regulate our business in Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Singapore Exchange Limited regulate our business in Singapore; other similar bodies regulate our activities in Ireland, China, Korea, Australia, India and other countries.
Our largest non-U.S. entity, MSIP, is subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the PRA, which has broad legal authority to establish prudential and other standards applicable to MSIP that seek to ensure its safety and soundness and to minimize adverse effects on the stability of the U.K. financial system. MSIP is also regulated and supervised by the FCA with respect to business conduct matters.
Non-U.S. policymakers and regulators, including the European Commission and European Supervisory Authorities (among others, the European Banking Authority and the European Securities and Markets Authority), continue to propose and adopt numerous reforms, including those that may further impact the structure of banks or subject us to new prudential requirements, and to formulate regulatory standards and measures that will be of relevance and importance to our European operations.
In June 2019, the European Commission published a package of reforms including various risk reduction measures. These include amendments to the Capital Requirements Directive and Regulation providing updates to risk-based capital, liquidity, (including introducing a net stable funding ratio), leverage and other prudential standards on a consolidated basisrequirements that are consistent with final Basel standards. In addition, the reforms will require certain large, non-E.U. financial groups with two or more financial subsidiaries established in the E.U. to establish an E.U. IHC. The E.U. IHC will be subject to direct supervision and authorization by the European Central Bank or the relevant national E.U. regulator. Further amendments to the E.U. bank recovery and resolution regimeapplicable under the E.U. Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (“BRRD”) were also published.non-U.S. law.
The amendments to the BRRD build on previous proposals by regulators in the U.K., E.U. and other major jurisdictions to finalize recovery and resolution planning frameworks and related regulatory requirements that will apply to certain of our subsidiaries that operate in those jurisdictions. For instance, the BRRD established a recovery and resolution framework for E.U. credit institutions and investment firms, including MSIP (under the U.K. version of the BRRD which is expected to be adopted after the Brexit transition period). In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and other E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdictions by reducing certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity.

December 2019 Form 10-K8


Regulators in the U.K., E.U. and other major jurisdictions have also finalized other regulatory standards applicable to certain of our subsidiaries that operate in those jurisdictions. For instance, the European Market Infrastructure Regulation introduced requirements regarding the central clearing and reporting of derivatives, as well as margin requirements for uncleared derivatives. MiFID II introduced comprehensive and new trading and market infrastructure reforms in the E.U., including new trading venues, enhancements to pre- and post-trading transparency, additional investor protection requirements, and requirements relating to the unbundling of research and execution services among others, and we have had to make extensive changes to our operations, including systems and controls in order to comply with MiFID II.
Financial Crimes Program
Our Financial Crimes program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis and supports our financial crime prevention efforts across all regions and business units with
responsibility for governance, oversight and execution of our AML,anti-money laundering (“AML”), economic sanctions (“Sanctions”), anti-corruption, anti-tax evasion, and anti-corruptiongovernment and political activities compliance programs.
In the U.S., the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 imposesand the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, impose significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, BHCs and their subsidiaries, broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, introducing brokers and mutual funds to implement AML programs, verify the identity of customers that maintain accounts, and monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly require designated types of financial institutions to implement AML programs.
We have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designedalso subject to comply with all applicable AML laws and regulations. Regarding Sanctions, we have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with thesuch as regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury’sTreasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which target foreign countries, entities and individuals based on external threats to U.S. foreign policy, national security or economic interests, and to comply, as applicable, with similar sanctions programs imposed by foreign governments or global or regional multilateral organizations, such as the United Nations Security Council and the E.U. Council.
We are also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Anti-corruption laws generally prohibit offering, promising, giving or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a government official or private party in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business
advantage, such as to obtain or retain business. We
Human Capital
Employees
Our employees are our most important asset. With offices in 41 countries, we have implemented policies, proceduresapproximately 75 thousand employees across the globe as of December 31, 2021, whom we depend upon to build value for our clients and internal controls thatshareholders. To facilitate talent attraction and retention, we strive to make Morgan Stanley a diverse and inclusive workplace, with a strong culture and opportunities for our employees to grow and develop in their career and be supported by competitive compensation, benefits, and health and wellness programs.
Culture
Our core values are designed to complyguide decision making aligned to the expectations of our employees, clients, shareholders, regulators, directors and the communities in which we operate. These guiding values—Put Clients First, Do the Right Thing, Lead with Exceptional Ideas, Commit to Diversity and Inclusion, and Give Back—are at the heart of our workplace culture and underpin our success. Our Code of Conduct is central to our expectation that employees embody our values, and, as such, laws, rulesevery new hire and regulations.every employee annually is required to certify to their understanding of and


December 2021 Form 10-K6

adherence to the Code of Conduct. We also invite employee feedback on our culture and workplace through our ongoing employee engagement surveys. For a further discussion of the culture, values, and conduct of employees, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Risk Management.”
Diversity and Inclusion
We believe that a diverse and inclusive workforce is important to Morgan Stanley’s continued success and our ability to serve our clients. To this end, we pursue a comprehensive diversity and inclusion strategy that includes accountability, representation, advancement, culture, outreach and fostering a sense of belonging for all our employees. To build a diverse talent pipeline, we use global, targeted recruitment and development programs to hire, retain and promote women and ethnically diverse talent. We have also introduced representation objectives to drive greater accountability for a diverse workforce. All of our divisions have identified opportunities to improve diverse representation for women globally and ethnically diverse talent in the U.S. Additionally, the Morgan Stanley Institute for Inclusion helps lead an integrated and transparent diversity, equity and inclusion strategy to deliver our full potential to achieve meaningful change within our Firm and beyond, including our communities.
Talent Development and Retention
We are committed to identifying and developing the talents of our workforce, as well as succession planning. Our talent development programs provide employees with the resources they need to help achieve their career goals, build management skills and lead their organizations. With the evolving work environment, we have increased support for managers and employees, including ongoing training focused on managing and working in a hybrid environment. We also focus on the retention of our talented and skilled employees as one key component of a successful business and culture.
Compensation and Financial Wellness
We pursue responsible and effective compensation programs that reinforce our values and culture through four key objectives: delivering pay for sustainable performance, attracting and retaining top talent, aligning with shareholder interests and mitigating excessive risk taking. In addition to salaries, these programs (which vary by location) include annual bonuses, retirement savings plans with matching contributions, student loan refinancing, free will preparation through our legal plan and supplemental life insurance program, discounted group insurance options, and a financial wellness program in the U.S. and the U.K. To promote equitable rewards for all employees, including women and ethnically diverse employees, we have enhanced our practices to support fair and consistent compensation and reward decisions based on merit, perform ongoing reviews of compensation decisions, including at the point of hire and
promotion, and conduct regular assessments of our rewards structure.
Health and Wellness
The well-being of our employees is also key to the success of the Firm. To that end, we provide programs (which vary by location), including healthcare and insurance benefits, health savings and flexible spending accounts, paid time off, family leave, family care resources, flexible work schedules, adoption and surrogacy assistance, employee assistance programs, tuition assistance and on-site services, such as health centers and fitness centers, among many others. Morgan Stanley sponsors free and confidential mental health counseling for all employees and their dependents (which vary by location). The Firm continues to offer mental health benefits in the U.S. that provide access to therapists, mental health coaches and other resources.
In 2021, the Firm launched a Global Wellbeing board, assembling senior leaders with a mission to advance the Firm’s wellbeing strategy. Additionally, in 2021, feedback from the global benefits survey and lessons learned during the pandemic helped identify several key opportunities to strategically expand our health and wellness offerings. In that regard, the Firm has made changes to our global offerings, including enhancements with respect to parental leave policies, paid leave benefits for family care, family building benefits, and subsidized fitness access. We also implemented a new U.S. national concierge primary care benefit. Further, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Firm expanded offerings such as providing paid time off to receive vaccinations, set up in-office vaccination clinics, and made testing available both in office and at home, as well as implemented additional on-site safety measures in our facilities.
For more detailed information regarding our Human Capital programs and initiatives, see “Our People” in our 2020 Sustainability Report and our 2021 Diversity and Inclusion Report (both located on our website). The reports and information elsewhere on our website are not incorporated by reference into, and do not form any part of, this Annual Report.
7December 2021 Form 10-K

Human Capital Metrics1
CategoryMetricAt
December 31,
2021
Employees
Employees by geography
(thousands)
Americas51 
Asia Pacific15 
EMEA
Culture
Employee engagement2
% Proud to work at Morgan Stanley90 %
Diversity and InclusionGlobal gender representation% Women39 %
% Women officer3
27 %
U.S. ethnic diversity representation
% Ethnically diverse4
32 %
% Ethnically diverse officer3
26 %
RetentionVoluntary attrition in 2021% Global12 %
TenureManagement Committee average length of service (years)20 
All employees average length of service (years)
CompensationCompensation and benefitsTotal compensation and benefits expense in 2021 (millions)$24,628 
1.Legacy Eaton Vance employees are included in all metrics other than “employee engagement.” For “tenure,” Eaton Vance tenure is based on length of service since joining Eaton Vance.
2.Based on 2021 employee engagement results, which reflect responses from 91% of employees.
3.Officer includes Managing Directors, Executive Directors and Vice Presidents.
4.U.S. ethnically diverse designations align with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission’s ethnicity and race categories and includes American Indian or Native Alaskan, Asian, Black or African American, Hispanic or Latino, Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander, and two or more races.
Information about our Executive Officers
The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their age and titles as of February 27, 202024, 2022 are set forth below. Business experience is provided in accordance with SEC rules.
Jeffrey S. Brodsky (55)Mandell L. Crawley (46). Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2016). Vice President and Global Head of Human Resources (January 2011 to December 2015). Co-Head of Human Resources (January 2010 to December 2011)February 2021). Head of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Human ResourcesPrivate Wealth Management (June 2017 to January 2021). Chief Marketing Officer (September 2014 to June 2017). Head of National Business Development and Talent Management for Wealth Management (June 2011 to September 2014). Divisional Business Development Officer (May 2010 to June 2011). Regional Business Development Officer (May 2009 to JanuaryMay 2010). Head of Field Sales and Marketing (February 2008 to May 2009). Head of Fixed Income Capital Markets Sales and Distribution for Wealth Management (April 2004 to February 2008).
James P. Gorman (61)(63). Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). President and Chief Executive Officer (January 2010 to December 2011) and member of the Board of Directors (since January 2010). Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management (February 2006 to April 2008).
Eric F. Grossman (53)(55). Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). Global Head of Legal (September 2010 to January 2012). Global Head of Litigation (January 2006 to September 2010) and General Counsel of the Americas (May 2009 to September 2010). General Counsel of Wealth Management (November 2008 to September 2010). Partner at the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (June 2001 to December 2005).
Keishi Hotsuki (57)(59). Executive Vice President (since May 2014) and Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2011). Interim Chief Risk Officer (January 2011 to May 2011) and Head of Market Risk Department (March 2008 to April 2014). Global Head of Market Risk Management at Merrill Lynch (June 2005 to September 2007).
Edward N. Pick (51)(53). Co-President and Co-Head of Corporate Strategy (since June 2021). Head of Institutional Securities (since July 2018). Global Head of Sales and Trading (October 2015 to July 2018). Head of Global Equities (March 2011 to October 2015). Co-Head of Global Equities (April 2009 to March 2011). Co-Head of Global Capital Markets (July 2008 to April 2009). Co-Head of Global Equity Capital Markets (December 2005 to July 2008).
Jonathan M. Pruzan (51)(53). Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2015) and Chief Operating Officer (since June 2021). Head of Corporate Strategy (since December 2016)(December 2016 to May 2021). Chief Financial Officer (May 2015 to May 2021). Co-Head of Global Financial Institutions Group (January 2010 to April 2015). Co-Head of North American Financial Institutions Group

9December 2019 Form 10-K


M&A (September 2007 to December 2009). Head of the U.S. Bank Group (April 2005 to August 2007).
Robert P. Rooney (52). Head of Technology, Operations and Firm Resilience (since April 2019). Head of Technology (January 2017 to April 2019). Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley International and Head of Europe, the Middle East and Africa (January 2016 to May 2018). Global Co-Head of Fixed Income Sales and Trading (May 2013 to January 2016). Head of Fixed Income for Europe, the Middle East and Africa and Global Head of Fixed Income Sales (September 2009 to May 2013).
Andrew M. Saperstein (53).(55). Co-President (since June 2021) and Head of Wealth Management (since(Since April 2019). Co-Head of Wealth Management (January 2016 to April 2019). Co-Chief Operating Officer of Institutional Securities (March 2015 to January 2016). Head of Wealth Management Investment Products and Services (June 2012 to March 2015).
Daniel A. Simkowitz (54)(56). Head of Investment Management of Morgan Stanley (since October 2015) and Co-Head of Corporate Strategy (since June 2021). Co-Head of Global Capital Markets (March 2013 to September 2015). Chairman of Global Capital Markets (November 2009 to March 2013). Managing Director in Global Capital Markets (December 2000 to November 2009).
Sharon Yeshaya (42). Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since June 2021). Head of Investor Relations (June 2016 to May 2021). Chief of Staff in the Office of the Chairman and CEO (January 2015 to May 2016). Co-Head of New Product Origination for Derivative Structured Products (December 2012 to December 2014).



December 2021 Form 10-K8

ms-20211231_g1.jpg
December 2019 Form 10-K10


Risk Factors
For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results and strategic objectives, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding “Business” and “Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets” underGoal” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Our results of operations may be adversely affected by the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Although the global economy has begun to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic, as many health and safety restrictions have been lifted and vaccine distribution continues to increase, certain adverse consequences of the pandemic continue to impact the global economy and may persist for some time, including labor shortages and disruptions of global supply chains. The growth in economic activity and demand for goods and services, alongside labor shortages and supply chain complications, has also contributed to rising inflationary pressures. Should these ongoing effects of the pandemic continue for an extended period or worsen, we could experience reduced client activity and demand for our products and services.

The Firm continues to be fully operational and, recognizing that local conditions vary for our offices around the world and that the trajectory of the virus continues to be uncertain, our employees are able to work from home and in our offices as deemed necessary. If significant portions of our workforce, including key personnel, are unable to work effectively because of illness, government actions, or other restrictions in connection with the pandemic, the impact of the pandemic on our businesses could be exacerbated.
The extent to which the consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic affect our businesses, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our regulatory capital and liquidity ratios and our ability to take capital actions, will depend on future developments that remain uncertain, including the rate of distribution and administration of vaccines globally, the severity and duration of any resurgence of COVID-19 variants, future actions taken by governmental authorities, central banks and other third parties in response to the pandemic, and the effects on our customers, counterparties, employees and third-party service providers. Moreover, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic will heighten many of the other risks described throughout this section. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer.”
Market Risk
Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in
losses for a position or portfolio owned by us. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk.”
Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global and economic conditions and other factors, including changes in asset values.
Our results of operations have been in the past and may, in the future, be materially affected by market fluctuations due toin the global financial markets, economic conditions, changes to global trade policies and tariffs and other factors, including the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, the level and term structure of interest rates, inflation and currency values, and the level of other market indices.indices, which may be driven by economic conditions, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other widespread events such as natural disasters, climate-related incidents or acts of war or aggression, changes to global trade policies and the implementation of tariffs or protectionist trade policies and other factors.
The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in business flows and activity and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments.
During periodsPeriods of unfavorable market or economic conditions may have adverse impacts on the level of individual investor participation in the global markets as well asand/or the level of client assets, may also decrease,and, in very low interest rate environments, the level of net interest income, which would negatively impact the results of our Wealth Management business segment.
Substantial market fluctuations could also cause variations in the value of our investments in our funds, the flow of investment capital into or from AUM, and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact our Investment Management business segment.
The value of our financial instruments may be materially affected by market fluctuations. Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the credit markets may make it extremely difficult to value and monetize certain of our financial instruments, particularly during periods of market displacement. Subsequent valuations in future periods, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the valuesvalue of these instruments and may adversely impact historical or prospective fees and performance-based feesincome (also known as incentive fees, which include carried interest) in respect of certain businesses. In addition, at the
9December 2021 Form 10-K

time of any sales and settlements of these financial instruments, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could cause a decline in the value of our financial instruments, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.
In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions, market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale. Our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. However, severe market events have historically been difficult to predict, and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.
Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.
Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, investing, underwriting including(including block trading,trading), and lending businesses (including margin lending) in the event of unfavorable market movements or when market conditions are more favorable for our competitors. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region. For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country Risk.and Other Risks.
Credit Risk
Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk.”

11December 2019 Form 10-K


We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.
We incur significant credit risk exposure through our Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to: extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment
amount; posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.
We also incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment lending to mainly individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin- and securities-based loans collateralized by securities, residential mortgage loans and HELOCs.
Our valuations related to, and reserves for losses on, credit exposures rely on complex models, estimates, and subjective judgments about the future. While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, future economic conditions that differ from or are more severe than forecast, inaccurate models or assumptions, or external factors such as natural disasters, geopolitical events or the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, could lead to inaccurate measurement of or deterioration of credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or the value of collateral and result in unexpected losses. In addition, weWe may also incur higher than anticipatedanticipated credit losses in periods of market illiquidity or as a result of (i) disputes with counterparties over the valuation of collateral during periodsor (ii) actions taken by other lenders that may negatively impact the valuation of economic stress.collateral. In cases where we foreclose on collateral, sudden declines in the value or liquidity of collateral may result in significant losses to us despite our (i) credit monitoring; (ii) over-collateralization; (iii) ability to call for additional collateral; or (iv) ability to force repayment of the underlying obligation, especially where there is a single type of collateral supporting the obligation. In addition, in the longer term, climate change may have a negative impact on the financial condition of our clients, which may decrease revenues from those clients and increase the credit risk associated with loans and other credit exposures to those clients.
Certain of our credit exposures aremay be concentrated by counterparty, product, industry or country. Although our models and estimates account for correlations among related types of exposures, a change in the market environment for a concentrated product or an external factor impacting a concentrated counterparty, industry or country may result in credit losses in excess of amounts forecast. Concentrations of credit risk are managed through the Firm’s comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework.
In addition, as a clearing member of several central counterparties, we are responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers and could incur financial losses in the event of default by other clearing members. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.


December 2021 Form 10-K10

A default by a large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets.
The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships among the institutions. Increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearing houses, central agents or exchanges as required by provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as systemic risk and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks and securities firms, with which we interact on a daily basis and, therefore, could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company.”
Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g.(e.g., cyber attacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).assets. We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g.(e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Operational Risk.”
We are subject to operational risks, including a failure, breach or other disruption of our operations or security systems or those of our third parties (or third parties thereof), as well as human error or malfeasance, which could adversely affect our businesses or reputation.
Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and report, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. We may introduce new products or services or change processes or reporting, including in connection with new regulatory requirements, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify.
The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets and the move to more automated trading platforms has resulted in the use of increasingly complex technology that relies on the continued effectiveness of the programming code and integrity of the data to process the trades. We rely on the ability of our employees, our consultants, our internal systems and systems at technology centers maintained by
unaffiliated third parties to

December 2019 Form 10-K12


operate our different businesses and process a high volume of transactions. Additionally, we are subjectUnusually high trading volumes or site usage could cause our systems to complexoperate at an unacceptably slow speed or even fail. Disruptions to, destruction of, instability of or other failure to effectively maintain our information technology systems or external technology that allows our clients and evolving lawscustomers to use our products and regulations governing cybersecurity, privacyservices (including our self-directed brokerage platform) could harm our business and data protection, which may differ and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions.our reputation.
As a major participant in the global capital markets, we face the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes or due to fraud or cyber attack.
We also face the risk of operational failure or disruption of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our lending, securities and derivatives transactions. In addition, in the event of a breakdown or improper operation or disposal of our or a direct or indirect third party’s systems (or third parties thereof), processes or processesinformation assets, or improper or unauthorized action by third parties, including consultants and subcontractors or our employees, we have in the past and may receive regulatory sanctions, and could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity position, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions or damage to our reputation.
In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearing houses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industry-wide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business. Furthermore, the concentration of company and personal information held by a handful of third parties increases the risk that a breach at a key third party may cause an industry-wide data breachevent that could significantly increase the cost and risk of conducting business.
There can be no assurance that our business contingency and security response plans fully mitigate all potential risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities where we are located, which are concentrated in the New York metropolitan area, London, Hong Kong and Tokyo, as well as Baltimore, Glasgow, Frankfurt, Budapest and Mumbai.located. This may include a disruption involving physical site access; software flaws and vulnerabilities; cybersecurity incidents; terrorist activities; political unrest; disease pandemics; catastrophic events; climate-related incidents and natural disasters (such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and wildfires); electrical outage; environmental hazard; computer servers; communications or other services we use; our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.
Although we employ backup systems for our data, those backup systems may be unavailable following a disruption, the affected data may not have been backed up or may not be recoverable from the backup, or the backup data may be costly to recover, which could adversely affect our business.

11December 2021 Form 10-K

Notwithstanding evolving technology and technology-based risk and control systems, our businesses ultimately rely on people, including our employees and those of third parties with which we conduct business. As a result of human error or engagement in violations of applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures, certain errors or violations are not always discovered immediately by our technological processes or by our controls and other procedures, which are intended to prevent and detect such errors or violations. These can include calculation errors, mistakes in addressing emails or other communications, errors in software or model development or implementation, or errors in judgment, as well as intentional efforts to disregard or circumvent applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures. Human errors and malfeasance, even if promptly discovered and remediated, can result in material losses and liabilities for us.
We conduct business in various jurisdictions outside the U.S., including jurisdictions that may not have comparable levels of protection for their corporate assets such as intellectual property, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, and customer information and records. The protection afforded in those jurisdictions may be less established and/or predictable than in the U.S. or other jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result, there may also be heightened risks associated with the potential theft of their data, technology and intellectual property in those jurisdictions by domestic or foreign actors, including private parties and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Additionally, we are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and international laws and regulations governing cybersecurity, privacy and data governance, transfer and protection, which may differ and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions. Any theft of data, technology or intellectual property may negatively impact our operations and reputation, including disrupting the business activities of our subsidiaries, affiliates, joint ventures or clients conducting business in those jurisdictions.
A cyber attack, information or security breach or a technology failure of ours or a third party could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, manage our exposure to risk, or result in disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information and otherwise adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause reputational harm.
We maintain a significant amount of personal information on our customers, clients, employees and certain counterparties that we are required to protect under various state, federal and international data protection and privacy laws. These laws may be in conflict with one another, or courts and regulators may interpret them in ways that we had not anticipated or that adversely affect our business.
Cybersecurity risks for financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet, mobile telecommunications and cloud technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external extremist parties, including foreign state actors, in some circumstances as a means to promote political ends. In addition to the growing sophistication of certain parties, the commoditization of cyber

13December 2019 Form 10-K


tools which are able to be weaponized by less sophisticated actors has led to an increase in the exploitation of technological vulnerabilities. Global events and geopolitical instability may lead to increased nation state targeting of financial institutions in the U.S. and abroad. Foreign state actors have become more sophisticated over time, increasing the risk of such an attack. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, vendors, or other third parties or users of our systems to disclose sensitive
information in order to gain access to our data or that of our employees or clients.
Cybersecurity risks may also derive from human error, fraud or malice on the part of our employees or third parties, including third party providers, or may result from accidental technological failure. These risks may be heightened by several factors, including remote work, or as a result of the integration of acquisitions and other strategic initiatives that may subject us to new technology, customers or third-party providers. In addition, third parties with whom we do business, the regulators with whom we share information, and each of their service providers, as well as otherthe third parties with whom our customers do business,and clients share information used for authentication, may also be sources of cybersecurity risks, particularly where activities of customers are beyond our security and control systems. There is no guarantee that the measures we take will provide absolute security or recoverability given that the techniques used in cyber attacks are complex and frequently change, and may not be ableare difficult to be anticipated.anticipate.
Like other financial services firms, the Firm, its third partythird-party providers, and its clients continue to be the subject of unauthorized access attacks, mishandling or misuse of information, computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, denial of service attacks, data breaches, social engineering attacks and other events. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, or cyber incidents will not occur in the future, and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.
We maintain a significant amount of personal and confidential information on our customers, clients and certain counterparties that we are required to protect under various state, federal and international data protection and privacy laws. These laws may be in conflict with one another or courts and regulators may interpret them in ways that we had not anticipated or that adversely affect our business. A cyber attack, information or security breach, or a technology failure of ours or of a third party could jeopardize our or our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third parties’ computer systems. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’, counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, as well as the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information of ours, our employees, our customers or of other third parties. Any of these events could result in reputational damage with our clients and the market, client dissatisfaction, additional costs to us to maintain and update our operational and security systems and infrastructure, violation of the applicable data protection and privacy laws, regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, litigation exposure, or enforcement, or regulatory fines or penalties, any of which


December 2021 Form 10-K12

could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Given our global footprint and the high volume of transactions we process, the large number of clients, partners, vendors and
counterparties with which we do business, and the increasing sophistication of cyber attacks, a cyber attack, information or security breach could occur and persist for an extended period of time without detection. We expect that any investigationIt could take considerable time for us to determine the scope, extent, amount and type of a cyberinformation compromised, and the impact of such an attack wouldmay not be inherently unpredictable and that it would take time before the completion of any investigation and before there is availability of full and reliable information.fully understood. During such time we would not necessarily know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, all or any of which would further increase the costs and consequences of a cyber attack.attack or data breach.
While many of our agreements with partners and third partythird-party vendors include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses we may incur. In addition, although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber and information security risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses.
We continue to make investments with a view toward maintaining and enhancing itsour cybersecurity posture. The cost of managing cyber and information security risks and attacks along with complying with new, increasingly expansive, and evolving regulatory requirements could adversely affect our results of operations and business.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern, as well as the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Liquidity Risk.”
Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.
Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets, our inability to
access the secured lending markets, or unanticipated outflows of cash or collateral by customers or clients. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including

December 2019 Form 10-K14


concerns regarding fiscal matters in the U.S. and other geographic areas, could impair our ability to raise funding.
In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, if regulatory authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or if we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity.
If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment portfolios or trading assets, to meet maturing liabilities or other obligations. We may be unable to sell some of our assets or we may have to sell assets at a discount to market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend on our credit ratings.
The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are impacted by our long-term and short-term credit ratings. The rating agencies continue to monitor certain company-specific and industry-wide factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings. These include governance, capital adequacy, the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity and funding, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, business mix, regulatory or legislative changes, macro-economicmacroeconomic environment and perceived levels of support, and it is possible that theythe rating agencies could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.
Our credit ratings also can have a significantan adverse impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC and other derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with our Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratingsrating downgrade.
Termination of our trading and other agreements could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant payments in the form of cash payments or securities movements.securities. The additional collateral or termination payments whichthat may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can
13December 2021 Form 10-K

be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings—
Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade.Payments.
We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.
The Parent Company has no operations and depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory restrictions, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that limit, as well as authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce, the flow of funds to the Parent Company, or that prohibit such transfers or dividends altogether in certain circumstances, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside of the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities in the event of financial difficulties involving such entities.
These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a BHC, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends. The Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. See “We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital requirements” under "Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk" herein.
Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.
Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economies.
In particular, our cost and availability of funding in the past have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Significant turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk
Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, limitations on our business, or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our

15December 2019 Form 10-K


business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, anti-corruption and terrorist financing rules and regulations. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Legal and Compliance Risk.”
The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, and changes in regulation will impact our business.
Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business. These laws and regulations significantly affect the way we do business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.
The Firm and its employees are or will become, subject to (among other things) wide-ranging regulation and supervision, intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses through acquisitions or otherwise, limitations on new activities, a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity and funding requirements and other enhanced prudential standards, resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of TLAC and external long-term debt, restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, comprehensive derivatives regulation, commodities regulation, market structure regulation, consumer protection regulation, tax regulations, antitrust laws, trade and transaction reporting obligations, and broadened fiduciary obligations.
In some areas, regulatory standards are subject to final rulemaking or transition periods or may otherwise be revised in whole or in part. Ongoing implementation of, or changes in, including changes in interpretation or enforcement of, laws and regulations could materially impact the profitability of our businesses and the value of assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our stock or require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors.
In addition, regulatory requirements that are being imposed by foreign policymakers and regulators may be inconsistent or


December 2021 Form 10-K14

conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and may adversely affect us. Legal and regulatory requirements continue to be subject to ongoing change, which may result in significant new costs to comply with new or revised requirements, as well as to monitor for compliance on an ongoing basis.
The application of regulatory requirements and strategies in the U.S. or other jurisdictions to facilitate the orderly resolution of large financial institutions may pose a greater risk of loss for our security holders and subject us to other restrictions.
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, weWe are required to periodically submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC were to jointly determine that our resolution plan submission was not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution, and if we were unable to address any deficiencies identified by the regulators, we or any of our subsidiaries may be subject to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or after a two-year period, we may be required to divest assets or operations.
In addition, provided that certain procedures are met, we can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver. The FDIC’s power under the orderly liquidation authority to disregard the priority of creditor claims and treat similarly situated creditors differently in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations, could adversely impact holders of our unsecured debt. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”
Further, because both our resolution plan contemplates an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the FDIC has proposed an SPOE strategy through which it may apply its orderly liquidation authority powers, we believe that the application of an SPOE strategy is the reasonably likely outcome if either our resolution plan were implemented or a resolution proceeding were commenced under the orderly liquidation authority. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of adequate capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy, and the Parent Company has entered into a secured amended and restated support agreement with its material entities, as defined in our resolution plan, pursuant to which it would provide such capital and liquidity to such entities.
In further development of our SPOE strategy, we have created a wholly owned, direct subsidiary of the Parent Company, Morgan
Stanley Holdings LLC (“Funding IHC”), to serveserves as a resolution funding vehicle. The Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing basis, certain assets to the Funding IHC. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its material assets that can be contributed under the terms

December 2019 Form 10-K16


of the amended and restated support agreement (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) (“Contributable Assets”), to the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities.
The obligations of the Parent Company and of the Funding IHC, respectively, under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets), and the assets of the Funding IHC.IHC, as applicable. As a result, claims of our material entities, including the Funding IHC, against the assets of the Parent Company with respect to such secured assets are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.
Although an SPOE strategy, whether applied pursuant to our resolution plan or in a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, is intended to result in better outcomes for creditors overall, there is no guarantee that the application of an SPOE strategy, including the provision of support to the Parent Company’s material entities pursuant to the secured amended and restated support agreement, will not result in greater losses for holders of our securities compared towith a different resolution strategy for us.
Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority and other resolution regimes. For example, the Federal Reserve requires top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIBs, including the Firm, to maintain minimum amounts of equity and eligible long-term debt TLAC in order to ensure that such institutions have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of debt to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible TLAC where the SPOE strategy is used. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC requirement is that our losses will be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on the holders of the debt securitiescreditors of our operating subsidiariesmaterial entities without requiring taxpayer or before putting U.S. taxpayers at risk.government financial support.
In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and other E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity. Such “bail-in” powers are intended to enable the recapitalization of a failing institution by allocating losses to
15December 2021 Form 10-K

its shareholders and unsecured creditors. Non-U.S. regulators are also considering requirements that certain subsidiaries of large financial institutions maintain minimum amounts of TLAC that would pass losses up from the subsidiaries to the Parent Company and, ultimately, to security holders of the Parent Company in the event of failure.
We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital standards.requirements.
We are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, which requires usincluding with respect to regulatory capital requirements, stress testing and capital planning. We submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve describing proposed dividend payments to shareholders, proposed repurchases of our outstanding securities and other proposed capital actions that we intend to take. The Federal Reserve may objectOur ability to or otherwise require us to modify, such plan, or may object or require modifications to a resubmittedtake capital actions described in the capital plan anyis dependent on, among other factors, the results of which would adversely affect shareholders.
In addition, beyond review of the plan,supervisory stress tests conducted by the Federal Reserve may impose other restrictions or conditions on us that prevent us from paying or increasing dividends, repurchasing securities or taking otherand our compliance with regulatory capital actions that would benefit shareholders.requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve.
Finally,In addition, the Federal Reserve may change regulatory capital standardsrequirements to impose higher requirements that restrict our ability to take capital actions or may modify or impose other regulatory standards or restrictions that increase our operating expenses and reduceor constrain our ability to take capital actions. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.
The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to extensive regulatory and law enforcement investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.
As a global financial services firm, we face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in all countries in which we conduct our business. Investigations and proceedings initiated by these authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In addition to the monetary consequences, these measures could, for example, impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses.
These investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, continue to impact the financial services industry, and certain U.S. and international governmental entities have brought criminal actions against, or have sought criminal convictions, pleas or deferred prosecution agreements from, financial institutions. Significant regulatory or law enforcement action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business.
The Dodd-Frank Act also provides compensation to whistleblowers who present the SEC or CFTC with information related to securities or commodities law violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this compensation, it is possible we could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC or CFTC.

17December 2019 Form 10-K


We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in penalties, fines, or other results adverse to us.
In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. In other cases, including antitrust litigation, we may be subject to claims for joint and several liability with other defendants for treble damages or other relief related to alleged conspiracies involving other institutions. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information, or improper sales practices or conduct.
We may be responsible for representations and warranties associated with residentialcommercial and commercialresidential real estate loans and may incur losses in excess of our reserves.
We originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate and commercial assets and products, including residential and CMBS.products. In connection with these activities, we have provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that we securitized in CMBS.CMBS and RMBS. For additional information, see also Note 1315 to the financial statements.
We currently have severalcertain legal proceedings related to claims for alleged breaches of representations and warranties. If there are decisions adverse to us in those legal proceedings, we may incur losses substantially in excess of our reserves. In addition, our reserves are based, in part, on certain factual and legal assumptions. If those assumptions are incorrect and need to be revised, we may need to adjust our reserves substantially.
Our commodities activities and investments subject us to extensive regulation, and environmental risks and regulation that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.
In connection with the commodities activities in our Institutional Securities business segment, we execute transactions involving the storage, transportation and market-making of several commodities, including metals, natural gas, electric power, environmental attributes and other commodity products. In


December 2021 Form 10-K16

addition, we are an electricity power marketer in the U.S. These activities subject us to extensive energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations.
Although we have attempted to mitigate our environmental risks by, among other measures, limiting the scope of activities involving storage and transportation, adopting appropriate policies and procedures, and implementing emergency response programs, these actions may not prove adequate to address every contingency. In addition, insurance covering some of these risks may not be available, and the proceeds, if any, from insurance recovery may not be adequate to cover liabilities with respect to particular incidents. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by these events.
During the past several years, intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement, litigation and remedial proceedings involving companies conducting the activities in which we are engaged. In addition, enhanced regulation of OTC derivatives markets in the U.S. and the E.U., as well as similar legislation proposed or adopted elsewhere, will impose significant costs and requirements on our commodities derivatives activities.
We may incur substantial costs or loss of revenue in complying with current or future laws and regulations and our overall businesses and reputation may be adversely affected by the current legal environment. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties.
A failure to address conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.
As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other, or situations in which we may be a creditor of a client. Moreover, we utilize multiple brands and business channels, including those resulting from our acquisitions, and continue to enhance the collaboration across business segments, which may heighten the potential conflicts of interest or the risk of improper sharing of information.
We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to identify and address potential conflicts of interest, and we utilize various measures, such as the use of disclosure, to manage these potential conflicts. However, identifying and mitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead

December 2019 Form 10-K18


to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.
Our regulators have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. For example, our status as a BHC supervised by the Federal Reserve subjects us to direct Federal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates. Further, the Volcker Rule subjects us to regulatory scrutiny regarding certain transactions between us and our clients.
Risk Management
Our risk management strategies, models and processes may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposures in all market environments or against all types of risk, which could result in unexpected losses.
We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management capabilities and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis, may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated.
As our businesses change and grow, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate.
In addition, many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators and, therefore, cannot anticipate sudden, unanticipated, or unidentified market or economic movements, such as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which could cause us to incur losses.
Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, model, legal, regulatory and compliance risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses.
While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such
outcomes. For example, to the extent that our trading or investing activities involve less liquid trading markets or are otherwise subject to restrictions on sales or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and, therefore, reduce our risk associated with such positions. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our trading or investing activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks and related strategies, models and processes, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk.”
Planned replacementClimate change manifesting as physical or transition risks could adversely affect our operations, businesses and clients.
There is increasing concern over the risks of climate change and related environmental sustainability matters. The physical risks of climate change include acute events, such as flooding, extreme heat and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as increasing temperatures, sea level rise, and more frequent and prolonged drought. Such events could disrupt our operations or those of our clients or third parties on which we rely, including through direct damage to physical assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption and market volatility.
Additionally, transitioning to a low-carbon economy will likely require extensive policy, legal, technology and market changes. Transition risks, including changes in consumer preferences and additional regulatory and legislative
17December 2021 Form 10-K

requirements, including carbon taxes, could increase our expenses and adversely impact our strategies and those of our clients.
In addition, our reputation and client relationships may be adversely impacted as a result of our practices related to climate change, including our involvement, or our clients’ involvement, in certain industries, projects, or initiatives associated with causing, or potentially slowing solutions to, climate change, as well as any decisions we make to continue to conduct or change our activities in response to considerations relating to climate change.
As climate risk is interconnected with other risk types, including geopolitical risks, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management strategies, as well as governance structures, established for risks such as market, credit and operational risks. Because the timing and severity of climate change events or societal changes in reaction to them may be difficult to predict, our risk management strategies may not be effective in mitigating climate risk exposure.
In addition, the methodology and data used to manage and monitor climate risk continues to evolve and currently utilizes information and estimates that have been derived from information or factors released by third-party sources, which may not be current. Certain third-party information may also change over time as methodologies evolve and are refined. While we believe this information is reasonable at the time, we may only be able to complete limited validation. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates and beliefs made by third parties and by us, which could also impact our management of risk in this area.
Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate and replacement or reform of other interest rate benchmarks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned committees and working groups of market participants and official sector representatives to replace LIBOR and replace or reform other interest rate benchmarks (collectively, the “IBORs”). A transition away from the widespread use of such ratesthe IBORs to alternative rates and other potential interest rate benchmark reforms has begunis underway and will continue overover the course of the next few years. For example,These reforms have caused and may in the FCA, which regulates LIBOR, has announcedfuture cause such rates to perform differently than in the past, or to cease entirely, or have other consequences that it has commitments from panel banksare contrary to continue to contribute to LIBOR through the end of 2021, but that it will not use its powers to compel contributions beyond such date. As a result, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the publication of LIBOR beyond 2021, and regulators globally have continued to emphasize the need for the industry to plan accordingly.market expectations.
The Federal Reserve Bank of New York now publishes three reference rates based on overnight U.S. Treasury repurchase agreement transactions, including the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, which had been recommended as the alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee convened by the Federal Reserve and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Further, the Bank of England is publishing a reformed Sterling Overnight Index Average, comprised of a broader set of overnight Sterling money market transactions, which has been selected by the Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates as the alternative rate to Sterling LIBOR. Central bank-sponsored committees in other jurisdictions, including Europe, Japan and Switzerland, have selected alternative reference rates denominated in other currencies.
Theongoing market transition away from IBORs and other interest rate benchmarks to alternative reference rates is complex and could have a range of adverse impacts on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, such transition or reform could:
Adversely impact the pricing, liquidity, value of, return on and trading for a broad array of financial products, including any IBOR-linked securities, loans and derivatives that are included in our financial assets and liabilities;

19December 2019 Form 10-K


Require further extensive changes to documentation that governs or references IBOR or IBOR-based products, including, for example, pursuant to time-consuming renegotiations of existing documentation to modify the terms of outstanding securities and related hedging transactions;
Result in a population of products with documentation that governs or references IBOR or IBOR-based products but that cannot be amended due to an inability to obtain sufficient consent from counterparties or product owners;
Result in inquiries, reviews or other actions from regulators in respect of our (or the market’s) preparation, readiness, transition plans and readiness foractions regarding the replacement of an IBOR with one or more alternative reference rates;rates, including regulatory guidance regarding constraints on the entry into new U.S. dollar IBOR-linked contracts after December 31, 2021;
Result in disputes, litigation or other actions with clients, counterparties and investors in various scenarios, such as regarding the interpretation and enforceability of provisions in IBOR-based products such as fallback language or other related provisions, including in the case of fallbacks to the alternative reference rates, any economic, legal, operational or other impact resulting from the fundamental differences between the IBORs and the various alternative reference rates;
Require the additional transition and/or further development of appropriate systems and analytics to effectively transition our risk management processes from IBORs to those based on one or more alternative reference rates in a timely manner, including by quantifying value and risk for various alternative reference rates, which may prove challenging given the limited history of the proposed alternative reference rates; and
Cause us to incur additional costs in relation to any of the above factors.
Other factors include the pace of the transition to the alternative reference rates, timing mismatches between cash and derivative markets, the specific terms and parameters for and market acceptance of any alternative reference rate, market conventions for the use of any alternative reference rate in connection with a particular product (including the timing and market adoption of any conventions proposed or recommended by any industry or other group), prices of and the liquidity of trading markets for products based on alternative reference rates, and our ability to further transition and develop appropriate systems and analytics for one or more alternative reference rates.
See also “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Regulatory Requirements—Regulatory Developments and Other Matters” herein.


December 2021 Form 10-K18

Competitive Environment
We face strong competition from financial services firms and others, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenuerevenues and profitability.
The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, exchanges, electronic trading and clearing
platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, energy companies, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., and globally, andas well as digitally, orincluding through the internet. We also compete with companies that provide online trading and banking services, investment advisor services, robo-advice capabilities, access to digital asset capabilities and services, and other financial products and services. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price.
Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms, or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in our remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity, or new competitors may emerge.
We have experienced and may continue to experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices, eliminating commissions or other fees, or providing more favorable terms of business. In addition, certain of our competitors may be subject to different and, in some cases, less stringent, legal and regulatory regimes than we are, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage. Some new competitors in the financial technology sector have sought to target existing segments of our businesses that could be susceptible to disruption by innovative or less regulated business models. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”
Automated trading markets and the introduction and application of new technologies may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.
We have experienced intensecontinue to experience price competition in some of our businesses in recent years.businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and other automated trading platforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies has increasedwill likely continue the pressure on bid-offer spreads, commissions, markups or comparable fees.revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic
markets will likely continue and will likely increase as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced and it iswill likely that we will continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing bid-offer spreads, commissions, markups or fees.future.
Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

Our people are our most important resourceasset. We compete with various other companies in attracting and competition forretaining qualified employees is intense.and skilled personnel. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees, or do so at levels

December 2019 Form 10-K20


or in forms necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, or the competitive market for talent further intensifies, our performance, including our competitive position and results of operations, could be materially adversely affected.
The financial industry has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, including limitations relating to incentive-based compensation, clawback requirements and special taxation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.
International Risk
We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations whichthat could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.
We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes and levies, data transfer and outsourcing restrictions, prohibitions on certain types of foreign and capital market activities, limitations on cross-border listings and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries are uncertain and evolving and itsubject to sudden change. It may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market.market or adapt to changes in law, which could adversely impact our businesses.
Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the risk that transactionstransactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases. In addition, uncertainty as to the nature of the future relationship between the U.K. and the E.U. may adversely affect the manner in which we operate certain of our businesses across Europe.
19December 2021 Form 10-K

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic or financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or potential defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.
The emergence of aA disease pandemic, such as the coronavirus,COVID-19, or other widespread health emergencies, natural disasters, climate-related incidents, terrorist activities or military actions, or social or political tensions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets or in other areas of the global economy that could adversely affect our businesses, or could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage or conduct our businesses around the world.
As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multi-nationalmultinational bodies and governmental agencies worldwide, as well aswhich may be in inconsistent with local law. We are also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action, as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.
The U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. could adversely affect us.
It is difficult to predict the future of the U.K.’s relationship with the E.U., the uncertainty of which may increase the volatility in the global financial markets in the short- and medium-term and may negatively disrupt regional and global financial markets. Additionally, depending on the outcome, such uncertainty may adversely affect the manner in which we operate certain of our businesses in Europe.
On January 31, 2020, the U.K. withdrew from the E.U. under the terms of a withdrawal agreement between the U.K. and the E.U. The withdrawal agreement provides for a transition period to the end of December 2020, during which time the U.K. will continue to apply E.U. law as if it were a member state, and U.K. firms' passporting rights to provide financial services in E.U. jurisdictions will continue. Under the terms of the withdrawal agreement the U.K. and the E.U. may agree to an extension of the transition period for up to two years, although the U.K. Government has signaled that it will not seek any extension.
With respect to financial services, the withdrawal agreement provides that the U.K. and the E.U. will endeavor to conclude by June 2020 whether they will grant each other equivalence under European financial regulations. Equivalence would provide a degree of access to E.U. markets for U.K. financial firms, although the extent and duration of such access remains subject to negotiation.
If equivalence (or any alternative arrangement) is not agreed, our U.K. licensed entities may be unable to provide regulated services in a number of E.U. jurisdictions from the end of December 2020, absent further regulatory relief.
Potential effects of the U.K. exit from the E.U. and potential mitigation actions may vary considerably depending on the nature of the future trading arrangements between the U.K. and the E.U.
While we have taken steps to make changes to our European operations in an effort to ensure that we can continue to provide cross-border banking and investment and other services in E.U. member states without the need for separate regulatory authorizations in each member state, as a result of the political uncertainty described above, it is currently unclear what the final

21December 2019 Form 10-K


post-Brexit structure of our European operations will be. Given the potential negative disruption to regional and global financial markets, and depending on the extent to which we may be required to make material changes to our European operations beyond those implemented or planned, our results of operations and business prospects could be negatively affected. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Regulatory Developments.”
Acquisition, Divestiture and Joint Venture Risk
We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, minority stakes or strategic alliances.alliances, and certain acquisitions may subject our business to new or increased risk.
In connection with past or future acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, minority stakes or strategic alliances (including with MUFG), we face numerous risks and uncertainties in combining, transferring, separating or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine or separate accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. Certain of these strategic initiatives, and integration thereof, may cause us to incur incremental expenses and may also require incremental financial, management and other resources.
For example, the integrations of E*TRADE and Eaton Vance involve a number of risks, including failure to realize anticipated cost savings and difficulty integrating the businesses. It is possible that the remaining integration processes could also result in unanticipated disruptions of
ongoing businesses, the loss of key employees, the loss of clients, or overall integrations that take longer than originally anticipated.
In the case of joint ventures, partnerships and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.
In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and any of our joint venture partners or partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the relevant joint venture.venture or partnership, respectively.
There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions, divestitures or investments will be successfully integrated or disaggregated or yield all of the positive benefits and synergies anticipated. If we are not able to integrate or disaggregate successfully our past and future acquisitions or dispositions, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.
Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses, may change our client or account profile or bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes, services, competitors and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign, compliance and operational risks, as well as franchise and reputational concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held, or services are being delivered.
For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”


December 2021 Form 10-K20

ms-20211231_g1.jpg
December 2019 Form 10-K22


Selected Financial Data
Income Statement Data
$ in millions20192018201720162015
Revenues     
Total non-interest revenues1
$36,725
$36,301
$34,645
$30,933
$32,062
Interest income17,098
13,892
8,997
7,016
5,835
Interest expense12,404
10,086
5,697
3,318
2,742
Net interest4,694
3,806
3,300
3,698
3,093
Net revenues41,419
40,107
37,945
34,631
35,155
Non-interest expenses    
Compensation and benefits18,837
17,632
17,166
15,878
16,016
Non-compensation expenses1
11,281
11,238
10,376
9,905
10,644
Total non-interest expenses30,118
28,870
27,542
25,783
26,660
Income from continuing operations before income taxes11,301
11,237
10,403
8,848
8,495
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes2,064
2,350
4,168
2,726
2,200
Income from continuing operations9,237
8,887
6,235
6,122
6,295
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
(4)(19)1
(16)
Net income$9,237
$8,883
$6,216
$6,123
$6,279
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests195
135
105
144
152
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$9,042
$8,748
$6,111
$5,979
$6,127
Preferred stock dividends and other530
526
523
471
456
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$8,512
$8,222
$5,588
$5,508
$5,671
Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley  
Income from continuing operations$9,042
$8,752
$6,130
$5,978
$6,143
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
(4)(19)1
(16)
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$9,042
$8,748
$6,111
$5,979
$6,127
Effective income tax rate from continuing operations18.3%20.9%40.1%30.8%25.9%
Financial Measures
 20192018201720162015
ROE2
11.7%11.8%8.0%8.0%8.5%
ROTCE2, 3
13.4%13.5%9.2%9.3%9.9%
Common Share-Related Data
 20192018201720162015
Per common share     
Earnings (basic)4
$5.26
$4.81
$3.14
$2.98
$2.97
Earnings (diluted)4
5.19
4.73
3.07
2.92
2.90
Book value5
45.82
42.20
38.52
36.99
35.24
Tangible book value3, 5
40.01
36.99
33.46
31.98
30.26
Dividends declared1.30
1.10
0.90
0.70
0.55
Common shares outstanding   
in millions     
At December 311,594
1,700
1,788
1,852
1,920
Annual average:     
Basic1,617
1,708
1,780
1,849
1,909
Diluted1,640
1,738
1,821
1,887
1,953
Balance Sheet Data
$ in millions20192018201720162015
GLR6
$217,457
$249,735
$192,660
$202,297
$203,264
Loans7
130,637
115,579
104,126
94,248
85,759
Total assets895,429
853,531
851,733
814,949
787,465
Deposits190,356
187,820
159,436
155,863
156,034
Borrowings192,627
189,662
192,582
165,716
155,941
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity81,549
80,246
77,391
76,050
75,182
Common shareholders’ equity73,029
71,726
68,871
68,530
67,662
Tangible common shareholders’ equity3
63,780
62,879
59,829
59,234
58,098
1.
Effective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which, among other things, requires a gross presentation of certain costs that were previously netted against net revenues. Prior period results have not been restated pursuant to this guidance.
2.ROE and ROTCE represent earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively.
3.Represents a non-GAAP measure. See “Executive Summary—Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
4.For further information on basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share, see Note 16 to the financial statements.
5.Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share equal common shareholders’ equity and tangible common shareholders’ equity, respectively, divided by common shares outstanding.
6.For a discussion of the GLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.
7.Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 8 to the financial statements).

23December 2019 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Introduction
Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Disclosures reflect the effects of the acquisitions of Eaton Vance Corp. (“Eaton Vance”) and E*TRADE Financial Corporation (“E*TRADE”) prospectively from the acquisition dates, March 1, 2021 and October 2, 2020, respectively. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K. For an analysis of 20182020 results compared with 20172019 results, see Part II, Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the 2018annual report on Form 10-K.10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2020 filed with the SEC.
A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:
Institutional Securities provides investment banking, salesa variety of products and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment bankingBanking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings real estate and project finance. SalesOur Equity and trading servicesFixed Income businesses include sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, Asia wealth management services and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities.certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to sales and trading customers. Other activities include Asia wealth management services, investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering: financial advisor-led brokerage and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration services;administration; annuity and insurance products; securities-based lending, residential real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.
Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and alternative/other products.overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis includes certain metrics that we believe to be useful to us, investors, analysts and other stakeholders by providing further transparency about, or an additional means of assessing, our financial condition and operating results. Such metrics, when used, are defined and may be different from or inconsistent with metrics used by other companies.
The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by: competition; risk factors; legislative, legal and regulatory developments; and other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business—Competition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation,” “Risk Factors” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

21December 20192021 Form 10-K24

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Executive Summary
Overview of Financial Results
Consolidated ResultsResults—Year ended December 31, 2021
The Firm’s full year results reflect both record net revenues of $59.8 billion, up 23% year over year, and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $15.0 billion, up 37%.
The Firm delivered full year ROTCE of 19.8% (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein).
The full year Firm expense efficiency ratio was 67%.
At December 31, 2021, our standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 16.0%.
Institutional Securities reported record full year net revenues of $29.8 billion, up 13%, with strong revenues across Advisory, Underwriting and Equity.
Wealth Management delivered a full year pre-tax margin of 25.5%, or 26.9% excluding integration-related expenses (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein). The business added net new assets of $438 billion, and total client assets under management were $4.9 trillion, up 23% from a year ago.
Investment Management reported full year net revenues of $6.2 billion, driven by strong fee-based asset management revenues on record AUM of $1.6 trillion as of December 31, 2021.
Strategic Transactions
On March 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Eaton Vance. For further information, see “Business Segments—Investment Management” herein and Note 3 to the financial statements.
On October 2, 2020, we completed the acquisition of E*TRADE. For further information, see “Business Segments—Wealth Management” herein and Note 3 to the financial statements.

Net Revenues1
($ in millions)
netrevenues19q4.jpg

ms-20211231_g2.jpg
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for more information.
Net Income ApplicableBusiness Segments
We are a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of our business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Through our subsidiaries and affiliates, we provide a wide variety of products and services to Morgan Stanley
($ in millions)

netincomems19q4.jpg

Earnings per Common Share2a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Additional information related to our business segments, respective clients, and products and services provided is included under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

eps19q4.jpgCompetition
All aspects of our businesses are highly competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talent. Operating
Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley and Diluted EPSwithin the financial services industry on a U.S. GAAPglobal basis presents, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and Adjusted Basis
$ in millions, except per share data201920182017
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley  
U.S. GAAP$9,042
$8,748
$6,111
Adjusted—Non-GAAP3
8,694
8,545
7,079
Earnings per diluted common share  
U.S. GAAP2
$5.19
$4.73
$3.07
Adjusted—Non-GAAP3
4.98
4.61
3.60
1.
Effective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which among other things, requires a gross presentation of certain costs that were previously netted against net revenues. 2017 results have not been restated pursuant to this guidance.
2.For further information on basic and diluted EPS, see Note 16 to the financial statements.
3.Represents a non-GAAP measure, see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein. Adjusted amounts exclude net discrete tax provisions (benefits) that are intermittent and include those that are recurring. Provisions (benefits) related to conversion of employee share-based awards are expected to occur every year and, as such, are considered recurring discrete tax items. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information—Income Tax Matters” herein.
2019 Compared with 2018
We reported net revenuesother infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for us to remain competitive. Our competitive position depends on a number of $41,419 million in 2019 compared with $40,107 million in 2018. For 2019, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $9,042 million,factors, including our reputation, the quality and consistency of our long-term investment performance, innovation, execution, relative pricing or $5.19 per diluted common share, compared with $8,748 million,other factors including entering into new, or $4.73 per diluted common share, in 2018.
Results for 2019 and 2018 include intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $348 million and $203 million or $0.21 and $0.12 per diluted common share, respectively, primarily associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interestexpanding current, businesses as a result of new information pertainingacquisitions and other strategic initiatives. Our ability to sustain or improve our competitive position also depends substantially on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, energy companies, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations.
ExcludingU.S. and globally, as well as digitally, including through the intermittent net discrete tax items, net incomeinternet. In addition, restrictive laws and regulations applicable to Morgan Stanley was $8,694 million,certain financial services institutions, which may prohibit us from engaging in certain transactions and impose more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, can put us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors in certain businesses not subject to these same requirements. See also “Supervision and Regulation” herein and “Risk Factors.”
We compete directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers and with others on a regional or $4.98 per diluted common shareproduct basis. Additionally, there is increased competition driven by established firms and asset managers, as well as the emergence of new firms and business models (including innovative uses of technology) competing for the same clients and assets or offering similar products and services to retail and institutional customers. We also compete with companies that provide online trading and banking services, investment advisor services, robo-advice capabilities, access to digital asset capabilities and services, and other financial products and services.
Our ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally impacted by our credit ratings), to commit and to deploy capital efficiently, particularly in 2019, comparedour capital-intensive underwriting and sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects our competitive position. We expect corporate clients to continue to request that we provide loans or lending commitments in connection with $8,545 million,certain investment banking activities.
It is possible that competition may become even more intense as we continue to compete with financial or $4.61 per diluted common share,other institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in 2018 (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein).

certain geographies or products. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services, and on different platforms, that may enhance their competitive

1December 2021 Form 10-K

position and could result in pricing pressure on our businesses.
We continue to experience price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and other automated trading platforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies will likely continue the pressure on revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced and will likely continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future.
Our ability to compete successfully in the investment management industry is affected by several factors, including our reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment strategies or product offerings relative to peers and appropriate benchmark indices, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels and investment pipelines, and the types and quality of products offered. Our investment products, including alternative investment products, may compete with investments offered by other investment managers with passive investment products or who may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than us.
Supervision and Regulation
As a major financial services firm, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business.
We continue to monitor the changing political, tax and regulatory environment. While it is likely that there will be changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which we operate, it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. We expect to remain subject to extensive supervision and regulation.
Financial Holding Company
Consolidated Supervision.    We operate as a BHC and FHC under the BHC Act and are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. In particular, we are subject to (among other things): significant regulation and supervision; intensive scrutiny of our businesses and plans for expansion of those businesses; limitations on activities; a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements; restrictions on activities and investments imposed by a section of the BHC Act added by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) referred to
as the “Volcker Rule”; and comprehensive derivatives regulation. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) has primary rulemaking, enforcement and examination authority over us and our subsidiaries with respect to federal consumer protection laws, to the extent applicable.
Scope of Permitted Activities.    The BHC Act limits the activities of BHCs and FHCs and grants the Federal Reserve authority to limit our ability to conduct activities. We must obtain the Federal Reserve’s approval before engaging in certain banking and other financial activities both in the U.S. and internationally.
The BHC Act grandfathers “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that we were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the U.S.” and provided that certain other conditions that are within our reasonable control are satisfied. We currently engage in our commodities activities pursuant to the BHC Act grandfather exemption, as well as other authorities under the BHC Act.
Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.    The Volcker Rule prohibits banking entities, including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain proprietary trading activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with covered funds, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to a number of exemptions and exclusions. In addition, there is an extension until July 2022 for conformance for certain legacy covered funds.
Capital Requirements.    The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), including well-capitalized standards, for large BHCs and evaluates our compliance with such requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”), Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”), E*TRADE Bank (“ETB”) and E*TRADE Savings Bank (“ETSB”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ETB (collectively, our “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). On January 1, 2022, ETSB merged with and into ETB, and subsequently ETB merged with and into MSPBNA, with MSPBNA as the surviving bank.
The Basel Committee has published a comprehensive set of revisions to its Basel III Framework. The impact on us of any revisions to the Basel Committee’s capital standards is uncertain and depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking agencies.
In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries provisionally registered as swap dealers with the


25
December 20192021 Form 10-K2

ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants.
For more information about the specific capital requirements applicable to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are swap dealers and security-based swap dealers, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” and Note 17 to the financial statements.
Non-interest ExpensesCapital Planning, Stress Tests and Capital Distributions.1, 2    The Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including Morgan Stanley. For more information about our capital planning and stress test requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”
($ in millions)

noninterestexpenses19q4.jpg

1.The percentages on the bars in the chart represent the contribution of compensation and benefits expenses and non-compensation expenses to the total.
2.
Effective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which among other things, requires a gross presentation of certain costs that were previously netted against net revenues. 2017 results have not been restated pursuant to this guidance.
2019 Compared with 2018
CompensationIn addition, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and benefits expensesthe FDIC have the authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of $18,837 million in 2019 increased 7% from $17,632 million in 2018. The 2019 results reflect increasesdividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, if, in the fair valuebanking regulator’s opinion, payment of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced, carried interest, salaries,a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. For information about the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on capital distributions for large BHCs, see “Management’s Discussion and severance-related costs. These increases were partially offset by decreases in discretionary incentive compensationAnalysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the roll-offStress Capital Buffer.” All of certain acquisition-related employee retention loans.
Non-compensation expenses of $11,281 million in 2019 were relatively unchanged from $11,238 million in 2018, with increased investment in technology offset by lower professional services expenses.

Business Segment Resultsthese policies and other requirements could affect our ability to pay dividends and/or repurchase stock or require us to provide capital assistance to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under circumstances that we would not otherwise decide to do.
Net RevenuesLiquidity Requirements.    In addition to capital regulations, the U.S. banking agencies have adopted liquidity and funding standards, including the LCR, the NSFR, liquidity stress testing and associated liquidity reserve requirements.
For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Balance Sheet—Regulatory Liquidity Framework.”
Systemic Risk Regime.    Under rules issued by Segment1, 2
($ in millions)

segmentrevenues19q4.jpg

Net Income Applicable tothe Federal Reserve, large BHCs, including Morgan Stanley, must conduct internal liquidity stress tests, maintain unencumbered highly liquid assets to meet projected net cash outflows for 30 days over the range of liquidity stress scenarios used in internal stress tests, and comply with various liquidity risk management requirements. These large BHCs also must comply with a range of risk management and corporate governance requirements.
The Federal Reserve also imposes single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCL”) for large banking organizations. U.S. G-SIBs, including us, are subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined to include other U.S. G-SIBs, foreign G-SIBs and non-bank systemically important financial institutions supervised by Segmentthe Federal Reserve). In addition, we are subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty.
The Federal Reserve has proposed rules that would create a new early remediation framework to address financial distress or material management weaknesses. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish additional prudential standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures and limits on short-term debt, including off-balance sheet exposures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements.”
If the Federal Reserve or the Financial Stability Oversight Council determines that a BHC with $250 billion or more in consolidated assets poses a “grave threat” to U.S. financial stability, the institution may be, among other things, restricted in its ability to merge or offer financial products and/or required to terminate activities and dispose of assets. See also “Capital Requirements” and “Liquidity Requirements” and “Resolution and Recovery Planning” herein.
Resolution and Recovery Planning.1 We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. Interim updates are required in certain limited circumstances, including material mergers or acquisitions or fundamental changes to our resolution strategy.
($Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in millions)our most recent resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy, which generally contemplates the provision of adequate capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy after the Parent Company has filed for bankruptcy.

Our next resolution plan is due July 1, 2023. Further, we submit an annual recovery plan to the Federal Reserve that outlines the steps that management could take over time to generate or conserve financial resources in times of prolonged financial stress.
segmentincome19q4.jpg

1.The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each business segment to the total of the applicable financial category and may not total to 100% due to intersegment eliminations. See Note 21 to the financial statements for details of intersegment eliminations.
2.
Effective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which among other things,Certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries are also subject to resolution and recovery planning requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. For example, the FDIC currently requires certain insured depository institutions (“IDI”), including MSBNA and MSPBNA, to submit a gross presentation of certain costs that were previously netted against net revenues. This new guidance had the effect of increasing revenues reported in the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments. 2017 results have not been restated pursuant to this guidance.

3December 2021 Form 10-K

resolution plan every three years, that describes the IDI’s strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of the IDI.
In addition, certain financial companies, including BHCs such as the Firm and certain of its subsidiaries, can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, with the FDIC being appointed as receiver, provided that determination of extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk is made by the U.S. Treasury Secretary in consultation with the U.S. President. Regulators have adopted certain orderly liquidation authority implementing regulations and may expand or clarify these regulations in the future. If we were subject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would have considerable powers, including: the power to remove directors and officers responsible for our failure and to appoint new directors and officers; the power to assign our assets and liabilities to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; the ability to differentiate among our creditors, including treating certain creditors within the same class better than others, subject to a minimum recovery right on the part of disfavored creditors to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and broad powers to administer the claims process to determine distributions from the assets of the receivership. The FDIC has been developing an SPOE strategy that could be used to implement the orderly liquidation authority.
Regulators have also taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority or other resolution regimes.
For more information about our resolution plan-related submissions and associated regulatory actions, see “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Resolution and Recovery Planning.”
Cyber and Information Security Risk Management and Protection of Client Information
The financial services industry faces increased global regulatory focus regarding cyber and information security risk management practices. Many aspects of our businesses are subject to cybersecurity legal and regulatory requirements enacted by U.S. federal and state governments and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. These laws are generally aimed at codifying basic cybersecurity protections and mandating data breach notification requirements.
Our businesses are also subject to increasing privacy and data protection legal requirements concerning the use and
protection of certain personal information. These requirements impose mandatory privacy and data protection obligations, including providing for individual rights, enhanced governance and accountability requirements, and significant fines and litigation risk for noncompliance. In addition, several jurisdictions have enacted or proposed personal data localization requirements and restrictions on cross-border transfer of personal data that may restrict our ability to conduct business in those jurisdictions or create additional financial and regulatory burdens to do so.
Many aspects of our businesses are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information, as well as the privacy and cybersecurity laws referenced above. We have adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.
U.S. Bank Subsidiaries
The U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are FDIC-insured depository institutions subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC and are subject to the OCC’s risk governance guidelines, which establish heightened standards for a large IDI’s risk governance framework and the oversight of that framework by the IDI’s board of directors. The U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to prompt corrective action standards, which require the relevant federal banking regulator to take prompt corrective action with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. In addition, BHCs, such as Morgan Stanley, are required to serve as a source of strength to their U.S. bank subsidiaries and commit resources to support these subsidiaries in the event such subsidiaries are in financial distress.
Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on certain transactions with affiliates, including any extension of credit to, or purchase of assets from an affiliate. These restrictions limit the total amount of credit exposure that our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates and require collateral for those exposures. Section 23B requires affiliate transactions to be on market terms.
As commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institutions, each of the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries could be responsible for any loss to the FDIC from the failure of another U.S. Bank Subsidiary.
Institutional Securities and Wealth Management
Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation.    Our primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), MSSB and E*TRADE Securities LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands and are members of various self-regulatory


December 20192021 Form 10-K264


organizations, including Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and various securities exchanges and clearing organizations. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, risk management controls in connection with market access, recordkeeping and retention, and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation.
MSSB is also a registered investment adviser with the SEC. MSSB’s relationship with its investment advisory clients is subject to the fiduciary and other obligations imposed on investment advisers. The SEC and other supervisory bodies generally have broad administrative powers to address non-compliance, including the power to restrict or limit MSSB from carrying on its investment advisory and other asset management activities.
The Firm is subject to various regulations that affect broker-dealer sales practices and customer relationships, including the SEC’s “Regulation Best Interest,” which requires broker-dealers to act in the “best interest” of retail customers at the time a recommendation is made without placing the financial or other interests of the broker-dealer ahead of the interest of the retail customer.
Margin lending by our broker-dealers is regulated by the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities. Our broker-dealers are also subject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under FINRA and other self-regulatory organization rules.
Our U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various exchanges, other regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations. For more information about these requirements, see Note 17 to the financial statements.
Research.    In addition to research-related regulations currently in place in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest and may impose additional regulations.
Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities.    MS&Co. and E*TRADE Futures LLC, as futures commission merchants, and MSSB, as an introducing broker, are subject to net capital requirements of, and certain of their activities are regulated by, the CFTC, the NFA, the Joint Audit Committee (including the CME Group, in its capacity as MS&Co.’s designated self-regulatory organization), and various commodity futures exchanges. Rules and regulations of the CFTC, NFA, the Joint Audit Committee (including the CME Group) and commodity futures exchanges address
obligations related to, among other things, customer asset protections, including rules and regulations governing the segregation of customer funds, the use by futures commission merchants of customer funds, the margining of customer accounts and documentation entered into by futures commission merchants with their customers, recordkeeping and reporting obligations of futures commission merchants and introducing brokers, risk disclosure and risk management.
Our commodities activities are subject to extensive and evolving laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad.
Derivatives Regulation.    We are subject to comprehensive regulation of our derivatives businesses, including regulations that impose margin requirements, public and regulatory reporting, central clearing and mandatory trading on regulated exchanges or execution facilities for certain types of swaps and security-based swaps (collectively, “Swaps.”)
CFTC and SEC rules require registration of swap dealers and security-based swap dealers, respectively, and impose numerous obligations on such registrants, including adherence to business conduct standards for all in-scope Swaps. We have provisionally or conditionally registered a number of U.S. and non U.S. swap dealers and security-based swap dealers. Swap dealers and security-based swap dealers regulated by a prudential regulator are subject to uncleared Swap margin requirements and minimum capital requirements established by the prudential regulators. Swap dealers and security-based swap dealers not subject to regulation by a prudential regulator are subject to uncleared Swap margin requirements and minimum capital requirements established by the CFTC and SEC, respectively. In some cases, the CFTC and SEC permit non-U.S. swap dealers and security-based swap dealers that do not have a prudential regulator to comply with applicable non-U.S. uncleared Swap margin and minimum capital requirements instead of direct compliance with CFTC or SEC requirements.
Investment Management
Many of the subsidiaries engaged in our investment management activities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. Many aspects of our investment management activities are also subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from carrying on our investment management activities in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations.
In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are U.S. registered broker-dealers and act as distributors to our proprietary mutual funds and as placement agents to certain private investment funds managed by our Investment Management business segment. Certain of our affiliates are registered as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from
5December 2021 Form 10-K

 
Management's Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

such registration pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance, and have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they advise. Our investment management activities are subject to additional laws and regulations, including restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, covered funds, as defined by the Volcker Rule, subject to certain limited exemptions. See also “Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule,” “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation,” “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities,” and “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Derivatives Regulation” herein and “Non-U.S. Regulation” herein for a discussion of other regulations that impact our Investment Management business activities.
U.S. Consumer Protection
We are subject to supervision and regulation by the CFPB with respect to U.S. federal consumer protection laws. Federal consumer protection laws to which we are subject include the Privacy of Consumer Financial Information Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Electronic Fund Transfer Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Truth in Lending Act and Truth in Savings Act, all of which are enforced by the CFPB. We are also subject to certain federal consumer protection laws enforced by the OCC, including the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. Furthermore, we are subject to certain state consumer protection laws, and under the Dodd-Frank Act, state attorneys general and other state officials are empowered to enforce certain federal consumer protection laws and regulations. These federal and state consumer protection laws apply to a range of our activities.
Non-U.S. Regulation
All of our businesses are regulated extensively by non-U.S. regulators, including governments, central banks and regulatory bodies, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, especially in those jurisdictions in which we maintain an office. Certain regulators have prudential, business conduct and other authority over us or our subsidiaries, as well as powers to limit or restrict us from engaging in certain businesses or to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, or the suspension or expulsion of a regulated entity or its affiliates. Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to capital, liquidity, leverage and other prudential requirements that are applicable under non-U.S. law.
Financial Crimes Program
Our Financial Crimes program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis and supports our financial crime prevention efforts across all regions and business units with
responsibility for governance, oversight and execution of our anti-money laundering (“AML”), economic sanctions (“Sanctions”), anti-corruption, anti-tax evasion, and government and political activities compliance programs.
In the U.S., the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, impose significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, BHCs and their subsidiaries, broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, introducing brokers and mutual funds to implement AML programs, verify the identity of customers that maintain accounts, and monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly require designated types of financial institutions to implement AML programs.
We are also subject to Sanctions, such as regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and similar sanctions programs imposed by foreign governments or global or regional multilateral organizations, and anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Anti-corruption laws generally prohibit offering, promising, giving or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a government official or private party in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business advantage, such as to obtain or retain business.
Human Capital
Employees
Our employees are our most important asset. With offices in 41 countries, we have approximately 75 thousand employees across the globe as of December 31, 2021, whom we depend upon to build value for our clients and shareholders. To facilitate talent attraction and retention, we strive to make Morgan Stanley a diverse and inclusive workplace, with a strong culture and opportunities for our employees to grow and develop in their career and be supported by competitive compensation, benefits, and health and wellness programs.
Culture
Our core values are designed to guide decision making aligned to the expectations of our employees, clients, shareholders, regulators, directors and the communities in which we operate. These guiding values—Put Clients First, Do the Right Thing, Lead with Exceptional Ideas, Commit to Diversity and Inclusion, and Give Back—are at the heart of our workplace culture and underpin our success. Our Code of Conduct is central to our expectation that employees embody our values, and, as such, every new hire and every employee annually is required to certify to their understanding of and
2019 Compared with 2018
Institutional Securities net revenues of $20,386 million in 2019 were relatively unchanged from 2018, reflecting a mixed market backdrop, with lower revenues from Equity sales and trading and Investment banking offset by higher Fixed income and Other sales and trading revenues.
Wealth Management net revenues of $17,737 million in 2019 increased 3% from 2018, primarily reflecting higher Transactional revenues due to gains related to investments associated with certain deferred compensation plans.
Investment Management net revenues of $3,763 million in 2019 increased 37% from 2018, primarily reflecting higher Investments revenues, principally driven by an underlying investment's initial public offering within an Asia private equity fund.
Net Revenues by Region1, 2
($ in millions)
regionalrevenues19q4.jpg

1.December 2021 Form 10-KThe percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each region to the total.6

2.For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown for net revenues is determined, see Note 21 to the financial statements.
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

adherence to the Code of Conduct. We also invite employee feedback on our culture and workplace through our ongoing employee engagement surveys. For a further discussion of the culture, values, and conduct of employees, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Risk Management.”
Diversity and Inclusion
We believe that a diverse and inclusive workforce is important to Morgan Stanley’s continued success and our ability to serve our clients. To this end, we pursue a comprehensive diversity and inclusion strategy that includes accountability, representation, advancement, culture, outreach and fostering a sense of belonging for all our employees. To build a diverse talent pipeline, we use global, targeted recruitment and development programs to hire, retain and promote women and ethnically diverse talent. We have also introduced representation objectives to drive greater accountability for a diverse workforce. All of our divisions have identified opportunities to improve diverse representation for women globally and ethnically diverse talent in the U.S. Additionally, the Morgan Stanley Institute for Inclusion helps lead an integrated and transparent diversity, equity and inclusion strategy to deliver our full potential to achieve meaningful change within our Firm and beyond, including our communities.
Talent Development and Retention
We are committed to identifying and developing the talents of our workforce, as well as succession planning. Our talent development programs provide employees with the resources they need to help achieve their career goals, build management skills and lead their organizations. With the evolving work environment, we have increased support for managers and employees, including ongoing training focused on managing and working in a hybrid environment. We also focus on the retention of our talented and skilled employees as one key component of a successful business and culture.
Compensation and Financial Wellness
We pursue responsible and effective compensation programs that reinforce our values and culture through four key objectives: delivering pay for sustainable performance, attracting and retaining top talent, aligning with shareholder interests and mitigating excessive risk taking. In addition to salaries, these programs (which vary by location) include annual bonuses, retirement savings plans with matching contributions, student loan refinancing, free will preparation through our legal plan and supplemental life insurance program, discounted group insurance options, and a financial wellness program in the U.S. and the U.K. To promote equitable rewards for all employees, including women and ethnically diverse employees, we have enhanced our practices to support fair and consistent compensation and reward decisions based on merit, perform ongoing reviews of compensation decisions, including at the point of hire and
Financial Measurespromotion, and conduct regular assessments of our rewards structure.
Health and Wellness
The well-being of our employees is also key to the success of the Firm. To that end, we provide programs (which vary by location), including healthcare and insurance benefits, health savings and flexible spending accounts, paid time off, family leave, family care resources, flexible work schedules, adoption and surrogacy assistance, employee assistance programs, tuition assistance and on-site services, such as health centers and fitness centers, among many others. Morgan Stanley sponsors free and confidential mental health counseling for all employees and their dependents (which vary by location). The Firm continues to offer mental health benefits in the U.S. that provide access to therapists, mental health coaches and other resources.
In 2021, the Firm launched a Global Wellbeing board, assembling senior leaders with a mission to advance the Firm’s wellbeing strategy. Additionally, in 2021, feedback from the global benefits survey and lessons learned during the pandemic helped identify several key opportunities to strategically expand our health and wellness offerings. In that regard, the Firm has made changes to our global offerings, including enhancements with respect to parental leave policies, paid leave benefits for family care, family building benefits, and subsidized fitness access. We also implemented a new U.S. national concierge primary care benefit. Further, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Firm expanded offerings such as providing paid time off to receive vaccinations, set up in-office vaccination clinics, and made testing available both in office and at home, as well as implemented additional on-site safety measures in our facilities.
For more detailed information regarding our Human Capital programs and initiatives, see “Our People” in our 2020 Sustainability Report and our 2021 Diversity and Inclusion Report (both located on our website). The reports and information elsewhere on our website are not incorporated by reference into, and do not form any part of, this Annual Report.
 201920182017
Consolidated financial measures
ROE11.7%11.8%8.0%
Adjusted ROE1, 2
11.2%11.5%9.4%
ROTCE1
13.4%13.5%9.2%
Adjusted ROTCE1, 2
12.9%13.2%10.8%
Expense efficiency ratio3
72.7%72.0%72.6%
Pre-tax margin4
27.3%28.0%27.4%
Worldwide employees60,431
60,348
57,633
Pre-tax margin by segment4
Institutional Securities27%30%30%
Wealth Management27%26%26%
Investment Management26%17%18%
 At
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Capital ratios5
  
Common Equity Tier 1 capital16.4%16.9%
Tier 1 capital18.6%19.2%
Total capital21.0%21.8%
Tier 1 leverage8.3%8.4%
SLR6.4%6.5%
1.Represents a non-GAAP measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.7December 2021 Form 10-K

2.Adjusted amounts exclude net discrete tax provisions (benefits) that are intermittent and include those that are recurring. Provisions (benefits) related to conversion of employee share-based awards are expected to occur every year and, as such, are considered recurring discrete tax items. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information—Income Tax Matters” herein.
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Human Capital Metrics1
3.CategoryTheMetricAt
December 31,
2021
Employees
Employees by geography
(thousands)
Americas51 
Asia Pacific15 
EMEA
Culture
Employee engagement2
% Proud to work at Morgan Stanley90 %
Diversity and InclusionGlobal gender representation% Women39 %
% Women officer3
27 %
U.S. ethnic diversity representation
% Ethnically diverse4
32 %
% Ethnically diverse officer3
26 %
RetentionVoluntary attrition in 2021% Global12 %
TenureManagement Committee average length of service (years)20 
All employees average length of service (years)
CompensationCompensation and benefitsTotal compensation and benefits expense efficiency ratio represents total non-interest expenses as a percentage of net revenues.in 2021 (millions)$24,628 
1.Legacy Eaton Vance employees are included in all metrics other than “employee engagement.” For “tenure,” Eaton Vance tenure is based on length of service since joining Eaton Vance.
2.Based on 2021 employee engagement results, which reflect responses from 91% of employees.
3.Officer includes Managing Directors, Executive Directors and Vice Presidents.
4.U.S. ethnically diverse designations align with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission’s ethnicity and race categories and includes American Indian or Native Alaskan, Asian, Black or African American, Hispanic or Latino, Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander, and two or more races.
Information about our Executive Officers
The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their age and titles as of February 24, 2022 are set forth below. Business experience is provided in accordance with SEC rules.
Mandell L. Crawley (46). Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer (since February 2021). Head of Private Wealth Management (June 2017 to January 2021). Chief Marketing Officer (September 2014 to June 2017). Head of National Business Development and Talent Management for Wealth Management (June 2011 to September 2014). Divisional Business Development Officer (May 2010 to June 2011). Regional Business Development Officer (May 2009 to May 2010). Head of Field Sales and Marketing (February 2008 to May 2009). Head of Fixed Income Capital Markets Sales and Distribution for Wealth Management (April 2004 to February 2008).
James P. Gorman (63). Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). President and Chief Executive Officer (January 2010 to December 2011) and member of the Board of Directors (since January 2010). Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management (February 2006 to April 2008).
Eric F. Grossman (55). Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). Global Head of Legal (September 2010 to January 2012). Global Head of Litigation (January 2006 to September 2010) and General Counsel of the Americas (May 2009 to September 2010). General Counsel of Wealth Management (November 2008 to September 2010). Partner at the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (June 2001 to December 2005).
Keishi Hotsuki (59). Executive Vice President (since May 2014) and Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2011). Interim Chief Risk Officer (January 2011 to May 2011) and Head of Market Risk Department (March 2008 to April 2014). Global Head of Market Risk Management at Merrill Lynch (June 2005 to September 2007).
Edward N. Pick (53). Co-President and Co-Head of Corporate Strategy (since June 2021). Head of Institutional Securities (since July 2018). Global Head of Sales and Trading (October 2015 to July 2018). Head of Global Equities (March 2011 to October 2015). Co-Head of Global Equities (April 2009 to March 2011). Co-Head of Global Capital Markets (July 2008 to April 2009). Co-Head of Global Equity Capital Markets (December 2005 to July 2008).
Jonathan M. Pruzan (53). Executive Vice President (since May 2015) and Chief Operating Officer (since June 2021). Head of Corporate Strategy (December 2016 to May 2021). Chief Financial Officer (May 2015 to May 2021). Co-Head of Global Financial Institutions Group (January 2010 to April 2015). Co-Head of North American Financial Institutions Group M&A (September 2007 to December 2009). Head of the U.S. Bank Group (April 2005 to August 2007).
Andrew M. Saperstein (55). Co-President (since June 2021) and Head of Wealth Management (Since April 2019). Co-Head of Wealth Management (January 2016 to April 2019). Co-Chief Operating Officer of Institutional Securities (March 2015 to January 2016). Head of Wealth Management Investment Products and Services (June 2012 to March 2015).
Daniel A. Simkowitz (56). Head of Investment Management (since October 2015) and Co-Head of Corporate Strategy (since June 2021). Co-Head of Global Capital Markets (March 2013 to September 2015). Chairman of Global Capital Markets (November 2009 to March 2013). Managing Director in Global Capital Markets (December 2000 to November 2009).
Sharon Yeshaya (42). Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since June 2021). Head of Investor Relations (June 2016 to May 2021). Chief of Staff in the Office of the Chairman and CEO (January 2015 to May 2016). Co-Head of New Product Origination for Derivative Structured Products (December 2012 to December 2014).


4.December 2021 Form 10-KPre-tax margin represents income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.8

5.At December 31, 2019 and 2018, our risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules. For a discussion of our capital ratios, see "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements" herein.
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Selected Non-GAAP
Risk Factors
For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results and strategic objectives, see “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding “Business” and “Return on Tangible Common Equity Goal” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial InformationCondition and Results of Operations.”
Our results of operations may be adversely affected by the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Although the global economy has begun to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic, as many health and safety restrictions have been lifted and vaccine distribution continues to increase, certain adverse consequences of the pandemic continue to impact the global economy and may persist for some time, including labor shortages and disruptions of global supply chains. The growth in economic activity and demand for goods and services, alongside labor shortages and supply chain complications, has also contributed to rising inflationary pressures. Should these ongoing effects of the pandemic continue for an extended period or worsen, we could experience reduced client activity and demand for our products and services.

The Firm continues to be fully operational and, recognizing that local conditions vary for our offices around the world and that the trajectory of the virus continues to be uncertain, our employees are able to work from home and in our offices as deemed necessary. If significant portions of our workforce, including key personnel, are unable to work effectively because of illness, government actions, or other restrictions in connection with the pandemic, the impact of the pandemic on our businesses could be exacerbated.
The extent to which the consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic affect our businesses, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our regulatory capital and liquidity ratios and our ability to take capital actions, will depend on future developments that remain uncertain, including the rate of distribution and administration of vaccines globally, the severity and duration of any resurgence of COVID-19 variants, future actions taken by governmental authorities, central banks and other third parties in response to the pandemic, and the effects on our customers, counterparties, employees and third-party service providers. Moreover, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic will heighten many of the other risks described throughout this section. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer.”
Market Risk
Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in
losses for a position or portfolio owned by us. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk.”
Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global and economic conditions and other factors, including changes in asset values.
Our results of operations have been in the past and may, in the future, be materially affected by fluctuations in the global financial markets, including the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, the level and term structure of interest rates, inflation and currency values, and the level of other market indices, which may be driven by economic conditions, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other widespread events such as natural disasters, climate-related incidents or acts of war or aggression, changes to global trade policies and the implementation of tariffs or protectionist trade policies and other factors.
The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in business flows and activity and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments.
Periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions may have adverse impacts on the level of individual investor participation in the global markets and/or the level of client assets, and, in very low interest rate environments, the level of net interest income, which would negatively impact the results of our Wealth Management business segment.
Substantial market fluctuations could also cause variations in the value of our investments in our funds, the flow of investment capital into or from AUM, and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact our Investment Management business segment.
The value of our financial instruments may be materially affected by market fluctuations. Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the credit markets may make it extremely difficult to value and monetize certain of our financial instruments, particularly during periods of market displacement. Subsequent valuations in future periods, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the value of these instruments and may adversely impact historical or prospective fees and performance-based income (also known as incentive fees, which include carried interest) in respect of certain businesses. In addition, at the
9December 2021 Form 10-K

time of any sales and settlements of these financial instruments, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could cause a decline in the value of our financial instruments, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.
In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions, market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale. Our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. However, severe market events have historically been difficult to predict, and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.
Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.
Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, investing, underwriting (including block trading), and lending businesses (including margin lending) in the event of unfavorable market movements or when market conditions are more favorable for our competitors. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region. For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country and Other Risks.”
Credit Risk
Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk.”
We prepareare exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.
We incur significant credit risk exposure through our Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to: extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment
amount; posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.
We also incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment lending to mainly individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin- and securities-based loans collateralized by securities, residential mortgage loans and HELOCs.
Our valuations related to, and reserves for losses on, credit exposures rely on complex models, estimates, and subjective judgments about the future. While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, future economic conditions that differ from or are more severe than forecast, inaccurate models or assumptions, or external factors such as natural disasters, geopolitical events or the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, could lead to inaccurate measurement of or deterioration of credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or the value of collateral and result in unexpected losses. We may also incur higher than anticipated credit losses as a result of (i) disputes with counterparties over the valuation of collateral or (ii) actions taken by other lenders that may negatively impact the valuation of collateral. In cases where we foreclose on collateral, sudden declines in the value or liquidity of collateral may result in significant losses to us despite our (i) credit monitoring; (ii) over-collateralization; (iii) ability to call for additional collateral; or (iv) ability to force repayment of the underlying obligation, especially where there is a single type of collateral supporting the obligation. In addition, in the longer term, climate change may have a negative impact on the financial condition of our clients, which may decrease revenues from those clients and increase the credit risk associated with loans and other credit exposures to those clients.
Certain of our credit exposures may be concentrated by counterparty, product, industry or country. Although our models and estimates account for correlations among related types of exposures, a change in the market environment for a concentrated product or an external factor impacting a concentrated counterparty, industry or country may result in credit losses in excess of amounts forecast. Concentrations of credit risk are managed through the Firm’s comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework.
In addition, as a clearing member of several central counterparties, we are responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers and could incur financial losses in the event of default by other clearing members. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.


December 2021 Form 10-K10

A default by a large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets.
The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships among the institutions. Increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearing houses, central agents or exchanges as required by provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as systemic risk and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks and securities firms, with which we interact on a daily basis and, therefore, could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company.”
Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., cyber attacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Operational Risk.”
We are subject to operational risks, including a failure, breach or other disruption of our operations or security systems or those of our third parties (or third parties thereof), as well as human error or malfeasance, which could adversely affect our businesses or reputation.
Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and report, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. We may introduce new products or services or change processes or reporting, including in connection with new regulatory requirements, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify.
The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets and the move to more automated trading platforms has resulted in the use of increasingly complex technology that relies on the continued effectiveness of the programming code and integrity of the data to process the trades. We rely on the ability of our employees, our consultants, our internal systems and systems at technology centers maintained by
unaffiliated third parties to operate our different businesses and process a high volume of transactions. Unusually high trading volumes or site usage could cause our systems to operate at an unacceptably slow speed or even fail. Disruptions to, destruction of, instability of or other failure to effectively maintain our information technology systems or external technology that allows our clients and customers to use our products and services (including our self-directed brokerage platform) could harm our business and our reputation.
As a major participant in the global capital markets, we face the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes or due to fraud or cyber attack. We also face the risk of operational failure or disruption of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our lending, securities and derivatives transactions. In addition, in the event of a breakdown or improper operation or disposal of our or a direct or indirect third party’s systems (or third parties thereof), processes or information assets, or improper or unauthorized action by third parties, including consultants and subcontractors or our employees, we have in the past and may receive regulatory sanctions, and could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity position, a disruption of our businesses, or damage to our reputation.
In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearing houses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industry-wide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business. Furthermore, the concentration of company and personal information held by a handful of third parties increases the risk that a breach at a key third party may cause an industry-wide event that could significantly increase the cost and risk of conducting business.
There can be no assurance that our business contingency and security response plans fully mitigate all potential risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities where we are located. This may include a disruption involving physical site access; software flaws and vulnerabilities; cybersecurity incidents; terrorist activities; political unrest; disease pandemics; catastrophic events; climate-related incidents and natural disasters (such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and wildfires); electrical outage; environmental hazard; computer servers; communications or other services we use; our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.
Although we employ backup systems for our data, those backup systems may be unavailable following a disruption, the affected data may not have been backed up or may not be recoverable from the backup, or the backup data may be costly to recover, which could adversely affect our business.
11December 2021 Form 10-K

Notwithstanding evolving technology and technology-based risk and control systems, our businesses ultimately rely on people, including our employees and those of third parties with which we conduct business. As a result of human error or engagement in violations of applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures, certain errors or violations are not always discovered immediately by our technological processes or by our controls and other procedures, which are intended to prevent and detect such errors or violations. These can include calculation errors, mistakes in addressing emails or other communications, errors in software or model development or implementation, or errors in judgment, as well as intentional efforts to disregard or circumvent applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures. Human errors and malfeasance, even if promptly discovered and remediated, can result in material losses and liabilities for us.
We conduct business in various jurisdictions outside the U.S., including jurisdictions that may not have comparable levels of protection for their corporate assets such as intellectual property, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, and customer information and records. The protection afforded in those jurisdictions may be less established and/or predictable than in the U.S. or other jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result, there may also be heightened risks associated with the potential theft of their data, technology and intellectual property in those jurisdictions by domestic or foreign actors, including private parties and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Additionally, we are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and international laws and regulations governing cybersecurity, privacy and data governance, transfer and protection, which may differ and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions. Any theft of data, technology or intellectual property may negatively impact our operations and reputation, including disrupting the business activities of our subsidiaries, affiliates, joint ventures or clients conducting business in those jurisdictions.
A cyber attack, information or security breach or a technology failure of ours or a third party could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, manage our exposure to risk, or result in disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information and otherwise adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause reputational harm.
Cybersecurity risks for financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet, mobile telecommunications and cloud technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external extremist parties, including foreign state actors, in some circumstances as a means to promote political ends. Global events and geopolitical instability may lead to increased nation state targeting of financial institutions in the U.S. and abroad. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, vendors, or other third parties or users of our systems to disclose sensitive
information in order to gain access to our data or that of our employees or clients.
Cybersecurity risks may also derive from human error, fraud or malice on the part of our employees or third parties, or may result from accidental technological failure. These risks may be heightened by several factors, including remote work, or as a result of the integration of acquisitions and other strategic initiatives that may subject us to new technology, customers or third-party providers. In addition, third parties with whom we do business, the regulators with whom we share information, and each of their service providers, as well as the third parties with whom our customers and clients share information used for authentication, may also be sources of cybersecurity risks, particularly where activities of customers are beyond our security and control systems. There is no guarantee that the measures we take will provide absolute security or recoverability given that the techniques used in cyber attacks are complex and frequently change, and are difficult to anticipate.
Like other financial services firms, the Firm, its third-party providers, and its clients continue to be the subject of unauthorized access attacks, mishandling or misuse of information, computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, denial of service attacks, data breaches, social engineering attacks and other events. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, or cyber incidents will not occur in the future, and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.
We maintain a significant amount of personal and confidential information on our customers, clients and certain counterparties that we are required to protect under various state, federal and international data protection and privacy laws. These laws may be in conflict with one another or courts and regulators may interpret them in ways that we had not anticipated or that adversely affect our business. A cyber attack, information or security breach, or a technology failure of ours or of a third party could jeopardize our or our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third parties’ computer systems. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’, counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, as well as the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information of ours, our employees, our customers or of other third parties. Any of these events could result in reputational damage with our clients and the market, client dissatisfaction, additional costs to us to maintain and update our operational and security systems and infrastructure, violation of the applicable data protection and privacy laws, regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, litigation exposure, or fines or penalties, any of which


December 2021 Form 10-K12

could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Given our global footprint and the high volume of transactions we process, the large number of clients, partners, vendors and counterparties with which we do business, and the increasing sophistication of cyber attacks, a cyber attack, information or security breach could occur and persist for an extended period of time without detection. It could take considerable time for us to determine the scope, extent, amount and type of information compromised, and the impact of such an attack may not be fully understood. During such time we would not necessarily know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, all or any of which would further increase the costs and consequences of a cyber attack or data breach.
While many of our agreements with partners and third-party vendors include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses we may incur. In addition, although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber and information security risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses.
We continue to make investments with a view toward maintaining and enhancing our cybersecurity posture. The cost of managing cyber and information security risks and attacks along with complying with new, increasingly expansive, and evolving regulatory requirements could adversely affect our results of operations and business.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial statementsobligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern, as well as the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Liquidity Risk.”
Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.
Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets, our inability to
access the secured lending markets, or unanticipated outflows of cash or collateral by customers or clients. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including concerns regarding fiscal matters in the U.S. and other geographic areas, could impair our ability to raise funding.
In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, if regulatory authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or if we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity.
If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment portfolios or trading assets, to meet maturing liabilities or other obligations. We may be unable to sell some of our assets or we may have to sell assets at a discount to market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend on our credit ratings.
The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are impacted by our long-term and short-term credit ratings. The rating agencies continue to monitor certain company-specific and industry-wide factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings. These include governance, capital adequacy, the level and quality of earnings, liquidity and funding, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, business mix, regulatory or legislative changes, macroeconomic environment and perceived levels of support, and it is possible that the rating agencies could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.
Our credit ratings also can have an adverse impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC and other derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with our Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade.
Termination of our trading and other agreements could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant payments in the form of cash or securities. The additional collateral or termination payments that may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can
13December 2021 Form 10-K

be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings—Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments.”
We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.
The Parent Company has no operations and depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory restrictions, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that limit, as well as authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce, the flow of funds to the Parent Company, or that prohibit such transfers or dividends altogether in certain circumstances, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside the U.S. GAAP. Fromto protect clients and creditors of such entities in the event of financial difficulties involving such entities.
These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a BHC, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends. The Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. See “We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital requirements” under "Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk" herein.
Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.
Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economies.
In particular, our cost and availability of funding in the past have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Significant turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk
Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, limitations on our business, or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, anti-corruption and terrorist financing rules and regulations. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Legal and Compliance Risk.”
The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, and changes in regulation will impact our business.
Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business. These laws and regulations significantly affect the way we do business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.
The Firm and its employees are subject to (among other things) wide-ranging regulation and supervision, intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses through acquisitions or otherwise, limitations on new activities, a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity and funding requirements and other enhanced prudential standards, resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of TLAC and external long-term debt, restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, comprehensive derivatives regulation, commodities regulation, market structure regulation, consumer protection regulation, tax regulations, antitrust laws, trade and transaction reporting obligations, and broadened fiduciary obligations.
Ongoing implementation of, or changes in, including changes in interpretation or enforcement of, laws and regulations could materially impact the profitability of our businesses and the value of assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our stock or require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors.
In addition, regulatory requirements that are imposed by foreign policymakers and regulators may be inconsistent or


December 2021 Form 10-K14

conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and may adversely affect us. Legal and regulatory requirements continue to be subject to ongoing change, which may result in significant new costs to comply with new or revised requirements, as well as to monitor for compliance on an ongoing basis.
The application of regulatory requirements and strategies in the U.S. or other jurisdictions to facilitate the orderly resolution of large financial institutions may pose a greater risk of loss for our security holders and subject us to other restrictions.
We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC were to jointly determine that our resolution plan submission was not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution, and if we were unable to address any deficiencies identified by the regulators, we or any of our subsidiaries may be subject to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or after a two-year period, we may be required to divest assets or operations.
In addition, provided that certain procedures are met, we can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver. The FDIC’s power under the orderly liquidation authority to disregard the priority of creditor claims and treat similarly situated creditors differently in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations, could adversely impact holders of our unsecured debt. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”
Further, because both our resolution plan contemplates an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the FDIC has proposed an SPOE strategy through which it may apply its orderly liquidation authority powers, we believe that the application of an SPOE strategy is the reasonably likely outcome if either our resolution plan were implemented or a resolution proceeding were commenced under the orderly liquidation authority. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of adequate capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy, and the Parent Company has entered into a secured amended and restated support agreement with its material entities, as defined in our resolution plan, pursuant to which it would provide such capital and liquidity to such entities.
In further development of our SPOE strategy, a wholly owned, direct subsidiary of the Parent Company, Morgan
Stanley Holdings LLC (“Funding IHC”), serves as a resolution funding vehicle. The Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing basis, certain assets to the Funding IHC. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its material assets that can be contributed under the terms of the amended and restated support agreement (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) (“Contributable Assets”), to the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities.
The obligations of the Parent Company and of the Funding IHC, respectively, under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets), and the assets of the Funding IHC, as applicable. As a result, claims of our material entities, including the Funding IHC, against the assets of the Parent Company with respect to such secured assets are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.
Although an SPOE strategy, whether applied pursuant to our resolution plan or in a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, is intended to result in better outcomes for creditors overall, there is no guarantee that the application of an SPOE strategy, including the provision of support to the Parent Company’s material entities pursuant to the secured amended and restated support agreement, will not result in greater losses for holders of our securities compared with a different resolution strategy for us.
Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority and other resolution regimes. For example, the Federal Reserve requires top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIBs, including the Firm, to maintain minimum amounts of equity and eligible long-term debt TLAC in order to ensure that such institutions have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of debt to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible TLAC where the SPOE strategy is used. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC requirement is that our losses will be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on the creditors of our material entities without requiring taxpayer or government financial support.
In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and other E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity. Such “bail-in” powers are intended to enable the recapitalization of a failing institution by allocating losses to
15December 2021 Form 10-K

its shareholders and unsecured creditors. Non-U.S. regulators are also considering requirements that certain subsidiaries of large financial institutions maintain minimum amounts of TLAC that would pass losses up from the subsidiaries to the Parent Company and, ultimately, to security holders of the Parent Company in the event of failure.
We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital requirements.
We are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, including with respect to regulatory capital requirements, stress testing and capital planning. We submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve describing proposed dividend payments to shareholders, proposed repurchases of our outstanding securities and other proposed capital actions that we intend to take. Our ability to take capital actions described in the capital plan is dependent on, among other factors, the results of supervisory stress tests conducted by the Federal Reserve and our compliance with regulatory capital requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve.
In addition, the Federal Reserve may change regulatory capital requirements to impose higher requirements that restrict our ability to take capital actions or may modify or impose other regulatory standards or restrictions that increase our operating expenses or constrain our ability to take capital actions. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.
The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to extensive regulatory and law enforcement investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.
As a global financial services firm, we face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in all countries in which we conduct our business. Investigations and proceedings initiated by these authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In addition to the monetary consequences, these measures could, for example, impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses.
These investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, continue to impact the financial services industry, and certain U.S. and international governmental entities have brought criminal actions against, or have sought criminal convictions, pleas or deferred prosecution agreements from, financial institutions. Significant regulatory or law enforcement action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business.
The Dodd-Frank Act also provides compensation to whistleblowers who present the SEC or CFTC with information related to securities or commodities law violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this compensation, it is possible we could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC or CFTC.
We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in penalties, fines, or other results adverse to us.
In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. In other cases, including antitrust litigation, we may disclosebe subject to claims for joint and several liability with other defendants for treble damages or other relief related to alleged conspiracies involving other institutions. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information, or improper sales practices or conduct.
We may be responsible for representations and warranties associated with commercial and residential real estate loans and may incur losses in excess of our reserves.
We originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related assets and products. In connection with these activities, we have provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain “non-GAAPrepresentations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain loans that we securitized in CMBS and RMBS. For additional information, see Note 15 to the financial measures”statements.
We currently have certain legal proceedings related to claims for alleged breaches of representations and warranties. If there are decisions adverse to us in this documentthose legal proceedings, we may incur losses substantially in excess of our reserves. In addition, our reserves are based, in part, on certain factual and legal assumptions. If those assumptions are incorrect and need to be revised, we may need to adjust our reserves substantially.


December 2021 Form 10-K16

A failure to address conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.
As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other, or situations in which we may be a creditor of a client. Moreover, we utilize multiple brands and business channels, including those resulting from our acquisitions, and continue to enhance the collaboration across business segments, which may heighten the potential conflicts of interest or the risk of improper sharing of information.
We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to identify and address potential conflicts of interest, and we utilize various measures, such as the use of disclosure, to manage these potential conflicts. However, identifying and mitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.
Our regulators have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. For example, our status as a BHC supervised by the Federal Reserve subjects us to direct Federal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates. Further, the Volcker Rule subjects us to regulatory scrutiny regarding certain transactions between us and our clients.
Risk Management
Our risk management strategies, models and processes may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposures in all market environments or against all types of risk, which could result in unexpected losses.
We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management capabilities and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis, may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated.
As our businesses change and grow, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate.
In addition, many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators and, therefore, cannot anticipate sudden, unanticipated, or unidentified market or economic movements, such as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which could cause us to incur losses.
Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, model, legal, regulatory and compliance risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses.
While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such outcomes. For example, to the extent that our trading or investing activities involve less liquid trading markets or are otherwise subject to restrictions on sales or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and, therefore, reduce our risk associated with such positions. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our earnings releases, earningstrading or investing activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks and related strategies, models and processes, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk.”
Climate change manifesting as physical or transition risks could adversely affect our operations, businesses and clients.
There is increasing concern over the risks of climate change and related environmental sustainability matters. The physical risks of climate change include acute events, such as flooding, extreme heat and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as increasing temperatures, sea level rise, and more frequent and prolonged drought. Such events could disrupt our operations or those of our clients or third parties on which we rely, including through direct damage to physical assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption and market volatility.
Additionally, transitioning to a low-carbon economy will likely require extensive policy, legal, technology and market changes. Transition risks, including changes in consumer preferences and additional regulatory and legislative
17December 2021 Form 10-K

requirements, including carbon taxes, could increase our expenses and adversely impact our strategies and those of our clients.
In addition, our reputation and client relationships may be adversely impacted as a result of our practices related to climate change, including our involvement, or our clients’ involvement, in certain industries, projects, or initiatives associated with causing, or potentially slowing solutions to, climate change, as well as any decisions we make to continue to conduct or change our activities in response to considerations relating to climate change.
As climate risk is interconnected with other risk types, including geopolitical risks, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management strategies, as well as governance structures, established for risks such as market, credit and operational risks. Because the timing and severity of climate change events or societal changes in reaction to them may be difficult to predict, our risk management strategies may not be effective in mitigating climate risk exposure.
In addition, the methodology and data used to manage and monitor climate risk continues to evolve and currently utilizes information and estimates that have been derived from information or factors released by third-party sources, which may not be current. Certain third-party information may also change over time as methodologies evolve and are refined. While we believe this information is reasonable at the time, we may only be able to complete limited validation. These and other conference calls,factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates and beliefs made by third parties and by us, which could also impact our management of risk in this area.
Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate and replacement or reform of other interest rate benchmarks could adversely affect our business, financial presentations, definitive proxy statementcondition and otherwise.results of operations.
Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned committees and working groups of market participants and official sector representatives to replace LIBOR and replace or reform other interest rate benchmarks (collectively, the “IBORs”). A “non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amountstransition away from the use of the IBORs to alternative rates and other potential interest rate benchmark reforms is underway and will continue over the course of the next few years. These reforms have caused and may in the future cause such rates to perform differently than in the past, or to cease entirely, or have other consequences that are contrary to market expectations.
The ongoing market transition away from IBORs and other interest rate benchmarks to alternative reference rates is complex and could have a range of adverse impacts on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, such transition or reform could:
Adversely impact the pricing, liquidity, value of, return on and trading for a broad array of financial products, including any IBOR-linked securities, loans and derivatives that are included in our financial assets and liabilities;
Require further extensive changes to documentation that governs or references IBOR or IBOR-based products, including, for example, pursuant to time-consuming renegotiations of existing documentation to modify the terms of outstanding securities and related hedging transactions;
Result in a population of products with documentation that governs or references IBOR or IBOR-based products but that cannot be amended due to an inability to obtain sufficient consent from counterparties or product owners;
Result in inquiries, reviews or other actions from regulators in respect of our (or the market’s) preparation, readiness, transition plans and actions regarding the replacement of an IBOR with one or more alternative reference rates, including regulatory guidance regarding constraints on the entry into new U.S. dollar IBOR-linked contracts after December 31, 2021;
Result in disputes, litigation or other actions with clients, counterparties and investors in various scenarios, such as regarding the interpretation and enforceability of provisions in IBOR-based products such as fallback language or other related provisions, including in the case of fallbacks to the alternative reference rates, any economic, legal, operational or other impact resulting from the fundamental differences between the IBORs and the various alternative reference rates;
Require the additional transition and/or further development of appropriate systems and analytics to effectively transition our risk management processes from IBORs to those based on one or more alternative reference rates in a timely manner, including by quantifying value and risk for various alternative reference rates, which may prove challenging given the limited history of the proposed alternative reference rates; and
Cause us to incur additional costs in relation to any of the above factors.
Other factors include the pace of the transition to the alternative reference rates, timing mismatches between cash and derivative markets, the specific terms and parameters for and market acceptance of any alternative reference rate, market conventions for the use of any alternative reference rate in connection with a particular product (including the timing and market adoption of any conventions proposed or recommended by any industry or other group), prices of and the liquidity of trading markets for products based on alternative reference rates, and our ability to further transition and develop appropriate systems and analytics for one or more alternative reference rates.
See also “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Regulatory Requirements—Regulatory Developments and Other Matters” herein.


December 2021 Form 10-K18

Competitive Environment
We face strong competition from financial services firms and others, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, energy companies, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S. and globally, as well as digitally, including through the internet. We also compete with companies that provide online trading and banking services, investment advisor services, robo-advice capabilities, access to digital asset capabilities and services, and other financial products and services. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price.
Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms, or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in our remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity, or new competitors may emerge.
We have experienced and may continue to experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices, eliminating commissions or other fees, or providing more favorable terms of business. In addition, certain of our competitors may be subject to different and, in some cases, less stringent, legal and regulatory regimes than we are, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage. Some new competitors in the financial technology sector have sought to target existing segments of our businesses that could be susceptible to disruption by innovative or less regulated business models. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”
Automated trading markets and the introduction and application of new technologies may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.
We continue to experience price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and other automated trading platforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies will likely continue the pressure on revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic
markets will likely continue as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced and will likely continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future.
Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

Our people are our most important asset. We compete with various other companies in attracting and retaining qualified and skilled personnel. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees, or do so at levels or in forms necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, or the competitive market for talent further intensifies, our performance, including our competitive position and results of operations, could be materially adversely affected.
The financial industry has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, including limitations relating to incentive-based compensation, clawback requirements and special taxation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.
International Risk
We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations that could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.
We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes and levies, data transfer and outsourcing restrictions, prohibitions on certain types of foreign and capital market activities, limitations on cross-border listings and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries are uncertain and evolving and subject to sudden change. It may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market or adapt to changes in law, which could adversely impact our businesses.
Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases. In addition, uncertainty as to the nature of the future relationship between the U.K. and the E.U. may adversely affect the manner in which we operate certain of our businesses across Europe.
19December 2021 Form 10-K

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic or financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or potential defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.
A disease pandemic, such as COVID-19, or other widespread health emergencies, natural disasters, climate-related incidents, terrorist activities or military actions, or social or political tensions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets or in other areas of the global economy that could adversely affect our businesses, or could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage or conduct our businesses around the world.
As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multinational bodies and governmental agencies worldwide, which may be in inconsistent with local law. We are also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action, as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.
Acquisition, Divestiture and Joint Venture Risk
We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, minority stakes or strategic alliances, and certain acquisitions may subject our business to new or increased risk.
In connection with past or future acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, minority stakes or strategic alliances (including with MUFG), we face numerous risks and uncertainties in combining, transferring, separating or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine or separate accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. Certain of these strategic initiatives, and integration thereof, may cause us to incur incremental expenses and may also require incremental financial, management and other resources.
For example, the integrations of E*TRADE and Eaton Vance involve a number of risks, including failure to realize anticipated cost savings and difficulty integrating the businesses. It is possible that the remaining integration processes could also result in unanticipated disruptions of
ongoing businesses, the loss of key employees, the loss of clients, or overall integrations that take longer than originally anticipated.
In the case of joint ventures, partnerships and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.
In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and any of our joint venture partners or partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the relevant joint venture or partnership, respectively.
There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions, divestitures or investments will be successfully integrated or disaggregated or yield all of the positive benefits and synergies anticipated. If we are not able to integrate or disaggregate successfully our past and future acquisitions or dispositions, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.
Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses, may change our client or account profile or bring us into contact, directly comparable measure calculatedor indirectly, with individuals and presentedentities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes, services, competitors and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign, compliance and operational risks, as well as franchise and reputational concerns regarding the manner in accordancewhich these assets are being operated or held, or services are being delivered.
For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”


December 2021 Form 10-K20

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Introduction
Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with U.S. GAAP. We considerits consolidated subsidiaries. Disclosures reflect the non-GAAPeffects of the acquisitions of Eaton Vance Corp. (“Eaton Vance”) and E*TRADE Financial Corporation (“E*TRADE”) prospectively from the acquisition dates, March 1, 2021 and October 2, 2020, respectively. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K. For an analysis of 2020 results compared with 2019 results, see Part II, Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the annual report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2020 filed with the SEC.
A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:
Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial measuresinstitutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Equity and Fixed Income businesses include sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, Asia wealth management services and certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to customers. Other activities include research.
Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering: financial advisor-led brokerage and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; annuity and insurance products; securities-based lending, residential real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.
Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis includes certain metrics that we disclosebelieve to be useful to us, investors, analysts and other stakeholders by providing further transparency about, or an alternateadditional means of assessing, our financial condition and operating results, prospective regulatory capital requirements or capital adequacy.
These measuresresults. Such metrics, when used, are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAPdefined and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measuresmetrics used by other companies. Whenever we refer
The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by: competition; risk factors; legislative, legal and regulatory developments; and other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a non-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or presentdiscussion of the most directly comparablerisks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business—Competition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation,” “Risk Factors” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

2721December 20192021 Form 10-K

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Executive Summary
Overview of Financial Results
Consolidated Results—Year ended December 31, 2021
financial measure calculatedThe Firm’s full year results reflect both record net revenues of $59.8 billion, up 23% year over year, and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliationnet income applicable to Morgan Stanley of the differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and the non-GAAP financial measure.$15.0 billion, up 37%.
The principal non-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth in the following tables.
Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures
$ in millions, except per share data201920182017
Net income applicable to Morgan
Stanley
$9,042
$8,748
$6,111
Impact of adjustments(348)(203)968
Adjusted net income applicable to
Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP1
$8,694
$8,545
$7,079
Earnings per diluted common share$5.19
$4.73
$3.07
Impact of adjustments(0.21)(0.12)0.53
Adjusted earnings per diluted common
share —non-GAAP1
$4.98
$4.61
$3.60
Effective income tax rate18.3%20.9%40.1 %
Impact of adjustments3.0%1.8%(9.3)%
Adjusted effective income tax
rate—non-GAAP1
21.3%22.7%30.8 %

 Average Monthly Balance
$ in millions201920182017
Tangible equity   
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity$81,240
$78,497
$78,230
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(9,140)(8,985)(9,158)
Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’
equity
$72,100
$69,512
$69,072
Common shareholders' equity$72,720
$69,977
$69,787
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(9,140)(8,985)(9,158)
Tangible common shareholders' equity$63,580
$60,992
$60,629

$ in billions201920182017
Average common equity   
Unadjusted—GAAP$72.7
$70.0
$69.8
Adjusted1—Non-GAAP
72.6
69.9
69.9
ROE2
   
Unadjusted—GAAP11.7%11.8%8.0%
Adjusted1, 3—Non-GAAP
11.2%11.5%9.4%
Average tangible common equity—Non-GAAP  
Unadjusted$63.6
$61.0
$60.6
Adjusted1
63.5
60.9
60.7
ROTCE2—Non-GAAP
   
Unadjusted13.4%13.5%9.2%
Adjusted1, 3
12.9%13.2%10.8%
Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment
$ in billions201920182017
Average common equity4, 5
   
Institutional Securities$40.4
$40.8
$40.2
Wealth Management18.2
16.8
17.2
Investment Management2.5
2.6
2.4
Average tangible common equity4, 5
   
Institutional Securities$39.9
$40.1
$39.6
Wealth Management10.2
9.2
9.3
Investment Management1.5
1.7
1.6
ROE6
   
Institutional Securities10.4%11.0%7.8%
Wealth Management19.8%20.0%12.9%
Investment Management28.9%14.2%10.1%
ROTCE6
   
Institutional Securities10.5%11.2%7.9%
Wealth Management35.6%36.6%23.8%
Investment Management46.6%22.2%14.8%
1.Adjusted amounts exclude net discrete tax provisions (benefits) that are intermittent and include those that are recurring. Provisions (benefits) related to conversion of employee share-based awards are expected to occur every year and, as such, are considered recurring discrete tax items. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information—Income Tax Matters” herein.
2.ROE and ROTCE represent earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively. When excluding intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits), both the numerator and average denominator are adjusted.
3.The calculations used in determining our “ROE and ROTCE Targets” referred to in the following section are the Adjusted ROE and Adjusted ROTCE amounts shown in this table.
4.Average common equity and average tangible common equity for each business segment is determined using our Required Capital frameworkFirm delivered full year ROTCE of 19.8% (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework” herein).
5.The sums of the segments' Average common equity and Average tangible common equity do not equal the Consolidated measures due to Parent equity.
6.The calculation of ROE and ROTCE by segment uses net income applicable to Morgan Stanley by segment less preferred dividends allocated to each segment as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, allocated to each segment.


December 2019 Form 10-K28

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets
We previously established an ROE Target of 10% to 13%, and an ROTCE Target of 11.5% to 14.5%. Excluding the impact of intermittent net discrete tax items, we generated an 11.2% ROE and a 12.9% ROTCE for 2019.
In January 2020, we established a new ROTCE Target of 13% to 15% to be achieved over the next two years.
Our ROTCE Target is a forward-looking statement that may be materially affected by many factors, including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions; legislative and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; outsized legal expenses or penalties; the ability to maintain a reduced level of expenses; and capital levels. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information.
For non-GAAP measures (ROTCE and ROE excluding intermittent net discrete tax items), see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.herein).
The full year Firm expense efficiency ratio was 67%.
At December 31, 2021, our standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 16.0%.
Institutional Securities reported record full year net revenues of $29.8 billion, up 13%, with strong revenues across Advisory, Underwriting and Equity.
Wealth Management delivered a full year pre-tax margin of 25.5%, or 26.9% excluding integration-related expenses (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein). The business added net new assets of $438 billion, and total client assets under management were $4.9 trillion, up 23% from a year ago.
Investment Management reported full year net revenues of $6.2 billion, driven by strong fee-based asset management revenues on record AUM of $1.6 trillion as of December 31, 2021.
Strategic Transactions
On March 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Eaton Vance. For further information, onsee “Business Segments—Investment Management” herein and Note 3 to the impactfinancial statements.
On October 2, 2020, we completed the acquisition of intermittent net discrete tax items,E*TRADE. For further information, see “Supplemental Financial Information—Income Tax Matters” herein.“Business Segments—Wealth Management” herein and Note 3 to the financial statements.

Net Revenues1
($ in millions)

ms-20211231_g2.jpg
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for more information.
Business Segments
We are a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of our business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Through our subsidiaries and affiliates, we provide a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Additional information related to our business segments, respective clients, and products and services provided is included under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Competition
All aspects of our businesses are highly competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talent. Operating
within the financial services industry on a global basis presents, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for us to remain competitive. Our competitive position depends on a number of factors, including our reputation, the quality and consistency of our long-term investment performance, innovation, execution, relative pricing or other factors including entering into new, or expanding current, businesses as a result of acquisitions and other strategic initiatives. Our ability to sustain or improve our competitive position also depends substantially on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, energy companies, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S. and globally, as well as digitally, including through the internet. In addition, restrictive laws and regulations applicable to certain financial services institutions, which may prohibit us from engaging in certain transactions and impose more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, can put us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors in certain businesses not subject to these same requirements. See also “Supervision and Regulation” herein and “Risk Factors.”
We compete directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers and with others on a regional or product basis. Additionally, there is increased competition driven by established firms and asset managers, as well as the emergence of new firms and business models (including innovative uses of technology) competing for the same clients and assets or offering similar products and services to retail and institutional customers. We also compete with companies that provide online trading and banking services, investment advisor services, robo-advice capabilities, access to digital asset capabilities and services, and other financial products and services.
Our ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally impacted by our credit ratings), to commit and to deploy capital efficiently, particularly in our capital-intensive underwriting and sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects our competitive position. We expect corporate clients to continue to request that we provide loans or lending commitments in connection with certain investment banking activities.
It is possible that competition may become even more intense as we continue to compete with financial or other institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain geographies or products. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services, and on different platforms, that may enhance their competitive
1December 2021 Form 10-K

position and could result in pricing pressure on our businesses.
We continue to experience price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and other automated trading platforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies will likely continue the pressure on revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced and will likely continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future.
Our ability to compete successfully in the investment management industry is affected by several factors, including our reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment strategies or product offerings relative to peers and appropriate benchmark indices, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels and investment pipelines, and the types and quality of products offered. Our investment products, including alternative investment products, may compete with investments offered by other investment managers with passive investment products or who may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than us.
Supervision and Regulation
As a major financial services firm, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business.
We continue to monitor the changing political, tax and regulatory environment. While it is likely that there will be changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which we operate, it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. We expect to remain subject to extensive supervision and regulation.
Financial Holding Company
Consolidated Supervision.    We operate as a BHC and FHC under the BHC Act and are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. In particular, we are subject to (among other things): significant regulation and supervision; intensive scrutiny of our businesses and plans for expansion of those businesses; limitations on activities; a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements; restrictions on activities and investments imposed by a section of the BHC Act added by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) referred to
as the “Volcker Rule”; and comprehensive derivatives regulation. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) has primary rulemaking, enforcement and examination authority over us and our subsidiaries with respect to federal consumer protection laws, to the extent applicable.
Scope of Permitted Activities.    The BHC Act limits the activities of BHCs and FHCs and grants the Federal Reserve authority to limit our ability to conduct activities. We must obtain the Federal Reserve’s approval before engaging in certain banking and other financial activities both in the U.S. and internationally.
The BHC Act grandfathers “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that we were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the U.S.” and provided that certain other conditions that are within our reasonable control are satisfied. We currently engage in our commodities activities pursuant to the BHC Act grandfather exemption, as well as other authorities under the BHC Act.
Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.    The Volcker Rule prohibits banking entities, including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain proprietary trading activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with covered funds, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to a number of exemptions and exclusions. In addition, there is an extension until July 2022 for conformance for certain legacy covered funds.
Capital Requirements.    The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), including well-capitalized standards, for large BHCs and evaluates our compliance with such requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”), Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”), E*TRADE Bank (“ETB”) and E*TRADE Savings Bank (“ETSB”), a wholly owned subsidiary of ETB (collectively, our “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). On January 1, 2022, ETSB merged with and into ETB, and subsequently ETB merged with and into MSPBNA, with MSPBNA as the surviving bank.
The Basel Committee has published a comprehensive set of revisions to its Basel III Framework. The impact on us of any revisions to the Basel Committee’s capital standards is uncertain and depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking agencies.
In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries provisionally registered as swap dealers with the


December 2021 Form 10-K2

CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants.
For more information about the specific capital requirements applicable to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are swap dealers and security-based swap dealers, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” and Note 17 to the financial statements.
Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Capital Distributions.    The Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including Morgan Stanley. For more information about our capital planning and stress test requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”
In addition, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC have the authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. For information about the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on capital distributions for large BHCs, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer.” All of these policies and other requirements could affect our ability to pay dividends and/or repurchase stock or require us to provide capital assistance to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under circumstances that we would not otherwise decide to do.
Liquidity Requirements.    In addition to capital regulations, the U.S. banking agencies have adopted liquidity and funding standards, including the LCR, the NSFR, liquidity stress testing and associated liquidity reserve requirements.
For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Balance Sheet—Regulatory Liquidity Framework.”
Systemic Risk Regime.    Under rules issued by the Federal Reserve, large BHCs, including Morgan Stanley, must conduct internal liquidity stress tests, maintain unencumbered highly liquid assets to meet projected net cash outflows for 30 days over the range of liquidity stress scenarios used in internal stress tests, and comply with various liquidity risk management requirements. These large BHCs also must comply with a range of risk management and corporate governance requirements.
The Federal Reserve also imposes single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCL”) for large banking organizations. U.S. G-SIBs, including us, are subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined to include other U.S. G-SIBs, foreign G-SIBs and non-bank systemically important financial institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve). In addition, we are subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty.
The Federal Reserve has proposed rules that would create a new early remediation framework to address financial distress or material management weaknesses. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish additional prudential standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures and limits on short-term debt, including off-balance sheet exposures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements.”
If the Federal Reserve or the Financial Stability Oversight Council determines that a BHC with $250 billion or more in consolidated assets poses a “grave threat” to U.S. financial stability, the institution may be, among other things, restricted in its ability to merge or offer financial products and/or required to terminate activities and dispose of assets. See also “Capital Requirements” and “Liquidity Requirements” and “Resolution and Recovery Planning” herein.
Resolution and Recovery Planning. We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. Interim updates are required in certain limited circumstances, including material mergers or acquisitions or fundamental changes to our resolution strategy.
Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our most recent resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy, which generally contemplates the provision of adequate capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy after the Parent Company has filed for bankruptcy.
Our next resolution plan is due July 1, 2023. Further, we submit an annual recovery plan to the Federal Reserve that outlines the steps that management could take over time to generate or conserve financial resources in times of prolonged financial stress.
Certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries are also subject to resolution and recovery planning requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. For example, the FDIC currently requires certain insured depository institutions (“IDI”), including MSBNA and MSPBNA, to submit a
3December 2021 Form 10-K

resolution plan every three years, that describes the IDI’s strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of the IDI.
In addition, certain financial companies, including BHCs such as the Firm and certain of its subsidiaries, can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, with the FDIC being appointed as receiver, provided that determination of extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk is made by the U.S. Treasury Secretary in consultation with the U.S. President. Regulators have adopted certain orderly liquidation authority implementing regulations and may expand or clarify these regulations in the future. If we were subject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would have considerable powers, including: the power to remove directors and officers responsible for our failure and to appoint new directors and officers; the power to assign our assets and liabilities to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; the ability to differentiate among our creditors, including treating certain creditors within the same class better than others, subject to a minimum recovery right on the part of disfavored creditors to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and broad powers to administer the claims process to determine distributions from the assets of the receivership. The FDIC has been developing an SPOE strategy that could be used to implement the orderly liquidation authority.
Regulators have also taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority or other resolution regimes.
For more information about our resolution plan-related submissions and associated regulatory actions, see “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Resolution and Recovery Planning.”
Cyber and Information Security Risk Management and Protection of Client Information
The financial services industry faces increased global regulatory focus regarding cyber and information security risk management practices. Many aspects of our businesses are subject to cybersecurity legal and regulatory requirements enacted by U.S. federal and state governments and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. These laws are generally aimed at codifying basic cybersecurity protections and mandating data breach notification requirements.
Our businesses are also subject to increasing privacy and data protection legal requirements concerning the use and
protection of certain personal information. These requirements impose mandatory privacy and data protection obligations, including providing for individual rights, enhanced governance and accountability requirements, and significant fines and litigation risk for noncompliance. In addition, several jurisdictions have enacted or proposed personal data localization requirements and restrictions on cross-border transfer of personal data that may restrict our ability to conduct business in those jurisdictions or create additional financial and regulatory burdens to do so.
Many aspects of our businesses are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information, as well as the privacy and cybersecurity laws referenced above. We have adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.
U.S. Bank Subsidiaries
The U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are FDIC-insured depository institutions subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC and are subject to the OCC’s risk governance guidelines, which establish heightened standards for a large IDI’s risk governance framework and the oversight of that framework by the IDI’s board of directors. The U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to prompt corrective action standards, which require the relevant federal banking regulator to take prompt corrective action with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. In addition, BHCs, such as Morgan Stanley, are required to serve as a source of strength to their U.S. bank subsidiaries and commit resources to support these subsidiaries in the event such subsidiaries are in financial distress.
Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are also subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on certain transactions with affiliates, including any extension of credit to, or purchase of assets from an affiliate. These restrictions limit the total amount of credit exposure that our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates and require collateral for those exposures. Section 23B requires affiliate transactions to be on market terms.
As commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institutions, each of the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries could be responsible for any loss to the FDIC from the failure of another U.S. Bank Subsidiary.
Institutional Securities and Wealth Management
Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation.    Our primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), MSSB and E*TRADE Securities LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands and are members of various self-regulatory


December 2021 Form 10-K4

organizations, including Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and various securities exchanges and clearing organizations. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, risk management controls in connection with market access, recordkeeping and retention, and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation.
MSSB is also a registered investment adviser with the SEC. MSSB’s relationship with its investment advisory clients is subject to the fiduciary and other obligations imposed on investment advisers. The SEC and other supervisory bodies generally have broad administrative powers to address non-compliance, including the power to restrict or limit MSSB from carrying on its investment advisory and other asset management activities.
The Firm is subject to various regulations that affect broker-dealer sales practices and customer relationships, including the SEC’s “Regulation Best Interest,” which requires broker-dealers to act in the “best interest” of retail customers at the time a recommendation is made without placing the financial or other interests of the broker-dealer ahead of the interest of the retail customer.
Margin lending by our broker-dealers is regulated by the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities. Our broker-dealers are also subject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under FINRA and other self-regulatory organization rules.
Our U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various exchanges, other regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations. For more information about these requirements, see Note 17 to the financial statements.
Research.    In addition to research-related regulations currently in place in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest and may impose additional regulations.
Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities.    MS&Co. and E*TRADE Futures LLC, as futures commission merchants, and MSSB, as an introducing broker, are subject to net capital requirements of, and certain of their activities are regulated by, the CFTC, the NFA, the Joint Audit Committee (including the CME Group, in its capacity as MS&Co.’s designated self-regulatory organization), and various commodity futures exchanges. Rules and regulations of the CFTC, NFA, the Joint Audit Committee (including the CME Group) and commodity futures exchanges address
obligations related to, among other things, customer asset protections, including rules and regulations governing the segregation of customer funds, the use by futures commission merchants of customer funds, the margining of customer accounts and documentation entered into by futures commission merchants with their customers, recordkeeping and reporting obligations of futures commission merchants and introducing brokers, risk disclosure and risk management.
Our commodities activities are subject to extensive and evolving laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad.
Derivatives Regulation.    We are subject to comprehensive regulation of our derivatives businesses, including regulations that impose margin requirements, public and regulatory reporting, central clearing and mandatory trading on regulated exchanges or execution facilities for certain types of swaps and security-based swaps (collectively, “Swaps.”)
CFTC and SEC rules require registration of swap dealers and security-based swap dealers, respectively, and impose numerous obligations on such registrants, including adherence to business conduct standards for all in-scope Swaps. We have provisionally or conditionally registered a number of U.S. and non U.S. swap dealers and security-based swap dealers. Swap dealers and security-based swap dealers regulated by a prudential regulator are subject to uncleared Swap margin requirements and minimum capital requirements established by the prudential regulators. Swap dealers and security-based swap dealers not subject to regulation by a prudential regulator are subject to uncleared Swap margin requirements and minimum capital requirements established by the CFTC and SEC, respectively. In some cases, the CFTC and SEC permit non-U.S. swap dealers and security-based swap dealers that do not have a prudential regulator to comply with applicable non-U.S. uncleared Swap margin and minimum capital requirements instead of direct compliance with CFTC or SEC requirements.
Investment Management
Many of the subsidiaries engaged in our investment management activities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. Many aspects of our investment management activities are also subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from carrying on our investment management activities in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations.
In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are U.S. registered broker-dealers and act as distributors to our proprietary mutual funds and as placement agents to certain private investment funds managed by our Investment Management business segment. Certain of our affiliates are registered as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from
5December 2021 Form 10-K

such registration pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance, and have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they advise. Our investment management activities are subject to additional laws and regulations, including restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, covered funds, as defined by the Volcker Rule, subject to certain limited exemptions. See also “Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule,” “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation,” “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities,” and “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Derivatives Regulation” herein and “Non-U.S. Regulation” herein for a discussion of other regulations that impact our Investment Management business activities.
U.S. Consumer Protection
We are subject to supervision and regulation by the CFPB with respect to U.S. federal consumer protection laws. Federal consumer protection laws to which we are subject include the Privacy of Consumer Financial Information Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Electronic Fund Transfer Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Truth in Lending Act and Truth in Savings Act, all of which are enforced by the CFPB. We are also subject to certain federal consumer protection laws enforced by the OCC, including the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act. Furthermore, we are subject to certain state consumer protection laws, and under the Dodd-Frank Act, state attorneys general and other state officials are empowered to enforce certain federal consumer protection laws and regulations. These federal and state consumer protection laws apply to a range of our activities.
Non-U.S. Regulation
All of our businesses are regulated extensively by non-U.S. regulators, including governments, central banks and regulatory bodies, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, especially in those jurisdictions in which we maintain an office. Certain regulators have prudential, business conduct and other authority over us or our subsidiaries, as well as powers to limit or restrict us from engaging in certain businesses or to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, or the suspension or expulsion of a regulated entity or its affiliates. Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to capital, liquidity, leverage and other prudential requirements that are applicable under non-U.S. law.
Financial Crimes Program
Our Financial Crimes program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis and supports our financial crime prevention efforts across all regions and business units with
responsibility for governance, oversight and execution of our anti-money laundering (“AML”), economic sanctions (“Sanctions”), anti-corruption, anti-tax evasion, and government and political activities compliance programs.
In the U.S., the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, impose significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, BHCs and their subsidiaries, broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, introducing brokers and mutual funds to implement AML programs, verify the identity of customers that maintain accounts, and monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly require designated types of financial institutions to implement AML programs.
We are also subject to Sanctions, such as regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) and similar sanctions programs imposed by foreign governments or global or regional multilateral organizations, and anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Anti-corruption laws generally prohibit offering, promising, giving or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a government official or private party in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business advantage, such as to obtain or retain business.
Human Capital
Employees
Our employees are our most important asset. With offices in 41 countries, we have approximately 75 thousand employees across the globe as of December 31, 2021, whom we depend upon to build value for our clients and shareholders. To facilitate talent attraction and retention, we strive to make Morgan Stanley a diverse and inclusive workplace, with a strong culture and opportunities for our employees to grow and develop in their career and be supported by competitive compensation, benefits, and health and wellness programs.
Culture
Our core values are designed to guide decision making aligned to the expectations of our employees, clients, shareholders, regulators, directors and the communities in which we operate. These guiding values—Put Clients First, Do the Right Thing, Lead with Exceptional Ideas, Commit to Diversity and Inclusion, and Give Back—are at the heart of our workplace culture and underpin our success. Our Code of Conduct is central to our expectation that employees embody our values, and, as such, every new hire and every employee annually is required to certify to their understanding of and


December 2021 Form 10-K6

adherence to the Code of Conduct. We also invite employee feedback on our culture and workplace through our ongoing employee engagement surveys. For a further discussion of the culture, values, and conduct of employees, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Risk Management.”
Diversity and Inclusion
We believe that a diverse and inclusive workforce is important to Morgan Stanley’s continued success and our ability to serve our clients. To this end, we pursue a comprehensive diversity and inclusion strategy that includes accountability, representation, advancement, culture, outreach and fostering a sense of belonging for all our employees. To build a diverse talent pipeline, we use global, targeted recruitment and development programs to hire, retain and promote women and ethnically diverse talent. We have also introduced representation objectives to drive greater accountability for a diverse workforce. All of our divisions have identified opportunities to improve diverse representation for women globally and ethnically diverse talent in the U.S. Additionally, the Morgan Stanley Institute for Inclusion helps lead an integrated and transparent diversity, equity and inclusion strategy to deliver our full potential to achieve meaningful change within our Firm and beyond, including our communities.
Talent Development and Retention
We are committed to identifying and developing the talents of our workforce, as well as succession planning. Our talent development programs provide employees with the resources they need to help achieve their career goals, build management skills and lead their organizations. With the evolving work environment, we have increased support for managers and employees, including ongoing training focused on managing and working in a hybrid environment. We also focus on the retention of our talented and skilled employees as one key component of a successful business and culture.
Compensation and Financial Wellness
We pursue responsible and effective compensation programs that reinforce our values and culture through four key objectives: delivering pay for sustainable performance, attracting and retaining top talent, aligning with shareholder interests and mitigating excessive risk taking. In addition to salaries, these programs (which vary by location) include annual bonuses, retirement savings plans with matching contributions, student loan refinancing, free will preparation through our legal plan and supplemental life insurance program, discounted group insurance options, and a financial wellness program in the U.S. and the U.K. To promote equitable rewards for all employees, including women and ethnically diverse employees, we have enhanced our practices to support fair and consistent compensation and reward decisions based on merit, perform ongoing reviews of compensation decisions, including at the point of hire and
promotion, and conduct regular assessments of our rewards structure.
Health and Wellness
The well-being of our employees is also key to the success of the Firm. To that end, we provide programs (which vary by location), including healthcare and insurance benefits, health savings and flexible spending accounts, paid time off, family leave, family care resources, flexible work schedules, adoption and surrogacy assistance, employee assistance programs, tuition assistance and on-site services, such as health centers and fitness centers, among many others. Morgan Stanley sponsors free and confidential mental health counseling for all employees and their dependents (which vary by location). The Firm continues to offer mental health benefits in the U.S. that provide access to therapists, mental health coaches and other resources.
In 2021, the Firm launched a Global Wellbeing board, assembling senior leaders with a mission to advance the Firm’s wellbeing strategy. Additionally, in 2021, feedback from the global benefits survey and lessons learned during the pandemic helped identify several key opportunities to strategically expand our health and wellness offerings. In that regard, the Firm has made changes to our global offerings, including enhancements with respect to parental leave policies, paid leave benefits for family care, family building benefits, and subsidized fitness access. We also implemented a new U.S. national concierge primary care benefit. Further, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Firm expanded offerings such as providing paid time off to receive vaccinations, set up in-office vaccination clinics, and made testing available both in office and at home, as well as implemented additional on-site safety measures in our facilities.
For more detailed information regarding our Human Capital programs and initiatives, see “Our People” in our 2020 Sustainability Report and our 2021 Diversity and Inclusion Report (both located on our website). The reports and information elsewhere on our website are not incorporated by reference into, and do not form any part of, this Annual Report.
7December 2021 Form 10-K

Human Capital Metrics1
CategoryMetricAt
December 31,
2021
Employees
Employees by geography
(thousands)
Americas51 
Asia Pacific15 
EMEA
Culture
Employee engagement2
% Proud to work at Morgan Stanley90 %
Diversity and InclusionGlobal gender representation% Women39 %
% Women officer3
27 %
U.S. ethnic diversity representation
% Ethnically diverse4
32 %
% Ethnically diverse officer3
26 %
RetentionVoluntary attrition in 2021% Global12 %
TenureManagement Committee average length of service (years)20 
All employees average length of service (years)
CompensationCompensation and benefitsTotal compensation and benefits expense in 2021 (millions)$24,628 
1.Legacy Eaton Vance employees are included in all metrics other than “employee engagement.” For “tenure,” Eaton Vance tenure is based on length of service since joining Eaton Vance.
2.Based on 2021 employee engagement results, which reflect responses from 91% of employees.
3.Officer includes Managing Directors, Executive Directors and Vice Presidents.
4.U.S. ethnically diverse designations align with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission’s ethnicity and race categories and includes American Indian or Native Alaskan, Asian, Black or African American, Hispanic or Latino, Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander, and two or more races.
Information about our Executive Officers
The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their age and titles as of February 24, 2022 are set forth below. Business experience is provided in accordance with SEC rules.
Mandell L. Crawley (46). Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer (since February 2021). Head of Private Wealth Management (June 2017 to January 2021). Chief Marketing Officer (September 2014 to June 2017). Head of National Business Development and Talent Management for Wealth Management (June 2011 to September 2014). Divisional Business Development Officer (May 2010 to June 2011). Regional Business Development Officer (May 2009 to May 2010). Head of Field Sales and Marketing (February 2008 to May 2009). Head of Fixed Income Capital Markets Sales and Distribution for Wealth Management (April 2004 to February 2008).
James P. Gorman (63). Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). President and Chief Executive Officer (January 2010 to December 2011) and member of the Board of Directors (since January 2010). Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management (February 2006 to April 2008).
Eric F. Grossman (55). Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). Global Head of Legal (September 2010 to January 2012). Global Head of Litigation (January 2006 to September 2010) and General Counsel of the Americas (May 2009 to September 2010). General Counsel of Wealth Management (November 2008 to September 2010). Partner at the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (June 2001 to December 2005).
Keishi Hotsuki (59). Executive Vice President (since May 2014) and Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2011). Interim Chief Risk Officer (January 2011 to May 2011) and Head of Market Risk Department (March 2008 to April 2014). Global Head of Market Risk Management at Merrill Lynch (June 2005 to September 2007).
Edward N. Pick (53). Co-President and Co-Head of Corporate Strategy (since June 2021). Head of Institutional Securities (since July 2018). Global Head of Sales and Trading (October 2015 to July 2018). Head of Global Equities (March 2011 to October 2015). Co-Head of Global Equities (April 2009 to March 2011). Co-Head of Global Capital Markets (July 2008 to April 2009). Co-Head of Global Equity Capital Markets (December 2005 to July 2008).
Jonathan M. Pruzan (53). Executive Vice President (since May 2015) and Chief Operating Officer (since June 2021). Head of Corporate Strategy (December 2016 to May 2021). Chief Financial Officer (May 2015 to May 2021). Co-Head of Global Financial Institutions Group (January 2010 to April 2015). Co-Head of North American Financial Institutions Group M&A (September 2007 to December 2009). Head of the U.S. Bank Group (April 2005 to August 2007).
Andrew M. Saperstein (55). Co-President (since June 2021) and Head of Wealth Management (Since April 2019). Co-Head of Wealth Management (January 2016 to April 2019). Co-Chief Operating Officer of Institutional Securities (March 2015 to January 2016). Head of Wealth Management Investment Products and Services (June 2012 to March 2015).
Daniel A. Simkowitz (56). Head of Investment Management (since October 2015) and Co-Head of Corporate Strategy (since June 2021). Co-Head of Global Capital Markets (March 2013 to September 2015). Chairman of Global Capital Markets (November 2009 to March 2013). Managing Director in Global Capital Markets (December 2000 to November 2009).
Sharon Yeshaya (42). Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since June 2021). Head of Investor Relations (June 2016 to May 2021). Chief of Staff in the Office of the Chairman and CEO (January 2015 to May 2016). Co-Head of New Product Origination for Derivative Structured Products (December 2012 to December 2014).


December 2021 Form 10-K8

Risk Factors
For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results and strategic objectives, see “Forward-Looking Statements” preceding “Business” and “Return on Tangible Common Equity Goal” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Our results of operations may be adversely affected by the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Although the global economy has begun to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic, as many health and safety restrictions have been lifted and vaccine distribution continues to increase, certain adverse consequences of the pandemic continue to impact the global economy and may persist for some time, including labor shortages and disruptions of global supply chains. The growth in economic activity and demand for goods and services, alongside labor shortages and supply chain complications, has also contributed to rising inflationary pressures. Should these ongoing effects of the pandemic continue for an extended period or worsen, we could experience reduced client activity and demand for our products and services.

The Firm continues to be fully operational and, recognizing that local conditions vary for our offices around the world and that the trajectory of the virus continues to be uncertain, our employees are able to work from home and in our offices as deemed necessary. If significant portions of our workforce, including key personnel, are unable to work effectively because of illness, government actions, or other restrictions in connection with the pandemic, the impact of the pandemic on our businesses could be exacerbated.
The extent to which the consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic affect our businesses, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our regulatory capital and liquidity ratios and our ability to take capital actions, will depend on future developments that remain uncertain, including the rate of distribution and administration of vaccines globally, the severity and duration of any resurgence of COVID-19 variants, future actions taken by governmental authorities, central banks and other third parties in response to the pandemic, and the effects on our customers, counterparties, employees and third-party service providers. Moreover, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic will heighten many of the other risks described throughout this section. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer.”
Market Risk
Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in
losses for a position or portfolio owned by us. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk.”
Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global and economic conditions and other factors, including changes in asset values.
Our results of operations have been in the past and may, in the future, be materially affected by fluctuations in the global financial markets, including the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, the level and term structure of interest rates, inflation and currency values, and the level of other market indices, which may be driven by economic conditions, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other widespread events such as natural disasters, climate-related incidents or acts of war or aggression, changes to global trade policies and the implementation of tariffs or protectionist trade policies and other factors.
The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in business flows and activity and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments.
Periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions may have adverse impacts on the level of individual investor participation in the global markets and/or the level of client assets, and, in very low interest rate environments, the level of net interest income, which would negatively impact the results of our Wealth Management business segment.
Substantial market fluctuations could also cause variations in the value of our investments in our funds, the flow of investment capital into or from AUM, and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact our Investment Management business segment.
The value of our financial instruments may be materially affected by market fluctuations. Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the credit markets may make it extremely difficult to value and monetize certain of our financial instruments, particularly during periods of market displacement. Subsequent valuations in future periods, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the value of these instruments and may adversely impact historical or prospective fees and performance-based income (also known as incentive fees, which include carried interest) in respect of certain businesses. In addition, at the
9December 2021 Form 10-K

time of any sales and settlements of these financial instruments, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could cause a decline in the value of our financial instruments, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.
In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions, market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale. Our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. However, severe market events have historically been difficult to predict, and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.
Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.
Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, investing, underwriting (including block trading), and lending businesses (including margin lending) in the event of unfavorable market movements or when market conditions are more favorable for our competitors. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region. For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country and Other Risks.”
Credit Risk
Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk.”
We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.
We incur significant credit risk exposure through our Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to: extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment
amount; posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.
We also incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment lending to mainly individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin- and securities-based loans collateralized by securities, residential mortgage loans and HELOCs.
Our valuations related to, and reserves for losses on, credit exposures rely on complex models, estimates, and subjective judgments about the future. While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, future economic conditions that differ from or are more severe than forecast, inaccurate models or assumptions, or external factors such as natural disasters, geopolitical events or the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, could lead to inaccurate measurement of or deterioration of credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or the value of collateral and result in unexpected losses. We may also incur higher than anticipated credit losses as a result of (i) disputes with counterparties over the valuation of collateral or (ii) actions taken by other lenders that may negatively impact the valuation of collateral. In cases where we foreclose on collateral, sudden declines in the value or liquidity of collateral may result in significant losses to us despite our (i) credit monitoring; (ii) over-collateralization; (iii) ability to call for additional collateral; or (iv) ability to force repayment of the underlying obligation, especially where there is a single type of collateral supporting the obligation. In addition, in the longer term, climate change may have a negative impact on the financial condition of our clients, which may decrease revenues from those clients and increase the credit risk associated with loans and other credit exposures to those clients.
Certain of our credit exposures may be concentrated by counterparty, product, industry or country. Although our models and estimates account for correlations among related types of exposures, a change in the market environment for a concentrated product or an external factor impacting a concentrated counterparty, industry or country may result in credit losses in excess of amounts forecast. Concentrations of credit risk are managed through the Firm’s comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework.
In addition, as a clearing member of several central counterparties, we are responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers and could incur financial losses in the event of default by other clearing members. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.


December 2021 Form 10-K10

A default by a large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets.
The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships among the institutions. Increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearing houses, central agents or exchanges as required by provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as systemic risk and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks and securities firms, with which we interact on a daily basis and, therefore, could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company.”
Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., cyber attacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, legal and compliance risks, or damage to physical assets. We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Operational Risk.”
We are subject to operational risks, including a failure, breach or other disruption of our operations or security systems or those of our third parties (or third parties thereof), as well as human error or malfeasance, which could adversely affect our businesses or reputation.
Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and report, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. We may introduce new products or services or change processes or reporting, including in connection with new regulatory requirements, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify.
The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets and the move to more automated trading platforms has resulted in the use of increasingly complex technology that relies on the continued effectiveness of the programming code and integrity of the data to process the trades. We rely on the ability of our employees, our consultants, our internal systems and systems at technology centers maintained by
unaffiliated third parties to operate our different businesses and process a high volume of transactions. Unusually high trading volumes or site usage could cause our systems to operate at an unacceptably slow speed or even fail. Disruptions to, destruction of, instability of or other failure to effectively maintain our information technology systems or external technology that allows our clients and customers to use our products and services (including our self-directed brokerage platform) could harm our business and our reputation.
As a major participant in the global capital markets, we face the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes or due to fraud or cyber attack. We also face the risk of operational failure or disruption of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our lending, securities and derivatives transactions. In addition, in the event of a breakdown or improper operation or disposal of our or a direct or indirect third party’s systems (or third parties thereof), processes or information assets, or improper or unauthorized action by third parties, including consultants and subcontractors or our employees, we have in the past and may receive regulatory sanctions, and could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity position, a disruption of our businesses, or damage to our reputation.
In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearing houses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industry-wide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business. Furthermore, the concentration of company and personal information held by a handful of third parties increases the risk that a breach at a key third party may cause an industry-wide event that could significantly increase the cost and risk of conducting business.
There can be no assurance that our business contingency and security response plans fully mitigate all potential risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our businesses and the communities where we are located. This may include a disruption involving physical site access; software flaws and vulnerabilities; cybersecurity incidents; terrorist activities; political unrest; disease pandemics; catastrophic events; climate-related incidents and natural disasters (such as earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and wildfires); electrical outage; environmental hazard; computer servers; communications or other services we use; our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.
Although we employ backup systems for our data, those backup systems may be unavailable following a disruption, the affected data may not have been backed up or may not be recoverable from the backup, or the backup data may be costly to recover, which could adversely affect our business.
11December 2021 Form 10-K

Notwithstanding evolving technology and technology-based risk and control systems, our businesses ultimately rely on people, including our employees and those of third parties with which we conduct business. As a result of human error or engagement in violations of applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures, certain errors or violations are not always discovered immediately by our technological processes or by our controls and other procedures, which are intended to prevent and detect such errors or violations. These can include calculation errors, mistakes in addressing emails or other communications, errors in software or model development or implementation, or errors in judgment, as well as intentional efforts to disregard or circumvent applicable policies, laws, rules or procedures. Human errors and malfeasance, even if promptly discovered and remediated, can result in material losses and liabilities for us.
We conduct business in various jurisdictions outside the U.S., including jurisdictions that may not have comparable levels of protection for their corporate assets such as intellectual property, trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, and customer information and records. The protection afforded in those jurisdictions may be less established and/or predictable than in the U.S. or other jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result, there may also be heightened risks associated with the potential theft of their data, technology and intellectual property in those jurisdictions by domestic or foreign actors, including private parties and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Additionally, we are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and international laws and regulations governing cybersecurity, privacy and data governance, transfer and protection, which may differ and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions. Any theft of data, technology or intellectual property may negatively impact our operations and reputation, including disrupting the business activities of our subsidiaries, affiliates, joint ventures or clients conducting business in those jurisdictions.
A cyber attack, information or security breach or a technology failure of ours or a third party could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, manage our exposure to risk, or result in disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information and otherwise adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause reputational harm.
Cybersecurity risks for financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet, mobile telecommunications and cloud technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external extremist parties, including foreign state actors, in some circumstances as a means to promote political ends. Global events and geopolitical instability may lead to increased nation state targeting of financial institutions in the U.S. and abroad. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, vendors, or other third parties or users of our systems to disclose sensitive
information in order to gain access to our data or that of our employees or clients.
Cybersecurity risks may also derive from human error, fraud or malice on the part of our employees or third parties, or may result from accidental technological failure. These risks may be heightened by several factors, including remote work, or as a result of the integration of acquisitions and other strategic initiatives that may subject us to new technology, customers or third-party providers. In addition, third parties with whom we do business, the regulators with whom we share information, and each of their service providers, as well as the third parties with whom our customers and clients share information used for authentication, may also be sources of cybersecurity risks, particularly where activities of customers are beyond our security and control systems. There is no guarantee that the measures we take will provide absolute security or recoverability given that the techniques used in cyber attacks are complex and frequently change, and are difficult to anticipate.
Like other financial services firms, the Firm, its third-party providers, and its clients continue to be the subject of unauthorized access attacks, mishandling or misuse of information, computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, denial of service attacks, data breaches, social engineering attacks and other events. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, or cyber incidents will not occur in the future, and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.
We maintain a significant amount of personal and confidential information on our customers, clients and certain counterparties that we are required to protect under various state, federal and international data protection and privacy laws. These laws may be in conflict with one another or courts and regulators may interpret them in ways that we had not anticipated or that adversely affect our business. A cyber attack, information or security breach, or a technology failure of ours or of a third party could jeopardize our or our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third parties’ computer systems. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’, counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, as well as the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information of ours, our employees, our customers or of other third parties. Any of these events could result in reputational damage with our clients and the market, client dissatisfaction, additional costs to us to maintain and update our operational and security systems and infrastructure, violation of the applicable data protection and privacy laws, regulatory investigations and enforcement actions, litigation exposure, or fines or penalties, any of which


December 2021 Form 10-K12

could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Given our global footprint and the high volume of transactions we process, the large number of clients, partners, vendors and counterparties with which we do business, and the increasing sophistication of cyber attacks, a cyber attack, information or security breach could occur and persist for an extended period of time without detection. It could take considerable time for us to determine the scope, extent, amount and type of information compromised, and the impact of such an attack may not be fully understood. During such time we would not necessarily know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, all or any of which would further increase the costs and consequences of a cyber attack or data breach.
While many of our agreements with partners and third-party vendors include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses we may incur. In addition, although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber and information security risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses.
We continue to make investments with a view toward maintaining and enhancing our cybersecurity posture. The cost of managing cyber and information security risks and attacks along with complying with new, increasingly expansive, and evolving regulatory requirements could adversely affect our results of operations and business.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern, as well as the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Liquidity Risk.”
Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.
Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets, our inability to
access the secured lending markets, or unanticipated outflows of cash or collateral by customers or clients. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including concerns regarding fiscal matters in the U.S. and other geographic areas, could impair our ability to raise funding.
In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, if regulatory authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or if we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity.
If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment portfolios or trading assets, to meet maturing liabilities or other obligations. We may be unable to sell some of our assets or we may have to sell assets at a discount to market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend on our credit ratings.
The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are impacted by our long-term and short-term credit ratings. The rating agencies continue to monitor certain company-specific and industry-wide factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings. These include governance, capital adequacy, the level and quality of earnings, liquidity and funding, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, business mix, regulatory or legislative changes, macroeconomic environment and perceived levels of support, and it is possible that the rating agencies could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.
Our credit ratings also can have an adverse impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC and other derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with our Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade.
Termination of our trading and other agreements could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant payments in the form of cash or securities. The additional collateral or termination payments that may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can
13December 2021 Form 10-K

be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings—Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments.”
We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.
The Parent Company has no operations and depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory restrictions, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that limit, as well as authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce, the flow of funds to the Parent Company, or that prohibit such transfers or dividends altogether in certain circumstances, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities in the event of financial difficulties involving such entities.
These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a BHC, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends. The Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. See “We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital requirements” under "Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk" herein.
Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.
Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economies.
In particular, our cost and availability of funding in the past have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Significant turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.
Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk
Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, limitations on our business, or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, anti-corruption and terrorist financing rules and regulations. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Legal and Compliance Risk.”
The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, and changes in regulation will impact our business.
Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business. These laws and regulations significantly affect the way we do business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.
The Firm and its employees are subject to (among other things) wide-ranging regulation and supervision, intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses through acquisitions or otherwise, limitations on new activities, a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity and funding requirements and other enhanced prudential standards, resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of TLAC and external long-term debt, restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, comprehensive derivatives regulation, commodities regulation, market structure regulation, consumer protection regulation, tax regulations, antitrust laws, trade and transaction reporting obligations, and broadened fiduciary obligations.
Ongoing implementation of, or changes in, including changes in interpretation or enforcement of, laws and regulations could materially impact the profitability of our businesses and the value of assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our stock or require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors.
In addition, regulatory requirements that are imposed by foreign policymakers and regulators may be inconsistent or


December 2021 Form 10-K14

conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and may adversely affect us. Legal and regulatory requirements continue to be subject to ongoing change, which may result in significant new costs to comply with new or revised requirements, as well as to monitor for compliance on an ongoing basis.
The application of regulatory requirements and strategies in the U.S. or other jurisdictions to facilitate the orderly resolution of large financial institutions may pose a greater risk of loss for our security holders and subject us to other restrictions.
We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC were to jointly determine that our resolution plan submission was not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution, and if we were unable to address any deficiencies identified by the regulators, we or any of our subsidiaries may be subject to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or after a two-year period, we may be required to divest assets or operations.
In addition, provided that certain procedures are met, we can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver. The FDIC’s power under the orderly liquidation authority to disregard the priority of creditor claims and treat similarly situated creditors differently in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations, could adversely impact holders of our unsecured debt. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”
Further, because both our resolution plan contemplates an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the FDIC has proposed an SPOE strategy through which it may apply its orderly liquidation authority powers, we believe that the application of an SPOE strategy is the reasonably likely outcome if either our resolution plan were implemented or a resolution proceeding were commenced under the orderly liquidation authority. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of adequate capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy, and the Parent Company has entered into a secured amended and restated support agreement with its material entities, as defined in our resolution plan, pursuant to which it would provide such capital and liquidity to such entities.
In further development of our SPOE strategy, a wholly owned, direct subsidiary of the Parent Company, Morgan
Stanley Holdings LLC (“Funding IHC”), serves as a resolution funding vehicle. The Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing basis, certain assets to the Funding IHC. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its material assets that can be contributed under the terms of the amended and restated support agreement (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) (“Contributable Assets”), to the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities.
The obligations of the Parent Company and of the Funding IHC, respectively, under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets), and the assets of the Funding IHC, as applicable. As a result, claims of our material entities, including the Funding IHC, against the assets of the Parent Company with respect to such secured assets are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.
Although an SPOE strategy, whether applied pursuant to our resolution plan or in a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, is intended to result in better outcomes for creditors overall, there is no guarantee that the application of an SPOE strategy, including the provision of support to the Parent Company’s material entities pursuant to the secured amended and restated support agreement, will not result in greater losses for holders of our securities compared with a different resolution strategy for us.
Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority and other resolution regimes. For example, the Federal Reserve requires top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIBs, including the Firm, to maintain minimum amounts of equity and eligible long-term debt TLAC in order to ensure that such institutions have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of debt to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible TLAC where the SPOE strategy is used. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC requirement is that our losses will be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on the creditors of our material entities without requiring taxpayer or government financial support.
In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and other E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity. Such “bail-in” powers are intended to enable the recapitalization of a failing institution by allocating losses to
15December 2021 Form 10-K

its shareholders and unsecured creditors. Non-U.S. regulators are also considering requirements that certain subsidiaries of large financial institutions maintain minimum amounts of TLAC that would pass losses up from the subsidiaries to the Parent Company and, ultimately, to security holders of the Parent Company in the event of failure.
We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital requirements.
We are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, including with respect to regulatory capital requirements, stress testing and capital planning. We submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve describing proposed dividend payments to shareholders, proposed repurchases of our outstanding securities and other proposed capital actions that we intend to take. Our ability to take capital actions described in the capital plan is dependent on, among other factors, the results of supervisory stress tests conducted by the Federal Reserve and our compliance with regulatory capital requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve.
In addition, the Federal Reserve may change regulatory capital requirements to impose higher requirements that restrict our ability to take capital actions or may modify or impose other regulatory standards or restrictions that increase our operating expenses or constrain our ability to take capital actions. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” herein.
The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to extensive regulatory and law enforcement investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.
As a global financial services firm, we face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in all countries in which we conduct our business. Investigations and proceedings initiated by these authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In addition to the monetary consequences, these measures could, for example, impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses.
These investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, continue to impact the financial services industry, and certain U.S. and international governmental entities have brought criminal actions against, or have sought criminal convictions, pleas or deferred prosecution agreements from, financial institutions. Significant regulatory or law enforcement action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business.
The Dodd-Frank Act also provides compensation to whistleblowers who present the SEC or CFTC with information related to securities or commodities law violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this compensation, it is possible we could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC or CFTC.
We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in penalties, fines, or other results adverse to us.
In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. In other cases, including antitrust litigation, we may be subject to claims for joint and several liability with other defendants for treble damages or other relief related to alleged conspiracies involving other institutions. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information, or improper sales practices or conduct.
We may be responsible for representations and warranties associated with commercial and residential real estate loans and may incur losses in excess of our reserves.
We originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related assets and products. In connection with these activities, we have provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain loans that we securitized in CMBS and RMBS. For additional information, see Note 15 to the financial statements.
We currently have certain legal proceedings related to claims for alleged breaches of representations and warranties. If there are decisions adverse to us in those legal proceedings, we may incur losses substantially in excess of our reserves. In addition, our reserves are based, in part, on certain factual and legal assumptions. If those assumptions are incorrect and need to be revised, we may need to adjust our reserves substantially.


December 2021 Form 10-K16

A failure to address conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.
As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other, or situations in which we may be a creditor of a client. Moreover, we utilize multiple brands and business channels, including those resulting from our acquisitions, and continue to enhance the collaboration across business segments, which may heighten the potential conflicts of interest or the risk of improper sharing of information.
We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to identify and address potential conflicts of interest, and we utilize various measures, such as the use of disclosure, to manage these potential conflicts. However, identifying and mitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.
Our regulators have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. For example, our status as a BHC supervised by the Federal Reserve subjects us to direct Federal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates. Further, the Volcker Rule subjects us to regulatory scrutiny regarding certain transactions between us and our clients.
Risk Management
Our risk management strategies, models and processes may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposures in all market environments or against all types of risk, which could result in unexpected losses.
We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management capabilities and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis, may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated.
As our businesses change and grow, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate.
In addition, many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators and, therefore, cannot anticipate sudden, unanticipated, or unidentified market or economic movements, such as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which could cause us to incur losses.
Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, model, legal, regulatory and compliance risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses.
While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such outcomes. For example, to the extent that our trading or investing activities involve less liquid trading markets or are otherwise subject to restrictions on sales or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and, therefore, reduce our risk associated with such positions. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our trading or investing activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks and related strategies, models and processes, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk.”
Climate change manifesting as physical or transition risks could adversely affect our operations, businesses and clients.
There is increasing concern over the risks of climate change and related environmental sustainability matters. The physical risks of climate change include acute events, such as flooding, extreme heat and wildfires, and chronic, longer-term shifts in climate patterns, such as increasing temperatures, sea level rise, and more frequent and prolonged drought. Such events could disrupt our operations or those of our clients or third parties on which we rely, including through direct damage to physical assets and indirect impacts from supply chain disruption and market volatility.
Additionally, transitioning to a low-carbon economy will likely require extensive policy, legal, technology and market changes. Transition risks, including changes in consumer preferences and additional regulatory and legislative
17December 2021 Form 10-K

requirements, including carbon taxes, could increase our expenses and adversely impact our strategies and those of our clients.
In addition, our reputation and client relationships may be adversely impacted as a result of our practices related to climate change, including our involvement, or our clients’ involvement, in certain industries, projects, or initiatives associated with causing, or potentially slowing solutions to, climate change, as well as any decisions we make to continue to conduct or change our activities in response to considerations relating to climate change.
As climate risk is interconnected with other risk types, including geopolitical risks, we have developed and continue to enhance processes to embed climate risk considerations into our risk management strategies, as well as governance structures, established for risks such as market, credit and operational risks. Because the timing and severity of climate change events or societal changes in reaction to them may be difficult to predict, our risk management strategies may not be effective in mitigating climate risk exposure.
In addition, the methodology and data used to manage and monitor climate risk continues to evolve and currently utilizes information and estimates that have been derived from information or factors released by third-party sources, which may not be current. Certain third-party information may also change over time as methodologies evolve and are refined. While we believe this information is reasonable at the time, we may only be able to complete limited validation. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates and beliefs made by third parties and by us, which could also impact our management of risk in this area.
Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate and replacement or reform of other interest rate benchmarks could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned committees and working groups of market participants and official sector representatives to replace LIBOR and replace or reform other interest rate benchmarks (collectively, the “IBORs”). A transition away from the use of the IBORs to alternative rates and other potential interest rate benchmark reforms is underway and will continue over the course of the next few years. These reforms have caused and may in the future cause such rates to perform differently than in the past, or to cease entirely, or have other consequences that are contrary to market expectations.
The ongoing market transition away from IBORs and other interest rate benchmarks to alternative reference rates is complex and could have a range of adverse impacts on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, such transition or reform could:
Adversely impact the pricing, liquidity, value of, return on and trading for a broad array of financial products, including any IBOR-linked securities, loans and derivatives that are included in our financial assets and liabilities;
Require further extensive changes to documentation that governs or references IBOR or IBOR-based products, including, for example, pursuant to time-consuming renegotiations of existing documentation to modify the terms of outstanding securities and related hedging transactions;
Result in a population of products with documentation that governs or references IBOR or IBOR-based products but that cannot be amended due to an inability to obtain sufficient consent from counterparties or product owners;
Result in inquiries, reviews or other actions from regulators in respect of our (or the market’s) preparation, readiness, transition plans and actions regarding the replacement of an IBOR with one or more alternative reference rates, including regulatory guidance regarding constraints on the entry into new U.S. dollar IBOR-linked contracts after December 31, 2021;
Result in disputes, litigation or other actions with clients, counterparties and investors in various scenarios, such as regarding the interpretation and enforceability of provisions in IBOR-based products such as fallback language or other related provisions, including in the case of fallbacks to the alternative reference rates, any economic, legal, operational or other impact resulting from the fundamental differences between the IBORs and the various alternative reference rates;
Require the additional transition and/or further development of appropriate systems and analytics to effectively transition our risk management processes from IBORs to those based on one or more alternative reference rates in a timely manner, including by quantifying value and risk for various alternative reference rates, which may prove challenging given the limited history of the proposed alternative reference rates; and
Cause us to incur additional costs in relation to any of the above factors.
Other factors include the pace of the transition to the alternative reference rates, timing mismatches between cash and derivative markets, the specific terms and parameters for and market acceptance of any alternative reference rate, market conventions for the use of any alternative reference rate in connection with a particular product (including the timing and market adoption of any conventions proposed or recommended by any industry or other group), prices of and the liquidity of trading markets for products based on alternative reference rates, and our ability to further transition and develop appropriate systems and analytics for one or more alternative reference rates.
See also “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Regulatory Requirements—Regulatory Developments and Other Matters” herein.


December 2021 Form 10-K18

Competitive Environment
We face strong competition from financial services firms and others, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, energy companies, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S. and globally, as well as digitally, including through the internet. We also compete with companies that provide online trading and banking services, investment advisor services, robo-advice capabilities, access to digital asset capabilities and services, and other financial products and services. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price.
Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms, or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in our remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity, or new competitors may emerge.
We have experienced and may continue to experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices, eliminating commissions or other fees, or providing more favorable terms of business. In addition, certain of our competitors may be subject to different and, in some cases, less stringent, legal and regulatory regimes than we are, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage. Some new competitors in the financial technology sector have sought to target existing segments of our businesses that could be susceptible to disruption by innovative or less regulated business models. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”
Automated trading markets and the introduction and application of new technologies may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.
We continue to experience price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities and other automated trading platforms, and the introduction and application of new technologies will likely continue the pressure on revenues. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic
markets will likely continue as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced and will likely continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future.
Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

Our people are our most important asset. We compete with various other companies in attracting and retaining qualified and skilled personnel. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees, or do so at levels or in forms necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, or the competitive market for talent further intensifies, our performance, including our competitive position and results of operations, could be materially adversely affected.
The financial industry has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, including limitations relating to incentive-based compensation, clawback requirements and special taxation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.
International Risk
We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations that could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.
We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes and levies, data transfer and outsourcing restrictions, prohibitions on certain types of foreign and capital market activities, limitations on cross-border listings and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries are uncertain and evolving and subject to sudden change. It may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market or adapt to changes in law, which could adversely impact our businesses.
Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases. In addition, uncertainty as to the nature of the future relationship between the U.K. and the E.U. may adversely affect the manner in which we operate certain of our businesses across Europe.
19December 2021 Form 10-K

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic or financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or potential defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.
A disease pandemic, such as COVID-19, or other widespread health emergencies, natural disasters, climate-related incidents, terrorist activities or military actions, or social or political tensions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets or in other areas of the global economy that could adversely affect our businesses, or could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage or conduct our businesses around the world.
As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multinational bodies and governmental agencies worldwide, which may be in inconsistent with local law. We are also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action, as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.
Acquisition, Divestiture and Joint Venture Risk
We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, minority stakes or strategic alliances, and certain acquisitions may subject our business to new or increased risk.
In connection with past or future acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, partnerships, minority stakes or strategic alliances (including with MUFG), we face numerous risks and uncertainties in combining, transferring, separating or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine or separate accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. Certain of these strategic initiatives, and integration thereof, may cause us to incur incremental expenses and may also require incremental financial, management and other resources.
For example, the integrations of E*TRADE and Eaton Vance involve a number of risks, including failure to realize anticipated cost savings and difficulty integrating the businesses. It is possible that the remaining integration processes could also result in unanticipated disruptions of
ongoing businesses, the loss of key employees, the loss of clients, or overall integrations that take longer than originally anticipated.
In the case of joint ventures, partnerships and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.
In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and any of our joint venture partners or partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the relevant joint venture or partnership, respectively.
There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions, divestitures or investments will be successfully integrated or disaggregated or yield all of the positive benefits and synergies anticipated. If we are not able to integrate or disaggregate successfully our past and future acquisitions or dispositions, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.
Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses, may change our client or account profile or bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes, services, competitors and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign, compliance and operational risks, as well as franchise and reputational concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held, or services are being delivered.
For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”


December 2021 Form 10-K20

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Introduction
Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Disclosures reflect the effects of the acquisitions of Eaton Vance Corp. (“Eaton Vance”) and E*TRADE Financial Corporation (“E*TRADE”) prospectively from the acquisition dates, March 1, 2021 and October 2, 2020, respectively. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K. For an analysis of 2020 results compared with 2019 results, see Part II, Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the annual report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2020 filed with the SEC.
A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:
Institutional Securities provides a variety of products and services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and ultra-high net worth clients. Investment Banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and project finance. Our Equity and Fixed Income businesses include sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, Asia wealth management services and certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to customers. Other activities include research.
Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering: financial advisor-led brokerage and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration; annuity and insurance products; securities-based lending, residential real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.
Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis includes certain metrics that we believe to be useful to us, investors, analysts and other stakeholders by providing further transparency about, or an additional means of assessing, our financial condition and operating results. Such metrics, when used, are defined and may be different from or inconsistent with metrics used by other companies.
The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by: competition; risk factors; legislative, legal and regulatory developments; and other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business—Competition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation,” “Risk Factors” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
21December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Executive Summary
Overview of Financial Results
Consolidated Results—Year ended December 31, 2021
The Firm’s full year results reflect both record net revenues of $59.8 billion, up 23% year over year, and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $15.0 billion, up 37%.
The Firm delivered full year ROTCE of 19.8% (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein).
The full year Firm expense efficiency ratio was 67%.
At December 31, 2021, our standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 16.0%.
Institutional Securities reported record full year net revenues of $29.8 billion, up 13%, with strong revenues across Advisory, Underwriting and Equity.
Wealth Management delivered a full year pre-tax margin of 25.5%, or 26.9% excluding integration-related expenses (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein). The business added net new assets of $438 billion, and total client assets under management were $4.9 trillion, up 23% from a year ago.
Investment Management reported full year net revenues of $6.2 billion, driven by strong fee-based asset management revenues on record AUM of $1.6 trillion as of December 31, 2021.
Strategic Transactions
On March 1, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Eaton Vance. For further information, see “Business Segments—Investment Management” herein and Note 3 to the financial statements.
On October 2, 2020, we completed the acquisition of E*TRADE. For further information, see “Business Segments—Wealth Management” herein and Note 3 to the financial statements.

Net Revenues1
($ in millions)

ms-20211231_g2.jpg
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for more information.
Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley
($ in millions)

ms-20211231_g3.jpg
Earnings per Diluted Common Share1

ms-20211231_g4.jpg
1.Adjusted Diluted EPS was $8.22 and $6.58 in 2021 and 2020, respectively (see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein).
2021 Compared with 2020
We reported net revenues of $59.8 billion in 2021 compared with $48.8 billion in 2020. For 2021, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $15.0 billion, or $8.03 per diluted common share, compared with $11.0 billion or $6.46 per diluted common share in 2020.


December 2021 Form 10-K22

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Non-interest Expenses1, 2
($ in millions)

ms-20211231_g5.jpg
1.The percentages on the bars in the chart represent the contribution of compensation and benefits expenses and non-compensation expenses to the total.
2.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for more information.
Compensation and benefits expenses of $24,628 million in 2021 increased 18% from the prior year, primarily as a result of increases in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives driven by higher compensable revenues, incremental compensation as a result of the E*TRADE and Eaton Vance acquisitions, higher discretionary incentive compensation driven by revenues, and higher salaries on increased headcount, partially offset by lower expenses related to certain deferred compensation plans linked to investment performance.
Non-compensation expenses of $15,455 million in 2021 increased 21% from the prior year, primarily driven by incremental expenses as a result of the E*TRADE and Eaton Vance acquisitions, increased investments in technology, higher volume-related expenses, and higher professional services expenses, partially offset by lower litigation expenses.
Provision for Credit Losses
The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $4 million in 2021 was primarily as a result of portfolio growth offset by the impact of changes in loan quality mix. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $761 million in 2020 was primarily the result of actual and forecasted changes in asset quality trends, as well as risks related to uncertainty in the outlook for the sectors in focus due to COVID-19.
Business Segment Results
Net Revenues by Segment1, 2
($ in millions)
ms-20211231_g6.jpg
Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment1
($ in millions)
ms-20211231_g7.jpg
1.The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each business segment to the total of the applicable financial category and may not sum to 100% due to intersegment eliminations. See Note 23 to the financial statements for details of intersegment eliminations.
2.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for more information.
Institutional Securities net revenues of $29,833 million in 2021 increased 13% from the prior year, primarily reflecting higher Investment banking and Equity business revenues, partially offset by lower Fixed income business revenues.
Wealth Management net revenues of $24,243 million in 2021 increased 27% from the prior year, primarily due to higher Asset management revenues and incremental revenues as a result of the E*TRADE acquisition.
Investment Management net revenues of $6,220 million in 2021 increased 67% from the prior year, primarily due to higher Asset management and related fees, including
23December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
incremental revenues related to the Eaton Vance acquisition.    
Net Revenues by Region1, 2, 3
($ in millions)
ms-20211231_g8.jpg
1.The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each region to the total.
2.For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown of net revenues is determined, see Note 23 to the financial statements.
3.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for more information.
Americas net revenues in the current year period increased 26%, driven by increases across all business segments. EMEA net revenues increased 18%, primarily driven by the Investment banking and Equity businesses within the Institutional Securities business segment. Asia net revenues increased 10%, primarily driven by the Equity business within the Institutional Securities business segment, partially offset by decreases in the Investment Management business segment.
Selected Financial Information and Other Statistical Data
$ in millions, except per share data202120202019
Consolidated results
Net revenues1
$59,755 $48,757 $41,538 
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$14,566 $10,500 $8,512 
Earnings per diluted common share$8.03 $6.46 $5.19 
Consolidated financial measures
Expense efficiency ratio1, 2
67 %69 %72 %
Adjusted expense efficiency ratio1, 2, 4
66 %68 %72 %
ROE3
15.0 %13.1 %11.7 %
Adjusted ROE3, 4
15.3 %13.3 %11.7 %
ROTCE3, 4
19.8 %15.2 %13.4 %
Adjusted ROTCE3, 4
20.2 %15.4 %13.4 %
Pre-tax margin1, 5
33 %30 %27 %
Effective tax rate23.1 %22.5 %18.3 %
Pre-tax margin by segment5
Institutional Securities1
40 %35 %27 %
Wealth Management1
25 %23 %27 %
Wealth Management, adjusted1, 4
27 %24 %27 %
Investment Management27 %23 %26 %
Investment Management, adjusted4
29 %23 %26 %
in millions, except per share data and employee dataAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Liquidity resources6
$356,003 $338,623 
Loans7
$200,761 $161,745 
Total assets$1,188,140 $1,115,862 
Deposits$347,574 $310,782 
Borrowings$233,127 $217,079 
Common shareholders' equity$97,691 $92,531 
Tangible common shareholders’ equity4
$72,499 $75,916 
Common shares outstanding1,772 1,810 
Book value per common share8
$55.12 $51.13 
Tangible book value per common share4, 8
$40.91 $41.95 
Worldwide employees9 (in thousands)
75 68 
Client assets10 (in billions)
$6,495 $4,780 
Capital ratios11
Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Standardized16.0 %17.4 %
Tier 1 capital—Standardized17.7 %19.4 %
Common Equity Tier 1 capital—Advanced17.4 %17.7 %
Tier 1 capital—Advanced19.1 %19.8 %
Tier 1 leverage7.1 %8.4 %
SLR12
5.6 %7.4 %
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for more information.
2.The expense efficiency ratio represents total non-interest expenses as a percentage of net revenues.
3.ROE and ROTCE represent earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively.
4.Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.
5.Pre-tax margin represents income before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.
6.For a discussion of Liquidity resources, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Balance Sheet—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Liquidity Resources” herein.
7.Includes loans held for investment, net of ACL and loans held for sale and also includes loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheet. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.
8.Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share equal common shareholders’ equity and tangible common shareholders’ equity, respectively, divided by common shares outstanding.
9.As of December 31, 2021, the number of employees includes Eaton Vance.
10.Client assets represents Wealth Management client assets and Investment Management assets under management.
11.For a discussion of our capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
12.At December 31, 2020, our SLR reflects the impact of a Federal Reserve interim final rule that was in effect until March 31, 2021. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
Coronavirus Disease Pandemic
Since its onset, the coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) pandemic has had a significant impact on global economic conditions and the environment in which we operate our businesses, and it may continue to do so in the future. The Firm continues to be fully operational and, recognizing that local conditions vary for our offices around the world and that the trajectory of the virus continues to be uncertain, our employees are able to work from home and in our offices as deemed necessary.
Refer to “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” for more information on the potential effects of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on our future operating results.


December 2021 Form 10-K24

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information
We prepare our financial statements using U.S. GAAP. From time to time, we may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in this document or in the course of our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations, definitive proxy statement and otherwise. A “non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We consider the non-GAAP financial measures we disclose to be useful to us, investors, analysts and other stakeholders by providing further transparency about, or an alternate means of assessing or comparing our financial condition, operating results and capital adequacy.
These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to a non-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and the non-GAAP financial measure.
The principal non-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth in the following tables.
Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures
$ in millions, except per share data202120202019
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$14,566 $10,500 $8,512 
Impact of adjustments:
Wealth Management—Compensation expenses58 151 — 
Wealth Management—Non-compensation expenses288 80 — 
Investment Management—Compensation expenses44 — — 
Investment Management—Non-compensation expenses66 — — 
Total integration-related expenses456 231 — 
Related tax benefit(104)(42)— 
Adjusted earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders—non-GAAP1
$14,918 $10,689 $8,512 
Earnings per diluted common share$8.03 $6.46 $5.19 
Impact of adjustments0.19 0.12 — 
Adjusted earnings per diluted common share—non-GAAP1
$8.22 $6.58 $5.19 
Expense efficiency ratio2
67 %69 %72 %
Impact of adjustments(1)%(1)%— %
Adjusted expense efficiency ratio—non-GAAP1, 2
66 %68 %72 %
Wealth Management pre-tax margin2
25 %23 %27 %
Impact of adjustments2 %%— %
Adjusted Wealth Management pre-tax margin—non-GAAP1, 2
27 %24 %27 %
Investment Management pre-tax margin27 %23 %26 %
Impact of adjustments2 %— %— %
Adjusted Investment Management pre-tax margin—non-GAAP1
29 %23 %26 %
At December 31,
$ in millions202120202019
Tangible equity
Common shareholders' equity$97,691 $92,531 $73,029 
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(25,192)(16,615)(9,249)
Tangible common shareholders' equity—non-GAAP$72,499 $75,916 $63,780 
 Average Monthly Balance
$ in millions202120202019
Tangible equity
Common shareholders' equity$97,094 $80,246 $72,720 
Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(23,392)(10,951)(9,140)
Tangible common shareholders' equity—non-GAAP$73,702 $69,295 $63,580 
$ in billions202120202019
Average common equity
Unadjusted—GAAP$97.1 $80.2 $72.7 
Adjusted1—Non-GAAP
97.2 80.3 72.7 
ROE3
Unadjusted—GAAP15.0 %13.1 %11.7 %
Adjusted1—Non-GAAP
15.3 %13.3 %11.7 %
Average tangible common equity—Non-GAAP
Unadjusted$73.7 $69.3 $63.6 
Adjusted1
73.8 69.3 63.6 
ROTCE3—Non-GAAP
Unadjusted19.8 %15.2 %13.4 %
Adjusted1
20.2 %15.4 %13.4 %
Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment
$ in billions202120202019
Average common equity4
Institutional Securities$43.5 $42.8 $40.4 
Wealth Management28.6 20.8 18.2 
Investment Management8.8 2.6 2.5 
ROE5
Institutional Securities20 %15 %10 %
Wealth Management16 %16 %20 %
Investment Management15 %23 %29 %
Average tangible common equity4
Institutional Securities$42.9 $42.3 $39.9 
Wealth Management13.4 11.3 10.2 
Investment Management0.9 1.7 1.5 
ROTCE5
Institutional Securities20 %16 %10 %
Wealth Management34 %29 %36 %
Investment Management144 %36 %47 %
1.Adjusted amounts exclude the effect of costs related to the integrations of E*TRADE and Eaton Vance, net of tax as appropriate.
2.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for more information.
3.ROE and ROTCE represent earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively. When excluding integration-related costs, both the numerator and average denominator are adjusted.
4.Average common equity and average tangible common equity for each business segment is determined using our Required Capital framework (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework” herein). The sums of the segments' Average common equity and Average tangible common equity do not equal the Consolidated measures due to Parent equity.
5.The calculation of ROE and ROTCE by segment uses net income applicable to Morgan Stanley by segment less preferred dividends allocated to each segment as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, allocated to each segment.
25December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Return on Tangible Common Equity Goal
In January 2022, we established an ROTCE goal of over 20%, excluding integration-related expenses.
Our ROTCE goal is a forward-looking statement that was based on a normal market environment and may be materially affected by many factors, including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions, which may be impacted by the future course of COVID-19; legislative, accounting, tax and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; outsized legal expenses or penalties; the ability to control expenses; capital levels; and mergers and acquisitions.
See “Risk Factors” herein for further information on market and economic conditions and their potential effects on our future operating results.
For further information on non-GAAP measures (ROTCE excluding integration-related expenses), see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.
Business Segments
Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to our business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures. See Note 2123 to the financial statements for segment net revenues by income statement line item and information on intersegment transactions.
Updates to our Financial Presentation
As part of our effort to continually improve the transparency and comparability of our external financial reporting, several updates to our financial presentation were implemented in the first quarter of 2021. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
Provision for Credit Losses
The Provision for credit losses for loans and lending commitments is presented as a separate line item in the income statement. Previously, the Provision for credit losses for loans was included in Other revenues, and the provision for credit losses for lending commitments was included in Other expense.
Other Revenues
Gains and losses on economic derivative hedges associated with certain held-for-sale and held-for-investment corporate loans and lending commitments, which were previously reported in Trading revenues, are reported within Other revenues in the income statement. This presentation better aligns with the recognition of mark-to-market gains and losses
on held-for-sale loans and lending commitments, which continue to be reported in Other revenues.
Institutional Securities
Equity—Financing, Equity—Execution services and Fixed income include certain Investments and Other revenues to the extent directly attributable to those businesses. The remaining Investments and Other revenues not included in those businesses’ results are reported in Other. Other also includes revenues previously reported as Other sales and trading.
Investment Management
We have renamed the previously disclosed revenue line Asset management to Asset management and related fees and have combined the remaining revenue lines into a new category named Performance-based income and other.
The following discussion reflects these updates to our financial presentation:
Net Revenues
Investment Banking 
Investment banking revenues are derived from client engagements in which we act as an adviser,advisor, underwriter or distributor of capital.
Within the Institutional Securities business segment, these revenues are primarily composed of fees earned from underwriting equity and fixed income securities, syndicating loans and advisory services in relation to mergers and acquisitions, divestitures and corporate restructurings.
Within the Wealth Management business segment, these revenues are derived from the distribution of newly issued securities.
Trading
Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from transactions in financial instruments, unrealized gains and losses
from ongoing changes in the fair value of our positions, and gains and losses from financial instruments used to economically hedge compensation expense related to certain employee deferred compensation plans.
Within the Institutional Securities business segment, Trading revenues arise from transactions in cash instruments and derivatives in which we act as a market maker for our clients. In this role, we stand ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and to provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. Our liquidity obligations can be explicit in some cases, and in others, customers expect us to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill our market-making function, we engage in activities across all of our trading businesses that include, but are not limited to:


December 2021 Form 10-K26

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time;
building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory held to facilitate client activity through trades with other market participants;
managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks incurred from the facilitation of client transactions and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks;
trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and
engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets.
In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses from purchase and sale transactions will include any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in Trading revenues since they relate to positions carried at fair value.
Within the Wealth Management business segment, Trading revenues primarily include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of fixed income instruments in which we act as principal, andas well as gains and losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans.
Investments
Investments revenues are composed of realized and unrealized gains and losses derived from investments, including those associated with employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Estimates of the fair value of the investments that produce these revenues may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business,

29December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

market, economic and financial conditions, generally or in relation to specific transactions.
Within the Institutional Securities segment, gains and losses are primarily from business-related investments. Certain investments are subject to sale restrictions. Typically, there are no fee revenues from these investments.
Within the Investment Management business segment, Investments revenues in addition to gains and lossesare primarily from investments, include performance-based fees in the form of carried interest, a portion of which is subject to reversal.reversal, and gains and losses from investments. The business is entitled to receive carried interest when the return in certain funds exceeds specified performance targets. Additionally, there are certain sponsored Investment Management funds consolidated by us where revenues are primarily attributable to holders of noncontrolling interests.
Commissions and Fees 
Commissions and fees result from arrangements in which the client is charged a fee for executing transactions related to
securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of other products.
Within the Institutional Securities business segment, commissions and fees include fees earned from tradingmarket-making activities, such as executing and clearing client transactions on major stock and derivative exchanges, as well as from OTC derivatives.
Within the Wealth Management business segment, commissions and fees primarily arise from client transactions primarily in equity securities, insurance products, mutual funds, futures and options.options and also include revenues from order flow payments for directing customer orders to broker-dealers, exchanges and market centers for execution.
Asset Management
Asset management revenues include fees associated with the management and supervision of assets and the distribution of funds and similar products.
Within the Wealth Management business segment, Asset management revenues are related to advisory services associated with advisory services and management offee-based assets, account service and administration, as well as distribution of products. These revenues are generally based on the net asset value of the account in which a client is invested.
Within the Investment Management business segment, Asset management revenues are primarily composed of fees received from mutual fund daily average netinvestment vehicles on the basis of assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles.under management. Performance-based fees, not in the form of carried interest, are earned on certain products and separately managed accounts as a percentage of appreciation generally earned by those productsin value and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of
performance criteria. These performance fees are generally recognized annually.
Net Interest
Interest income and Interest expense are functions of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including Trading assets and Trading liabilities, Investment securities, (which include AFS and HTM securities), Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell, Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase, Loans, Deposits and Borrowings.
Within the Institutional Securities business segment, Net interest is a function of market-making strategies, customerclient activity, in the prime brokerage business, and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Net interest is impacted by market-making activities as securities held by the Firm generally earn interest, as do securities borrowed and securities purchased under agreements to resell, while securities that are loaned borrowed,and securities sold withunder agreements to repurchase and purchased with agreements to resellgenerally incur interest expense.
Within the Wealth Management business segment, Interest income is driven by Investment securities, Loans and margin
27December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
loans. Interest expense is driven by Deposits and other funding. Upon acquisition, E*TRADE’s Investment securities were recorded at fair value, and the resulting premium is being amortized over the life of the portfolio against interest income.
Other
Other revenues for Institutional Securities include revenues and losses from equity method investments, lending commitments, fees earned in association with lending activities, mark-to-market gains and the provisionlosses on loans and lending commitments held for loan losses.sale, as well as gains and losses on economic derivative hedges associated with certain held-for-sale and held-for-investment corporate loans and lending commitments.
Other revenues for Wealth Management are derived from realized gains and losses on AFS securities, the provision for loan losses, account handling fees, referral fees and other miscellaneous revenues.
Provision for Credit Losses
The Provision for credit losses includes the provision for credit losses for loans and lending commitments held for investment.
Institutional Securities—SalesFixed Income and Trading RevenuesEquities
SalesFixed income and tradingEquities net revenues are composed of Trading revenues, Commissions and fees, Asset management revenues, Net interest, and Net interest.certain Investments and Other revenues directly attributable to those businesses. These revenues, which can be impactedaffected by a variety of interrelated market factors, including market volumes, bid-offer spreads and the impact of market conditions on inventory prices,held to facilitate client activity, as well as the impacteffect of hedging activity, are viewed in the aggregate when assessing the performance and profitability of our sales and trading activities.businesses. We make transaction-related decisions based on, among other things, an assessment of the potential gainaggregate expected profit or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, or net interest income, any costs associated with financing or hedging our positions and other related expenses.
Following is a description of the sales and tradingrevenue-generating activities within our equity and fixed income businesses, as well as how their results impact the income statement line items.

December 2019 Form 10-K30

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Equity—Financing. We provide financing, prime brokerage and fund administration services to our clients active in the equity markets through a variety of products, including margin lending, securities lending and swaps. Results from this business are largely driven by the difference between financing income earned and financing costs incurred, which are reflected in Net interest for securities and equity lending products, and in Trading revenues for derivative products. Fees for providing fund administration services are reflected in Asset management revenues.
Equity—Execution services. A significant portion of the results for this business is generated by commissions and fees from executing and clearing client transactions on major stock and derivative exchanges, as well as from OTC transactions. We make markets for our clients principally in equity-related securities and derivative products, including those that provide liquidity and are utilized for hedging. Market makingMarket-making also generates gains and losses on positionsinventory held in inventory,to facilitate client activity, which are reflected in Trading revenues. Execution services also includes certain Investments and Other revenues.
Fixed income—incomeWithin fixed income, we make markets in various flow and structured products in order to facilitate client activity as part of the following products and services:
Global macro products. We make markets for our clients in interest rate, foreign exchange and emerging market products, including exchange-traded and OTC securities and derivative instruments. The results of this market-making activity are primarily driven by gains and losses from buying and selling positions to stand ready for and satisfy client demand and are recorded in Trading revenues.
We make markets for our clients in interest rate, foreign exchange and emerging market products, including exchange-traded and OTC securities and derivative instruments. The results of this market-making activity are primarily driven by gains and losses from buying and selling positions to stand ready for and satisfy client demand and are recorded in Trading revenues.
Credit products. We make markets in credit-sensitive products, such as corporate bonds and mortgage securities and other securitized products, and related derivative instruments. The values of positions in this business are sensitive to changes in credit spreads and interest rates, which result in gains and losses reflected in Trading revenues. We undertake lending activities, which include commercial mortgage lending, asset-backed lending activities, which include commercial mortgage lending, secured lending facilities and financing extended to customers. Due to the amount and type of the interest-bearing securities and loans making up this business, a significant portion of the results is also reflected in Net interest revenues.
Commodities products and Other. We make markets in various commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil and metals. Other activities primarily include results from the centralized management of our fixed income derivative counterparty exposures and managing derivative counterparty risk on behalf of clients. These activities are primarily recorded in Trading revenues.
Other sales and trading customers. Due to the amount and type of the interest-bearing securities and loans making up this business, a significant portion of the results is also reflected in Net interest revenues.
Commodities products and Other. We make markets in various commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil and metals. Other activities primarily include results from the centralized management of our fixed income derivative counterparty exposures and the management of derivative counterparty risk. These activities are primarily recorded in Trading revenues.
Fixed income also includes certain Investments and Other revenues.
Institutional Securities—Other Net Revenues
Other net revenues include impacts from certain treasury functions, such as liquidity costs and gains and losses on economic hedges related to certain borrowings, certain activities associated with corporate lending, as well as gains and
losses from financial instruments used to economically hedge compensation expense related to certain employee deferred compensation plans.plans, as well as Investments and Other revenues that are not directly attributable to Fixed income and Equities businesses.


December 2021 Form 10-K28

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Compensation Expense
Compensation and benefits expenses include base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced, including the Firm’s share price for certain awards, carried interest allocated to employees, severance costs, and other items such as health and welfare benefits.
The factors that drive compensation for our employees vary from period to period, from segment to segment and within a segment. For certain revenue-producing employees in the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, compensation is largely paid on the basis of formulaic payouts that link employee compensation to revenues. Compensation for other employees, including revenue-producing employees in the Institutional Securities business segment, include base salary and benefits and may also include incentive compensation that is determined following the assessment of the Firm’s, business unit’s and individual’s performance.
Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation plans is recognized over the relevant vesting period and is adjusted based on the notional earnings of the referenced investments until distribution. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Firm, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on the Firm's investments and the compensation expense recognized over the vesting period.
Income Taxes
The income tax provision for our business segments is generally determined based on the revenues, expenses and activities directly attributable to each business segment. Certain items have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues or other relevant measures.

3129December 20192021 Form 10-K

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Institutional Securities
Income Statement Information
    % Change
$ in millions20212020201920212020
Revenues
Advisory$3,487 $2,008 $2,116 74 %(5)%
Equity4,437 3,092 1,708 43 %81 %
Fixed income2,348 2,104 1,910 12 %10 %
Total Underwriting6,785 5,196 3,618 31 %44 %
Total Investment banking10,272 7,204 5,734 43 %26 %
Equity1
11,435 9,921 8,133 15 %22 %
Fixed income1
7,516 8,847 5,985 (15)%48 %
Other1
610 504 644 21 %(22)%
Net revenues1
29,833 26,476 20,496 13 %29 %
Provision for credit losses1
(7)731 151 (101)%N/M
Compensation and benefits9,165 8,342 7,433 10 %12 %
Non-compensation expenses1
8,861 8,252 7,422 7 %11 %
Total non-interest expenses1
18,026 16,594 14,855 9 %12 %
Income before provision for income taxes11,814 9,151 5,490 29 %67 %
Provision for income taxes2,746 2,040 769 35 %165 %
Net income9,068 7,111 4,721 28 %51 %
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests111 99 122 12 %(19)%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$8,957 $7,012 $4,599 28 %52 %
    % Change
$ in millions20192018201720192018
Revenues     
Investment banking$5,734
$6,088
$5,537
(6)%10 %
Trading10,318
11,191
10,295
(8)%9 %
Investments325
182
368
79 %(51)%
Commissions and fees2,484
2,671
2,433
(7)%10 %
Asset management413
421
359
(2)%17 %
Other632
535
630
18 %(15)%
Total non-interest
revenues
19,906
21,088
19,622
(6)%7 %
Interest income12,193
9,271
5,377
32 %72 %
Interest expense11,713
9,777
6,186
20 %58 %
Net interest480
(506)(809)195 %37 %
Net revenues20,386
20,582
18,813
(1)%9 %
Compensation and
benefits
7,433
6,958
6,625
7 %5 %
Non-compensation
expenses
7,463
7,364
6,544
1 %13 %
Total non-interest
expenses
14,896
14,322
13,169
4 %9 %
Income from continuing
operations before
income taxes
5,490
6,260
5,644
(12)%11 %
Provision for income
taxes
769
1,230
1,993
(37)%(38)%
Income from continuing
operations
4,721
5,030
3,651
(6)%38 %
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations,
net of income taxes

(6)(19)100 %68 %
Net income4,721
5,024
3,632
(6)%38 %
Net income applicable
to noncontrolling interests
122
118
96
3 %23 %
Net income applicable
to Morgan Stanley
$4,599
$4,906
$3,536
(6)%39 %
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for additional information.

Investment Banking
Investment Banking Revenues
    % Change
$ in millions20192018201720192018
Advisory$2,116
$2,436
$2,077
(13)%17 %
Underwriting:   
 
Equity1,708
1,726
1,484
(1)%16 %
Fixed Income1,910
1,926
1,976
(1)%(3)%
Total Underwriting3,618
3,652
3,460
(1)%6 %
Total Investment banking$5,734
$6,088
$5,537
(6)%10 %
Investment Banking Volumes
$ in billions201920182017$ in billions202120202019
Completed mergers and acquisitions1
$818
$1,114
$753
Completed mergers and acquisitions1
$1,090 $887 $826 
Equity and equity-related offerings2, 3
61
64
65
Equity and equity-related offerings2, 3
117 100 61 
Fixed income offerings2, 4
270
241
307
Fixed income offerings2, 4
365 377 287 
Source: Refinitiv (formerly Thomson Reuters Financial & Risk), data as of January 2, 2020.3, 2022. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal, change in value or change in timing of certain transactions.

1.Includes transactions of $100 million or more. Based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.
2.Based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.
3.Includes Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock, convertible securities and rights offerings.
4.Includes Rule 144A and publicly registered issuances, non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Excludes leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

1.Includes transactions of $100 million or more. Based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.
2019 Compared with 20182.Based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.
3.Includes Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock, convertible securities and rights offerings.
4.Includes Rule 144A and publicly registered issuances, non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Excludes leveraged loans and self-led issuances.
Investment Banking Revenues
Investment banking revenues of $5,734$10,272 million in 2019 decreased 6% from 2018,2021 increased 43% compared with the prior year, primarily reflecting lower resultsincreases in our advisory business.and equity underwriting.
Advisory revenues decreasedincreased primarily as a result of lower volumes ofdue to higher completed M&A activity.transactions.
Equity underwriting revenues were relatively unchanged as lower revenuesincreased on higher volumes, primarily in initial public offerings, were offset by higher revenues inprivate placement offerings and secondary block share trades.
Fixed income underwriting revenues were essentially unchanged as lowerincreased primarily due to higher non-investment grade loan issuance fees wereand bond
issuances and securitized products revenues, partially offset by higher fees from bond anda decrease in investment grade loanbond issuances.

See “Investment Banking Volumes” herein.



December 2019 Form 10-K32

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

SalesEquity, Fixed Income and TradingOther Net Revenues
By Income Statement Line Item
    % Change
$ in millions20192018201720192018
Trading$10,318
$11,191
$10,295
(8)%9%
Commissions and fees2,484
2,671
2,433
(7)%10%
Asset management413
421
359
(2)%17%
Net interest480
(506)(809)195 %37%
Total$13,695
$13,777
$12,278
(1)%12%
By Business
    % Change
$ in millions20192018201720192018
Equity$8,056
$8,976
$7,982
(10)%12%
Fixed income5,546
5,005
4,928
11 %2%
Other93
(204)(632)146 %68%
Total$13,695
$13,777
$12,278
(1)%12%
Sales and Trading Revenues—Equity and Fixed Income Net Revenues
 2021
$ in millionsTrading
Fees1
Net
Interest2
All
Other3
Total
Financing$4,110 $508 $520 $8 $5,146 
Execution services3,327 2,648 (226)540 6,289 
Total Equity$7,437 $3,156 $294 $548 $11,435 
Total Fixed income$5,098 $307 $1,835 $276 $7,516 
2019
20204
$ in millionsTrading
Fees1
Net
Interest2
Total$ in millionsTrading
Fees1
Net
Interest2
All
Other3
Total
Financing$4,225
$372
$(514)$4,083
Financing$3,736 $439 $342 $$4,521 
Execution services1,986
2,202
(215)3,973
Execution services2,882 2,658 (256)116 5,400 
Total Equity$6,211
$2,574
$(729)$8,056
Total Equity$6,618 $3,097 $86 $120 $9,921 
Total Fixed income$5,171
$324
$51
$5,546
Total Fixed income$6,841 $299 $1,696 $11 $8,847 
 
20194
$ in millionsTrading
Fees1
Net
Interest2
All
Other3
Total
Financing$4,225 $372 $(514)$$4,092 
Execution services1,986 2,203 (216)68 4,041 
Total Equity$6,211 $2,575 $(730)$77 $8,133 
Total Fixed income$5,175 $324 $70 $416 $5,985 
 2018
$ in millionsTrading
Fees1
Net
Interest2
Total
Financing$4,841
$394
$(661)$4,574
Execution services2,362
2,376
(336)4,402
Total Equity$7,203
$2,770
$(997)$8,976
Total Fixed income$4,793
$322
$(110)$5,005
1.Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues.
2.Includes funding costs, which are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage.
 2017
$ in millionsTrading
Fees1
Net
Interest2
Total
Financing$4,140
$363
$(762)$3,741
Execution services2,294
2,191
(244)4,241
Total Equity$6,434
$2,554
$(1,006)$7,982
Total Fixed income$4,453
$238
$237
$4,928
1.Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues.
2.Includes funding costs, which are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage.

3.Includes Investments and Other revenues.
2019 Compared with 2018

4.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. See “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for additional information.
Equity
Equity sales and trading netNet revenues of $8,056$11,435 million in 2019 decreased 10% from 2018,2021 increased 15% compared with the prior year, reflecting lower resultsan increase in both our financing and execution services businesses.and financing businesses, with notable strength in Asia.
Financing decreased from 2018,revenues increased primarily driven by higher average client balances and higher client activity, partially offset by a credit loss of $644 million related to a single client in the first quarter of 2021.
Execution services revenues increased primarily due to lower realized spreadshigher mark-to-market gains on business-related investments, including a significant mark-to-market gain of $225 million, the impact of market conditions on inventory held to facilitate client activity and commissions, reflected in lower Trading revenues.

Execution services decreased from 2018, reflecting lower Trading revenues as a resulthigher client activity, partially offset by trading losses of less favorable inventory management in derivatives products due$267 million related to lower levels of volatility. In addition, Commissions and fees decreased driven by changes in market volumes and commission mix in cash equities products.the aforementioned credit event.

Fixed Income
Fixed income netNet revenues of $5,546$7,516 million in 2019 were 11%2021 decreased 15% compared with the prior year, primarily driven by global macro products.


December 2021 Form 10-K30

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Global macro products revenues decreased in rates and foreign exchange products, primarily due to the effect of tighter bid-offer spreads.
Credit products revenues decreased primarily due to the effect of tighter bid offer spreads on corporate credit products, partially offset by higher than 2018,revenues in securitized products.
Commodities products and other fixed income revenues increased primarily driven by higher counterparty credit risk management results.
Other Net Revenues
Other Net revenues of $610 million in 2021 increased 21% compared with the prior year, primarily driven by higher results in credit products,from our Japanese joint venture, MUMSS, and lower mark-to-market losses on corporate loans held-for-sale, net of related hedges, partially offset by lower resultsgains on investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans.
Net Interest
Net interest revenues of $2,645 million in global macro products.
Global macro products Trading revenues decreased primarily due to inventory management losses in certain foreign exchange and rates products as a result of movements in foreign exchange volatility and a decline in interest rates.
Credit products Trading revenues increased, primarily due to improved inventory management in corporate credit and securitized products and higher client activity in securitized products.
Commodities productsthe current year period are included within Equity, Fixed Income, and Other Trading revenuesand increased 16% compared with the prior year, primarily driven by higher balances in Equity Financing and secured lending facilities.
Provision for Credit Losses
In 2021, the Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments was a net release of $7 million, primarily as gains from counterparty risk managementthe impact of changes in loan quality mix were offset by lower client activityportfolio growth. The Provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments of $731 million in commodities.
Fixed income Net interest increased compared with 2018,the prior year was primarily reflectingthe result of actual and forecasted changes in funding mix, partially offset by lower net spreads in securitized products.

Other
Other sales and trading revenues of $93 million in 2019 increased from 2018, reflecting an increaseasset quality trends, as well as risks related to uncertainty in the fair value of investmentsoutlook for the sectors in focus due to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced and changes in funding mix, partially offset by higherCOVID-19.
For further information on the Provision for credit losses, on hedges associated with corporate loans.


33December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses and Income Tax Items

2019 Compared with 2018

Investments
In 2019, net investment gains of $325 million were higher compared with 2018, primarily as a result of realized gains associated with an investment's initial public offering in 2019.
Other Revenues
Other revenues of $632 million in 2019 increased from 2018, primarily as a result of mark-to-market gains in 2019 compared with losses in 2018 on loans held for sale. This increase was partially offset by a higher provision for loan losses, which in 2018 included the recovery of a previously charged off loan, and lower results in our Japanese joint venture Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”).

see “Credit Risk” herein.
Non-interest Expenses
Non-interest expenses of $14,896$18,026 million in 20192021 increased from 2018, reflecting9% compared with the prior year as a 7% increase inresult of both higher Compensation and benefits expenses and a 1% increase in Non-compensation expenses.
Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2019,the current year primarily due to an increase in the fair value of investmentsdiscretionary incentive compensation driven by higher revenues, higher salaries and benefits on increased headcount, and higher expenses related to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced, higher salaries and severance-related costs, partially offset by decreases in discretionary incentive compensation.linked to the Firm’s share price.
Non-compensation expenses increased in 2019, reflecting higherthe current year primarily due to increased volume-related expenses, investments in technology, and professional services, partially offset by lower professional servicesa decrease in litigation expenses.

Income Tax Items
Intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $317 million and $182 million were recognized in Provision for income taxes in 2019 and 2018, respectively. For further information, see “Supplemental Financial Information—Income Tax Matters” herein.


31December 20192021 Form 10-K34

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Wealth Management
Income Statement Information
    % Change
$ in millions20212020201920212020
Revenues
Asset management$13,966 $10,955 $10,199 27 %%
Transactional1
4,259 3,694 2,969 15 %24 %
Net interest5,393 4,022 4,222 34 %(5)%
Other1,2
625 415 356 51 %17 %
Net revenues2
24,243 19,086 17,746 27 %%
Provision for credit losses2
11 30 10 (63)%200 %
Compensation and benefits13,090 10,970 9,774 19 %12 %
Non-compensation expenses2
4,961 3,699 3,130 34 %18 %
Total non-interest expenses2
18,051 14,669 12,904 23 %14 %
Income before provision for income taxes6,181 4,387 4,832 41 %(9)%
Provision for income taxes1,447 1,026 1,104 41 %(7)%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$4,734 $3,361 $3,728 41 %(10)%
1.Transactional includes Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees revenues. Other includes Investments and Other revenues.
2.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See "Business Segments" herein and Note 1 to the financial statements for additional information.
Acquisition of E*TRADE
The comparisons of current year results to prior periods are impacted by the acquisition of E*TRADE on October 2, 2020. For additional information on the acquisition of E*TRADE, see Note 3 to the financial statements.
Wealth Management Metrics
$ in billionsAt December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Total client assets$4,930$3,999
U.S. Bank Subsidiary loans$129$98
Margin and other lending1
$31$23
Deposits2
$346$306
Annualized weighted average cost of deposits0.10%0.24%
202120202019
Net new assets3
$437.7$182.7$97.8
1.Margin and other lending represents margin lending arrangements, which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and other lending which includes non‐purpose securities-based lending on non‐bank entities.
2.Deposits are sourced from Wealth Management clients and other sources of funding on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. Deposits include sweep deposit programs, savings and other, and time deposits. Excludes approximately $9 billion and $25 billion of off-balance sheet deposits as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
3.Net new assets represent client inflows, including dividends and interest, and asset acquisitions, less client outflows, and exclude activity from business combinations/divestitures and the impact of fees and commissions.
    % Change
$ in millions20192018201720192018
Revenues     
Investment banking$509
$475
$533
7 %(11)%
Trading734
279
848
163 %(67)%
Investments2
1
3
100 %(67)%
Commissions and fees1,726
1,804
1,737
(4)%4 %
Asset management10,199
10,158
9,342
 %9 %
Other345
248
268
39 %(7)%
Total non-interest revenues13,515
12,965
12,731
4 %2 %
Interest income5,467
5,498
4,591
(1)%20 %
Interest expense1,245
1,221
486
2 %151 %
Net interest4,222
4,277
4,105
(1)%4 %
Net revenues17,737
17,242
16,836
3 %2 %
Compensation and benefits9,774
9,507
9,360
3 %2 %
Non-compensation expenses3,131
3,214
3,177
(3)%1 %
Total non-interest expenses12,905
12,721
12,537
1 %1 %
Income from continuing operations before income taxes4,832
4,521
4,299
7 %5 %
Provision for income taxes1,104
1,049
1,974
5 %(47)%
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$3,728
$3,472
$2,325
7 %49 %
Financial Information and Statistical Data
Advisor-led Channel
$ in billions, except employee dataAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Client assets$2,700
$2,303
Fee-based client assets1
$1,267
$1,046
Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets47%45%
Client liabilities2
$90
$83
Investment securities portfolio$67.2
$68.6
Loans and lending commitments$93.2
$82.9
Wealth Management representatives15,468
15,694
$ in billionsAt December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Advisor-led client assets1
$3,886$3,167
Fee-based client assets2
$1,839$1,472
Fee-based client assets as a
percentage of advisor-led client
assets
47%46%
 201920182017
Per representative:   
Revenues ($ in thousands)3
$1,136
$1,100
$1,068
Client assets ($ in millions)4
$175
$147
$151
Fee-based asset flows ($ in billions)5
$64.9
$65.9
$75.4
1.Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the fee for services is calculated based on those assets.
2.Client liabilities include securities-based and tailored lending, residential real estate loans and margin lending.
3.Revenues per representative equal Wealth Management’s net revenues divided by the average number of representatives.
4.Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end number of representatives.
5.For a description of the Inflows and Outflows included in Fee-based asset flows, see Fee-based client assets herein. Excludes institutional cash management-related activity.
Transactional Revenues
    % Change
$ in millions20192018201720192018
Investment banking$509
$475
$533
7 %(11)%
Trading734
279
848
163 %(67)%
Commissions and fees1,726
1,804
1,737
(4)%4 %
Total$2,969
$2,558
$3,118
16 %(18)%
Transactional revenues as a % of Net revenues17%15%19%  

202120202019
Fee-based asset flows3
$179.3$77.4$64.9
2019 Compared1.Advisor-led client assets represent client assets in accounts that have a Wealth Management representative assigned.
2.Fee‐based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.
3.Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets (including asset acquisitions), net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees, and exclude institutional cash management related activity. For a description of the Inflows and Outflows included in Fee-based asset flows, see Fee-based client assets herein.
Self-directed Channel
$ in billionsAt December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Self-directed assets1
$1,044$832
Self-directed households (in millions)2
7.46.7
202120202019
Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”) (in thousands)3
1,1612803
1.Self-directed assets represent active accounts which are not advisor led. Active accounts are defined as having at least $25 in assets.
2.Self-directed households represent the total number of households that include at least one account with 2018self-directed assets. Individual households or participants that are engaged in one or more of our Wealth Management channels will be included in each of the respective channel counts.

3.DARTs represent the total self-directed trades in a period divided by the number of trading days during that period.
Workplace Channel1
$ in billionsAt December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Workplace unvested assets2
$509$435
Number of participants (in millions)3
5.64.9
1.The workplace channel includes equity compensation solutions for companies, their executives and employees.
2.Workplace unvested assets represent the market value of public company securities at the end of the period. The stock plan vested asset retention rate within the workplace channel, which represents the percentage of stock plan assets retained in either the self-directed or advisor-led channels following vesting, is 24% for 2021. The rate is derived using full-year combined Morgan Stanley and E*TRADE stock plan inflows for 2020, less related outflows for 2020 and 2021, and dividing the result by 2020 inflows.
3.Workplace participants represent total accounts with vested and/or unvested assets in the workplace channel. Individuals with accounts in multiple plans are counted as participants in each plan.
Net Revenues

Asset Management
Asset management revenues of $13,966 million in 2021 increased 27% compared with the prior year, primarily due to higher fee-based asset levels in the current year periods as a result of market appreciation and positive fee-based flows since the prior year.
See “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.
Transactional Revenues
Transactional revenues of $2,969$4,259 million in 20192021 increased 16%,15% compared with the prior year, primarily due to


December 2021 Form 10-K32

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
incremental revenues as a result of the E*TRADE acquisition and higher Trading revenues from structured product and closed-end fund issuances, partially offset by lower Commissions and fees.
Investment banking revenues increased in 2019, primarily due to higher revenues from closed-end fund issuances.
Trading revenues increased in 2019, primarily due to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans, partially offset by lower fixed incomeplans.
Net Interest
Net interest revenues driven by product mix.
Commissions and fees decreasedof $5,393 million in 2019,2021 increased 34% compared with the prior year, primarily due to changesincremental net interest as a result of the E*TRADE acquisition, continued growth in the mix of client activitybank lending, and a decrease in equities, partially offset by increased client activityprepayment amortization related to mortgage-backed securities. These increases in alternative products.

Asset Management
Asset management revenues of $10,199 million in 2019Net interest were relatively unchanged compared with 2018, reflecting the effect of higher fee-based client assets levels due to market appreciation in 2019 and positive net flows, partially offset by the net effect of lower fee-based client assets levels at the beginning of the year due to significant market declines in the fourth quarter of 2018, and lower average fee rates predominantly driven by shifts in the mix of fee-based client assets.
See “Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

interest rates.
Other
Other revenues of $345$625 million in 20192021 increased 39%, primarily due to higher realized gains from the AFS securities portfolio.


35December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Net Interest
Net interest of $4,222 million in 2019 was relatively unchanged compared with 2018, as higher costs due to changes in our funding mix and higher prepayment amortization expense related to mortgage-backed securities were offset by the impact of higher balances of and higher interest rates on Loans, and higher investment portfolio yields.
In addition, we centralized certain internal treasury activities as of January 1, 2019, which partially offset Interest income and Interest expense51% compared with the prior periods. The effect on Net interest income was not significant in 2019.

year, primarily due to incremental revenues as a result of the E*TRADE acquisition.
Non-interest Expenses
Non-interest expenses of $12,905$18,051 million in 2019 were relatively unchanged2021 increased 23% compared with 2018,the prior year, as a result of both higher Compensation and benefits expenses were offset by lowerand Non-compensation expenses.
Compensation and benefits expenses increased, in 2019, primarily due to increasesan increase in the fair valueformulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives driven by higher compensable revenues and incremental compensation as a result of investmentsthe E*TRADE acquisition, partially offset by lower expenses related to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced and salaries, partially offset by the roll-off of certain acquisition-related employee retention loans.linked to investment performance.
Non-compensation expenses decreased in 2019,increased, primarily due to incremental expenses as a result of lower professional services expenses and lower deposit insurance expense.the E*TRADE acquisition.
Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2020
Inflows1
OutflowsMarket
Impact
At
December 31,
2021
Separately managed2
$359 $86 $(20)$54 $479 
Unified managed379 100 (54)42 467 
Advisor177 42 (30)22 211 
Portfolio manager509 113 (58)72 636 
Subtotal$1,424 $341 $(162)$190 $1,793 
Cash management48 30 (32) 46 
Total fee-based client assets$1,472 $371 $(194)$190 $1,839 
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2018
InflowsOutflows
Market
Impact
At
December 31,
2019
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2019
InflowsOutflowsMarket
Impact
At
December 31,
2020
Separately managed1
$279
$53
$(19)$9
$322
Unified managed2
257
48
(39)47
313
Separately managed2
Separately managed2
$322 $48 $(25)$14 $359 
Unified managedUnified managed313 63 (43)46 379 
Advisor137
27
(32)23
155
Advisor155 33 (28)17 177 
Portfolio manager353
75
(48)55
435
Portfolio manager435 86 (57)45 509 
Subtotal$1,026
$203
$(138)$134
$1,225
Subtotal$1,225 $230 $(153)$122 $1,424 
Cash management20
36
(14)
42
Cash management42 28 (22)— 48 
Total fee-based client assets$1,046
$239
$(152)$134
$1,267
Total fee-based
client assets
$1,267 $258 $(175)$122 $1,472 
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2017
InflowsOutflowsMarket
Impact
At
December 31,
2018
Separately managed1
$252
$40
$(18)$5
$279
Unified managed2
271
48
(34)(28)257
Advisor149
29
(28)(13)137
Portfolio manager353
71
(42)(29)353
Subtotal$1,025
$188
$(122)$(65)$1,026
Cash management20
16
(16)
20
Total fee-based client assets$1,045
$204
$(138)$(65)$1,046
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2018
InflowsOutflowsMarket
Impact
At
December 31,
2019
Separately managed2
$279 $53 $(19)$$322 
Unified managed257 48 (39)47 313 
Advisor137 27 (32)23 155 
Portfolio manager353 75 (48)55 435 
Subtotal$1,026 $203 $(138)$134 $1,225 
Cash management20 36 (14)— 42 
Total fee-based
client assets
$1,046 $239 $(152)$134 $1,267 
1.Includes $43 billion of fee-based assets acquired in an asset acquisition in the third quarter of 2021, reflected in Separately managed.
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2016
InflowsOutflowsMarket
Impact
At
December 31,
2017
Separately managed1
$222
$39
$(21)$12
$252
Unified managed2
225
49
(34)31
271
Advisor125
34
(25)15
149
Portfolio manager285
74
(41)35
353
Subtotal$857
$196
$(121)$93
$1,025
Cash management20
13
(13)
20
Total fee-based client assets$877
$209
$(134)$93
$1,045
2.Includes non-custody account values reflecting prior quarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.
Average Fee Rates1
Fee rate in bps202120202019
Separately managed14 14 15 
Unified managed95 99 100 
Advisor82 85 86 
Portfolio manager93 94 95 
Subtotal72 73 74 
Cash management5 
Total fee-based client assets70 70 73 
1.Based on Asset management revenues related to advisory services associated with fee-based assets.
Inflows—include new accounts, account transfers, deposits, dividends and interest.
Outflows—include closed or terminated accounts, account transfers, withdrawals and client fees.
Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments.
Separately managed—accounts by which third-party and affiliated asset managers are engaged to manage clients’ assets with investment decisions made by the asset manager. Only one third-party asset manager strategy can be held per account.
Unified managed—accounts that provide the client with the ability to combine separately managed accounts, mutual
Fee rate in bps201920182017
Separately managed15
16
17
Unified managed2
100
99
101
Advisor86
84
86
Portfolio manager95
95
97
Subtotal74
76
77
Cash management6
6
6
Total fee-based client assets73
74
76
1.Includes non-custody account values reflecting prior quarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.
2.Prior periods have been recast to conform to current period presentation.
Inflows—include new accounts, account transfers, deposits, dividends and interest.
Outflows—include closed or terminated accounts, account transfers, withdrawals and client fees.
Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments.
Separately managed—accounts by which third-party and affiliated asset managers are engaged to manage clients’ assets with investment decisions made by the asset manager. Only one third-party asset manager strategy can be held per account.
Unified managed—accounts that provide the client with the ability to combine separately managed accounts, mutual funds and exchange-traded funds all in one aggregate account. Investment decisions and discretionary authority may be exercised by the client, financial advisor or portfolio manager. Also includes accounts that give the client the ability to systematically allocate assets across a wide range of mutual funds, for which the investment decisions are made by the client.
Advisor—accounts where the investment decisions must be approved by the client and the financial advisor must obtain approval each time a change is made to the account or its investments.

33December 20192021 Form 10-K36

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

funds and exchange-traded funds all in one aggregate account. Investment decisions and discretionary authority may be exercised by the client, financial advisor or portfolio manager. Also includes accounts that give the client the ability to systematically allocate assets across a wide range of mutual funds, for which the investment decisions are made by the client.
Advisor—accounts where the investment decisions must be approved by the client and the financial advisor must obtain approval each time a change is made to the account or its investments.
Portfolio manager—accounts where a financial advisor has discretion (contractually approved by the client) to make ongoing investment decisions without the client’s approval for each individual change.
Cash management—accounts where the financial advisor provides discretionary cash management services to institutional clients, whereby securities or proceeds are invested and reinvested in accordance with the client’s investment criteria. Generally, the portfolio will be invested in short-term fixed income and cash equivalent investment.


Portfolio manager—accounts where a financial advisor has discretion (contractually approved by the client) to make ongoing investment decisions without the client’s approval for each individual change.
Cash management—accounts where the financial advisor provides discretionary cash management services to institutional clients, whereby securities or proceeds are invested and reinvested in accordance with the client’s investment criteria. Generally, the portfolio will be invested in short-term fixed income and cash equivalent investments.

37December 20192021 Form 10-K34

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Investment Management
Income Statement Information
    % Change
$ in millions20212020201920212020
Revenues
Asset management and related
fees
$5,576 $3,013 $2,629 85 %15 %
Performance-based income and
other1
644 721 1,134 (11)%(36)%
Net revenues6,220 3,734 3,763 67 %(1)%
Compensation and benefits2,373 1,542 1,630 54 %(5)%
Non-compensation expenses2,169 1,322 1,148 64 %15 %
Total non-interest expenses4,542 2,864 2,778 59 %%
Income from continuing
operations before income
taxes
1,678 870 985 93 %(12)%
Provision for income taxes356 171 193 108 %(11)%
Net income1,322 699 792 89 %(12)%
Net income applicable to
noncontrolling interests
(25)84 73 (130)%15 %
Net income applicable to
Morgan Stanley
$1,347 $615 $719 119 %(14)%
1.Includes Investments, Trading, Commissions and fees, Net interest and Other revenues.
Acquisition of Eaton Vance
The comparisons of current year results to prior periods are impacted by the acquisition of Eaton Vance on March 1, 2021. For additional information on the acquisition of Eaton Vance, see Note 3 to the financial statements.
    % Change
$ in millions2019
2018
2017
2019
2018
Revenues     
Trading$(8)$25
$(22)(132)%N/M
Investments1,213
254
449
N/M
(43)%
Commissions and fees1


N/M
 %
Asset management2,629
2,468
2,196
7 %12 %
Other(46)(30)(37)(53)%19 %
Total non-interest revenues3,789
2,717
2,586
39 %5 %
Interest income20
57
4
(65)%N/M
Interest expense46
28
4
64 %N/M
Net interest(26)29

(190)%N/M
Net revenues3,763
2,746
2,586
37 %6 %
Compensation and benefits1,630
1,167
1,181
40 %(1)%
Non-compensation expenses1,148
1,115
949
3 %17 %
Total non-interest expenses2,778
2,282
2,130
22 %7 %
Income from continuing
operations before income
taxes
985
464
456
112 %2 %
Provision for income taxes193
73
201
164 %(64)%
Income from continuing
operations
792
391
255
103 %53 %
Income from discontinued
operations, net of income taxes

2

(100)%
N/M
Net income792
393
255
102 %54 %
Net income applicable to
noncontrolling interests
73
17
9
N/M
89 %
Net income applicable to
Morgan Stanley
$719
$376
$246
91 %53 %

2019 Compared with 2018

Net Revenues

Asset Management and Related Fees
InvestmentsAsset management and related fees of $5,576 million in 2021 increased 85% compared with the prior year, primarily due to incremental revenues as a result of the Eaton Vance acquisition and higher average AUM driven by strong investment performance and positive net flows.
InvestmentsSee “Assets under Management or Supervision” herein.
Performance-based Income and Other
Performance-based income and other revenues of $1,213$644 million in 20192021 decreased 11% compared with $254 million in 2018 reflect higher unrealizedthe prior year, primarily due to the reversal of accrued carried interest and investment losses compared with gains primarily fromin the prior year, in an Asia private equity fund, principally drivenas well as lower gains on investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. These decreases were partially offset by the initial public offering of an underlyinghigher accrued carried interest, as well as investment which is subject to certain sales restrictions.

Asset Management
Asset management revenues of $2,629 milliongains in 2019 increased 7% compared with 2018, primarily as a result of higher average AUM2021 in other private credit and higher performance-based fees driven byequity, real estate funds and the monetization of a client asset in 2019.
See “Assets Under Management or Supervision” herein.

Other
Other losses were $46 million in 2019 and $30 million in 2018, primarily reflecting impairments of two distinct equity method investments in third-party asset managers, one in each year.

infrastructure funds.
Non-interest Expenses
Non-interest expenses of $2,778$4,542 million in 20192021 increased 22% from 2018, primarily59% compared with the prior year as a result of higher Non-compensation expenses and higher Compensation and benefits expenses.benefits.
Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2019, primarily due to incremental compensation as a result of the Eaton Vance acquisition and higher compensation associated with carried interest.interest, partially offset by lower expenses related to certain deferred compensation plans linked to investment performance.
Non-compensation expenses increased in 2019, primarily due to incremental expenses as a result of higher fee sharing driven by higher average AUM.the Eaton Vance acquisition.


35December 20192021 Form 10-K38

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Assets Underunder Management or Supervision
Rollforwards 
$ in billionsEquityFixed IncomeAlternatives and SolutionsLong-Term AUM SubtotalLiquidity and Overlay ServicesTotal
December 31, 2020$242 $98 $153 $493 $288 $781 
Inflows100 67 95 262 1,940 2,202 
Outflows(85)(55)(78)(218)(1,852)(2,070)
Market Impact34  51 85 6 91 
Acquired1
119 103 251 473 116 589 
Other(15)(6)(6)(27)(1)(28)
December 31, 2021$395 $207 $466 $1,068 $497 $1,565 
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2018
InflowsOutflows
Market
Impact
OtherAt
December 31,
2019
Equity$103
$39
$(31)$28
$(1)$138
Fixed income68
25
(20)5
1
79
Alternative/
Other
128
22
(17)10
(4)139
Long-term AUM subtotal299
86
(68)43
(4)356
Liquidity164
1,315
(1,283)2
(2)196
Total AUM$463
$1,401
$(1,351)$45
$(6)$552
Shares of minority stake assets7
    6
$ in billionsEquityFixed IncomeAlternatives and SolutionsLong-Term AUM SubtotalLiquidity and Overlay ServicesTotal
December 31, 2019$138 $79 $139 $356 $196 $552 
Inflows87 37 26 150 1,584 1,734 
Outflows(51)(29)(24)(104)(1,493)(1,597)
Market Impact69 78 79 
Other(1)13 — 13 
December 31, 2020$242 $98 $153 $493 $288 $781 
$ in billionsEquityFixed IncomeAlternatives and SolutionsLong-Term AUM SubtotalLiquidity and Overlay ServicesTotal
December 31, 2018$103 $68 $128 $299 $164 $463 
Inflows39 25 22 86 1,315 1,401 
Outflows(31)(20)(17)(68)(1,283)(1,351)
Market Impact28 10 43 45 
Other(1)(4)(4)(2)(6)
December 31, 2019$138 $79 $139 $356 $196 $552 
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2017
InflowsOutflows
Market
Impact
OtherAt
December 31,
2018
Equity$105
$38
$(32)$(8)$
$103
Fixed income73
25
(27)(2)(1)68
Alternative/
Other
128
22
(19)(1)(2)128
Long-term AUM subtotal306
85
(78)(11)(3)299
Liquidity1
176
1,351
(1,362)2
(3)164
Total AUM$482
$1,436
$(1,440)$(9)$(6)$463
Shares of minority stake assets7
    7
1.Related to the Eaton Vance acquisition.
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2016
InflowsOutflows
Market
Impact
OtherAt
December 31,
2017
Equity$79
$23
$(21)$23
$1
$105
Fixed income60
27
(21)4
3
73
Alternative/
Other
115
24
(18)8
(1)128
Long-term AUM subtotal254
74
(60)35
3
306
Liquidity163
1,239
(1,227)1

176
Total AUM$417
$1,313
$(1,287)$36
$3
$482
Shares of minority stake assets8
    7
1.Included in Liquidity products outflows in 2018 is $18 billion related to the redesign of our brokerage sweep deposits program.
Average AUM
$ in billions202120202019
Equity$362 $174 $124 
Fixed income181 86 71 
Alternatives and Solutions380 145 134 
Long-term AUM subtotal923 405 329 
Liquidity and Overlay Services430 252 171 
Total AUM$1,353 $657 $500 
$ in billions201920182017
Equity$124
$111
$93
Fixed income71
71
66
Alternative/Other134
131
122
Long-term AUM subtotal329
313
281
Liquidity171
158
157
Total AUM$500
$471
$438
Shares of minority stake assets6
7
7
Average Fee Rates1
Fee rate in bps202120202019
Equity74 76 76 
Fixed income38 29 32 
Alternatives and Solutions36 58 64 
Long-term AUM51 60 61 
Liquidity and Overlay Services5 15 17 
Total AUM37 42 46 
1.Based on Asset management revenues, net of waivers, excluding performance-based fees and other non-management fees. For certain non-U.S. funds, it includes the portion of advisory fees that the advisor collects on behalf of third-party distributors. The payment of those fees to the distributor is included in Non-compensation expenses in the income statement.
Certain Eaton Vance products may have higher or lower average fee rates than similar products prior to the acquisition, with the overall impact yielding a lower average fee rate; however, Asset management and related fees arising from the acquisition are incremental to our revenues.
Fee rate in bps201920182017
Equity76
76
73
Fixed income32
33
33
Alternative/Other64
66
70
Long-term AUM61
62
62
Liquidity17
17
17
Total AUM46
47
46
Inflows—represent investments or commitments from new and existing clients in new or existing investment products, including reinvestments of client dividends and increases in invested capital. Inflows exclude the impact of exchanges, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.
Outflows—represent redemptions from clients’ funds, transition of funds from the committed capital period to the invested capital period and decreases in invested capital. Outflows exclude the impact of exchanges, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.
Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments. This excludes any funds where market impact does not impact management fees.
Other—contains both distributions and foreign currency impact for all periods. Distributions represent decreases in invested capital due to returns of capital after the investment period of a fund. It also includes fund dividends that the client has not reinvested. Foreign currency impact reflects foreign currency changes for non-U.S. dollar dominated funds.
Alternatives and Solutions—includes products in fund of funds, real estate, infrastructure, private equity and credit strategies and multi-asset portfolios, as well as systematic strategies that create custom investment solutions.
Liquidity and Overlay Services—includes liquidity fund products, as well as overlay services, which represent investment strategies that use passive exposure instruments to obtain, offset or substitute specific portfolio exposures, beyond those provided by the underlying holdings of the fund.



Inflows—represent investments or commitments from new and existing clients in new or existing investment products, including reinvestments of client dividends and increases in invested capital. Inflows exclude the impact of exchanges, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.
Outflows—represent redemptions from clients’ funds, transition of funds from the committed capital period to the invested capital period and decreases in invested capital. Outflows exclude the impact of exchanges, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.
Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments. This excludes any funds where market impact does not impact management fees.
Other—contains both distributions and foreign currency impact for all periods and the impact of the Mesa West Capital, LLC acquisition in 2018. Distributions represent decreases in invested capital due to returns of capital after the investment period of a fund. It also includes fund dividends that the client has not reinvested. Foreign currency impact reflects foreign currency changes for non-U.S. dollar dominated funds.
Alternative/Other—includes products in fund of funds, real assets, private equity and credit strategies, as well as multi-asset portfolios.
Shares of minority stake assets—represent the Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by third-party asset managers in which we hold investments accounted for under the equity method.
Average fee rate—based on Asset management revenues, net of waivers, excluding performance-based fees and other non-management fees. For certain non-U.S. funds, it includes the portion of advisory fees that the advisor collects on behalf of third-party distributors. The payment of those fees to the distributor is included in Non-compensation expenses in the income statements.

39December 20192021 Form 10-K36

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Supplemental Financial Information
Income Tax Matters
Effective Tax Rate from Continuing Operations
$ in millions201920182017
U.S. GAAP18.3%20.9%40.1%
Adjusted effective income
tax rate—non-GAAP1
21.3%22.7%30.8%
Net discrete tax provisions/(benefits)
Recurring2
(127)(165)(155)
Intermittent3
(348)(203)968
1.The adjusted effective income tax rate is a non-GAAP measure that excludes net discrete tax provisions (benefits) that are intermittent and includes those that are recurring. For further information on non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.
2.Provisions (benefits) related to conversion of employee share-based awards are expected to occur every year and, as such, are considered recurring discrete tax items.
3.Includes all tax provisions (benefits) that have been determined to be discrete, other than Recurring items as defined above.
The effective tax rates for 2019 and 2018 include intermittent net discrete tax benefits primarily associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest as a result of new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations.
The effective tax rate reflects our current assumptions, estimates and interpretations related to the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted on December 22, 2017 (“Tax Act”) and other factors. For a further discussion of the Tax Act, see Note 20 to the financial statements.
U.S. Bank Subsidiaries
Our U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank N.A. (“MSBNA”) and, Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”), E*TRADE Bank (“ETB”) and E*TRADE Savings Bank (“ETSB”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”) accept deposits, provide loans to a variety of customers, fromincluding large corporate and institutional clients as well as high to highultra-high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. Lending activity recorded in the U.S. Bank subsidiariesSubsidiaries from the Institutional Securities business segment primarily includes loansSecured lending facilities and lending commitments to corporate clients.Commercial real estate loans. Lending activity recorded in the U.S. Bank subsidiariesSubsidiaries from the Wealth Management business segment primarily includes securities-basedSecurities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, and residentialResidential real estate loans.
We expect our lending activities to continue to grow through further market penetration of our client base.
For additional information on ETB and ETSB see Business—Supervision and Regulation.
For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk.”Risk” herein. For a further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 810 and 1315 to the financial statements.
U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information1
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Investment securities portfolio:
Investment securities—AFS$81.6 $90.3 
Investment securities—HTM61.7 52.6 
Total investment securities$143.3 $142.9 
Wealth Management Loans2
Residential real estate$44.2 $35.2 
Securities-based lending and Other3
85.0 62.9 
Total, net of ACL$129.2 $98.1 
Institutional Securities Loans2
Corporate$6.5 $7.9 
Secured lending facilities33.1 27.4 
Commercial and Residential real estate10.4 10.1 
Securities-based lending and Other6.3 5.4 
Total, net of ACL$56.3 $50.8 
Total Assets$386.1 $346.5 
Deposits4
$346.2 $309.7 
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Assets$219.6
$216.9
Investment securities portfolio:  
Investment securities—AFS42.4
45.5
Investment securities—HTM26.1
23.7
Total investment securities$68.5
$69.2
Deposits2
$189.3
$187.1
Wealth Management Loans
Securities-based lending and other3
$49.9
$44.7
Residential real estate30.2
27.5
Total$80.1
$72.2
Institutional Securities Loans4
Corporate5:
  
Corporate relationship and event-driven lending$5.6
$7.4
Secured lending facilities26.8
17.5
Securities-based lending and other5.4
6.0
Commercial and residential real estate12.0
10.5
Total$49.8
$41.4
1.Amounts exclude transactions between the bank subsidiaries, as well as deposits from the Parent Company and affiliates.
2.For a further discussion of loans in the Wealth Management and Institutional Securities business segments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk” herein.
1.Amounts exclude transactions between the bank subsidiaries, as well as deposits from the Parent Company and affiliates.
2.For further information on deposits, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” herein.
3.Other loans primarily include tailored lending.
4.Prior periods have been conformed to the current presentation.
5.For a further discussion of corporate loans in the Institutional Securities business segment, see “Credit Risk—Institutional Securities Corporate Loans” herein.
3.Other loans primarily include tailored lending.
4.For further information on deposits, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Balance Sheet—Unsecured Financing” herein.
Other Matters
Deferred Cash-Based Compensation
The Firm sponsors a number of employee deferred cash-based compensation programs. For eligibleprograms for current and former employees, a portion of their year-end discretionary incentive compensation is awarded in the form of deferred cash-based compensation. Such deferred compensation awards
which generally contain vesting, clawback forfeiture and cancellation provisions. Additionally, there are certain other deferred cash-based programs that allow employees to defer the receipt of current compensation to a future date.
Employees are permitted to allocate the notional value of their deferred awards among a menu of notional investments, whereby the notional value of their awards will track the performance of the referenced notional investments. The menu of investments, which is selected by the Firm, includes fixed income, equity, commodity and money market funds.


December 2019 Form 10-K40

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation awards is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments that employees select. Compensation expense is recognized over the relevant vesting period forrelevant to each separateseparately vesting portion of deferred awards.
Correspondingly, theThe Firm invests directly, as a principal, in financial instruments and other investments to economically hedge certain of its obligations under these deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in the value of such investments made by the Firm are recorded in Trading and Investments revenues. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Firm, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on the Firm’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. While this timing difference is generally not material to Income from continuing operations before income taxes in any individual period, it may impact Firm reported ratios (e.g.,, the Expense efficiency ratio) in certain periods. At December 31, 2021, substantially all employee notional investments that subjected the Firm to price risk were hedged.
Amounts Recognized in Compensation Expense
$ in millions201920182017$ in millions202120202019
Deferred cash-based awards$1,233
$1,174
$1,039
Deferred cash-based awards$810 $1,263 $1,233 
Return on referenced investments645
(48)499
Return on referenced investments526 856 645 
Total recognized in compensation expense$1,878
$1,126
$1,538
Total recognized in compensation expense$1,336 $2,119 $1,878 
Amounts Recognized in Compensation Expense by Segment
$ in millions202120202019
Institutional Securities$372 $851 $916 
Wealth Management798 1,000 760 
Investment Management166 268 202 
Total recognized in compensation expense$1,336 $2,119 $1,878 
37December 2021 Form 10-K

$ in millions201920182017
Institutional Securities$916
$611
$771
Wealth Management760
346
564
Investment Management202
169
203
Total recognized in compensation expense$1,878
$1,126
$1,538
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
A
Projected Future Compensation Obligation1
$ in millions
Award liabilities at December 31, 20212, 3
$6,095
Fully vested amounts to be distributed by the end of February 20224
(1,124)
Unrecognized portion of prior awards at December 31, 20213
1,128
2021 performance year awards granted in 20223
451
Total5
$6,550
1.Amounts relate to performance years 2021 and prior.
2.Balance is reflected in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.
3.Amounts do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
4.Distributions after February of each year are generally immaterial.
5.Of the total projected future compensation obligation, approximately 20% relates to Institutional Securities, approximately 70% relates to Wealth Management and approximately 10% relates to Investment Management.
The previous table presents a rollforward of the Firm'sFirm’s estimated projected future compensation obligation for existing deferred cash-based compensation awards, exclusive of any assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments is set forth below.
investments.
Projected Future Compensation ObligationExpense1
$ in millions
Estimated to be recognized in:
2022$600 
2023310 
Thereafter669 
Total$1,579 
$ in millions 
Award liabilities at December 31, 20191, 2
$5,376
Fully vested amounts to be distributed by the end of February 20203
(1,042)
Unrecognized portion of prior awards at December 31, 20192
1,092
2019 performance year awards granted in 20202
1,050
Total4
$6,476
1.Amounts relate to performance years 2021 and prior, and do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.

1.Balance is reflected in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.
2.Amounts do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures, cancellations, accelerations or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
3.Distributions after February of each year are generally immaterial.
4.Of the total projected future compensation obligation, approximately 40% relates to Institutional Securities, approximately 50% relates to Wealth Management and approximately 10% relates to Investment Management.
AnThe previous table sets forth an estimate of compensation expense associated with the Projected Future Compensation Obligation presented in the previous table is as follows:
Projected Future Compensation Expense
$ in millions 
Estimated to be recognized in: 
2020$1,169
2021469
Thereafter504
Total1
$2,142
1.Amounts do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures, cancellations, accelerations or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
Obligation. Our projected future compensation obligation and expense for deferred cash-based compensation awardsfor performance years 2021 and prior are forward-looking statements subject to uncertainty. Actual results may be materially affected by various factors, including, among other things: the performance of each participant’s referenced investments; changes in market conditions; participants’ allocation of their deferred awards; and participant forfeitures, cancellations or accelerations. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information.
For further information on the Firm'sFirm’s deferred stock-based plans and carried interest compensation, which are excluded fromthe previous tables, see Notes 2 and 1820 to the financial statements.
Accounting Development Updates
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates, that apply to us. Accounting updates not listed below were assessed andwhich we have either determined to beare not applicable or are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
The following accounting update was adopted on January 1, 2020:

41December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Financial Instruments—Credit Losses. This accounting update impacts the impairment model for certain financial assets measured at amortized cost by requiring a CECL methodology to estimate expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial asset, recorded at inception or purchase. CECL replaces the loss model currently applicable to loans held for investment, HTM securities and other receivables carried at amortized cost, such as employee loans.
The update also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment for AFS securities and instead requires impairments on AFS securities to be recognized in earnings through an allowance when the fair value is less than amortized cost and a credit loss exists or the securities are expected to be sold before recovery of amortized cost.
For certain portfolios, we have determined that there are no expected credit losses; for example, based on collateral arrangements for lending and financing transactions, such as Securities borrowed, Securities purchased under agreements to resell and certain other portfolios. Also, we have a zero loss expectation for certain financial assets based on the credit quality of the borrower or issuer, such as U.S. government and agency securities.
At transition on January 1, 2020, the adoption of this accounting standard resulted in an increase in the allowance for credit losses of $131 million with a corresponding reduction in Retained earnings of $100 million, net of tax. The increase in the allowance for credit losses was primarily attributable to employee loans, commercial real estate loans and securities, and residential real estate loans, partially offset by a decrease primarily in secured lending facilities within corporate loans. Prior period amounts will not be restated.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial statements), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.
Fair Value
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value
A significant number of our financial instruments are carried at fair value. We make estimates regarding the valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:
Trading assets and Trading liabilities;
Investment Securities—AFS securities;
AFS;
Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;
Certain Deposits, primarily certificates of deposit;
Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;
Certain Other secured financings; and
Certain Borrowings.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 represents quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 represents valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment.
In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments, which could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the definition of fair value, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 35 to the financial statements.
Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty, concentration risk and funding in order to arrive at fair value. For a further


December 2021 Form 10-K38

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
discussion of valuation adjustments that we apply, see Note 2 to the financial statements.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. Evaluating goodwill for impairment requires management to make significant judgments.judgments, including, in part, the use of unobservable inputs that are subject to uncertainty. Goodwill impairment tests are performed at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below our business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities

December 2019 Form 10-K42

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill.
For both the annual and interim tests, we have the option to either (i) perform a quantitative impairment test or (ii) first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, in which case the quantitative test would be performed.
When performing a quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the goodwill impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, limited by the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques we believe market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of our reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.
Intangible Assets
AmortizableIntangible assets are initially recorded at cost, or in the situation where acquired as part of a business combination, at the fair value determined as part of the acquisition method of accounting. Subsequently, amortizable intangible assets are carried in the balance sheet at amortized cost, where amortization is recognized over their estimated useful lives andlives. Indefinite lived intangible assets are reviewednot amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. An
On a quarterly basis:
All intangible assets are assessed for the presence of impairment exists when the carrying amount of theindicators. Where such indicators are present, an evaluation for impairment is conducted.
For amortizable intangible asset exceeds its fair value. Anassets, an impairment loss will be recognizedexists if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.
For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists if the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value.
Amortizable intangible assets are assessed for any indication that the remaining useful life or the finite life classification should be revised. In such cases, the remaining carrying amount is amortized prospectively over the revised useful life, unless it is determined that the life of the intangible asset is indefinite, in which case the intangible asset is not amortized.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for any indication that the life of the intangible asset is no longer indefinite; in such cases, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is amortized prospectively over its remaining useful life.
The initial valuation of an intangible asset as part of the acquisition method of accounting and the subsequent valuation of intangible assets as part of an impairment assessment are subjective and based, in part, on inputs that are unobservable and can be subject to uncertainty. These inputs include, but are not limited to, forecasted cash flows, revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates and discount rates.
For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.
See Notes 2, 3 and 911 to the financial statements for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.
Legal and Regulatory Contingencies
In the normal course of business, we have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution.
Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.
39December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
We are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business and involving, among other matters, sales, and tradingfinancing, prime-brokerage, market-making activities, wealth and investment management services, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by us, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and we can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, we accrue the estimated loss by a charge to income.
In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss.
For certain legal proceedings and investigations, we can estimate In addition, even where a loss is possible losses, additional losses, ranges ofor an exposure to loss or ranges of additional lossexists in excess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, we cannotthe liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate such losses,the size of the possible loss or range of loss, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties.
Numerous issues may need to be resolved before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and addressingconsideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.
Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals, and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.
See Note 1315 to the financial statements for additional information on legal contingencies.

43December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Income Taxes
We are subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which we have significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretationsinterpretation by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when
certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions.
Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. We periodically evaluate the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the relevant accounting guidance. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.
Our provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.
Our deferred tax balances may also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. We perform regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to tax attribute carryforwards before they expire.
Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, we may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount we estimate is more likely than not to be realized at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes may reflect adjustments related to our unrecognized tax benefits.
Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.
See Note 2 to the financial statements for additional information on our significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 2022 to the financial statements for additional information on our tax examinations.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
SeniorOur liquidity and capital policies are established and maintained by senior management, with oversight by the


December 2021 Form 10-K40

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Asset/Liability Management Committee and the Board of Directors (“Board”), establishes and maintains our liquidity and capital policies.. Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. TheOur Treasury department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset/Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board.
Balance Sheet
We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business segmentbusiness-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.
We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity and market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate theour balance sheet based on business unitsegment needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.
Total Assets by Business Segment
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
Assets    
Cash and cash equivalents1
$67,657
$14,247
$267
$82,171
Trading assets at fair value293,477
47
3,586
297,110
Investment securities38,524
67,201

105,725
Securities purchased under
agreements to resell
80,744
7,480

88,224
Securities borrowed106,199
350

106,549
Customer and other
receivables
39,743
15,190
713
55,646
Loans, net of allowance2
50,557
80,075
5
130,637
Other assets3
14,300
13,092
1,975
29,367
Total assets$691,201
$197,682
$6,546
$895,429
At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$91,251 $36,003 $471 $127,725 
Trading assets at fair value288,405 1,921 4,543 294,869 
Investment securities41,407 141,591  182,998 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell112,267 7,732  119,999 
Securities borrowed128,154 1,559  129,713 
Customer and other receivables57,009 37,643 1,366 96,018 
Loans1
58,822 129,307 5 188,134 
Other assets2
14,820 22,682 11,182 48,684 
Total assets$792,135 $378,438 $17,567 $1,188,140 

 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$74,281 $31,275 $98 $105,654 
Trading assets at fair value308,413 280 4,045 312,738 
Investment securities41,630 140,524 — 182,154 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell84,998 31,236 — 116,234 
Securities borrowed110,480 1,911 — 112,391 
Customer and other receivables67,085 29,781 871 97,737 
Loans1
52,449 98,130 18 150,597 
Other assets2
13,986 22,458 1,913 38,357 
Total assets$753,322 $355,595 $6,945 $1,115,862 
December 2019 Form 10-K44

1.Amounts include loans held for investment, net of ACL, and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheet (see Note 10 to the financial statements).
Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
Assets    
Cash and cash equivalents1
$69,526
$17,621
$49
$87,196
Trading assets at fair value263,870
60
2,369
266,299
Investment securities23,273
68,559

91,832
Securities purchased under
agreements to resell
80,660
17,862

98,522
Securities borrowed116,207
106

116,313
Customer and other
receivables
35,777
16,865
656
53,298
Loans, net of allowance2
43,380
72,194
5
115,579
Other assets3
13,734
9,125
1,633
24,492
Total assets$646,427
$202,392
$4,712
$853,531
IS—Institutional Securities
WM—Wealth Management
IM—Investment Management
1.Cash and cash equivalents includes Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks and Restricted cash.
2.Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 8 to the financial statements).
3.Other assets primarily includes Goodwill and Intangible assets, premises, equipment and software, ROU assets related to leases, other investments and deferred tax assets.
A substantial portion of total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities inreceivables. In the Institutional Securities business segment. Total assets increased to $895 billion at December 31, 2019 compared with $854 billion at December 31, 2018, driven bysegment, these arise from market-making, financing and prime brokerage activities, and in the Institutional SecuritiesWealth Management business segment. Within Institutional Securities,segment, these arise from banking activities, including management of the primary increases were: Trading assets, primarily corporate equities in line with market conditions;investment portfolio, comprising Investment securities, primarily U.S. Treasuries;Cash and continued Loan growth. These increases were partially offset by reduced Securities borrowed resulting from lower funding requirements. Wealth Management assets were lower primarily due to decreasedcash equivalents and Securities purchased under agreements to resell as a result of lower deposits in this segment, partially offset by continued Loan growth.resell. Total assets increased slightly to $1,188 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $1,116 billion at December 31, 2020.
Liquidity Risk Management Framework
The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the execution of our business strategies.
The following principles guide our Liquidity Risk Management Framework:
Sufficient liquid assetsLiquidity Resources should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;
Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;
Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and
Liquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.
The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework that support our target liquidity profile are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the GLR.Liquidity Resources, which support our target liquidity profile.
Required Liquidity Framework
Our Required Liquidity Framework establishes the amount of liquidity we must hold in both normal and stressed
41December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
environments to ensure that our financial condition and overall soundness are not adversely affected by an inability (or perceived inability) to meet our financial obligations in a timely manner. The Required Liquidity Framework considers the most constraining liquidity requirement to satisfy all regulatory and internal limits at a consolidated and legal entity level.
Liquidity Stress Tests
We use Liquidity Stress Tests to model external and intercompany liquidity flows across multiple scenarios and a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events of different severity and duration. The methodology, implementation, production and analysis of our Liquidity Stress Tests are important components of the Required Liquidity Framework.
The assumptions used by us in our various Liquidity Stress Test scenarios include, but are not limited to, the following:
No government support;
No access to equity and limited access to unsecured debt markets;
Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;
Higher haircuts for and significantly lower availability of secured funding;
Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;
Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;
Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;
Drawdowns on lending commitments provided to third parties; and

45December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions.
Liquidity Stress Tests are produced and results are reported at different levels, including major operating subsidiaries and major currencies, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Firm, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent Company and that the Parent Company will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, we take into consideration settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.
At December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018,2020, we maintained sufficient liquidityLiquidity Resources to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.
Global
Liquidity ReserveResources
We maintain sufficient liquidity reservesresources, which consist of HQLA and cash deposits with banks (“Liquidity Resources”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. The sizeWe actively manage the amount of the GLR is actively managed by usour Liquidity Resources considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements.
In addition, our GLR includes a discretionary surplusThe amount of Liquidity Resources we hold is based on our risk tolerance and is subject to change depending on market and Firm-specific events. The GLR isLiquidity Resources are primarily held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The GLR consists of cashTotal HQLA values in the tables immediately following are different from Eligible HQLA, which, in accordance with the LCR rule, also takes into account certain regulatory weightings and unencumbered securities sourced from trading assets, investment securities and securities received as collateral.other operational considerations.
GLRLiquidity Resources by Type of Investment
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Cash deposits with central banks$70,147 $49,669 
Unencumbered HQLA securities1:
U.S. government obligations154,879 136,555 
U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities110,435 99,659 
Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2
11,959 39,745 
Other investment grade securities607 2,053 
Total HQLA1
$348,027 $327,681 
Cash deposits with banks (non-HQLA)7,976 10,942 
Total Liquidity Resources$356,003 $338,623 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Cash deposits with banks1
$9,856
$10,441
Cash deposits with central banks1
34,922
36,109
Unencumbered highly liquid securities:  
U.S. government obligations88,665
119,138
U.S. agency and agency mortgage-
backed securities
50,054
41,473
 Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2
31,460
39,869
Other investment grade securities2,500
2,705
Total$217,457
$249,735
1.Included in Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks in the balance sheets.
2.Primarily composed of unencumbered U.K., Japanese, French, German and Brazilian government obligations.
1.HQLA is presented prior to applying weightings and includes all HQLA held in subsidiaries.
2.Primarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, French and Dutch government obligations.
GLR ManagedLiquidity Resources by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities
At
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021
Bank legal entities
U.S.$171,642 $178,033 $164,760 
Non-U.S.8,582 7,670 9,266 
Total Bank legal entities180,224 185,703 174,026 
Non-Bank legal entities
U.S.:
Parent Company60,391 59,468 56,002 
Non-Parent Company52,932 33,368 56,648 
Total U.S.113,323 92,836 112,650 
Non-U.S.62,456 60,084 58,373 
Total Non-Bank legal entities175,779 152,920 171,023 
Total Liquidity Resources$356,003 $338,623 $345,049 


December 2021 Form 10-K42

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
December 31, 2019
Bank legal entities  
Domestic$75,565
$88,809
$73,107
Foreign5,317
4,896
5,661
Total Bank legal entities80,882
93,705
78,768
Non-Bank legal entities  
Domestic:   
Parent Company53,042
64,262
58,955
Non-Parent Company29,656
40,936
31,188
Total Domestic82,698
105,198
90,143
Foreign53,877
50,832
54,654
Total Non-Bank legal entities136,575
156,030
144,797
Total$217,457
$249,735
$223,565
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
GLR
Liquidity Resources may fluctuate from period to period based on the overall size and composition of our balance sheet, the maturity profile of our unsecured debt and estimates of funding needs in a stressed environment, among other factors.
Regulatory Liquidity Framework
Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio
WeThe Firm, MSBNA, MSPBNA and our U.S. Bank SubsidiariesETB are subjectrequired to maintain a minimum LCR requirements, including a requirement to calculate each entity’sand NSFR of 100%. The LCR on each business day. The requirements are designed to ensurerequires that banking organizations have sufficient Eligible HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations.
The regulatory definition of In determining Eligible HQLA for LCR purposes, weightings (or asset haircuts) are applied to HQLA, and certain HQLA held in subsidiaries is substantially the same as our GLR, with the primary difference being the treatment of certain cash balances and unencumbered securities.
As of December 31, 2019, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum required LCR of 100%.

December 2019 Form 10-K46

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

HQLA by Type of Asset and LCR
 
Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2019September 30, 2019
HQLA  
Cash deposits with central banks$29,597
$33,053
Securities1
148,221
141,806
Total$177,818
$174,859
LCR134%140%
1.Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and investment grade corporate bonds.
The decrease in the LCR in the quarter ended December 31, 2019 is primarily due to higher outflows related to secured funding and lower inflows related to secured lending.
Net Stable Funding Ratio
excluded. The NSFR requires large banking organizations to maintain sufficiently stable sources of funding over a one-year time horizon. In 2016,
As of December 31, 2021, the Firm, MSBNA, MSPBNA and ETB are compliant with the minimum LCR and NSFR requirements of 100%.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
 Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021September 30, 2021
Eligible HQLA1
  
Cash deposits with central banks$54,606 $66,288 
Securities2
183,105 174,068 
Total Eligible HQLA1
$237,711 $240,356 
LCR134 %134 %
1.Under the LCR rule, Eligible HQLA is calculated using weightings and excluding certain HQLA held in subsidiaries.
2.Primarily includes U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in theTreasuries, U.S.; however, a final rule has not yet been issued. If adopted, the requirements would apply to us agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, and we expect to be in compliance by the effective date of any final rule.investment grade corporate bonds.
Funding Management
We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing.
We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include our equity capital, borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.
Secured Financing
The liquid nature of the marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading
activities in the Institutional Securities business segment provides us with flexibility in managing the composition and size of our balance sheet. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, we actively manage our secured financings based on the quality of the assets being funded.
We have established longer tenor secured funding requirements for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. We define highly liquid assets
as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these criteria.
To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, we have established concentration limits to diversify our investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, we obtain term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets, or our ability to access them, become limited. As a component of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, we hold a portion of our GLRLiquidity Resources against the potential disruption to our secured financing capabilities.
We generally maintain a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which takes into account HQLA classifications consistent with LCR definitions, and other regulatory requirements, and provides a valuable future source of liquidity.
Collateralized Financing Transactions
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$249,712 $228,625 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$74,487 $58,318 
Securities received as collateral1
$10,504 $4,277 
Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$194,773
$214,835
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$236,327 $195,376 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$62,706
$61,667
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$69,565 $54,528 
Securities received as collateral1
$13,022
$7,668
1.Included within Trading assets in the balance sheet.
 
Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$210,257
$213,974
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$64,870
$57,677

1.Securities received as collateral are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets.
See "Total“Total Assets by Business Segment"Segment” herein for more details on the assets shown in the previous table and Notes 2 and 79 to the financial statements for more details on collateralized financing transactions.
In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables
43December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
in the balance sheets,sheet, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheets.sheet. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies. We also hold related liquidity reserves.policies and the elements of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

47December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Unsecured Financing
We view deposits and borrowings as stable sources of funding for unencumbered securities and non-security assets. Our unsecured financings include borrowings and certificates of deposit carried at fair value, which are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest-rate-relatedinterest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. WhenAlso included are unsecured contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. As part of our asset/liability management strategy, when appropriate, we typically use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management andderivatives to make adjustments to ourthe interest rate and borrowings risk profile of our borrowings (see Notes 57 and 1214 to the financial statements).
Deposits
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Savings and demand deposits:
Brokerage sweep deposits1
$298,352 $232,071 
Savings and other34,395 47,150 
Total Savings and demand deposits332,747 279,221 
Time deposits14,827 31,561 
Total2
$347,574 $310,782 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Savings and demand deposits:  
Brokerage sweep deposits1
$121,077
$141,255
Savings and other28,388
13,642
Total Savings and demand deposits149,465
154,897
Time deposits40,891
32,923
Total$190,356
$187,820
1.Amounts represent balances swept from client brokerage accounts.
1.Amounts represent balances swept from client brokerage accounts.
2.Excludes approximately $9 billion and $25 billion of off-balance sheet deposits at unaffiliated financial institutions as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. This client cash held by third parties is not reflected in our balance sheet and is not immediately available for liquidity purposes.
Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. Totalcharacteristics. The increase in total deposits increased in 2019,2021 was primarily driven by increaseshigher client cash balances swept into Brokerage sweep deposits and the onboarding in preferred Savings and Time deposits. These werethe first quarter of 2021 of approximately $20 billion of E*TRADE sweep deposits previously held off-balance sheet at unaffiliated financial institutions, partially offset by a reduction in Brokerage sweepmaturities of Time deposits due to net outflows into investment products and higher client tax payments.lower Savings and other deposits.
Borrowings by Remaining Maturity at December 31, 201920211
$ in millionsParent
Company
SubsidiariesTotal
Original maturities of one year or less$1,300 $4,464 $5,764 
Original maturities greater than one year
2022$7,236 $6,961 $14,197 
202317,201 6,585 23,786 
202420,506 8,660 29,166 
202519,070 6,491 25,561 
202618,096 5,930 24,026 
Thereafter86,640 23,987 110,627 
Total$168,749 $58,614 $227,363 
Total Borrowings$170,049 $63,078 $233,127 
$ in millions
Parent
Company
SubsidiariesTotal
Original maturities of one year or less$500
$2,067
$2,567
Original maturities greater than one year
2020$15,228
$5,174
$20,402
202121,439
4,646
26,085
202216,084
3,804
19,888
202311,779
2,836
14,615
202415,388
5,718
21,106
Thereafter67,377
20,587
87,964
Total$147,295
$42,765
$190,060
Total Borrowings$147,795
$44,832
$192,627
1.Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, remaining maturity represents the earliest put date.

1.Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, remaining maturity represents the earliest put date.
Borrowings of $193$233 billion as of December 31, 2019 were relatively unchanged2021 increased slightly when compared with $190$217 billion at December 31, 2018.2020.
We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.
The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to engage in, repurchasesrepurchases of our borrowings in the ordinary courseas part of business.our market-making activities.
For further information on Borrowings, see Note 1214 to the financial statements.

Credit Ratings
We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. TheOur credit ratings are one of the factors in the cost and availability of financing generally are impacted by our credit ratings, among other things. In addition, our credit ratingsand can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as certain OTC derivative transactions. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider both company-specific and industry-wide factors. These include regulatory or legislative changes, the macroeconomic environment and perceived levels of support, among other things. See also "Risk“Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk."
Parent Company and U.S. Bank Subsidiaries' Issuer Ratings at February 19, 2020


December 2021 Form 10-KParent Company44

Short-Term
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
DBRS, Inc.Management’s Discussion and AnalysisR-1 (middle)
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Parent Company, MSBNA and MSPBNA Issuer Ratings at February 18, 2022
A (high)Stable
Parent Company
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
DBRS, Inc.R-1 (middle)A (high)Stable
Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1AStablePositive
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-2P-1A3A1PositiveStable
Rating and Investment Information, Inc.a-1AStable
S&P Global RatingsA-2BBB+StablePositive
MSBNA
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1A+StablePositive
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1A1Aa3PositiveStable
S&P Global RatingsA-1A+Stable

December 2019 Form 10-K48

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

MSPBNA
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1A1Aa3PositiveStable
S&P Global RatingsA-1A+Stable

On February 21, 2020, Moody’s Investors Service,November 18, 2021, Fitch Ratings, Inc. placedrevised the Parent Company and U.S. Bank Subsidiaries on review for possible upgrade, changing theirMSBNA outlooks from Positivestable to positive.
On May 24, 2021, S&P Global Ratings Under Review.

revised the Parent Company outlook from stable to positive.
Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments
In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 57 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.
While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among other things, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.
Capital Management
We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency
guidelines. In the future, we may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses.
Common Stock Repurchases
in millions, except for per share data201920182017
Number of shares121
97
80
Average price per share$44.23
$50.08
$47.01
Total$5,360
$4,860
$3,750

in millions, except for per share data202120202019
Number of shares126 29 121 
Average price per share$91.13 $46.01 $44.23 
Total$11,464 $1,347 $5,360 
For furtheradditional information on our common stock repurchases, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein and Note 1618 to the financial statements.
For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Tests.”Capital Buffer” herein.
Common Stock Dividend Announcement
Announcement dateJanuary 16, 202019, 2022
Amount per share$0.350.70
Date paidFebruary 14, 202015, 2022
Shareholders of record as ofJanuary 31, 2020
Preferred Stock Dividend Announcement
Announcement dateDecember 16, 2019
Date paidJanuary 15, 2020
Shareholders of record as ofDecember 31, 20192022
For additional information on our common stock dividends, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.
For additional information on our common stock and information on our preferred stock, see Note 1618 to the financial statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.
We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 1416 to the financial statements.
For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 1315 to the financial statements. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Loans and Lending Commitments.”
Commitments” herein.

49December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Contractual Obligations
 At December 31, 2019
 Payments Due in:
$ in millions20202021-20222023-2024ThereafterTotal
Borrowings1
$20,402
$45,973
$35,721
$87,964
$190,060
Other secured financings1
1,663
1,337
2,667
813
6,480
Contractual interest payments2
4,252
6,872
5,128
14,541
30,793
Time deposits—principal and interest payments20,762
14,082
5,708
622
41,174
Operating leases— premises3
763
1,349
1,117
2,845
6,074
Purchase obligations4
662
659
225
288
1,834
Total5
$48,504
$70,272
$50,566
$107,073
$276,415
1.Amounts presented for Borrowings and Other secured financings are financings with original maturities greater than one year. For further information on Borrowings and Other secured financings, see Note 12 to the financial statements.
2.Amounts represent estimated future contractual interest payments related to certain unsecured borrowings with original maturities greater than one year based on applicable interest rates at December 31, 2019. These amounts exclude borrowings carried at fair value. For additional information on borrowings carried at fair value, see Note 12 to the financial statements.
3.For further information on operating leases covering premises and equipment, see Note 10 to the financial statements.
4.Purchase obligations for goods and services include payments for, among other things, consulting, outsourcing, computer and telecommunications maintenance agreements, and certain transmission, transportation and storage contracts related to the commodities business.
5.Amounts exclude unrecognized tax benefits, as the timing and amount of future cash payments are not determinable at this time (see Note 20 to the financial statements for further information).

Regulatory Requirements
Regulatory Capital Framework
We are an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal
45December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. RegulatoryThe OCC establishes similar capital requirements established by the Federal Reserveand standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”). The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.Act. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve, and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries provisionally registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are Swap Entities, see Note 1517 to the financial statements.

Regulatory Capital Requirements
We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital and TLAC ratios. For additional information on TLAC, see “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein.
Risk-Based Regulatory Capital.Capital Minimum risk-based. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital)., each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus our capital buffer requirement. Capital standardsrequirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.
In addition toCapital Buffer Requirements
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
StandardizedAdvanced
Capital buffers
Capital conservation buffer2.5%
SCB1
5.7%N/A
G-SIB capital surcharge2
3.0%3.0%
CCyB3
0%0%
Capital buffer requirement8.7%5.5%
1.For additional information on the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, we are subject toSCB, see “Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the following buffers:Stress Capital Buffer” herein.
A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;
The Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and
Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.
In 2018, the requirement for each of these buffers was 75% of the fully phased-in 2019 requirement noted above. 2.For a further discussion of the G-SIB capital surcharge, see “G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein.
3.The CCyB can be set up to 2.5% but is currently set by the Federal Reserve at zero.
The capital buffer requirement represents the amount of Common Equity Tier 1 capital we must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Our Standardized Approach capital buffer requirement is equal to the sum of our SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and
CCyB, and our Advanced Approach capital buffer requirement is equal to our 2.5% capital conservation buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB.
Risk-Based Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
Regulatory MinimumStandardizedAdvanced
Required ratios1
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio4.5 %13.2%10.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio6.0 %14.7%11.5%
Total capital ratio8.0 %16.7%13.5%
1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital buffer requirement.
Risk-Weighted Assets. RWA reflects both our on- and off-balance sheet risk, as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:
Credit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to us;
Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and
Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).
Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).
Our risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under each of (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) orand (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”). The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, our

December 2019 Form 10-K50

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

ratios for determining regulatory compliance are based on the Standardized Approach rules.
Leverage-Based Regulatory CapitalCapital. . Minimum leverage-basedLeverage-based capital requirements include a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio and an SLR. We are required to maintainof 4%, a Tier 1minimum SLR of 5%, inclusive of3% and an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2%.
CECL Deferral. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our risk-based and leverage-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure are calculated excluding the effect of the adoption of CECL based on our election to defer this effect over a five-year transition period that began on January 1, 2020. The deferral impacts begin to phase back in at 25% per year beginning in 2022 and become fully phased-in beginning in 2025.


December 2021 Form 10-K46

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Regulatory Capital Ratios
$ in millions
Required
Ratio
1
At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Risk-based capital—
Standardized
Common Equity Tier 1 capital$75,742 $78,650 
Tier 1 capital 83,348 88,079 
Total capital 93,166 97,213 
Total RWA2
 471,921 453,106 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio13.2 %16.0 %17.4 %
Tier 1 capital ratio14.7 %17.7 %19.4 %
Total capital ratio16.7 %19.7 %21.5 %
At December 31, 2019
Required
Ratio1
 
$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced$ in millions
Required
Ratio
1
At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Risk-based capital  
Risk-based capital—
Advanced
Risk-based capital—
Advanced
Common Equity Tier 1 capital $64,751
$64,751
Common Equity Tier 1 capital$75,742 $78,650 
Tier 1 capital 73,443
73,443
Tier 1 capital 83,348 88,079 
Total capital 82,708
82,423
Total capital 92,927 96,994 
Total RWA 394,177
382,496
Total RWA 435,749 445,151 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
ratio
10.0%16.4%16.9%Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio10.0 %17.4 %17.7 %
Tier 1 capital ratio11.5%18.6%19.2%Tier 1 capital ratio11.5 %19.1 %19.8 %
Total capital ratio13.5%21.0%21.5%Total capital ratio13.5 %21.3 %21.8 %
  
$ in millions 
Required
Ratio
1
At
December 31,
2019
$ in millions
Required
Ratio1
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Leverage-based capital  Leverage-based capital
Adjusted average assets2
  $889,195
Adjusted average assets3
Adjusted average assets3
$1,169,939 $1,053,510 
Tier 1 leverage ratio 4.0%8.3%Tier 1 leverage ratio4.0 %7.1 %8.4 %
Supplementary leverage exposure3
 $1,155,177
SLR 5.0%6.4%
Supplementary leverage exposure2, 4, 5
Supplementary leverage exposure2, 4, 5
$1,476,962 $1,192,506 
SLR5
SLR5
5.0 %5.6 %7.4 %
1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.
2.We early adopted the Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (“SA-CCR”) on December 1, 2021. SA-CCR replaced the current exposure method used to measure derivatives counterparty exposure within the Standardized Approach RWA and Supplementary Leverage Ratio exposure calculations. As a result of the adoption, as of December 31, 2021, our risk-weighted assets under the Standardized Approach increased by $25 billion, and our Standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio decreased by 90 basis points.
3.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.
4.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.
5.Our SLR and Supplementary leverage exposure as of December 31, 2020 reflect the exclusion of U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks based on a Federal Reserve interim final rule that was in effect until March 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the impact of the interim final rule on our SLR was an increase of 80 bps.
Regulatory Capital
 At December 31, 2018
 
Required
Ratio1
 
$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
Risk-based capital   
Common Equity Tier 1 capital $62,086
$62,086
Tier 1 capital 70,619
70,619
Total capital 80,052
79,814
Total RWA 367,309
363,054
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
ratio
8.6%16.9%17.1%
Tier 1 capital ratio10.1%19.2%19.5%
Total capital ratio12.1%21.8%22.0%
    
$ in millions 
Required
Ratio1
At
December 31,
2018
Leverage-based capital   
Adjusted average assets2
  $843,074
Tier 1 leverage ratio 4.0%8.4%
Supplementary leverage exposure3
 $1,092,672
SLR 5.0%6.5%
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Change
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock and surplus$11,361 $15,799 $(4,438)
Retained earnings89,679 78,978 10,701 
AOCI(3,102)(1,962)(1,140)
Regulatory adjustments and deductions:
Net goodwill(16,641)(11,527)(5,114)
Net intangible assets(6,704)(4,165)(2,539)
Other adjustments and deductions1
1,149 1,527 (378)
Total Common Equity Tier 1
capital
$75,742 $78,650 $(2,908)
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock$7,750 $9,250 $(1,500)
Noncontrolling interests562 619 (57)
Additional Tier 1 capital$8,312 $9,869 $(1,557)
Deduction for investments in covered funds(706)(440)(266)
Total Tier 1 capital$83,348 $88,079 $(4,731)
Standardized Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt$8,609 $7,737 $872 
Eligible ACL1,155 1,265 (110)
Other adjustments and deductions54 132 (78)
Total Standardized Tier 2
capital
$9,818 $9,134 $684 
Total Standardized capital$93,166 $97,213 $(4,047)
Advanced Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt$8,609 $7,737 $872 
Eligible credit reserves916 1,046 (130)
Other adjustments and
deductions
54 132 (78)
Total Advanced Tier 2 capital$9,579 $8,915 $664 
Total Advanced capital$92,927 $96,994 $(4,067)
1.Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital primarily includes net after-tax DVA, the credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments and certain deferred tax assets.

1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented. For 2018, the required regulatory capital ratios for risk-based capital are under the transitional rules. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.
2.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.
3.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.


5147December 20192021 Form 10-K

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Regulatory Capital
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Change
Common Equity Tier 1 capital  
Common stock and surplus$5,228
$9,843
$(4,615)
Retained earnings70,589
64,175
6,414
AOCI(2,788)(2,292)(496)
Regulatory adjustments and deductions:  
Net goodwill(7,081)(6,661)(420)
Net intangible assets(2,012)(2,158)146
Other adjustments and
deductions1
815
(821)1,636
Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital$64,751
$62,086
$2,665
Additional Tier 1 capital   
Preferred stock$8,520
$8,520
$
Noncontrolling interests607
454
153
Additional Tier 1 capital$9,127
$8,974
$153
Deduction for investments
in covered funds
(435)(441)6
Total Tier 1 capital$73,443
$70,619
$2,824
Standardized Tier 2 capital  
Subordinated debt$8,538
$8,923
$(385)
Noncontrolling interests143
107
36
Eligible allowance for credit
losses
590
440
150
Other adjustments and
deductions
(6)(37)31
Total Standardized Tier 2
capital
$9,265
$9,433
$(168)
Total Standardized capital$82,708
$80,052
$2,656
Advanced Tier 2 capital   
Subordinated debt$8,538
$8,923
$(385)
Noncontrolling interests143
107
36
Eligible credit reserves305
202
103
Other adjustments and
deductions
(6)(37)31
Total Advanced Tier 2
capital
$8,980
$9,195
$(215)
Total Advanced capital$82,423
$79,814
$2,609

1.Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital primarily includes net after-tax DVA, the credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments and certain deferred tax assets.
RWA Rollforward1
2019
$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
Credit risk RWA Credit risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2018$305,531
$190,595
Balance at December 31, 2020Balance at December 31, 2020$387,066 $284,930 
Change related to the following items: Change related to the following items:
Derivatives7,526
17,008
Derivatives25,467 (17,523)
Securities financing transactions10,631
(844)Securities financing transactions(4,863)(1,543)
Securitizations469
722
Investment securities2,115
5,217
Investment securities(3,134)6,512 
Commitments, guarantees and
loans
12,423
11,859
Commitments, guarantees and loans310 4,493 
Cash(753)(141)
Equity investments2,352
2,484
Equity investments4,129 4,321 
Other credit risk2
2,390
2,027
Other credit riskOther credit risk7,527 4,057 
Total change in credit risk RWA$37,153
$38,332
Total change in credit risk RWA$29,436 $317 
Balance at December 31, 2019$342,684
$228,927
Balance at December 31, 2021Balance at December 31, 2021$416,502 $285,247 
Market risk RWA Market risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2018$61,778
$61,857
Balance at December 31, 2020Balance at December 31, 2020$66,040 $66,040 
Change related to the following items: Change related to the following items:
Regulatory VaR(1,100)(1,100)Regulatory VaR(7,842)(7,842)
Regulatory stressed VaR(6,947)(6,947)Regulatory stressed VaR(1,206)(1,206)
Incremental risk charge(6,125)(6,125)Incremental risk charge2,335 2,335 
Comprehensive risk measure(243)(218)Comprehensive risk measure269 269 
Specific risk: 
Non-securitizations1,609
1,609
Securitizations2,521
2,521
Specific riskSpecific risk(4,177)(4,177)
Total change in market risk RWA$(10,285)$(10,260)Total change in market risk RWA$(10,621)$(10,621)
Balance at December 31, 2019$51,493
$51,597
Balance at December 31, 2021Balance at December 31, 2021$55,419 $55,419 
Operational risk RWA Operational risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2018N/A
$110,602
Balance at December 31, 2020Balance at December 31, 2020N/A$94,181 
Change in operational risk RWAN/A
(8,630)Change in operational risk RWAN/A902 
Balance at December 31, 2019N/A
$101,972
Balance at December 31, 2021Balance at December 31, 2021N/A$95,083 
Total RWA$394,177
$382,496
Total RWA$471,921 $435,749 
Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements
1.The RWA for each category reflects both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.
2.Amounts reflect assets not in a defined category, non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions, as applicable.
Credit risk RWA increased in 2019 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to2021 increased exposures in lending commitments, Derivatives and Investment securities, as well as an increase in Other credit risk driven by the Firm’s adoption of the Leases accounting update on January 1, 2019. RWA under the Standardized Approach, also increasedwhile it is relatively unchanged under the Advanced Approach. Under the Standardized Approach, the increase was primarily in Derivatives, driven by the impact of the early adoption of SA-CCR on December 1, 2021. Under the Advanced Approach, CVA in Derivatives decreased due to higher exposures for Securities financing transactions, whilelower credit spread volatility, offset by increases in Investment securities from the E*TRADE acquisition now being risk-weighted under the Advanced Approach, in Derivatives, increased exposure also led to increased RWA related to CVA.event lending within the Institutional Securities business segment, as well as equity investments and other credit risk.
Market risk RWA decreased in 20192021 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, primarily due to a decrease in Stressed VaR driven by reduced equity and interest rate risk, and a decrease in the Incremental risk charge, mainly as a result of reduced volatility as the improved alignment of hedges and reduced exposurespeak COVID-19 market stress in credit products.

December 2019 Form 10-K52

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

The decrease2020 is no longer included in operational risk RWA under the Advanced Approach in 2019 reflects a continued reduction in the magnitude and frequency of internal losses utilized in the operational risk capital model related to litigation.VaR.

G-SIB Capital SurchargeOther Matters
WeDeferred Cash-Based Compensation
The Firm sponsors a number of deferred cash-based compensation programs for current and former employees,
which generally contain vesting, clawback and cancellation provisions.
Employees are permitted to allocate the value of their deferred awards among a menu of notional investments, whereby the value of their awards will track the performance of the referenced notional investments. The menu of investments, which is selected by the Firm, includes fixed income, equity, commodity and money market funds.
Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation awards is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments that employees select. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period relevant to each separately vesting portion of deferred awards.
The Firm invests directly, as a principal, in financial instruments and other investments to economically hedge certain of its obligations under these deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in the value of such investments are recorded in Trading and Investments revenues. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Firm, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on the Firm’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. While this timing difference is generally not material to Income from continuing operations before income taxes in any individual period, it may impact Firm reported ratios (e.g., the Expense efficiency ratio) in certain periods. At December 31, 2021, substantially all employee notional investments that subjected the Firm to price risk were hedged.
Amounts Recognized in Compensation Expense
$ in millions202120202019
Deferred cash-based awards$810 $1,263 $1,233 
Return on referenced investments526 856 645 
Total recognized in compensation expense$1,336 $2,119 $1,878 
Amounts Recognized in Compensation Expense by Segment
$ in millions202120202019
Institutional Securities$372 $851 $916 
Wealth Management798 1,000 760 
Investment Management166 268 202 
Total recognized in compensation expense$1,336 $2,119 $1,878 
37December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Projected Future Compensation Obligation1
$ in millions
Award liabilities at December 31, 20212, 3
$6,095
Fully vested amounts to be distributed by the end of February 20224
(1,124)
Unrecognized portion of prior awards at December 31, 20213
1,128
2021 performance year awards granted in 20223
451
Total5
$6,550
1.Amounts relate to performance years 2021 and prior.
2.Balance is reflected in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.
3.Amounts do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
4.Distributions after February of each year are generally immaterial.
5.Of the total projected future compensation obligation, approximately 20% relates to Institutional Securities, approximately 70% relates to Wealth Management and approximately 10% relates to Investment Management.
The previous table presents a rollforward of the Firm’s estimated projected future compensation obligation for existing deferred cash-based compensation awards, exclusive of any assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
Projected Future Compensation Expense1
$ in millions
Estimated to be recognized in:
2022$600 
2023310 
Thereafter669 
Total$1,579 
1.Amounts relate to performance years 2021 and prior, and do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
The previous table sets forth an estimate of compensation expense associated with the Projected Future Compensation Obligation. Our projected future compensation obligation and expense for deferred cash-based compensation for performance years 2021 and prior are forward-looking statements subject to uncertainty. Actual results may be materially affected by various factors, including, among other things: the performance of each participant’s referenced investments; changes in market conditions; participants’ allocation of their deferred awards; and participant cancellations or accelerations. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information.
For further information on the Firm’s deferred stock-based plans and carried interest compensation, which are excluded from the previous tables, see Notes 2 and 20 to the financial statements.
Accounting Development Updates
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates, which we have either determined are not applicable or are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. G-SIBsGAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial statements), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.
Fair Value
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value
A significant number of our financial instruments are carried at fair value. We make estimates regarding the valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:
Trading assets and Trading liabilities;
Investment Securities—AFS;
Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;
Certain Deposits, primarily certificates of deposit;
Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;
Certain Other secured financings; and
Certain Borrowings.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 represents quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 represents valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment.
In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments, which could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the definition of fair value, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 5 to the financial statements.
Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty, concentration risk and funding in order to arrive at fair value. For a further


December 2021 Form 10-K38

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
discussion of valuation adjustments that we apply, see Note 2 to the financial statements.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. Evaluating goodwill for impairment requires management to make significant judgments, including, in part, the use of unobservable inputs that are subject to a risk-based capital surcharge. A G-SIB must calculate its G-SIB capital surcharge under two methods and useuncertainty. Goodwill impairment tests are performed at the higher of the two surcharges. The first method considers the G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, complexity and substitutability,reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below our business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill.
For both the annual and interim tests, we have the option to either (i) perform a quantitative impairment test or (ii) first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, in which case the quantitative test would be performed.
When performing a quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the goodwill impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, limited by the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques we believe market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of our reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost, or in the situation where acquired as part of a business combination, at the fair value determined as part of the acquisition method of accounting. Subsequently, amortizable intangible assets are carried in the balance sheet at amortized cost, where amortization is recognized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist.
On a quarterly basis:
All intangible assets are assessed for the presence of impairment indicators. Where such indicators are present, an evaluation for impairment is conducted.
For amortizable intangible assets, an impairment loss exists if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.
For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists if the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value.
Amortizable intangible assets are assessed for any indication that the remaining useful life or the finite life classification should be revised. In such cases, the remaining carrying amount is amortized prospectively over the revised useful life, unless it is determined that the life of the intangible asset is indefinite, in which case the intangible asset is not amortized.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for any indication that the life of the intangible asset is no longer indefinite; in such cases, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is amortized prospectively over its remaining useful life.
The initial valuation of an intangible asset as part of the acquisition method of accounting and the subsequent valuation of intangible assets as part of an impairment assessment are subjective and based, in part, on inputs that are unobservable and can be subject to uncertainty. These inputs include, but are not limited to, forecasted cash flows, revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates and discount rates.
For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.
See Notes 2, 3 and 11 to the financial statements for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.
Legal and Regulatory Contingencies
In the normal course of business, we have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution.
Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.
39December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
We are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business and involving, among other matters, sales, financing, prime-brokerage, market-making activities, wealth and investment management services, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by us, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and we can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, we accrue the estimated loss by a charge to income.
In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and consideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.
Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals, and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.
See Note 15 to the financial statements for additional information on legal contingencies.
Income Taxes
We are subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which we have significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when
certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions.
Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. We periodically evaluate the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the relevant accounting guidance. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.
Our provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.
Our deferred tax balances may also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. We perform regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to tax attribute carryforwards before they expire.
Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, we may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount we estimate is more likely than not to be realized at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes may reflect adjustments related to our unrecognized tax benefits.
Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.
See Note 2 to the financial statements for additional information on our significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 22 to the financial statements for additional information on our tax examinations.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our liquidity and capital policies are established and maintained by senior management, with oversight by the


December 2021 Form 10-K40

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Asset/Liability Management Committee and the Board of Directors (“Board”). Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. Our Treasury department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset/Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board.
Balance Sheet
We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.
We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity and market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate our balance sheet based on business segment needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.
Total Assets by Business Segment
At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$91,251 $36,003 $471 $127,725 
Trading assets at fair value288,405 1,921 4,543 294,869 
Investment securities41,407 141,591  182,998 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell112,267 7,732  119,999 
Securities borrowed128,154 1,559  129,713 
Customer and other receivables57,009 37,643 1,366 96,018 
Loans1
58,822 129,307 5 188,134 
Other assets2
14,820 22,682 11,182 48,684 
Total assets$792,135 $378,438 $17,567 $1,188,140 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$74,281 $31,275 $98 $105,654 
Trading assets at fair value308,413 280 4,045 312,738 
Investment securities41,630 140,524 — 182,154 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell84,998 31,236 — 116,234 
Securities borrowed110,480 1,911 — 112,391 
Customer and other receivables67,085 29,781 871 97,737 
Loans1
52,449 98,130 18 150,597 
Other assets2
13,986 22,458 1,913 38,357 
Total assets$753,322 $355,595 $6,945 $1,115,862 
1.Amounts include loans held for investment, net of ACL, and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheet (see Note 10 to the financial statements).
2.Other assets primarily includes Goodwill and Intangible assets, premises, equipment and software, ROU assets related to leases, other investments and deferred tax assets.
A substantial portion of total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables. In the Institutional Securities business segment, these arise from market-making, financing and prime brokerage activities, and in the Wealth Management business segment, these arise from banking activities, including management of the investment portfolio, comprising Investment securities, Cash and cash equivalents and Securities purchased under agreements to resell. Total assets increased slightly to $1,188 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $1,116 billion at December 31, 2020.
Liquidity Risk Management Framework
The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the execution of our business strategies.
The following principles guide our Liquidity Risk Management Framework:
Sufficient Liquidity Resources should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;
Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;
Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and
Liquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.
The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and Liquidity Resources, which support our target liquidity profile.
Required Liquidity Framework
Our Required Liquidity Framework establishes the amount of liquidity we must hold in both normal and stressed
41December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
environments to ensure that our financial condition and overall soundness are not adversely affected by an inability (or perceived inability) to meet our financial obligations in a timely manner. The Required Liquidity Framework considers the most constraining liquidity requirement to satisfy all regulatory and internal limits at a consolidated and legal entity level.
Liquidity Stress Tests
We use Liquidity Stress Tests to model external and intercompany liquidity flows across multiple scenarios and a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events of different severity and duration. The methodology, implementation, production and analysis of our Liquidity Stress Tests are important components of the Required Liquidity Framework.
The assumptions used in our various Liquidity Stress Test scenarios include, but are not limited to, the following:
No government support;
No access to equity and limited access to unsecured debt markets;
Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;
Higher haircuts for and significantly lower availability of secured funding;
Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;
Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;
Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;
Drawdowns on lending commitments provided to third parties; and
Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions.
Liquidity Stress Tests are produced and results are reported at different levels, including major operating subsidiaries and major currencies, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Firm, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent Company and that the Parent Company will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, we take into consideration settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we maintained sufficient Liquidity Resources to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.
Liquidity Resources
We maintain sufficient liquidity resources, which consist of HQLA and cash deposits with banks (“Liquidity Resources”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. We actively manage the amount of our Liquidity Resources considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements.
The amount of Liquidity Resources we hold is based on our risk tolerance and is subject to change depending on market and Firm-specific events. The Liquidity Resources are primarily held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The Total HQLA values in the tables immediately following are different from Eligible HQLA, which, in accordance with the LCR rule, also takes into account certain regulatory weightings and other operational considerations.
Liquidity Resources by Type of Investment
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Cash deposits with central banks$70,147 $49,669 
Unencumbered HQLA securities1:
U.S. government obligations154,879 136,555 
U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities110,435 99,659 
Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2
11,959 39,745 
Other investment grade securities607 2,053 
Total HQLA1
$348,027 $327,681 
Cash deposits with banks (non-HQLA)7,976 10,942 
Total Liquidity Resources$356,003 $338,623 
1.HQLA is presented prior to applying weightings and includes all HQLA held in subsidiaries.
2.Primarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, French and Dutch government obligations.
Liquidity Resources by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities
At
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021
Bank legal entities
U.S.$171,642 $178,033 $164,760 
Non-U.S.8,582 7,670 9,266 
Total Bank legal entities180,224 185,703 174,026 
Non-Bank legal entities
U.S.:
Parent Company60,391 59,468 56,002 
Non-Parent Company52,932 33,368 56,648 
Total U.S.113,323 92,836 112,650 
Non-U.S.62,456 60,084 58,373 
Total Non-Bank legal entities175,779 152,920 171,023 
Total Liquidity Resources$356,003 $338,623 $345,049 


December 2021 Form 10-K42

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Liquidity Resources may fluctuate from period to period based on the overall size and composition of our balance sheet, the maturity profile of our unsecured debt and estimates of funding needs in a stressed environment, among other factors.
Regulatory Liquidity Framework
Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio
The Firm, MSBNA, MSPBNA and ETB are required to maintain a minimum LCR and NSFR of 100%. The LCR requires that banking organizations have sufficient Eligible HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations. In determining Eligible HQLA for LCR purposes, weightings (or asset haircuts) are applied to HQLA, and certain HQLA held in subsidiaries is excluded. The NSFR requires large banking organizations to maintain sufficiently stable sources of funding over a one-year time horizon.
As of December 31, 2021, the Firm, MSBNA, MSPBNA and ETB are compliant with the minimum LCR and NSFR requirements of 100%.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
 Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021September 30, 2021
Eligible HQLA1
  
Cash deposits with central banks$54,606 $66,288 
Securities2
183,105 174,068 
Total Eligible HQLA1
$237,711 $240,356 
LCR134 %134 %
1.Under the LCR rule, Eligible HQLA is calculated using weightings and excluding certain HQLA held in subsidiaries.
2.Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and investment grade corporate bonds.
Funding Management
We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing.
We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include our equity capital, borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.
Secured Financing
The liquid nature of the marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading
activities in the Institutional Securities business segment provides us with flexibility in managing the composition of our balance sheet. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, we actively manage our secured financings based on the quality of the assets being funded.
We have established longer tenor secured funding requirements for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. We define highly liquid assets as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these criteria.
To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, we have established concentration limits to diversify our investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, we obtain term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets, or our ability to access them, become limited. As a component of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, we hold a portion of our Liquidity Resources against the potential disruption to our secured financing capabilities.
We generally maintain a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which takes into account HQLA classifications consistent with LCR definitions, and other regulatory requirements, and provides a valuable future source of liquidity.
Collateralized Financing Transactions
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$249,712 $228,625 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$74,487 $58,318 
Securities received as collateral1
$10,504 $4,277 
 Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$236,327 $195,376 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$69,565 $54,528 
1.Included within Trading assets in the methodology developedbalance sheet.

See “Total Assets by Business Segment” herein for more details on the assets shown in the previous table and Notes 2 and 9 to the financial statements for more details on collateralized financing transactions.
In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables
43December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
in the balance sheet, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheet. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies and the elements of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework.
Unsecured Financing
We view deposits and borrowings as stable sources of funding for unencumbered securities and non-security assets. Our unsecured financings include borrowings and certificates of deposit carried at fair value, which are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. As part of our asset/liability management strategy, when appropriate, we use derivatives to make adjustments to the interest rate risk profile of our borrowings (see Notes 7 and 14 to the financial statements).
Deposits
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Savings and demand deposits:
Brokerage sweep deposits1
$298,352 $232,071 
Savings and other34,395 47,150 
Total Savings and demand deposits332,747 279,221 
Time deposits14,827 31,561 
Total2
$347,574 $310,782 
1.Amounts represent balances swept from client brokerage accounts.
2.Excludes approximately $9 billion and $25 billion of off-balance sheet deposits at unaffiliated financial institutions as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. This client cash held by third parties is not reflected in our balance sheet and is not immediately available for liquidity purposes.
Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. The increase in total deposits in 2021 was primarily driven by higher client cash balances swept into Brokerage sweep deposits and the onboarding in the first quarter of 2021 of approximately $20 billion of E*TRADE sweep deposits previously held off-balance sheet at unaffiliated financial institutions, partially offset by maturities of Time deposits and lower Savings and other deposits.
Borrowings by Remaining Maturity at December 31, 20211
$ in millionsParent
Company
SubsidiariesTotal
Original maturities of one year or less$1,300 $4,464 $5,764 
Original maturities greater than one year
2022$7,236 $6,961 $14,197 
202317,201 6,585 23,786 
202420,506 8,660 29,166 
202519,070 6,491 25,561 
202618,096 5,930 24,026 
Thereafter86,640 23,987 110,627 
Total$168,749 $58,614 $227,363 
Total Borrowings$170,049 $63,078 $233,127 
1.Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, remaining maturity represents the earliest put date.
Borrowings of $233 billion as of December 31, 2021 increased slightly when compared with $217 billion at December 31, 2020.
We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.
The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to engage in, repurchases of our borrowings as part of our market-making activities.
For further information on Borrowings, see Note 14 to the financial statements.
Credit Ratings
We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. Our credit ratings are one of the factors in the cost and availability of financing and can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as certain OTC derivative transactions. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider both company-specific and industry-wide factors. See also “Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk.”


December 2021 Form 10-K44

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Parent Company, MSBNA and MSPBNA Issuer Ratings at February 18, 2022
Parent Company
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
DBRS, Inc.R-1 (middle)A (high)Stable
Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1APositive
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1A1Stable
Rating and Investment Information, Inc.a-1AStable
S&P Global RatingsA-2BBB+Positive
MSBNA
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1A+Positive
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1Aa3Stable
S&P Global RatingsA-1A+Stable
MSPBNA
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1Aa3Stable
S&P Global RatingsA-1A+Stable
On November 18, 2021, Fitch Ratings, Inc. revised the Parent Company and MSBNA outlooks from stable to positive.
On May 24, 2021, S&P Global Ratings revised the Parent Company outlook from stable to positive.
Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments
In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 7 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.
While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among other things, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.
Capital Management
We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency
guidelines. In the future, we may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses.
Common Stock Repurchases
in millions, except for per share data202120202019
Number of shares126 29 121 
Average price per share$91.13 $46.01 $44.23 
Total$11,464 $1,347 $5,360 
For additional information on our common stock repurchases, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein and Note 18 to the financial statements.
For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.
Common Stock Dividend Announcement
Announcement dateJanuary 19, 2022
Amount per share$0.70
Date paidFebruary 15, 2022
Shareholders of record as ofJanuary 31, 2022
For additional information on our common stock dividends, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.
For additional information on our common stock and information on our preferred stock, see Note 18 to the financial statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.
We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 16 to the financial statements.
For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 15 to the financial statements. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Loans and Lending Commitments” herein.
Regulatory Requirements
Regulatory Capital Framework
We are an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”) and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal
45December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee (“Method 1”). The second method uses similar inputs but replaces substitutabilityand also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve, and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries provisionally registered as swap dealers with the use of short-term wholesale funding (“Method 2”)CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are Swap Entities, see Note 17 to the financial statements.
Regulatory Capital Requirements
We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and generally results in higher surcharges than the first method. The G-SIB capital surcharge must be satisfied using Common Equity Tier 1leverage-based capital and functions as an extension of the capital conservation buffer. As of December 31, 2019, our fully phased-in G-SIB surcharge is 3%. In 2018, the requirement was basedTLAC ratios. For additional information on a phase-in amount of 75% of the applicable surcharge (see “Risk-Based Regulatory Capital” herein).

TotalTLAC, see “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company RequirementsRequirements” herein.
The Federal Reserve has established external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”)Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and clean holding company requirements for top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIBs (“covered BHCs”)Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), including the Parent Company. These requirements are designed to ensure that covered BHCs will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC where an SPOE resolution strategy is used (see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk”).
These TLAC and eligible LTD requirements include various restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to: be issued by the covered BHC and be unsecured; have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance; and not contain certain embedded features, sucheach as a principal or redemption amount subjectpercentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus our capital buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, reduction basedand deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.
Capital Buffer Requirements
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
StandardizedAdvanced
Capital buffers
Capital conservation buffer2.5%
SCB1
5.7%N/A
G-SIB capital surcharge2
3.0%3.0%
CCyB3
0%0%
Capital buffer requirement8.7%5.5%
1.For additional information on the performance of an asset, entity or index, or a similar feature. In addition,SCB, see “Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the requirements provide permanent grandfathering for debt instruments issued prior to December 31, 2016 that would be eligible LTD but for having impermissible acceleration clauses or being governed by foreign law.Stress Capital Buffer” herein.
A covered BHC is also required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of (i) 18% of total RWA or (ii) 7.5% of its total leverage exposure (the denominator of its SLR). In addition, covered BHCs must meet a separate external LTD
requirement equal to the greater of (i) total RWA multiplied by the sum of 6% plus the higher of the Method 1 or Method 2 G-SIB capital surcharge applicable to the Parent Company, or (ii) 4.5% of its total leverage exposure.
Required and Actual TLAC and Eligible LTD Ratios
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsRegulatory Minimum
Required Ratio1
Actual
Amount/Ratio
External TLAC2
  $196,888
External TLAC as a % of RWA18.0%21.5%49.9%
External TLAC as a % of leverage exposure7.5%9.5%17.0%
Eligible LTD3
  $113,624
Eligible LTD as a % of RWA9.0%9.0%28.8%
Eligible LTD as a % of leverage exposure4.5%4.5%9.8%
1.Required ratios are inclusive of applicable buffers. The final rule imposes TLAC buffer requirements on top of both the risk-based and leverage exposure-based external TLAC minimum requirements. The risk-based TLAC buffer is equal to the sum of 2.5%, the covered BHC's Method 1 G-SIB surcharge and the CCyB, if any, as a percentage of total RWA. The leverage exposure-based TLAC buffer is equal to 2% of the covered BHC's total leverage exposure. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.
2.External TLAC consists of Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital (each excluding any noncontrolling minority interests), as well as eligible LTD.
3.Consists of TLAC-eligible LTD reduced by 50% for amounts of unpaid principal due to be paid in more than one year but less than two years from December 31, 2019.
Furthermore, under the clean holding company requirements of the final rule, a covered BHC is prohibited from incurring any external debt with an original maturity of less than one year or certain other liabilities, regardless of whether the liabilities are fully secured or otherwise senior to eligible LTD, or entering into certain other prohibited transactions. Certain other external liabilities, including those with certain embedded features noted above, are subject to a cap equal to 5% of the covered BHC’s outstanding external TLAC amount. We are in compliance with all relevant TLAC requirements as of December 31, 2019.
The Federal Reserve has proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR that would also make corresponding changes to the calibration of the TLAC leverage-based requirements, as well as certain other technical changes to the TLAC rule. 2.For a further discussion of the enhanced SLR,G-SIB capital surcharge, see “Regulatory Developments—Proposed Modifications“G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein.
3.The CCyB can be set up to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries” herein.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act,2.5% but is currently set by the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.at zero.
We must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate annual stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal

53December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy. As banks with less than $250 billion of total assets, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are not subject to company-run stress-test regulatory requirements.
The capital planbuffer requirement represents the amount of Common Equity Tier 1 capital we must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance or redemption of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases) and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including any requirements that may be phased in over the planning horizon, and how we will serve as a source of strength to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including us.
The capital plan rule requires that large BHCs receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with a capital plan that has not been objected to, the BHC must seek the non-objection of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, the BHC would not meet its regulatoryrisk-based capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution. A BHC’sin order to avoid restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, (other than scheduled payments on Additional Tier 1including the payment of dividends and Tier 2 capital instruments) is also limited if its net capital issuances are less than the amount indicated in its capital plan.
We submitted our 2019 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 5, 2019. On June 21, 2019, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us. On June 27, 2019, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and announced it did not object to our 2019 Capital Plan. Our 2019 Capital Plan includes the repurchase of upstock, and to $6.0 billion of outstanding common stock forpay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Our Standardized Approach capital buffer requirement is equal to the period beginning July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020, and an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.35 per share from $0.30 per share, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 18, 2019. We disclosed a summary of the resultssum of our company-run stress tests on June 21, 2019 onSCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and
CCyB, and our Investor Relations webpage. In addition, we submittedAdvanced Approach capital buffer requirement is equal to our 2.5% capital conservation buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB.
Risk-Based Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
Regulatory MinimumStandardizedAdvanced
Required ratios1
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio4.5 %13.2%10.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio6.0 %14.7%11.5%
Total capital ratio8.0 %16.7%13.5%
1.Required ratios represent the results ofregulatory minimum plus the capital buffer requirement.
Risk-Weighted Assets. RWA reflects both our mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserveon- and on October 28, 2019 disclosed a summary of the results on our Investor Relations webpage.
For the 2020 capital planning and stress test cycle, we are required to submit our capital plan and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2020. The Federal Reserve is expected to publish summary results of the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC,
including us, by June 30, 2020. We are required to disclose a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests within 15 days of the date the Federal Reserve discloses the results of the supervisory stress tests.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework
Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework,off-balance sheet risk, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.
The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. The amount of capital allocatedcharges attributable to the business segments is generally set atrisk of loss arising from the beginningfollowing:
Credit risk: The failure of each yeara borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to us;
Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs
Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., acquisitionfraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or disposition). We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocateddamage to our business segments as Parent common equity. We generally hold Parent common equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.physical assets).
The Required Capital framework is expected to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment, for example, to incorporate changes in stress testing or enhancements to modeling techniques. We will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.
Average Common Equity Attribution1
$ in billions201920182017
Institutional Securities$40.4
$40.8
$40.2
Wealth Management18.2
16.8
17.2
Investment Management2.5
2.6
2.4
Parent11.6
9.8
10.0
Total$72.7
$70.0
$69.8
1.The attribution of average common equity to the business segments is a non-GAAP financial measure. See "Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information" herein.


December 2019 Form 10-K54

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

Resolution and Recovery Planning
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. We submitted our 2019 resolution plan on June 28, 2019.
Our preferred resolution strategy is an SPOE strategy. In line with our SPOE strategy, the Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing basis, certain assets to its wholly owned, direct subsidiary Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”). In addition, the Parent Company has entered into an amended and restated support agreement with its material entities (including the Funding IHC) and certain other subsidiaries. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its Contributable Assets to the material entities and/or the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to the material entities.
The obligations of the Parent Company and the Funding IHC under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets), and the assets of the Funding IHC. As a result, claims of our material entities, including the Funding IHC, with respect to the secured assets, are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.
In December 2019, we received joint feedback on our 2019 resolution plan from the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. The feedback confirmed that there are no deficiencies in our 2019 resolution plan and that we had successfully addressed a prior shortcoming identified by the agencies in the review of our 2017 resolution plan. The agencies noted one shortcoming in our 2019 resolution plan related to certain mechanisms intended to facilitate our SPOE strategy which must be addressed prior to our next resolution plan submission in 2021.
For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”
Regulatory Developments

Proposed Rule to Amend the Covered Fund Provisions of the Volcker Rule
The Federal financial regulatory agencies responsible for the Volcker Rule’s implementing regulations have proposed a rule that would revise the prohibition on certain investments by banking entities with defined covered funds. The proposed rule would add certain new exclusions from the definition of covered fund, while streamlining others. It would also simplify certain restrictions on inter-affiliate relationships with covered funds.

Final Rule on Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk

The U.S. banking agencies have issued a final rule to incorporate the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (“SA-CCR”), a new derivatives counterparty exposure methodology, into the regulatory capital framework and related regulatory standards. SA-CCR replaces the current exposure method, on a mandatory basis, in our and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Standardized Approach RWA, Supplementary Leverage Ratio exposure calculations, and in all central counterparty default fund contribution calculations in the regulatory capital framework. SA-CCR is available as an alternative in our and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Advanced Approach RWA for trade exposures, in single counterparty credit limits applicable to us, and in bank lending limits applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The final rule requires us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to implement SA-CCR by January 1, 2022, with early adoption permitted.

Proposed Revisions to the Regulatory Capital Treatment for Investments in Certain Unsecured Debt Instruments Issued by G-SIBs
The Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC have issued a proposed rule that would, among other things, modify the regulatory capital framework for Advanced Approach banking organizations, including us. Such firms would be required to make certain deductions from regulatory capital for their investments in certain unsecured debt instruments (including eligible LTD in the TLAC framework) issued by the Parent Company and other G-SIBs.

Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements
The Federal Reserve issued a proposal in 2018 to integrate its annual capital planning and stress testing requirements with existing applicable regulatory capital requirements. The proposal, which would apply to certain BHCs, including us, would introduce a stress capital buffer and a stress leverage buffer (collectively, “Stress Buffer Requirements”) and related changes to the capital planning and stress testing processes. Under the proposal, Stress Buffer Requirements would apply only with respect to Standardized Approach risk-based capital

55December 2019 Form 10-K

Management's Discussion and Analysis
mslogo.jpg

requirements and Tier 1 leverage regulatory capital requirements.
Under Standardized Approach risk-based capital requirements, the stress capital buffer would replace the existing Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer, which is 2.5%. The Standardized Approach stress capital buffer would equal the greaterratios are computed under each of (i) the maximum declinestandardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”). The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the severely adverse scenario over the supervisory stress test measurement period plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected RWA for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period or (ii) 2.5%. Regulatory capital requirements underthat the Standardized Approach wouldrequires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights.
Leverage-Based Regulatory Capital. Leverage-based capital requirements include the stress capital buffer, as summarized above, as well as our Common Equity Tier 1 G-SIB capital surcharge and any applicable Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB.
Like the stress capital buffer, the stress leverage buffer would be calculated based on the results of our annual supervisory stress tests. The stress leverage buffer would equal the maximum decline in our Tier 1 leverage ratio under the severely adverse scenario, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected leverage ratio denominator for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period. No floor would be established for the stress leverage buffer, which would apply in addition to the currenta minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, a minimum SLR of 3% and an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2%.
The proposal would make related changes toCECL Deferral. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our risk-based and leverage-based capital planningamounts and stress testing processes for BHCs subject toratios, as well as RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure are calculated excluding the Stress Buffer Requirements. In particular, for purposes of determining the size of Stress Buffer Requirements, the proposal would include only projected capital actions to planned common stock dividends in the fourth through seventh quarterseffect of the stress test projectionadoption of CECL based on our election to defer this effect over a five-year transition period that began on January 1, 2020. The deferral impacts begin to phase back in at 25% per year beginning in 2022 and would assume that BHCs maintainbecome fully phased-in beginning in 2025.


December 2021 Form 10-K46

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Regulatory Capital Ratios
$ in millions
Required
Ratio
1
At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Risk-based capital—
Standardized
Common Equity Tier 1 capital$75,742 $78,650 
Tier 1 capital 83,348 88,079 
Total capital 93,166 97,213 
Total RWA2
 471,921 453,106 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio13.2 %16.0 %17.4 %
Tier 1 capital ratio14.7 %17.7 %19.4 %
Total capital ratio16.7 %19.7 %21.5 %
$ in millions
Required
Ratio
1
At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Risk-based capital—
Advanced
Common Equity Tier 1 capital$75,742 $78,650 
Tier 1 capital 83,348 88,079 
Total capital 92,927 96,994 
Total RWA 435,749 445,151 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio10.0 %17.4 %17.7 %
Tier 1 capital ratio11.5 %19.1 %19.8 %
Total capital ratio13.5 %21.3 %21.8 %
$ in millions
Required
Ratio1
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Leverage-based capital
Adjusted average assets3
$1,169,939 $1,053,510 
Tier 1 leverage ratio4.0 %7.1 %8.4 %
Supplementary leverage exposure2, 4, 5
$1,476,962 $1,192,506 
SLR5
5.0 %5.6 %7.4 %
1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.
2.We early adopted the Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (“SA-CCR”) on December 1, 2021. SA-CCR replaced the current exposure method used to measure derivatives counterparty exposure within the Standardized Approach RWA and Supplementary Leverage Ratio exposure calculations. As a constant levelresult of assets and RWA throughout the supervisory stress test projection period.
The proposal does not change regulatory capital requirementsadoption, as of December 31, 2021, our risk-weighted assets under the Advanced Approach or the SLR, although the Federal Reserve and the OCC have separately proposed to modify the enhanced SLR requirements, as summarized below. If the proposal is adopted in its current form, limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers would be determined by the most stringent limitation, if any, as determined under Standardized Approach risk-basedincreased by $25 billion, and our Standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital requirements orratio decreased by 90 basis points.
3.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio inclusiveand is composed of Stress Buffer Requirements, orthe average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.
4.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.
5.Our SLR and Supplementary leverage exposure as of December 31, 2020 reflect the exclusion of U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks based on a Federal Reserve interim final rule that was in effect until March 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the impact of the interim final rule on our SLR was an increase of 80 bps.
Regulatory Capital
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Change
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock and surplus$11,361 $15,799 $(4,438)
Retained earnings89,679 78,978 10,701 
AOCI(3,102)(1,962)(1,140)
Regulatory adjustments and deductions:
Net goodwill(16,641)(11,527)(5,114)
Net intangible assets(6,704)(4,165)(2,539)
Other adjustments and deductions1
1,149 1,527 (378)
Total Common Equity Tier 1
capital
$75,742 $78,650 $(2,908)
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock$7,750 $9,250 $(1,500)
Noncontrolling interests562 619 (57)
Additional Tier 1 capital$8,312 $9,869 $(1,557)
Deduction for investments in covered funds(706)(440)(266)
Total Tier 1 capital$83,348 $88,079 $(4,731)
Standardized Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt$8,609 $7,737 $872 
Eligible ACL1,155 1,265 (110)
Other adjustments and deductions54 132 (78)
Total Standardized Tier 2
capital
$9,818 $9,134 $684 
Total Standardized capital$93,166 $97,213 $(4,047)
Advanced Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt$8,609 $7,737 $872 
Eligible credit reserves916 1,046 (130)
Other adjustments and
deductions
54 132 (78)
Total Advanced Tier 2 capital$9,579 $8,915 $664 
Total Advanced capital$92,927 $96,994 $(4,067)
1.Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital primarily includes net after-tax DVA, the credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments and certain deferred tax assets.

47December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
RWA Rollforward
$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
Credit risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2020$387,066 $284,930 
Change related to the following items:
Derivatives25,467 (17,523)
Securities financing transactions(4,863)(1,543)
Investment securities(3,134)6,512 
Commitments, guarantees and loans310 4,493 
Equity investments4,129 4,321 
Other credit risk7,527 4,057 
Total change in credit risk RWA$29,436 $317 
Balance at December 31, 2021$416,502 $285,247 
Market risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2020$66,040 $66,040 
Change related to the following items:
Regulatory VaR(7,842)(7,842)
Regulatory stressed VaR(1,206)(1,206)
Incremental risk charge2,335 2,335 
Comprehensive risk measure269 269 
Specific risk(4,177)(4,177)
Total change in market risk RWA$(10,621)$(10,621)
Balance at December 31, 2021$55,419 $55,419 
Operational risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2020N/A$94,181 
Change in operational risk RWAN/A902 
Balance at December 31, 2021N/A$95,083 
Total RWA$471,921 $435,749 
Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements
Credit risk RWA in 2021 increased under the Standardized Approach, while it is relatively unchanged under the Advanced Approach. Under the Standardized Approach, the increase was primarily in Derivatives, driven by the impact of the early adoption of SA-CCR on December 1, 2021. Under the Advanced Approach, or SLR or TLAC requirements, inclusive of applicable buffers.
The Federal Reserve has not yet taken actionCVA in Derivatives decreased due to finalize or implement Stress Buffer Requirements.
Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries
The Federal Reserve has proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR that would replace the current 2% enhanced SLR buffer applicable to U.S. G-SIBs, including us, with a leverage buffer equal to 50% of our G-SIB capital surcharge.
Under the proposal, our enhanced SLR buffer would become 1.5%, for a total enhanced SLR requirement of 4.5%, assuming that our current G-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective.
The Federal Reserve and the OCC have also proposed to modify the well-capitalized SLR standard applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The requirement would changelower credit spread volatility, offset by increases in Investment securities from the current 6%E*TRADE acquisition now being risk-weighted under the Advanced Approach, event lending within the Institutional Securities business segment, as well as equity investments and other credit risk.
Market risk RWA decreased in 2021 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, primarily due to 3% plus 50%a decrease in VaR mainly as a result of our current G-SIB capital surcharge, for a total well-capitalized SLR requirement of 4.5% for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, assuming that our G-SIB capital surcharge remainsreduced volatility as the same when the proposal becomes effective.peak COVID-19 market stress in 2020 is no longer included in VaR.
Other Matters

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation
U.K. WithdrawalThe Firm sponsors a number of deferred cash-based compensation programs for current and former employees,
which generally contain vesting, clawback and cancellation provisions.
Employees are permitted to allocate the value of their deferred awards among a menu of notional investments, whereby the value of their awards will track the performance of the referenced notional investments. The menu of investments, which is selected by the Firm, includes fixed income, equity, commodity and money market funds.
Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation awards is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments that employees select. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period relevant to each separately vesting portion of deferred awards.
The Firm invests directly, as a principal, in financial instruments and other investments to economically hedge certain of its obligations under these deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in the value of such investments are recorded in Trading and Investments revenues. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Firm, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on the Firm’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. While this timing difference is generally not material to Income from continuing operations before income taxes in any individual period, it may impact Firm reported ratios (e.g., the Expense efficiency ratio) in certain periods. At December 31, 2021, substantially all employee notional investments that subjected the Firm to price risk were hedged.
Amounts Recognized in Compensation Expense
$ in millions202120202019
Deferred cash-based awards$810 $1,263 $1,233 
Return on referenced investments526 856 645 
Total recognized in compensation expense$1,336 $2,119 $1,878 
Amounts Recognized in Compensation Expense by Segment
$ in millions202120202019
Institutional Securities$372 $851 $916 
Wealth Management798 1,000 760 
Investment Management166 268 202 
Total recognized in compensation expense$1,336 $2,119 $1,878 
37December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Projected Future Compensation Obligation1
$ in millions
Award liabilities at December 31, 20212, 3
$6,095
Fully vested amounts to be distributed by the end of February 20224
(1,124)
Unrecognized portion of prior awards at December 31, 20213
1,128
2021 performance year awards granted in 20223
451
Total5
$6,550
1.Amounts relate to performance years 2021 and prior.
2.Balance is reflected in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.
3.Amounts do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
4.Distributions after February of each year are generally immaterial.
5.Of the total projected future compensation obligation, approximately 20% relates to Institutional Securities, approximately 70% relates to Wealth Management and approximately 10% relates to Investment Management.
The previous table presents a rollforward of the Firm’s estimated projected future compensation obligation for existing deferred cash-based compensation awards, exclusive of any assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
Projected Future Compensation Expense1
$ in millions
Estimated to be recognized in:
2022$600 
2023310 
Thereafter669 
Total$1,579 
1.Amounts relate to performance years 2021 and prior, and do not include assumptions regarding forfeitures or assumptions about future market conditions with respect to referenced investments.
The previous table sets forth an estimate of compensation expense associated with the Projected Future Compensation Obligation. Our projected future compensation obligation and expense for deferred cash-based compensation for performance years 2021 and prior are forward-looking statements subject to uncertainty. Actual results may be materially affected by various factors, including, among other things: the performance of each participant’s referenced investments; changes in market conditions; participants’ allocation of their deferred awards; and participant cancellations or accelerations. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information.
For further information on the Firm’s deferred stock-based plans and carried interest compensation, which are excluded from the E.U.previous tables, see Notes 2 and 20 to the financial statements.
Accounting Development Updates
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates, which we have either determined are not applicable or are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial statements), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.
Fair Value
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value
A significant number of our financial instruments are carried at fair value. We make estimates regarding the valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:
Trading assets and Trading liabilities;
Investment Securities—AFS;
Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;
Certain Deposits, primarily certificates of deposit;
Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;
Certain Other secured financings; and
Certain Borrowings.
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 represents quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 represents valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment.
In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments, which could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the definition of fair value, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 5 to the financial statements.
Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty, concentration risk and funding in order to arrive at fair value. For a further


December 2021 Form 10-K38

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
discussion of valuation adjustments that we apply, see Note 2 to the financial statements.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. Evaluating goodwill for impairment requires management to make significant judgments, including, in part, the use of unobservable inputs that are subject to uncertainty. Goodwill impairment tests are performed at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below our business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill.
For both the annual and interim tests, we have the option to either (i) perform a quantitative impairment test or (ii) first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, in which case the quantitative test would be performed.
When performing a quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the goodwill impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, limited by the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques we believe market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of our reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost, or in the situation where acquired as part of a business combination, at the fair value determined as part of the acquisition method of accounting. Subsequently, amortizable intangible assets are carried in the balance sheet at amortized cost, where amortization is recognized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist.
On Januarya quarterly basis:
All intangible assets are assessed for the presence of impairment indicators. Where such indicators are present, an evaluation for impairment is conducted.
For amortizable intangible assets, an impairment loss exists if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.
For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists if the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value.
Amortizable intangible assets are assessed for any indication that the remaining useful life or the finite life classification should be revised. In such cases, the remaining carrying amount is amortized prospectively over the revised useful life, unless it is determined that the life of the intangible asset is indefinite, in which case the intangible asset is not amortized.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for any indication that the life of the intangible asset is no longer indefinite; in such cases, the carrying amount of the intangible asset is amortized prospectively over its remaining useful life.
The initial valuation of an intangible asset as part of the acquisition method of accounting and the subsequent valuation of intangible assets as part of an impairment assessment are subjective and based, in part, on inputs that are unobservable and can be subject to uncertainty. These inputs include, but are not limited to, forecasted cash flows, revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates and discount rates.
For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.
See Notes 2, 3 and 11 to the financial statements for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.
Legal and Regulatory Contingencies
In the normal course of business, we have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution.
Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.
39December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
We are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business and involving, among other matters, sales, financing, prime-brokerage, market-making activities, wealth and investment management services, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by us, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and we can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, we accrue the estimated loss by a charge to income.
In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and consideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.
Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals, and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.
See Note 15 to the financial statements for additional information on legal contingencies.
Income Taxes
We are subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which we have significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to interpretation by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when
certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions.
Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. We periodically evaluate the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the relevant accounting guidance. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.
Our provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.
Our deferred tax balances may also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. We perform regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to tax attribute carryforwards before they expire.
Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, we may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount we estimate is more likely than not to be realized at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes may reflect adjustments related to our unrecognized tax benefits.
Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.
See Note 2 to the financial statements for additional information on our significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 22 to the financial statements for additional information on our tax examinations.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our liquidity and capital policies are established and maintained by senior management, with oversight by the


December 2021 Form 10-K40

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Asset/Liability Management Committee and the Board of Directors (“Board”). Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. Our Treasury department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset/Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board.
Balance Sheet
We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.
We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity and market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need to re-allocate our balance sheet based on business segment needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.
Total Assets by Business Segment
At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$91,251 $36,003 $471 $127,725 
Trading assets at fair value288,405 1,921 4,543 294,869 
Investment securities41,407 141,591  182,998 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell112,267 7,732  119,999 
Securities borrowed128,154 1,559  129,713 
Customer and other receivables57,009 37,643 1,366 96,018 
Loans1
58,822 129,307 5 188,134 
Other assets2
14,820 22,682 11,182 48,684 
Total assets$792,135 $378,438 $17,567 $1,188,140 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$74,281 $31,275 $98 $105,654 
Trading assets at fair value308,413 280 4,045 312,738 
Investment securities41,630 140,524 — 182,154 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell84,998 31,236 — 116,234 
Securities borrowed110,480 1,911 — 112,391 
Customer and other receivables67,085 29,781 871 97,737 
Loans1
52,449 98,130 18 150,597 
Other assets2
13,986 22,458 1,913 38,357 
Total assets$753,322 $355,595 $6,945 $1,115,862 
1.Amounts include loans held for investment, net of ACL, and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheet (see Note 10 to the financial statements).
2.Other assets primarily includes Goodwill and Intangible assets, premises, equipment and software, ROU assets related to leases, other investments and deferred tax assets.
A substantial portion of total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables. In the Institutional Securities business segment, these arise from market-making, financing and prime brokerage activities, and in the Wealth Management business segment, these arise from banking activities, including management of the investment portfolio, comprising Investment securities, Cash and cash equivalents and Securities purchased under agreements to resell. Total assets increased slightly to $1,188 billion at December 31, 2021 compared with $1,116 billion at December 31, 2020.
Liquidity Risk Management Framework
The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the execution of our business strategies.
The following principles guide our Liquidity Risk Management Framework:
Sufficient Liquidity Resources should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;
Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;
Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and
Liquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.
The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and Liquidity Resources, which support our target liquidity profile.
Required Liquidity Framework
Our Required Liquidity Framework establishes the amount of liquidity we must hold in both normal and stressed
41December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
environments to ensure that our financial condition and overall soundness are not adversely affected by an inability (or perceived inability) to meet our financial obligations in a timely manner. The Required Liquidity Framework considers the most constraining liquidity requirement to satisfy all regulatory and internal limits at a consolidated and legal entity level.
Liquidity Stress Tests
We use Liquidity Stress Tests to model external and intercompany liquidity flows across multiple scenarios and a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events of different severity and duration. The methodology, implementation, production and analysis of our Liquidity Stress Tests are important components of the Required Liquidity Framework.
The assumptions used in our various Liquidity Stress Test scenarios include, but are not limited to, the following:
No government support;
No access to equity and limited access to unsecured debt markets;
Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;
Higher haircuts for and significantly lower availability of secured funding;
Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;
Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;
Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;
Drawdowns on lending commitments provided to third parties; and
Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions.
Liquidity Stress Tests are produced and results are reported at different levels, including major operating subsidiaries and major currencies, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Firm, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent Company and that the Parent Company will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, we take into consideration settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we maintained sufficient Liquidity Resources to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.
Liquidity Resources
We maintain sufficient liquidity resources, which consist of HQLA and cash deposits with banks (“Liquidity Resources”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the U.K. withdrewRequired Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. We actively manage the amount of our Liquidity Resources considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements.
The amount of Liquidity Resources we hold is based on our risk tolerance and is subject to change depending on market and Firm-specific events. The Liquidity Resources are primarily held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The Total HQLA values in the tables immediately following are different from Eligible HQLA, which, in accordance with the E.U. under the termsLCR rule, also takes into account certain regulatory weightings and other operational considerations.
Liquidity Resources by Type of a withdrawal agreement between theInvestment
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Cash deposits with central banks$70,147 $49,669 
Unencumbered HQLA securities1:
U.S. government obligations154,879 136,555 
U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities110,435 99,659 
Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2
11,959 39,745 
Other investment grade securities607 2,053 
Total HQLA1
$348,027 $327,681 
Cash deposits with banks (non-HQLA)7,976 10,942 
Total Liquidity Resources$356,003 $338,623 
1.HQLA is presented prior to applying weightings and includes all HQLA held in subsidiaries.
2.Primarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, French and the E.U. The withdrawal agreement provides for a transitionDutch government obligations.
Liquidity Resources by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities
At
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021
Bank legal entities
U.S.$171,642 $178,033 $164,760 
Non-U.S.8,582 7,670 9,266 
Total Bank legal entities180,224 185,703 174,026 
Non-Bank legal entities
U.S.:
Parent Company60,391 59,468 56,002 
Non-Parent Company52,932 33,368 56,648 
Total U.S.113,323 92,836 112,650 
Non-U.S.62,456 60,084 58,373 
Total Non-Bank legal entities175,779 152,920 171,023 
Total Liquidity Resources$356,003 $338,623 $345,049 


December 2021 Form 10-K42

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Liquidity Resources may fluctuate from period to period based on the endoverall size and composition of our balance sheet, the maturity profile of our unsecured debt and estimates of funding needs in a stressed environment, among other factors.
Regulatory Liquidity Framework
Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio
The Firm, MSBNA, MSPBNA and ETB are required to maintain a minimum LCR and NSFR of 100%. The LCR requires that banking organizations have sufficient Eligible HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations. In determining Eligible HQLA for LCR purposes, weightings (or asset haircuts) are applied to HQLA, and certain HQLA held in subsidiaries is excluded. The NSFR requires large banking organizations to maintain sufficiently stable sources of funding over a one-year time horizon.
As of December 2020, during which time 31, 2021, the U.K. will continueFirm, MSBNA, MSPBNA and ETB are compliant with the minimum LCR and NSFR requirements of 100%.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
 Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021September 30, 2021
Eligible HQLA1
  
Cash deposits with central banks$54,606 $66,288 
Securities2
183,105 174,068 
Total Eligible HQLA1
$237,711 $240,356 
LCR134 %134 %
1.Under the LCR rule, Eligible HQLA is calculated using weightings and excluding certain HQLA held in subsidiaries.
2.Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and investment grade corporate bonds.
Funding Management
We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to apply E.U. law as if it wereour operations. We pursue a member state,strategy of diversification of secured and U.K. firms’ rightsunsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to provide financial servicesensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing.
We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include our equity capital, borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.
Secured Financing
The liquid nature of the marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading
activities in E.U. member states will continue. Access to the E.U. market afterInstitutional Securities business segment provides us with flexibility in managing the transition period remains subject to negotiation.composition of our balance sheet. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, we actively manage our secured financings based on the quality of the assets being funded.
We have preparedestablished longer tenor secured funding requirements for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the structureevent of a market disruption. We define highly liquid assets as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these criteria.
To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, we have established concentration limits to diversify our investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, we obtain term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets, or our ability to access them, become limited. As a component of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, we hold a portion of our European operationsLiquidity Resources against the potential disruption to our secured financing capabilities.
We generally maintain a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which takes into account HQLA classifications consistent with LCR definitions, and other regulatory requirements, and provides a valuable future source of liquidity.
Collateralized Financing Transactions
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$249,712 $228,625 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$74,487 $58,318 
Securities received as collateral1
$10,504 $4,277 
 Average Daily Balance
Three Months Ended
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed$236,327 $195,376 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned$69,565 $54,528 
1.Included within Trading assets in the balance sheet.

See “Total Assets by Business Segment” herein for more details on the assets shown in the previous table and Notes 2 and 9 to the financial statements for more details on collateralized financing transactions.
In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables
43December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
in the balance sheet, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheet. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies and the elements of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework.
Unsecured Financing
We view deposits and borrowings as stable sources of funding for unencumbered securities and non-security assets. Our unsecured financings include borrowings and certificates of deposit carried at fair value, which are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a rangespecific index, a basket of potential outcomes,stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. As part of our asset/liability management strategy, when appropriate, we use derivatives to make adjustments to the interest rate risk profile of our borrowings (see Notes 7 and 14 to the financial statements).
Deposits
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Savings and demand deposits:
Brokerage sweep deposits1
$298,352 $232,071 
Savings and other34,395 47,150 
Total Savings and demand deposits332,747 279,221 
Time deposits14,827 31,561 
Total2
$347,574 $310,782 
1.Amounts represent balances swept from client brokerage accounts.
2.Excludes approximately $9 billion and $25 billion of off-balance sheet deposits at unaffiliated financial institutions as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. This client cash held by third parties is not reflected in our balance sheet and is not immediately available for liquidity purposes.
Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. The increase in total deposits in 2021 was primarily driven by higher client cash balances swept into Brokerage sweep deposits and the possibilityonboarding in the first quarter of 2021 of approximately $20 billion of E*TRADE sweep deposits previously held off-balance sheet at unaffiliated financial institutions, partially offset by maturities of Time deposits and lower Savings and other deposits.
Borrowings by Remaining Maturity at December 31, 20211
$ in millionsParent
Company
SubsidiariesTotal
Original maturities of one year or less$1,300 $4,464 $5,764 
Original maturities greater than one year
2022$7,236 $6,961 $14,197 
202317,201 6,585 23,786 
202420,506 8,660 29,166 
202519,070 6,491 25,561 
202618,096 5,930 24,026 
Thereafter86,640 23,987 110,627 
Total$168,749 $58,614 $227,363 
Total Borrowings$170,049 $63,078 $233,127 
1.Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, remaining maturity represents the earliest put date.
Borrowings of $233 billion as of December 31, 2021 increased slightly when compared with $217 billion at December 31, 2020.
We believe that U.K. financial firms’accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to E.U. markets after the transition period is limited,unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and we expect to be ablemaximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.
The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to serveengage in, repurchases of our clients and customers under eachborrowings as part of these potential outcomes.our market-making activities.
For more information on the U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U., our related preparations and the potential impact on our operations, see “Risk Factors—International Risk.” For further information regarding our exposureon Borrowings, see Note 14 to the U.K.financial statements.
Credit Ratings
We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. Our credit ratings are one of the factors in the cost and availability of financing and can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as certain OTC derivative transactions. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider both company-specific and industry-wide factors. See also “Risk Factors—Liquidity Risk.”


December 2021 Form 10-K44

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Parent Company, MSBNA and MSPBNA Issuer Ratings at February 18, 2022
Parent Company
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
DBRS, Inc.R-1 (middle)A (high)Stable
Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1APositive
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1A1Stable
Rating and Investment Information, Inc.a-1AStable
S&P Global RatingsA-2BBB+Positive
MSBNA
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
Fitch Ratings, Inc.F1A+Positive
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1Aa3Stable
S&P Global RatingsA-1A+Stable
MSPBNA
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.P-1Aa3Stable
S&P Global RatingsA-1A+Stable
On November 18, 2021, Fitch Ratings, Inc. revised the Parent Company and MSBNA outlooks from stable to positive.
On May 24, 2021, S&P Global Ratings revised the Parent Company outlook from stable to positive.
Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments
In connection with certain OTC derivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position. See Note 7 to the financial statements for additional information on OTC derivatives that contain such contingent features.
While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among other things, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.
Capital Management
We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency
guidelines. In the future, we may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses.
Common Stock Repurchases
in millions, except for per share data202120202019
Number of shares126 29 121 
Average price per share$91.13 $46.01 $44.23 
Total$11,464 $1,347 $5,360 
For additional information on our common stock repurchases, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein and Note 18 to the financial statements.
For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.
Common Stock Dividend Announcement
Announcement dateJanuary 19, 2022
Amount per share$0.70
Date paidFebruary 15, 2022
Shareholders of record as ofJanuary 31, 2022
For additional information on our common stock dividends, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.
For additional information on our common stock and information on our preferred stock, see Note 18 to the financial statements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We enter into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.
We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see alsoNote 16 to the financial statements.
For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 15 to the financial statements. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—CountryCredit Risk—Loans and Other Risks.”Lending Commitments” herein.

Regulatory Requirements
Regulatory Capital Framework
We are an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”) and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal

45December 20192021 Form 10-K

56
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve, and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries provisionally registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as our subsidiaries that are Swap Entities, see Note 17 to the financial statements.
Regulatory Capital Requirements
We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital and TLAC ratios. For additional information on TLAC, see “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein.
Risk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital), each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus our capital buffer requirement. Capital requirements require certain adjustments to, and deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.
Capital Buffer Requirements
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
StandardizedAdvanced
Capital buffers
Capital conservation buffer2.5%
SCB1
5.7%N/A
G-SIB capital surcharge2
3.0%3.0%
CCyB3
0%0%
Capital buffer requirement8.7%5.5%
1.For additional information on the SCB, see “Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer” herein.
2.For a further discussion of the G-SIB capital surcharge, see “G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein.
3.The CCyB can be set up to 2.5% but is currently set by the Federal Reserve at zero.
The capital buffer requirement represents the amount of Common Equity Tier 1 capital we must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. Our Standardized Approach capital buffer requirement is equal to the sum of our SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge and
CCyB, and our Advanced Approach capital buffer requirement is equal to our 2.5% capital conservation buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB.
Risk-Based Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
Regulatory MinimumStandardizedAdvanced
Required ratios1
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio4.5 %13.2%10.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio6.0 %14.7%11.5%
Total capital ratio8.0 %16.7%13.5%
1.Required ratios represent the regulatory minimum plus the capital buffer requirement.
Risk-Weighted Assets. RWA reflects both our on- and off-balance sheet risk, as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:
Credit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to us;
Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and
Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).
Our risk-based capital ratios are computed under each of (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”). The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights.
Leverage-Based Regulatory Capital. Leverage-based capital requirements include a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, a minimum SLR of 3% and an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2%.
CECL Deferral. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our risk-based and leverage-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure are calculated excluding the effect of the adoption of CECL based on our election to defer this effect over a five-year transition period that began on January 1, 2020. The deferral impacts begin to phase back in at 25% per year beginning in 2022 and become fully phased-in beginning in 2025.


December 2021 Form 10-K46

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Regulatory Capital Ratios
$ in millions
Required
Ratio
1
At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Risk-based capital—
Standardized
Common Equity Tier 1 capital$75,742 $78,650 
Tier 1 capital 83,348 88,079 
Total capital 93,166 97,213 
Total RWA2
 471,921 453,106 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio13.2 %16.0 %17.4 %
Tier 1 capital ratio14.7 %17.7 %19.4 %
Total capital ratio16.7 %19.7 %21.5 %
$ in millions
Required
Ratio
1
At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
Risk-based capital—
Advanced
Common Equity Tier 1 capital$75,742 $78,650 
Tier 1 capital 83,348 88,079 
Total capital 92,927 96,994 
Total RWA 435,749 445,151 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio10.0 %17.4 %17.7 %
Tier 1 capital ratio11.5 %19.1 %19.8 %
Total capital ratio13.5 %21.3 %21.8 %
$ in millions
Required
Ratio1
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Leverage-based capital
Adjusted average assets3
$1,169,939 $1,053,510 
Tier 1 leverage ratio4.0 %7.1 %8.4 %
Supplementary leverage exposure2, 4, 5
$1,476,962 $1,192,506 
SLR5
5.0 %5.6 %7.4 %
1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.
2.We early adopted the Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (“SA-CCR”) on December 1, 2021. SA-CCR replaced the current exposure method used to measure derivatives counterparty exposure within the Standardized Approach RWA and Supplementary Leverage Ratio exposure calculations. As a result of the adoption, as of December 31, 2021, our risk-weighted assets under the Standardized Approach increased by $25 billion, and our Standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio decreased by 90 basis points.
3.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments, certain deferred tax assets and other capital deductions.
4.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.
5.Our SLR and Supplementary leverage exposure as of December 31, 2020 reflect the exclusion of U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks based on a Federal Reserve interim final rule that was in effect until March 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the impact of the interim final rule on our SLR was an increase of 80 bps.
Regulatory Capital
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Change
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Common stock and surplus$11,361 $15,799 $(4,438)
Retained earnings89,679 78,978 10,701 
AOCI(3,102)(1,962)(1,140)
Regulatory adjustments and deductions:
Net goodwill(16,641)(11,527)(5,114)
Net intangible assets(6,704)(4,165)(2,539)
Other adjustments and deductions1
1,149 1,527 (378)
Total Common Equity Tier 1
capital
$75,742 $78,650 $(2,908)
Additional Tier 1 capital
Preferred stock$7,750 $9,250 $(1,500)
Noncontrolling interests562 619 (57)
Additional Tier 1 capital$8,312 $9,869 $(1,557)
Deduction for investments in covered funds(706)(440)(266)
Total Tier 1 capital$83,348 $88,079 $(4,731)
Standardized Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt$8,609 $7,737 $872 
Eligible ACL1,155 1,265 (110)
Other adjustments and deductions54 132 (78)
Total Standardized Tier 2
capital
$9,818 $9,134 $684 
Total Standardized capital$93,166 $97,213 $(4,047)
Advanced Tier 2 capital
Subordinated debt$8,609 $7,737 $872 
Eligible credit reserves916 1,046 (130)
Other adjustments and
deductions
54 132 (78)
Total Advanced Tier 2 capital$9,579 $8,915 $664 
Total Advanced capital$92,927 $96,994 $(4,067)
1.Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital primarily includes net after-tax DVA, the credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in our own capital instruments and certain deferred tax assets.

47December 2021 Form 10-K

 
Management'sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

RWA Rollforward
$ in millionsStandardizedAdvanced
Credit risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2020$387,066 $284,930 
Change related to the following items:
Derivatives25,467 (17,523)
Securities financing transactions(4,863)(1,543)
Investment securities(3,134)6,512 
Commitments, guarantees and loans310 4,493 
Equity investments4,129 4,321 
Other credit risk7,527 4,057 
Total change in credit risk RWA$29,436 $317 
Balance at December 31, 2021$416,502 $285,247 
Market risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2020$66,040 $66,040 
Change related to the following items:
Regulatory VaR(7,842)(7,842)
Regulatory stressed VaR(1,206)(1,206)
Incremental risk charge2,335 2,335 
Comprehensive risk measure269 269 
Specific risk(4,177)(4,177)
Total change in market risk RWA$(10,621)$(10,621)
Balance at December 31, 2021$55,419 $55,419 
Operational risk RWA
Balance at December 31, 2020N/A$94,181 
Change in operational risk RWAN/A902 
Balance at December 31, 2021N/A$95,083 
Total RWA$471,921 $435,749 
Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements
Credit risk RWA in 2021 increased under the Standardized Approach, while it is relatively unchanged under the Advanced Approach. Under the Standardized Approach, the increase was primarily in Derivatives, driven by the impact of the early adoption of SA-CCR on December 1, 2021. Under the Advanced Approach, CVA in Derivatives decreased due to lower credit spread volatility, offset by increases in Investment securities from the E*TRADE acquisition now being risk-weighted under the Advanced Approach, event lending within the Institutional Securities business segment, as well as equity investments and other credit risk.
Market risk RWA decreased in 2021 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, primarily due to a decrease in VaR mainly as a result of reduced volatility as the peak COVID-19 market stress in 2020 is no longer included in VaR.
G-SIB Capital Surcharge
We and other U.S. G-SIBs are subject to an additional risk-based capital surcharge, the G-SIB capital surcharge, which must be satisfied using Common Equity Tier 1 capital and which functions as an extension of the capital conservation buffer. The surcharge is calculated based on the G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, and complexity and substitutability (“Method 1”) or use of short-term wholesale funding (“Method 2”), whichever is higher.
Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements
The Federal Reserve has established external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements for top-tier BHCs of U.S. G-SIBs (“covered BHCs”), including the Parent Company. These requirements are designed to ensure that covered BHCs will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC where an SPOE resolution strategy is used (see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk”).
These TLAC and eligible LTD requirements include various restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to: be issued by the covered BHC; be unsecured; have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance; and not contain certain embedded features, such as a principal or redemption amount subject to reduction based on the performance of an asset, entity or index, or a similar feature. In addition, the requirements provide permanent grandfathering for debt instruments issued prior to December 31, 2016 that would be eligible LTD but for having impermissible acceleration clauses or being governed by foreign law.
A covered BHC is also required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of (i) 18% of total RWA or (ii) 7.5% of its total leverage exposure (the denominator of its SLR). Covered BHCs must also meet a minimum external LTD requirement equal to the greater of (i) total RWA multiplied by the sum of 6% plus the higher of the Method 1 or Method 2 G-SIB capital surcharge applicable to the Parent Company or (ii) 4.5% of its total leverage exposure.
The final rule imposes TLAC buffer requirements on top of both the risk-based and leverage exposure-based external TLAC minimum requirements. The risk-based TLAC buffer is equal to the sum of 2.5%, our Method 1 G-SIB surcharge and the CCyB, if any, as a percentage of total RWA. The leverage exposure-based TLAC buffer is equal to 2% of our total leverage exposure. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.
Planned

December 2021 Form 10-K48

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Required and Actual TLAC and Eligible LTD Ratios
 Actual
Amount/Ratio
$ in millionsRegulatory Minimum
Required Ratio1
At
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
External TLAC2
$235,681 $216,129 
External TLAC as a % of RWA18.0 %21.5 %49.9 %47.7 %
External TLAC as a % of leverage exposure7.5 %9.5 %16.0 %18.1 %
Eligible LTD3
$144,659 $120,561 
Eligible LTD as a % of RWA9.0 %9.0 %30.7 %26.6 %
Eligible LTD as a % of leverage exposure4.5 %4.5 %9.8 %10.1 %
1.Required ratios are inclusive of applicable buffers.
2.External TLAC consists of Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital (each excluding any noncontrolling minority interests), as well as eligible LTD.
3.Consists of TLAC-eligible LTD reduced by 50% for amounts of unpaid principal due to be paid in more than one year but less than two years from each respective balance sheet date.
Furthermore, under the clean holding company requirements, a covered BHC is prohibited from incurring any external debt with an original maturity of less than one year or certain other liabilities, regardless of whether the liabilities are fully secured or otherwise senior to eligible LTD, or entering into certain other prohibited transactions. Certain other external liabilities, including those with certain embedded features noted above, are subject to a cap equal to 5% of the covered BHC’s outstanding external TLAC amount. Additionally, as of April 1, 2021, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to make certain deductions from regulatory capital for investments in certain unsecured debt instruments (including eligible LTD in the TLAC framework) issued by the Parent Company or other G-SIBs.
We are in compliance with all TLAC requirements as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Capital Plans, Stress Tests and the Stress Capital Buffer
The Federal Reserve has capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.
We must submit, on at least an annual basis, a capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate annual stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy. As banks with less than $250 billion of total assets, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are not subject to company-run stress test regulatory requirements.
The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance or redemption of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases) and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact our consolidated
capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios and how we will serve as a source of strength to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including us.
As part of its annual capital supervisory stress testing process, the Federal Reserve determines an SCB for each large BHC, including us. The SCB applies only with respect to Standardized Approach risk-based capital requirements and replaced the Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5%. The SCB is the greater of (i) the maximum decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the severely adverse scenario over the supervisory stress test measurement period plus the sum of the four quarters of planned common stock dividends divided by the projected RWAs from the quarter in which the Firm’s projected Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio reaches its minimum in the supervisory stress test and (ii) 2.5%.
The supervisory stress test assumes that BHCs generally maintain a constant level of assets and RWAs throughout the projection period. The SCB incorporates the results of the supervisory stress test results and incorporates four quarters of common stock dividends. Federal Reserve approval for capital actions is required in some specific circumstances.
A firm’s SCB is subject to revision each year, taking effect from October 1 to reflect the results of the Federal Reserve’s annual supervisory stress test. The Federal Reserve has discretion to recalculate a firm’s SCB outside of the October 1 annual cycle in certain circumstances.
Our SCB will remain at 5.7% from October 1, 2021 through September 30, 2022. Together with other features of the regulatory capital framework, this SCB results in an aggregate Standardized Approach Common Equity Tier 1 required ratio of 13.2%.
The Federal Reserve has the authority to impose restrictions on capital actions as a supervisory matter. In the second quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve imposed capital action restrictions on large BHCs, including us, which it modified in the fourth quarter of 2020 and subsequently extended. Under the modified capital action restrictions announced on December 18, 2020 and subsequently extended by the Federal Reserve, in the first two quarters of 2021, large BHCs were permitted to pay common stock dividends, provided they did not increase the amount of common stock dividends to be larger than the level paid in the second quarter of 2020, and make share repurchases that, in the aggregate, did not exceed an amount equal to the average of the firm’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters; make share repurchases that equal the amount of share issuances related to expensed employee compensation; and redeem and make scheduled payments on additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments. The Federal Reserve subsequently announced that the
49December 2021 Form 10-K

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
restrictions described above would end on June 30, 2021 for all firms whose capital levels are above minimum risk-based requirements in the Federal Reserve’s annual supervisory stress test.
Based on the results of the 2021 supervisory stress tests, the temporary capital action supervisory restrictions previously applicable to us ended on June 30, 2021. Beginning July 1, 2021, the Firm is permitted, in its discretion, to adjust its capital distributions without seeking prior approval from the Federal Reserve, provided that it remains in compliance with all applicable regulatory capital requirements, including the SCB. We disclosed a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests on our Investor Relations website and announced that our Board of Directors authorized the increase of our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.70 per share from $0.35 per share beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 15, 2021 and authorized the repurchase of up to $12 billion of outstanding common stock from July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2022, from time to time as conditions warrant, which supersedes the previous common stock repurchase authorization.
For the 2022 capital planning and stress test cycle, we are required to submit our capital plan and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2022. The Federal Reserve is expected to publish summary results of the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us, by June 30, 2022. We are required to disclose a summary of the results of our company-run stress tests within 15 days of the date the Federal Reserve discloses the results of the supervisory stress tests.
Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework
Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.
The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverage-based capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. The amount of capital allocated to the business segments is generally set at the beginning of each year and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs (e.g., acquisition or disposition). We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent common equity. We generally hold Parent common equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, potential future acquisitions and other capital needs.
Average Common Equity Attribution under the Required Capital Framework1
$ in billions202120202019
Institutional Securities$43.5 $42.8 $40.4 
Wealth Management2
28.6 20.8 18.2 
Investment Management3
8.8 2.6 2.5 
Parent16.2 14.0 11.6 
Total$97.1 $80.2 $72.7 
1.The attribution of average common equity to the business segments is a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Selected Non-GAAP Financial Information” herein.
2.The total average common equity and the allocation to the Wealth Management business segment in 2021 reflect the E*TRADE acquisition on October 2, 2020.
3. The total average common equity and the allocation to the Investment Management business segment in 2021 reflect the Eaton Vance acquisition on March 1, 2021.
The Firm has made updates to its Required Capital framework for 2021 and continues to evaluate the impact of evolving regulatory requirements, as appropriate.
Resolution and Recovery Planning
We are required to submit once every two years to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. We submitted our 2021 targeted resolution plan on June 30, 2021. For more information about resolution planning requirements, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning.”
As described in our most recent resolution plan, our preferred resolution strategy is an SPOE strategy. In line with our SPOE strategy, the Parent Company has transferred, and has agreed to transfer on an ongoing basis, certain assets to its wholly owned, direct subsidiary Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”). In addition, the Parent Company has entered into an amended and restated support agreement with its material entities (including the Funding IHC) and certain other subsidiaries. In the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its Contributable Assets to our material entities and/or the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the requirement to maintain certain levels of TLAC is that losses in resolution would be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on creditors of our material entities and without requiring taxpayer or government financial support.
The obligations of the Parent Company and the Funding IHC under the amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) and the assets of the Funding IHC. As a result, claims of our material entities, including the Funding IHC, with respect to the secured assets, are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.


December 2021 Form 10-K50

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”
Regulatory Developments and Other Matters
Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate and Replacement or Reform of Other Interest RatesRate Benchmarks
Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned committees and working groups of market participants and official sector representatives to replace LIBOR and replace or reform other interest rate benchmarks (collectively, the “IBORs”). A transition away from use of the IBORs to alternative rates and other potential interest rate benchmark reforms is underway and will continue over the course of the next few years.
Accordingly,In accordance with announcements by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR publication, and ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, which administers LIBOR publication, the publication of most non-U.S. dollar LIBOR rates ceased as of the end of December 2021. While publication of the one-, three- and six-month Sterling and Japanese yen LIBOR settings will continue at least until the end of 2022 on the basis of a “synthetic” methodology (known as “synthetic LIBOR”), these rates have been designated unrepresentative by the FCA and are solely available for use in legacy transactions. Furthermore, while certain U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors are expected to continue to be published until June 30, 2023, the U.S. banking agencies and the FCA have issued guidance instructing banks to cease entering into new contracts referencing U.S. dollar LIBOR no later than December 31, 2021, with certain exceptions.
As of December 31, 2021, our LIBOR-referenced contracts were primarily concentrated in derivative contracts and to a lesser extent, loans, floating rate notes, preferred shares, securitizations and mortgages. A significant majority of our derivative contracts, and a majority of our non-derivative contracts contain fallback provisions or otherwise have an expected path that will allow for the transition to an alternative reference rate upon the cessation of the applicable LIBOR rate.
While we have establishedmade substantial progress in the transition away from the IBORs, we nonetheless currently remain party to a significant number of U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked contracts. A significant majority of our U.S. dollar derivative contracts contain IBOR fallback provisions based in the first instance on SOFR due to incorporation of the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Fallbacks Supplement or through amendment by adherence to the 2020 IBOR Fallbacks Protocol. Further, to the extent that a U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked derivative or non-derivative contract is governed by New York law, New York State has enacted
legislation that is intended to minimize legal and economic uncertainty following U.S. dollar LIBOR’s cessation by replacing LIBOR references in certain contracts under certain circumstances with a benchmark based on SOFR, including any spread adjustment, recommended by the Federal Reserve, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or the Alternative Reference Rates Committee. For those U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked contracts without appropriate fallbacks and for which the New York State legislation is not expected to apply, we are undertaking a Firmwide IBORactively developing appropriate transition plan to promoteplans in light of the transitionplanned June 30, 2023 cessation date for the remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR tenors.
Following the cessation or non-representativeness designation of non-U.S. dollar LIBOR rates as of December 31, 2021, our non-U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked contracts containing fallback provisions transitioned to alternative reference rates through the operation of the fallbacks within the contracts. For example, as of the first reset date following December 31, 2021, derivative contracts referencing non-U.S. dollar LIBOR that either incorporate the ISDA IBOR Fallbacks Supplement or that were amended through adherence to the 2020 IBOR Fallbacks Protocol, are or will be valued using the adjusted version of the applicable risk-free reference rate selected as an alternative to the IBORs by the appropriate national committee (e.g., Sterling Overnight Index Average rate in place of Sterling LIBOR and the Tokyo Overnight Average rate in place of Japanese yen LIBOR).
Of the remaining portion of non-U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked contracts that have not transitioned to alternative reference rates through the operation of fallback provisions, many of these contracts reference Sterling or Japanese yen LIBOR settings for which takes into accounta synthetic rate will be published at least until the considerable uncertainty regardingend of 2022, therefore these contracts will continue to reference synthetic LIBOR at least for the availabilityduration of LIBOR beyond 2021. 2022.
Our transition plan includes a number of key steps, including continued engagement with central bank and industry working groups and regulators (including participation and leadership on key committees), active client engagement, internal operational readiness, and risk management, among other things.  OurIBOR transition plan is overseen by a global steering committee, with senior management oversight. As part ofoversight, and we continue to execute against our Firmwide initiative, we are identifying, assessing and monitoring risks associated with the expected discontinuation or unavailability of one or more of the IBORs.
We are a partyFirm-wide IBOR transition plan to a significant number of IBOR-linked contracts, many of which extend beyond 2021, comprising derivatives, securitizations and floating rate notes, loans and mortgages. Our review of these contracts includes assessing the impact of applicable fallbacks and any amendments that may be warranted or appropriate. We are also taking steps to update operational processes (including to support alternative reference rates), models, and associated infrastructure, as well as planning for certain client outreach to amend fallbacks or seek voluntary conversions of outstanding IBOR products where practicable.
In addition, as part ofcomplete the transition to alternative reference rates, we are making markets in products linkedincluding implementing regulatory guidance to such rates, including SOFR, the alternative rate tocease entering into new contracts referencing U.S. dollar LIBOR selected by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, andafter December 31, 2021, with certain exceptions.
See also began issuing debt linked to SOFR.
For“Risk Factors—Risk Management” for a further discussion of risks related to the expectedplanned replacement of the IBORs and/or reform of interest rate benchmarks, and the related risks and our transition plan, see “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

benchmarks.

5751December 20192021 Form 10-K

 
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk 
Risk Management
Overview
Risk is an inherent part of our businesses and activities. We believe effective risk management is vital to the success of our business activities. Accordingly, we have an Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) framework to integrate the diverse roles of risk management into a holistic enterprise structure and to facilitate the incorporation of risk assessment into decision-making processes across the Firm.
We have policies and procedures in place to identify, measure, monitor, advise, challengeescalate, mitigate and control the principal risks involved in the activities of the Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, as well as at the Parent Company level. The principal risks involved in our business activities include market (including non-trading risks), credit, operational, model, compliance, cybersecurity, liquidity, strategic, reputational and conduct risk. Strategic risk is integrated into our business planning, embedded in the evaluation of all principal risks and overseen by the Board.
The cornerstone of our risk management philosophy is the pursuit of risk-adjusted returns through prudent risk taking that protects our capital base and franchise. This philosophy is implemented through the ERM framework. Five key principles underlie this philosophy: integrity, comprehensiveness, independence, accountability and transparency. To help ensure the efficacy of risk management, which is an essential component of our reputation, senior
management requires
thorough and frequent communication and the appropriate escalation of risk matters. The fast-paced, complex and constantly evolving nature of global financial markets requires us to maintain a risk management culture that is incisive, knowledgeable about specialized products and markets, and subject to ongoing review and enhancement.
Our risk appetite defines the aggregate level and types of risk that the Firm is willing to accept in pursuit of our strategicto achieve its business objectives, and business plan, taking into account the interests of clients and fiduciary duties to shareholders, as well as capital and other regulatory requirements. This risk appetite is embedded in our risk culture and linked to our short-term and long-term strategic, capital and financial plans, as well as compensation programs. This risk appetite and the related Board-level risk limits and risk tolerance statements are reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”) and the Board on at least an annual basis.
Risk Governance Structure
Risk management at the Firm requires independent Firm-level oversight, accountability of our business divisions, and effective communication of risk matters across the Firm, to senior management and ultimately to the Board. Our risk governance structure is set forth in the following chart and also includes risk managers, committees, and groups within and across business segments and operating legal entities. The ERM framework, composed of independent but complementary entities, facilitates efficient and comprehensive supervision of our risk exposures and processes.
riskmanagementchart19q4.jpgms-20211231_g9.jpg
RRPResolution and Recovery Planning
1.Committees include the Capital Commitment Committee, Global Large Loan Committee, Equity Underwriting Committee, Leveraged Finance Underwriting Committee and Municipal Capital Commitment Committee.
2.Committees include the Securities Risk Committee, Wealth Management Risk Committee and Investment Management Risk Committee.
3.Established in January 2022.



1.Committees include the Capital Commitment Committee, Global Large Loan Committee, Equity Underwriting Committee, Leveraged Finance Underwriting Committee and Municipal Capital Commitment Committee.
2.Committees include the Securities Risk Committee, Wealth Management Risk Committee and Investment Management Risk Committee.


December 20192021 Form 10-K5852

 
Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Morgan Stanley Board of Directors
The Board has oversight of the ERM framework and is responsible for helping to ensure that our risks are managed in a sound manner. The Board has authorized the committees within the ERM framework to help facilitate our risk oversight responsibilities. As set forth in our Corporate Governance Policies, the Board also oversees, and receives reports on, our financial performance, strategy and business plans, as well as our practices and procedures relating to reputational and franchise risk, and culture, values and conduct.
Risk Committee of the Board
The BRC assists the Board in its oversight of the ERM framework; oversees major risk exposures of the Firm, including market, credit, model and liquidity risk, against established risk measurement methodologies and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; oversees our risk appetite statement, including risk limits and tolerances; reviews capital, liquidity and funding strategy and related guidelines and policies; reviews the contingency funding plan and capital planning process; oversees our significant risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies; oversees the performance of the Chief Risk Officer; reviews reports from our Strategic Transactions Committee, CCAR Committee and RRP Committee; reviews new product risk, emerging risks, climate risk and regulatory matters; and reviews the Internal Audit Department reports on the assessment of the risk management, liquidity and capital functions. The BRC reports to the Board on a regular basis and coordinates with other Board committees with respect to oversight of risk management and risk assessment guidelines.
Audit Committee of the Board
The Audit Committee of the Board (“BAC”) oversees the integrity of our financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and system of internal controls; oversees risk management and risk assessment guidelines in coordination with the Board, the BRC, and the Operations and Technology Committee of the Board (“BOTC”); reviews the major legal, compliance and complianceconduct risk exposures of the Firm and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; selects, determines the fees, evaluates and, when appropriate, replaces the independent auditor; oversees the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditor and pre-approves audit and permitted non-audit services; oversees the performance of our GlobalChief Audit Director;Officer; and, after review, recommends to the Board the acceptance and inclusion of the annual audited financial statements in the Firm’s annual report on Form 10-K. The BAC reports to the Board on a regular basis.
Operations and Technology Committee of the Board
The BOTC oversees our operations and technology strategy and significant investments in support of such strategy; operations,
oversees operations, technology and operational risk, including information security, fraud, vendor, data protection, privacy, business continuity and resilience, cybersecurity risks and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; receives reports regarding business continuity and resilience; and reviews risk management and risk assessment guidelines in coordination with the Board, the BRC and the BAC, and policies regarding operations, technology and operational risk. The BOTC reports to the Board on a regular basis.
Firm Risk Committee
The Board has also authorized the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”), a management committee appointed and chairedco-chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Risk Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Firm includingfrom the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officerbusiness, independent risk functions and Chief Legal Officer,control groups, to help oversee the ERM framework. The FRC’s responsibilities include: oversight of our risk management principles, procedures and limits; the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, model, operational, model, liquidity, legal, compliance and reputational risk matters, and other risks, as appropriate; and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC also establishes and communicates risk tolerance, including aggregate Firm limits and tolerances, as appropriate. The Governance Process Review Subcommittee of the FRC oversees governance and process issues on behalf of the FRC. The FRC reports to the Board, the BAC, the BOTC and the BRC through the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Legal Officer.
Functional Risk and Control Committees
Functional risk and control committees and other committees within the ERM framework facilitate efficient and comprehensive supervision of our risk exposures and processes.
Each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies, procedures, controls and systems that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, our aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of our risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.
Chief Risk Officer
The Chief Risk Officer, who is independent of business units, reports to the BRC and the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Risk Officer oversees compliance with our risk limits; approves exceptions to our risk limits; independently reviews material market, credit, liquidity, model, operational and operationalliquidity risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the
53December 2021 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Board, the BRC, the BOTC and the BAC, as appropriate. The Chief Risk Officer also coordinates with the Chief Financial Officer regarding

59December 2019 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

capital and liquidity management and works with the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board to help ensure that the structure and design of incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage unnecessary and excessive risk taking.
Independent Risk Management Functions
The risk management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk, Operational Risk, Model Risk and Liquidity Risk Management departments) are independent of our business units and report to the Chief Risk Officer. These functions assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling our risk through a number of control processes. Each function maintains its own risk governance structure with specified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of managing risk. Further discussion about the responsibilities of the risk management functions may be found under “Market Risk,” “Credit Risk,” “Operational Risk,” “Model Risk” and “Liquidity Risk” herein.
Support and Control Groups
Our support and control groups include, but are not limited to, the Legal and Compliance Division, the Finance Division, Technology Division, Operations Division, the Human Resources Department, Corporate Services, Firm Resilience, and Firm Resilience.Strategy and Execution. Our support and control groups coordinate with the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; each business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; liquidity risks; model risks; sales practices; reputational, legal enforceability, compliance, conduct and regulatory risk; and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Firm and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.
Internal Audit Department
The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment. The Internal Audit Department provides an independent assessment of(“IAD”) independently assesses the design and effectiveness of our control environment andFirm’s risk management processes using a risk-based audit coverage model and audit executioncontrols using methodology developed from professional auditing standards. The Internal Audit Department also reviewsstandards and tests our compliance with internal guidelines set for risk management and risk monitoring, as well as external rules and regulations governing the industry. It effectsregulatory guidance. IAD undertakes these responsibilities through periodic reviews (with specified minimum frequency) of our processes,business activities, products or information systems; targeted reviews of specific controlsoperations and activities; pre-implementation or initiative reviews of new or significantly changed processes, activities, products or information systems; andsystems, as well as special investigations and retrospective reviews required as a result of
internal factorsthat may be specifically requested by the BAC or regulatory requests.management. In addition to regular reports to the BAC, the GlobalChief Audit Director,Officer, who reports functionally to the BAC and administratively to the Chief Executive Officer, periodically reports to the BRC and BOTC on risk-related control issues.various matters of risks and controls.
Culture, Values and Conduct of Employees
Employees of the Firm are accountable for conducting themselves in accordance with our core values: PuttingPut Clients First, DoingDo the Right Thing, LeadingLead with Exceptional Ideas, Commit to Diversity and Inclusion, and and GivingGive Back. We are committed to reinforcing and confirming adherence to our core values through our governance framework, tone from the top, management oversight, risk management and controls, and three lines of defense structure (business, control functions such as Risk Management and Compliance, and Internal Audit).
The Board is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s practices and procedures relating to culture, values and conduct, as set forth in the Firm’s Corporate Governance Policies. Our Culture, Values and Conduct Committee, isalong with the Compliance and Conduct Risk Committee, are the senior management committeecommittees that overseesoversee the Firmwide culture, values and conduct program.program and report regularly to the Board. A fundamental building block of this program is the Firm’s Code of Conduct, which establishes standards for employee conduct that further reinforce the Firm’s commitment to integrity and ethical conduct. Every new hire and every employee annually mustis required to certify to their understanding of and adherence to the Code of Conduct. The Firm’s Global Conduct Risk Management Policy also sets out a consistent global framework for managing Conduct Risk (i.ei.e.., the risk arising from misconduct by employees or contingent workers) and Conduct Risk incidents at the Firm.
The employee annual performance review process includes evaluation of employee conduct related to risk management practices and the Firm’s expectations. We also have several mutually reinforcing processes to identify employee conduct that may have an impact on employment status, current year compensation and/or prior year compensation. For example, the Global Incentive Compensation Discretion Policy sets forth standards for managers when making annual compensation decisions and specifically provides that managers must consider whether their employees effectively managed and/or supervised risk control practices during the performance year. Management committees from control functions periodically meet to discuss employees whose conduct is not in line with our expectations. These results are incorporated into identified employees’ performance reviews and compensation and promotion decisions.
The Firm’s clawback and cancellation provisions apply to deferred incentive compensation and cover a broad scope of employee conduct, including any act or omission (including with respect to direct supervisory responsibilities) that constitutes a breach of obligation to the Firm or causes a restatement of the Firm’s financial results, constitutes a violation

December 2019 Form 10-K60

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

of the Firm’s global risk management principles, policies and standards, or causes a loss of revenue associated with a position on which the employee was paid and the employee operated outside of internal controlrisk management policies.


December 2021 Form 10-K54

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Risk Limits Framework
Risk limits and quantitative metrics provide the basis for monitoring risk takingrisk-taking activity and avoiding outsized risk taking. Our risk-taking capacity is sized through the Firm’s capital planning process where losses are estimated under the Firm’s BHC Severely Adverse stress testing scenario. We also maintain a comprehensive suite of risk limits and quantitative metrics to support and implement our risk appetite statement. Our risk limits support linkages between the overall risk appetite, which is reviewed by the Board, and more granular risk-taking decisions and activities.
Risk limits, once established, are reviewed and updated on at least an annual basis, with more frequent updates as necessary. Board-level risk limits address the most important Firmwide aggregations of risk, including, but not limited to, stressed market, credit and liquidity risks.risk. Additional risk limits approved by the FRC address more specific types of risk and are bound by the higher-level Board risk limits.
Risk Management Process
In subsequent sections, we discuss our risk management policies and procedures for our primary risks. This discussion primarily focuses onrisks involved in the activities of our Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management business segment's trading activities and corporate lending and related activities. We believe that these activities generate a substantial portion of our primary risks.segments. These sections and the estimated amounts of our risk exposure generated by our statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which we operate and certain other factors described in the following paragraphs.
Market Risk
Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, spreads, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, we incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of our VaR for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, we incur non-trading market risk, principally within the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments. The Wealth Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading market risk (including interest rate risk) from lending and deposit-taking activities. The Investment Management business segment primarily incurs non-trading
market risk from capital investments in alternative and otherits funds.
Market risk also includes non-trading interest rate risk. Non-trading interest rate risk in the banking book (amounts classified for regulatory capital purposes under the banking book regime) refers to the exposure that a change in interest rates will result in prospective earnings changes for assets and liabilities in the banking book.
Sound market risk management is an integral part of our culture. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. The control groups help ensure that these risks are measured and closely monitored and are made transparent to senior management. The Market Risk Department is responsible for ensuring the transparency of material market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.
To execute these responsibilities, the Market Risk Department monitors our risk against limits on aggregate risk exposures, performs a variety of risk analyses, routinely reports risk summaries, and maintains our VaR and scenario analysis systems. Market risk is also monitored through various measures: by use of statistics (including VaR and related analytical measures); by measures of position size and sensitivity; and through routine stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors and scenarios designed by the Market Risk Department in collaboration with the business units. The material risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Market Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC and the Board.
Trading Risks
Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management
During 2019, we hadWe have exposures to a wide range of risks related to interest rates and credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices—andprices as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads—related tospreads of the global markets in which we conduct our trading activities.
We are exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of our market-making activities and other trading in interest rate-sensitive financial instruments (e.g(i.e.,., risk arising from changes in the level or implied volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve andand/or credit spreads). The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which we are active include, but are not limited to, the following: derivatives, and corporate and government debt across both developed and emerging markets and asset-backed debt, including mortgage-related securities.

61December 2019 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

We are exposed to equity price and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining other positions, including positions in non-public entities. Positions in non-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.
55December 2021 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
We are exposed to foreign exchange rate and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holding non-U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.
We are exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities in commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil and precious metals. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions; physical production and transportation; or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.
We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.ge.g.., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged.
We manage the market risk associated with our trading activities on a Firmwide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. We manage and monitor our market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that we believe is well-diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects our aggregate risk tolerance as established by our senior management.
Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Firm across all divisions worldwide. Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by our senior management.
Value-at-Risk
The statistical technique known as VaR is one of the tools we use to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department
calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.
Beginning July 1, 2019, weWe estimate VaR using a model based on a one-year equal weighted historical simulation for general market risk factors and name-specific risk in corporate sharesequities and related derivatives, and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on historical observation of
daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors, and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes.
Prior to July 1, 2019, our VaR model used four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to reflect current market conditions.
VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over a one-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The 95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.
Our VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes and non-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives, as well as certain basis risks ((e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).
We use VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR.

December 2019 Form 10-K62

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. We are aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, use VaR as only one component in our risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis and control at the trading desk, division and Firm levels.
OurWe update our VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. We are


December 2021 Form 10-K56

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of our regular process improvements, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.
Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of our future revenues or financial performance or of our ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that our actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated in the following tables and paragraphs or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a 95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses that, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.
VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.
Our regulators have approved the same VaR model we use for risk management purposes for use in regulatory calculations.
The portfolio of positions used for Management VaR differs from that used for Regulatory VaR. Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.
The following table presents the Management VaR for the Trading portfolio, on a period-end, annual average, and annual
high and low basis. To further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio VaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories. The Credit Portfolio includes counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.
95%/One-Day Management VaR 
 2021
$ in millionsPeriod
End
Average
High1
Low1
Interest rate and credit spread$21 $29 $41 $21 
Equity price20 26 170 19 
Foreign exchange rate6 9 24 4 
Commodity price16 14 27 8 
Less: Diversification benefit2
(31)(32)N/AN/A
Primary Risk Categories$32 $46 $171 $32 
Credit Portfolio12 15 31 11 
Less: Diversification benefit2
(12)(11)N/AN/A
Total Management VaR$32 $50 $175 $32 
 2019
$ in millions
Period
End
Average
High2
Low2
Interest rate and credit spread$26
$29
$43
$24
Equity price11
15
22
11
Foreign exchange rate10
13
20
6
Commodity price10
14
22
10
Less: Diversification benefit1
(27)(35)N/A
 N/A
Primary Risk Categories$30
$36
$47
$30
Credit Portfolio15
16
19
13
Less: Diversification benefit1
(10)(11) N/A
 N/A
Total Management VaR$35
$41
$51
$33
 2020
$ in millionsPeriod
End
Average
High1
Low1
Interest rate and credit spread$35 $37 $62 $24 
Equity price23 23 39 12 
Foreign exchange rate14 10 19 
Commodity price15 17 29 10 
Less: Diversification benefit2
(32)(43)N/AN/A
Primary Risk Categories$55 $44 $62 $28 
Credit Portfolio31 22 31 12 
Less: Diversification benefit2
(10)(12)N/AN/A
Total Management VaR$76 $54 $78 $32 
 
20183
$ in millions
Period
End
Average
High2
Low2
Interest rate and credit spread$44
$34
$53
$25
Equity price12
14
18
9
Foreign exchange rate11
10
16
6
Commodity price13
10
18
6
Less: Diversification benefit1
(27)(29)N/A
N/A
Primary Risk Categories$53
$39
$64
$31
Credit Portfolio14
11
16
8
Less: Diversification benefit1
(12)(8)N/A
N/A
Total Management VaR$55
$42
$62
$34
1.The high and low VaR values for the Total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and, therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

1.2.Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.
Average Total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.
2.The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.
3.2018 amounts have been revised to present the results of the new VaR model, in conformance with the 2019 presentation. The difference between the VaR measures produced by the new and old models was not significant.
Average total Management VaR remained relatively unchanged from 2018. Average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories decreased in 2021 from 2018 as2020 primarily due to reduced interestexposures in Interest rate and credit spread risk was offsetspreads, and the significant volatility in 2020 no longer being included in the one-year VaR window. During 2021, Management VaR peaked at $175 million for one day driven by increased Commodity and Foreign Exchange risk withinequity exposure resulting from the Fixed Income Division.aforementioned credit event for a single client.
Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues
One method of evaluating the reasonableness of our VaR model as a measure of our potential volatility of net revenues is to compare VaR with corresponding actual trading revenues. Assuming no intraday trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model would be questioned.

63December 2019 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.accuracy. There were no14 trading loss days in 2019 on2021, one of which trading losses exceeded 95% Total Management VaR.
Daily 95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for 20192021
($ in millions)
onedaytotalmanagementvar19q4.jpgms-20211231_g10.jpg
57December 2021 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Daily Net Trading Revenues for 20192021
($ in millions)
dailynettradingrevenues19q4.jpgms-20211231_g11.jpg
The previous histogram shows the distribution of daily net trading revenues for 2019.2021. Daily net trading revenues include
profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities for our trading businesses. Certain items such as fees, commissions, and net interest income and counterparty default risk are excluded from daily net trading revenues and the VaR model. Revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting further exclude intraday trading.
Non-Trading Risks
We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of our non-trading risks. The following sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of the non-trading risk in our portfolio.
Credit Spread Risk Sensitivity1
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Derivatives$7 $
Borrowings carried at fair value48 50 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Derivatives$6
$6
Funding liabilities2
42
34
1.1.Amounts represent the potential gain for each 1 bps widening of our credit spread.
2.Relates to Borrowings carried at fair value.
Credit spread risk sensitivity for funding liabilities aseach 1 bps widening of December 31, 2019 has increased compared with December 31, 2018, primarily as a result of new issuances of Borrowings carried at fair value in the Fixed Income Division of the Institutional Securities business segment.our credit spread.
U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Basis point change Basis point change
+100$151
$182
+100$1,267 $1,540 
-100(642)(428)-100(893)(654)
The previous table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks (subject to a floor of zero percent in the downward scenario) on net interest income over the next 12 months for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. These shocks are applied to our 12-month forecast for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, which
incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted business activity.
We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to optimize across a range of possible outcomes, including non-parallel rate change scenarios. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios, assumes there are no changes in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates, and includes subjective assumptions regarding customer and market re-pricing behavior and other factors. The change in sensitivity to interest rates between December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 20182020 is primarily driven by lower market ratesthe effects of changes in the mix of our assets and liabilities and changes in our asset-liability profile.market rates.

December 2019 Form 10-K64

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees
 Loss from 10% Decline
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Investments related to Investment
Management activities
$407 $386 
Other investments:
MUMSS167 184 
Other Firm investments331 210 
 Loss from 10% Decline
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Investments related to Investment
Management activities
$367
$298
Other investments:  
MUMSS169
165
Other Firm investments195
179
MUMSS—Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.
We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which is for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net incomerevenues associated with a reasonably possible 10% decline in investment values and relatedrelated impact on performance-based fees,income, as applicable. The change in investments sensitivity related to Investment Management activitiesOther Firm investments between December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018 is2020 was primarily driven by higher unrealized carried interestnew investments in Community Reinvestment Act affordable housing and investment gains, primarily from an Asia private equity fund.increases in investments in the Equity business.
Equity MarketAsset Management Revenue Sensitivity
InCertain asset management revenues in the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments certainare derived from management fees, which are based on fee-based revenue streamsclient assets in Wealth Management or AUM in Investment Management (together, “client holdings”). The assets underlying client holdings are driven by the valueprimarily composed of clients’ equity, holdings.fixed income and alternative investments and are sensitive to changes in related markets. The overall level of revenues for these streams alsorevenues depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equitya market increase or decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, and client behavior such as the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market increase or decline and price volatility on client behavior.redemptions. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equityrelated markets.


December 2021 Form 10-K58

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Credit Risk
Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. We are primarily incurexposed to credit risk tofrom institutions and individuals through our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments.
We incur credit risk in our Institutional Securities business segment through a variety of activities, including, but not limited to, the following:
extending credit to clients through loans and lending commitments;
entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties may have obligations to make payments to us;
providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the repayment amount;
posting margin and/or collateral to clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties;
placing funds on deposit at other financial institutions to support our clearing and settlement obligations; and
investing or trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.
We incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment, primarily through lending to individuals and entities, including, but not limited to, the following:
margin loans collateralized by securities;
securities-based lending and other forms of secured loans, including tailored lending to high and ultra-high net worth clients;
single-family residential mortgage loans in conforming, non-conforming or HELOC form primarily to existing Wealth Management clients; and
employee loans granted primarily to recruit certain Wealth Management representatives.
Monitoring and Control
In order to help protect us from losses, theThe Credit Risk Management Department (“CRM”) establishes Firmwide practices to evaluate, monitor and control credit risk at the transaction, obligor and portfolio levels. The CRM approves extensions of credit, evaluates the creditworthiness of the counterparties and borrowers on a regular basis, and helps ensure that credit exposure is actively monitored and managed. The evaluation of counterparties and borrowers includes an assessment of the probability that an obligor will default on its financial obligations and any losses that may occur when an obligor defaults. In addition, credit risk exposure is actively managed by credit professionals and committees within the CRM and through various risk committees, whose membership includes individuals from the CRM. A comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework
is utilized to manage credit risk levels across the Firm. The Credit Limits Framework is calibrated within our risk tolerance and includes single-name limits and portfolio concentration limits by country, industry and product type.
The CRM helps ensure timely and transparent communication of material credit risks, compliance with established limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. The CRM also works closely with the Market Risk Department and applicable business units to monitor risk

65December 2019 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

exposures and to perform stress tests to identify, analyze and control credit risk concentrations arising from lending and trading activities. The stress tests shock market factors (e.g., interest rates, commodity prices, credit spreads), risk parameters (e.g.,, probability of default probabilities and loss given default), recovery rates and expected losses in order to assess the impact of stresses on exposures, profit and loss, and our capital position. Stress tests are conducted in accordance with our established policies and procedures.
Credit Evaluation
The evaluation of corporate and institutional counterparties and borrowers includes assigning credit ratings, which reflect an assessment of an obligor’s probability of default and loss given default. Credit evaluations typically involve the assessment of financial statements; leverage; liquidity; capital strength; asset composition and quality; market capitalization; access to capital markets; adequacy of collateral, if applicable; and, in the case of certain loans, cash flow projections and debt service requirements. The CRM also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, management and other factors such as country risks and legal and contingent risks that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. Additionally, the CRM evaluates the relative position of our exposure in the borrower’s capital structure and relative recovery prospects, as well as other structural elements of the particular transaction.
The evaluation of consumer borrowers is tailored to the specific type of lending. Securities-based loans are evaluated based on factors that include, but are not limited to, the amount of the loan and the amount, quality, diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. The underwriting of residential real estate loans includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s debt-to-income ratio, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-valueLTV ratio and industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., FICO scores). Subsequent credit monitoring for individual loans is performed at the portfolio level, and collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.
Credit risk metrics assigned to our borrowers during the evaluation process are incorporated into the CRM maintenance of the allowance for loan losses for loans held for investment.credit losses. Such allowance serves as a reserve for probable inherent losses, as well as probable losses related to loans identified as impaired. For more information on the allowance for loancredit losses, see Notes 2 and 810 to the financial statements.
59December 2021 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Risk Mitigation
We may seek to mitigate credit risk from our lending and trading activities in multiple ways, including collateral provisions, guarantees and hedges. At the transaction level, we seek to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. We actively hedge our lending and derivatives exposures. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.ge.g.., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Additionally, we may sell, assign or syndicate loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan markets.
In connection with our derivatives trading activities, we generally enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide us with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of a counterparty default. A collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 79 to the financial statements for additional information about our collateralized transactions.
Loans and Lending Commitments
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsISWM
IM1
Total
Corporate$30,431
$18,320
$5
$48,756
Consumer
31,610

31,610
Residential real estate
30,184

30,184
Commercial real estate7,859


7,859
Loans held for investment, gross of allowance38,290
80,114
5
118,409
Allowance for loan losses(297)(52)
(349)
Loans held for investment, net of allowance37,993
80,062
5
118,060
Corporate10,515


10,515
Residential real estate
13

13
Commercial real estate2,049


2,049
Loans held for sale12,564
13

12,577
Corporate7,785

251
8,036
Residential real estate1,192


1,192
Commercial real estate2,098


2,098
Loans held at fair value11,075

251
11,326
Total loans61,632
80,075
256
141,963
Lending commitments2
106,886
13,161
21
120,068
Total loans and lending commitments2
$168,518
$93,236
$277
$262,031
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsHFIHFSFVOTotal
Institutional Securities:
Corporate$5,567 $8,107 $8 $13,682 
Secured lending facilities31,471 3,879  35,350 
Commercial and Residential real estate7,227 1,777 4,774 13,778 
Securities-based lending and Other1,292 45 7,710 9,047 
Total Institutional Securities45,557 13,808 12,492 71,857 
Wealth Management:
Residential real estate44,251 7  44,258 
Securities-based lending and Other85,143 17  85,160 
Total Wealth Management129,394 24  129,418 
Total Investment Management1
5  135 140 
Total loans2
174,956 13,832 12,627 201,415 
ACL(654)(654)
Total loans, net of ACL$174,302 $13,832 $12,627 $200,761 
Lending commitments3
$134,934 
Total exposure



$335,695 

At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsHFIHFSFVOTotal
Institutional Securities:
Corporate$6,046 $8,580 $13 $14,639 
Secured lending facilities25,727 3,296 648 29,671 
Commercial and Residential real estate7,346 859 3,061 11,266 
Securities-based lending and Other1,279 55 7,001 8,335 
Total Institutional Securities40,398 12,790 10,723 63,911 
Wealth Management:
Residential real estate35,268 11 — 35,279 
Securities-based lending and Other62,947 — — 62,947 
Total Wealth Management98,215 11 — 98,226 
Total Investment
Management1
12 425 443 
Total loans2
138,619 12,813 11,148 162,580 
ACL(835)(835)
Total loans, net of ACL$137,784 $12,813 $11,148 $161,745 
Lending commitments3
$127,855 
Total exposure



$289,600 
December 2019 Form 10-K66

Total exposure—consists of Total loans, net of ACL, and Lending commitments
Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

2.FVO also includes the fair value of certain unfunded lending commitments.
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsISWM
IM1
Total
Corporate$20,020
$16,884
$5
$36,909
Consumer
27,868

27,868
Residential real estate
27,466

27,466
Commercial real estate3
7,810


7,810
Loans held for investment, gross of allowance27,830
72,218
5
100,053
Allowance for loan losses(193)(45)
(238)
Loans held for investment, net of allowance27,637
72,173
5
99,815
Corporate13,886


13,886
Residential real estate1
21

22
Commercial real estate3
1,856


1,856
Loans held for sale15,743
21

15,764
Corporate9,150

21
9,171
Residential real estate1,153


1,153
Commercial real estate3
601


601
Loans held at fair value10,904

21
10,925
Total loans54,284
72,194
26
126,504
Lending commitments2
95,065
10,663

105,728
Total loans and lending commitments2
$149,349
$82,857
$26
$232,232
3.Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.
1.Investment Management business segment loans are related to certain of our activities as an investment advisor and manager. At December 31, 2019, loans held at fair value are the result of the consolidation of a CLO, managed by Investment Management, composed primarily of senior secured corporate loans.
2.Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.
3.Beginning in 2019, loans previously referred to as Wholesale real estate are referred to as Commercial real estate.
We provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, fromincluding large corporate and institutional clients, as well as high to highultra-high net worth individuals. In addition, we purchase loans in the secondary market. Loans and lending commitments are either held for investment, held for sale or carried at fair value. For more information on these loan classifications, see Note 2 to the financial statements.
In 2019,2021, total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $30$46 billion, primarily due to growth in Securities-based and Residential real estate loans within the Wealth Management business segment, as well as increases in Secured lending facilities and Corporate lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment due to growth in secured lending facilities and increases in event-driven lending commitments. Also contributing to the increase was growth in Consumer securities-based lending, Residential real estate loans and tailored lending within the Wealth Management business segment.
See Notes 3, 4, 85, 6, 10 and 1315 to the financial statements for further information.


December 2021 Form 10-K60

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments Held
$ in millions
ACL—Loans$835 
ACL—Lending commitments396 
Total at December 31, 20201,231 
Gross charge-offs(126)
Provision for credit losses4
Other(11)
Total at December 31, 2021$1,098
ACL—Loans$654
ACL—Lending commitments444
Provision for InvestmentCredit Losses by Business Segment
Year Ended
December 31, 2021
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millionsISWMTotal
Loans$349
$238
Loans$(57)$9 $(48)
Lending commitments241
203
Lending commitments50 2 52 
Total allowance for loans and
lending commitments
$590
$441
TotalTotal$(7)$11 $4 
Credit exposure arising from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the aggregate allowance for loancredit losses for loans and commitment losseslending commitments include the borrower’s financial strength, industry, facility structure, loan-to-valueLTV ratio, debt service ratio, collateral and covenants. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

The aggregate allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitmentcommitments decreased in 2021, primarily reflecting charge-offs. The provision for credit losses increased during 2019, primarily within the Institutional Securities business segment due to loanon loans and lending commitmentcommitments was flat, primarily as a result of portfolio growth, deteriorationoffset by the impact of select creditschanges in loan quality mix.
The base scenario used in our ACL models as of December 31, 2021 was generated using a combination of industry consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and certain environmental factors. internally developed and validated models, and assumes continued growth over the forecast period. Given the nature of our lending portfolio, the most sensitive model input is U.S. gross domestic product.
Forecasted U.S. GDP Growth Rates in Base Scenario
4Q 20224Q 2023
Year-over-year growth rate3.2 %2.0 %
See Notes 8 and 1310 to the financial statements for further information. See Note 2 to the financial statements for a discussion of the Firm’s ACL methodology under CECL.
Status of Loans Held for Investment
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
ISWMISWM
Accrual98.7 %99.8 %99.2 %99.7 %
Nonaccrual1
1.3 %0.2 %0.8 %0.3 %
 At December 31, 2019At December 31, 2018
  ISWMISWM
Current99.0%99.9%99.8%99.9%
Nonaccrual1
1.0%0.1%0.2%0.1%
1.These loans are on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.
1.These loans are on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.
Net Charge-off Ratios for Loans Held for Investment
$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal
2021
Net charge-off ratio1
0.44 %0.24 %0.38 % %0.01 %0.08 %
Average loans$5,184 $27,833 $7,089 $39,111 $75,230 $154,447 
2020
Net charge-off ratio1
0.41 %— %0.87 %— %(0.01)%0.07 %
Average loans$8,633 $25,281 $7,326 $32,361 $56,018 $129,619 
2019
Net charge-off ratio1
— %— %— %0.01 %— %— %
Average loans$5,005 $19,446 $7,072 $28,568 $46,966 $107,057 
1.Net charge-off ratio represents gross charge-offs net of recoveries divided by total average loans held for investment before ACL.
Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments1 
At December 31, 2019 At December 31, 2021
Contractual Years to Maturity  Contractual Years to Maturity 
$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5Total$ in millions< 11-55-15>15Total
Loans Loans
AA$7
$50
$
$5
$62
AA$ $35 $38 $ $73 
A955
923
516
277
2,671
A890 1,089 675  2,654 
BBB2,297
5,589
3,592
949
12,427
BBB5,335 8,944 563  14,842 
NIG13,051
16,824
12,047
2,592
44,514
BBBB10,734 18,349 814 18 29,915 
Other NIGOther NIG4,656 10,475 3,439 160 18,730 
Unrated2
117
82
131
1,628
1,958
Unrated2
171 665 511 3,753 5,100 
Total loans16,427
23,468
16,286
5,451
61,632
Total loans21,786 39,557 6,040 3,931 71,314 
Lending commitmentsLending commitments 
Lending commitments
AAA
50


50
AAA 50   50 
AA2,838
908
2,509

6,255
AA3,283 2,690   5,973 
A6,461
7,287
9,371
298
23,417
A5,255 17,646 407 303 23,611 
BBB7,548
13,780
20,560
753
42,641
BBB6,703 36,096 766  43,565 
NIG4,657
10,351
15,395
3,997
34,400
BBBB2,859 19,698 3,122  25,679 
Other NIGOther NIG992 13,420 6,180 55 20,647 
Unrated2

9
107
7
123
Unrated2
672 40 3  715 
Total lending
commitments
21,504
32,385
47,942
5,055
106,886
Total lending
commitments
19,764 89,640 10,478 358 120,240 
Total exposure$37,931
$55,853
$64,228
$10,506
$168,518
Total exposure$41,550 $129,197 $16,518 $4,289 $191,554 

6761December 20192021 Form 10-K

 
Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

At December 31, 2018
At December 31, 20203
Contractual Years to Maturity  Contractual Years to Maturity
$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5Total$ in millions< 11-55-15>15Total
Loans Loans
AA$7
$430
$
$19
$456
AA$279 $10 $— $— $289 
A565
1,580
858
267
3,270
A759 834 391 — 1,984 
BBB3,775
4,697
4,251
495
13,218
BBB5,043 8,472 469 — 13,984 
NIG7,151
12,882
9,313
5,889
35,235
BBBB10,963 13,073 503 — 24,539 
Other NIGOther NIG5,214 10,958 2,830 439 19,441 
Unrated2
88
95
160
1,762
2,105
Unrated2
141 472 1,246 1,076 2,935 
Total loans11,586
19,684
14,582
8,432
54,284
Total loans22,399 33,819 5,439 1,515 63,172 
Lending commitmentsLending commitments Lending commitments
AAA90
75


165
AAA— 50 — — 50 
AA2,491
1,177
2,863

6,531
AA4,047 3,173 — — 7,220 
A2,892
6,006
9,895
502
19,295
A6,025 18,167 150 275 24,617 
BBB2,993
11,825
19,461
638
34,917
BBB6,783 33,282 412 48 40,525 
NIG1,681
10,604
16,075
5,751
34,111
BBBB4,357 16,916 3,103 — 24,376 
Other NIGOther NIG664 13,352 2,614 38 16,668 
Unrated2
8

38

46
Unrated2
— — — 
Total lending
commitments
10,155
29,687
48,332
6,891
95,065
Total lending
commitments
21,880 84,940 6,279 361 113,460 
Total exposure$21,741
$49,371
$62,914
$15,323
$149,349
Total exposure$44,279 $118,759 $11,718 $1,876 $176,632 
NIG–Non-investment grade
1.Counterparty credit ratings are internally determined by CRM.
2.Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk managed as a component of market risk. For a further discussion of our market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk” herein.
1.Counterparty credit ratings are internally determined by the CRM.
2.Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk-managed as a component of market risk. For a further discussion of our market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Market Risk” herein.
3.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Financials$52,066 $44,358 
Real estate31,560 25,484 
Industrials17,446 15,861 
Information technology13,471 11,358 
Communications services12,645 12,600 
Healthcare12,618 12,650 
Consumer discretionary11,628 11,177 
Utilities10,310 9,504 
Energy8,544 10,064 
Consumer staples7,855 9,088 
Materials6,394 6,084 
Insurance4,954 3,889 
Other2,063 4,515 
Total exposure$191,554 $176,632 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Financials$40,992
$32,655
Real estate28,348
24,133
Healthcare14,113
10,158
Industrials13,136
13,701
Communications services12,165
11,244
Utilities9,905
9,856
Consumer staples9,724
7,921
Consumer discretionary9,589
8,314
Energy9,461
9,847
Information technology9,201
9,896
Materials5,577
5,969
Insurance3,755
3,744
Other2,552
1,911
Total$168,518
$149,349
Sectors Currently in Focus due to COVID-19

The principaleconomic effects of COVID-19 have impacted borrowers in many sectors and industries, though certain sectors remain more sensitive to the current economic environment and are continuing to receive heightened focus. The sectors currently in focus are retail, air travel, lodging and leisure, upstream energy, and healthcare services and systems. As of December 31, 2021, exposures to these sectors are included across the Industrials, Financials, Real estate, Consumer discretionary, Energy and Healthcare industries in the previous table, and in aggregate represent less than 10% of total Institutional
Securities business segment lending exposure. Further, as of December 31, 2021, over 90% of these exposures are either investment grade and/or secured by collateral. The future developments of COVID-19 and its effect on the economic environment remain uncertain; therefore, the sectors impacted may change over time. Refer to “Risk Factors” herein.
Institutional Securities Lending Activities
The Institutional Securities business segment lending activities include Corporate, andSecured lending facilities, Commercial real estate, loans. Ourand Securities-based lending and Other. As of December 31, 2021, over 90% of our total lending exposure, which consists of loans and lending commitments, is investment grade and/or secured by collateral.
Corporate comprises relationship and event-driven loans and lending commitments, which typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans; may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by us.hedged. For additional information on event-driven loans, see “Institutional Securities Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments” herein.
We also extend short- and long-term securedSecured lending facilities withinclude loans provided to clients, which are collateralized by various types of collateral,assets, including residential real estate,and commercial real estate mortgage loans, investor commitments for capital calls, corporate loans and financialother assets. These
collateralized loans and lending commitments facilities generally provide for overcollateralization. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement and/or a decline in the underlying collateral value. The Firm monitors collateral levels against the requirements of lending agreements. In addition, we participate in securitization activities whereby we transfer certain loans, primarily Commercial real estate, to an SPE, which in turn securitizes the loans. See Note 1416 to the financial statements for information about our securitization activities.
Commercial real estate loans are primarily senior, secured by underlying real estate and are typically in term loan form. In addition, as part of certain of its trading and securitization activities, Institutional Securities Corporate Loansmay also hold residential real estate loans.
Securities-based lending and Other includes financing extended to sales and trading customers and corporate loans purchased in the secondary market.
1

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Corporate relationship and
event-driven lending2
$11,638
$13,317
Secured lending facilities3
29,654
21,408
Securities-based lending and other4
7,439
8,331
Total Corporate$48,731
$43,056
1.December 2021 Form 10-KAmounts include loans held for investment, gross of allowance, loans held for sale and loans measured at fair value. Loans at fair value are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets.62

2.Relationship and event-driven loans typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans. For additional information on event-driven loans, see “Institutional Securities Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments” herein.
3.Risk DisclosuresSecured lending facilities includes loans provided to clients to warehouse loans secured by underlying real estate and other assets.
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
4.Securities-based lending and other includes financing extended to sales and trading customers and corporate loans purchased in the secondary market.
Institutional Securities Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments
 At December 31, 2021
 Contractual Years to Maturity 
$ in millions<11-55-15Total
Loans, net of ACL$951 $2,088 $1,803 $4,842 
Lending commitments1,619 5,288 8,879 15,786 
Total exposure$2,570 $7,376 $10,682 $20,628 
At December 31, 2019
At December 31, 20201
Contractual Years to Maturity  Contractual Years to Maturity 
$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5Total$ in millions<11-55-15Total
Loans$1,194
$1,024
$839
$390
$3,447
Loans, net of ACLLoans, net of ACL$1,241 $1,780 $2,090 $5,111 
Lending commitments7,921
5,012
2,285
3,090
18,308
Lending commitments2,810 7,327 4,650 14,787 
Total loans and lending commitments$9,115
$6,036
$3,124
$3,480
$21,755
Total exposureTotal exposure$4,051 $9,107 $6,740 $19,898 
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
 At December 31, 2018
 Contractual Years to Maturity 
$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5Total
Loans$2,582
$287
$656
$1,618
$5,143
Lending commitments1,506
2,456
2,877
3,658
10,497
Total loans and lending commitments$4,088
$2,743
$3,533
$5,276
$15,640
Event-driven loans and lending commitments, which comprise a portion of corporate loansloans and lending commitments are associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization or project finance activities. Balances may fluctuate as such lending is related to transactions that vary in timing and size from period to period.
Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment
At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLoansLending CommitmentsTotal
Corporate$5,567 $73,585 $79,152 
Secured lending facilities31,471 10,003 41,474 
Commercial real estate7,227 1,475 8,702 
Other1,292 887 2,179 
Total, before ACL$45,557 $85,950 $131,507 
ACL$(543)$(426)$(969)
At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsLoansLending CommitmentsTotal
Corporate$6,046 $69,488 $75,534 
Secured lending facilities25,727 8,312 34,039 
Commercial real estate7,346 334 7,680 
Other1,279 1,135 2,414 
Total, before ACL$40,398 $79,269 $119,667 
ACL$(739)$(391)$(1,130)

Institutional Securities Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments
December 2019 Form 10-K68

$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCommercial Real EstateOtherTotal
ACL—Loans$309 $198 $211 $21 $739 
ACL—Lending commitments323 38 11 19 391 
Total at December 31, 2020632 236 222 40 1,130 
Gross charge-offs(23)(67)(27)(3)(120)
Provision for credit losses(82)36 35 4 (7)
Other1
(6)(1)(4)(23)(34)
Total at December 31, 2021$521 $204 $226 $18 $969 
ACL—Loans$165 $163 $206 $9 $543 
ACL—Lending commitments356 41 20 9 426 
Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

Institutional Securities Loans Held for Investment—Ratios of Allowance for Credit Losses to Balance before Allowance
At
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Corporate3.0 %5.1 %
Secured lending facilities0.5 %0.8 %
Commercial real estate2.9 %2.9 %
Other0.7 %1.7 %
Total Institutional Securities loans1.2 %1.8 %
Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments
 At December 31, 2021
 Contractual Years to Maturity 
$ in millions<11-55-15>15Total
Securities-based lending and Other loans$74,466 $8,927 $1,571 $144 $85,108 
Residential real estate
loans
4 10 1,231 42,954 44,199 
Total loans, net of ACL$74,470 $8,937 $2,802 $43,098 $129,307 
Lending commitments11,894 2,467 51 282 14,694 
Total exposure$86,364 $11,404 $2,853 $43,380 $144,001 
At December 31, 2019
At December 31, 20201
Contractual Years to Maturity  Contractual Years to Maturity 
$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5Total$ in millions<11-55-15>15Total
Securities-based lending and other loans$41,863
$3,972
$2,783
$1,284
$49,902
Securities-based lending and Other loansSecurities-based lending and Other loans$54,483 $6,754 $1,672 $— $62,909 
Residential real estate loans13
11

30,149
30,173
Residential real estate loans1,258 33,952 35,221 
Total loans$41,876
$3,983
$2,783
$31,433
$80,075
Total loans, net of ACLTotal loans, net of ACL$54,492 $6,756 $2,930 $33,952 $98,130 
Lending commitments10,219
2,564
71
307
13,161
Lending commitments11,666 2,476 244 14,395 
Total loans and lending
commitments
$52,095
$6,547
$2,854
$31,740
$93,236
Total exposureTotal exposure$66,158 $9,232 $2,939 $34,196 $112,525 
 At December 31, 2018
 Contractual Years to Maturity 
$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5Total
Securities-based lending and other loans$38,144
$3,573
$2,004
$1,006
$44,727
Residential real estate loans
30
1
27,436
27,467
Total loans$38,144
$3,603
$2,005
$28,442
$72,194
Lending commitments9,197
1,151
42
273
10,663
Total loans and lending
commitments
$47,341
$4,754
$2,047
$28,715
$82,857
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
The principal Wealth Management business segment lending activities include securities-basedSecurities-based lending and residentialResidential real estate loans.
Securities-based lending allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, generally for any purpose other than purchasing, securities.trading or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. We establish approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitor limits daily and,
63December 2021 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
pursuant to such guidelines, require customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as we reserve the right not to not make any advances or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans include, but are not limited to, the loan amount, the client’s credit profile, the degree of leverage, collateral diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral.
Residential real estate loans consist of first and second lien mortgages, including HELOCs. Our underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis utilizing industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., FICO scores), debt-to-income ratios and assets of the borrower. Loan-to-valueLTV ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisals and valuations, and security lien positions are established through title and ownership reports. The vast majority of mortgage loans, including HELOCs, are held for investment in the Wealth Management business segment’s loan portfolio.
In 2019, Wealth Management Allowance for Credit Losses—Loans and Lending Commitments
$ in millions
ACL—Loans$96 
ACL—Lending commitments
Total at December 31, 2020101 
Gross charge-offs(6)
Provision for credit losses11
Other1
23
Total at December 31, 2021$129
ACL—Loans$111
ACL—Lending commitments18
1.Other primarily reflects the allowance for credit losses associated with the Community Development Fund loans portfolio that was transferred to the Wealth Management business segment increased by approximately 13%, primarily due to growthfrom the Institutional Securities business segment in Securities-based lending, Residentialthe second quarter of 2021.
At December 31, 2021, more than 75% of Wealth Management residential real estate loans were to borrowers with “Exceptional” or “Very Good” FICO scores (i.e., exceeding 740). Additionally, Wealth Management’s securities-based lending portfolio remains well-collateralized and tailored lending.subject to daily client margining, which includes requiring customers to deposit additional collateral or reduce debt positions, when necessary.
Customer and Other Receivables
Margin Loansand Other Lending
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsISWMTotal
Customer receivables representing margin
loans
$22,216
$9,700
$31,916
At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsISWMTotal$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Customer receivables representing margin
loans
$14,842
$11,383
$26,225
Institutional SecuritiesInstitutional Securities$40,545 $51,570 
Wealth ManagementWealth Management30,987 23,144 
TotalTotal$71,532 $74,714 
The Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments provide margin lending arrangements whichthat allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Marginsecurities, primarily for the purpose of purchasing additional securities, as well as to collateralize short positions. Institutional Securities primarily includes margin loans in the Equity Financing business. Wealth Management includes margin loans as well as non-purpose securities-based lending activities generally have minimal credit risk due to the value of collateral held and their short-term nature.on non-bank entities. Amounts may fluctuate from period to period as overall client balances change as a result of market levels, client positioning and leverage.
Credit exposures arising from margin lending activities are generally mitigated by their short-term nature, the value of collateral held and our right to call for additional margin when collateral values decline. However, we could incur losses in the event that the customer fails to meet margin calls and collateral values decline below the loan amount. This risk is elevated in loans backed by collateral pools with significant concentrations in individual issuers or securities with similar risk characteristics. For a further discussion, see “Risk Factors—Credit Risk” herein.
Employee Loans
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Balance$2,980
$3,415
Allowance for loan losses(61)(63)
Balance, net$2,919
$3,352
Remaining repayment term, weighted average in years4.8
4.3
In 2019, the balance ofFor information on employee loans decreased as a result ofand related ACL, see Note 10 to the roll-off of certain acquisition-related employee retention loans and repayments, partially offset by new note issuances. Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established primarily to recruit certain Wealth Management representatives, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments. We establish an allowance for loan amounts we do not consider recoverable, and the related provision is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.financial statements.


69December 20192021 Form 10-K64

 
Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Derivatives
Fair Value of OTC Derivative Assets
 
Counterparty Credit Rating1
 
$ in millionsAAAAAABBBNIGTotal
At December 31, 2021
Less than 1 year$1,561 $11,088 $32,069 $25,680 $11,924 $82,322 
1-3 years780 4,577 16,821 15,294 6,300 43,772 
3-5 years593 4,807 6,805 8,030 3,317 23,552 
Over 5 years4,359 26,056 61,091 44,091 4,633 140,230 
Total, gross$7,293 $46,528 $116,786 $93,095 $26,174 $289,876 
Counterparty netting(3,093)(36,957)(91,490)(68,365)(11,642)(211,547)
Cash and securities
collateral
(3,539)(7,608)(20,500)(17,755)(5,762)(55,164)
Total, net$661 $1,963 $4,796 $6,975 $8,770 $23,165 
Counterparty Credit Rating1
 
Counterparty Credit Rating1
 
$ in millionsAAAAAABBBNIGTotal$ in millionsAAAAAABBBNIGTotal
At December 31, 2019 
<1 year$371
$9,195
$31,789
$22,757
$6,328
$70,440
At December 31, 2020At December 31, 2020
Less than 1 yearLess than 1 year$1,179 $16,166 $52,164 $26,088 $12,175 $107,772 
1-3 years378
5,150
17,707
11,495
9,016
43,746
1-3 years572 5,225 17,560 13,750 8,134 45,241 
3-5 years502
4,448
9,903
6,881
3,421
25,155
3-5 years359 4,326 11,328 8,363 4,488 28,864 
Over 5 years3,689
24,675
70,765
40,542
14,587
154,258
Over 5 years4,545 32,049 84,845 63,084 13,680 198,203 
Total, gross$4,940
$43,468
$130,164
$81,675
$33,352
$293,599
Total, gross$6,655 $57,766 $165,897 $111,285 $38,477 $380,080 
Counterparty netting(2,172)(33,521)(103,452)(62,345)(19,514)(221,004)Counterparty netting(3,269)(44,306)(134,310)(84,171)(22,227)(288,283)
Cash and securities collateral(2,641)(8,134)(22,319)(14,570)(10,475)(58,139)
Cash and securities
collateral
(3,124)(10,973)(26,712)(20,708)(8,979)(70,496)
Total, net$127
$1,813
$4,393
$4,760
$3,363
$14,456
Total, net$262 $2,487 $4,875 $6,406 $7,271 $21,301 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Industry
Utilities$5,918 $3,954 
Financials5,096 6,195 
Consumer Discretionary3,069 1,866 
Energy2,587 965 
Information technology1,060 1,104 
Industrials985 1,291 
Regional governments963 806 
Healthcare682 1,494 
Not-for-profit organizations531 701 
Sovereign governments386 650 
Communications services348 529 
Consumer staples324 339 
Real estate280 378 
Materials240 430 
Insurance174 518 
Other522 81 
Total$23,165 $21,301 
 
Counterparty Credit Rating1
 
$ in millionsAAAAAABBBNIGTotal
At December 31, 2018    
<1 year$878
$7,430
$38,718
$15,009
$7,183
$69,218
1-3 years664
2,362
22,239
10,255
7,097
42,617
3-5 years621
2,096
11,673
6,014
2,751
23,155
Over 5 years3,535
9,725
67,166
36,087
11,112
127,625
Total, gross$5,698
$21,613
$139,796
$67,365
$28,143
$262,615
Counterparty netting(2,325)(13,771)(113,045)(49,658)(16,681)(195,480)
Cash and securities collateral(3,214)(5,766)(21,931)(12,702)(8,269)(51,882)
Total, net$159
$2,076
$4,820
$5,005
$3,193
$15,253
1.Counterparty credit ratings are determined internally by the CRM.
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Industry 
Utilities$4,275
$4,324
Financials3,448
4,480
Healthcare991
787
Industrials914
1,335
Regional governments791
779
Information technology659
695
Not-for-profit organizations657
583
Energy524
199
Sovereign governments403
385
Communications services381
373
Consumer discretionary370
188
Materials325
275
Real estate315
283
Insurance214
235
Consumer staples129
216
Other60
116
Total$14,456
$15,253
1.Counterparty credit ratings are determined internally by CRM.
We incurare exposed to credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the possibility that a counterparty may fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. For a description of our risk mitigation strategies, see “Credit Risk—Risk Mitigation” herein.

Credit Derivatives
A credit derivative is a contract between a seller and buyer of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one
or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The buyer typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the seller is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructuring.
We trade in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of exposure or a single name within the portfolio. We are an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, we work to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, we use credit derivatives to manage our exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures. The effectiveness of our CDS protection as a hedge of our exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.
We actively monitor our counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of our counterparties are composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in the counterparty posting additional collateral to us. As with all derivative contracts, we consider counterparty credit risk in the valuation of our positions and recognize CVAs as appropriate within Trading revenues in the income statements.statement.
For additional credit exposure information on our credit derivative portfolio, see Note 57 to the financial statements.
65December 2021 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Country Risk
Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect us. We actively manage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows us to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk.
Our obligor credit evaluation process may also identify indirect exposures, whereby an obligor has vulnerability or exposure to another country or jurisdiction. Examples of indirect exposures include mutual funds that invest in a single country, offshore companies whose assets reside in another country to that of the offshore jurisdiction and finance company subsidiaries of corporations. Indirect exposures identified through the credit

December 2019 Form 10-K70

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

evaluation process may result in a reclassification of country risk.
We conduct periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on our credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios. When deemed appropriate by our risk managers, the stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects and second order risks. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.
Our sovereign exposures consist of financial contracts and obligations entered into with sovereign and local governments. Our non-sovereign exposures consist of financial contracts and obligations entered into primarily with corporations and financial institutions.
Index credit derivatives are included in the following country risk exposure table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure row based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable or payable is reflected in the Net Inventory row based on the country of the underlying reference entity.
Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures at December 31, 20192021
$ in millionsUnited KingdomJapanGermanyFranceSpain
Sovereign
Net inventory1
$19 $5,353 $(2,507)$(688)$(126)
Net counterparty exposure2
10 78 96 8 41 
Exposure before hedges29 5,431 (2,411)(680)(85)
Hedges3
(306)(78)(287)(6) 
Net exposure$(277)$5,353 $(2,698)$(686)$(85)
Non-sovereign
Net inventory1
$462 $933 $141 $11 $111 
Net counterparty exposure2
13,922 3,742 2,762 2,913 649 
Loans3,787 451 1,617 537 2,893 
Lending commitments6,899 174 4,839 3,901 1,276 
Exposure before hedges25,070 5,300 9,359 7,362 4,929 
Hedges3
(1,755)(154)(1,454)(2,072)(739)
Net exposure$23,315 $5,146 $7,905 $5,290 $4,190 
Total net exposure$23,038 $10,499 $5,207 $4,604 $4,105 
$ in millionsBrazilIndiaCanadaKoreaChina
Sovereign
Net inventory1
$2,536 $1,055 $(256)$1,574 $(309)
Net counterparty exposure2
 5 25 236 34 
Exposure before hedges2,536 1,060 (231)1,810 (275)
Hedges3
(12)  (38)(71)
Net exposure$2,524 $1,060 $(231)$1,772 $(346)
Non-sovereign
Net inventory1
$96 $829 $355 $87 $985 
Net counterparty exposure2
254 931 1,216 718 571 
Loans285 220 184 46 473 
Lending commitments274  1,610 135 1,047 
Exposure before hedges909 1,980 3,365 986 3,076 
Hedges3
(39) (120)(13)(152)
Net exposure$870 $1,980 $3,245 $973 $2,924 
Total net exposure$3,394 $3,040 $3,014 $2,745 $2,578 
1.Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for the fair value of any receivable or payable).
2.Net counterparty exposure (e.g, repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) is net of the benefit of collateral received and also is net by counterparty when legally enforceable master netting agreements are in place. For more information, see “Additional Information—Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures” herein.
United Kingdom   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$(1,106)$1,958
$852
Net counterparty exposure2

10,583
10,583
Loans
2,845
2,845
Lending commitments
5,452
5,452
Exposure before hedges(1,106)20,838
19,732
Hedges3
(312)(1,350)(1,662)
Net exposure$(1,418)$19,488
$18,070
Japan   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$2,175
$776
$2,951
Net counterparty exposure2
26
3,657
3,683
Loans
730
730
Lending commitments
2
2
Exposure before hedges2,201
5,165
7,366
Hedges3
(93)(131)(224)
Net exposure$2,108
$5,034
$7,142
3.Amounts represent net CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable. For further description of the contractual terms for purchased credit protection and whether they may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Derivatives" herein.

Germany   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$(352)$228
$(124)
Net counterparty exposure2
100
2,383
2,483
Loans
1,610
1,610
Lending commitments
3,685
3,685
Exposure before hedges(252)7,906
7,654
Hedges3
(230)(869)(1,099)
Net exposure$(482)$7,037
$6,555
Spain   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$182
$(80)$102
Net counterparty exposure2

270
270
Loans
3,828
3,828
Lending commitments
745
745
Exposure before hedges182
4,763
4,945
Hedges3

(137)(137)
Net exposure$182
$4,626
$4,808
China   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$(637)$1,007
$370
Net counterparty exposure2
47
200
247
Loans
1,950
1,950
Lending commitments
1,716
1,716
Exposure before hedges(590)4,873
4,283
Hedges3
(82)(80)(162)
Net exposure$(672)$4,793
$4,121
France   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$(1,720)$181
$(1,539)
Net counterparty exposure2

2,070
2,070
Loans
620
620
Lending commitments
3,375
3,375
Exposure before hedges(1,720)6,246
4,526
Hedges3
(6)(600)(606)
Net exposure$(1,726)$5,646
$3,920
Canada   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$(490)$236
$(254)
Net counterparty exposure2
109
2,000
2,109
Loans
182
182
Lending commitments
1,439
1,439
Exposure before hedges(381)3,857
3,476
Hedges3

(152)(152)
Net exposure$(381)$3,705
$3,324

71December 20192021 Form 10-K66

 
Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Netherlands   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$46
$545
$591
Net counterparty exposure2

748
748
Loans
946
946
Lending commitments
1,103
1,103
Exposure before hedges46
3,342
3,388
Hedges3
(32)(158)(190)
Net exposure$14
$3,184
$3,198
Australia   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$761
$293
$1,054
Net counterparty exposure2
17
632
649
Loans
291
291
Lending commitments
978
978
Exposure before hedges778
2,194
2,972
Hedges3

(103)(103)
Net exposure$778
$2,091
$2,869
India   
$ in millionsSovereignsNon-sovereignsTotal
Net inventory1
$1,273
$556
$1,829
Net counterparty exposure2

518
518
Loans
247
247
Exposure before hedges1,273
1,321
2,594
Net exposure$1,273
$1,321
$2,594
1.
Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for the fair value of any receivable or payable).
2.
Net counterparty exposure (e.g., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) is net of the benefit of collateral received and also is net by counterparty when legally enforceable master netting agreements are in place. For more information, see “Additional Information—Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures” herein.
3.Amounts represent net CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable. For further description of the contractual terms for purchased credit protection and whether they may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Derivatives" herein.

Additional Information—Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures
Collateral Held against Net Counterparty Exposure1
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2019
Counterparty credit exposure
Collateral2
 
GermanyItaly and Germany$11,478
United KingdomU.K., U.S. and Spain9,374
OtherJapan, U.S. and France17,312
1.$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
Counterparty credit exposure
Collateral2
GermanySpain and Croatia$11,604
United KingdomU.K., U.S. and France7,590
OtherJapan, France and U.S.17,494
1.The benefit of collateral received is reflected in the Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures at December 31, 2019.
2.Collateral primarily consists of cash and government obligations.
Country Risk Exposures Related to the U.K.
At December 31, 2019, our country risk exposures in the U.K. included net exposures of $18,070 million (as shown in the Top 10 Non-U.S. Country Exposures table)at December 31, 2021.
2.Primarily consists of cash and overnight depositsgovernment obligations of $6,378 million. The $19,488 million of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors and include $6,804 million to U.K.-focused counterparties that generate more than one-third of their revenues in the U.K., $4,817 million to geographically diversified counterparties, and $5,946 million to exchanges and clearinghouses.
In addition to our country risk exposure, we disclose our cross-border risk exposure in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited).”countries listed.
Operational Risk
Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., cyber attacks or third-party vulnerabilities) that may manifest as, for example, loss of information, business disruption, theft and fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).assets. We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing).
We have established an operational risk framework to identify, measure, monitor and control risk across the Firm. Effective operational risk management is essential to reducing the impact of operational risk incidents and mitigating legal, regulatory and reputational risks. The framework is continually evolving to account for changes in the Firm and to respond to the changing regulatory and business environment.
We have implemented operational risk data and assessment systems to monitor and analyze internal and external operational risk events, to assess business environment and internal control factors, and to perform scenario analysis. The collected data elements are incorporated in the operational risk capital model. The model encompasses both quantitative and qualitative elements. Internal loss data and scenario analysis results are direct inputs to the capital model, while external operational incidents, business environment and internal control factors are evaluated as part of the scenario analysis process.
In addition, we employ a variety of risk processes and mitigants to manage our operational risk exposures. These include a governance framework, a comprehensive risk management program and insurance. Operational risks and associated risk exposures are assessed relative to the risk tolerance reviewed and confirmed by the Board and are prioritized accordingly.
The breadth and range of operational risk are such that the types of mitigating activities are wide-ranging. Examples of activities include: continuous enhancement of defenses against cyber

December 2019 Form 10-K72

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

attacks; use of legal agreements and contracts to transfer and/or limit operational risk exposures; due diligence;
implementation of enhanced policies and procedures; technology change management controls; exception management processing controls; and segregation of duties.
Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk is with the business segments, the control groups and the business managers therein. The business managers maintain processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. Each of the business segments has a designated operational risk coordinator. The operational risk coordinator regularly reviews operational risk issues and reports to our senior management within each business. Each control group also has a designated operational risk coordinator and a forum for discussing operational risk matters with our senior management. Oversight of operational risk is provided by the Operational Risk Oversight Committee, legal entity risk committees, regional risk committees and senior management. In the event of a merger; joint venture; divestiture; reorganization; or creation of a new legal entity, a new product, or a business activity, operational risks are considered, and any necessary changes in processes or controls are implemented.
The Operational Risk Department (“ORD”) provides independent oversight of operational risk and assesses, measures and monitors operational risk against tolerance. The Operational Risk DepartmentORD works with the divisions and control groups to help ensureembed a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Firm.
The Operational Risk DepartmentORD scope includes oversight of technology risk, cybersecurity risk, information security risk, the fraud risk management and prevention program, and third-party risk management (supplier and affiliate risk oversight and assessment)., among others.
Cybersecurity
Our cybersecurity and information security policies, procedures and technologies are designed to protect our own, our client and our employee data against unauthorized disclosure, modification or misuse and are also designed to address regulatory requirements. These policies and procedures cover a broad range of areas, including: identification of internal and external threats, access control, data security, protective controls, detection of malicious or unauthorized activity, incident response and recovery planning.
Business Continuity Management and Disaster Recovery
We maintain global programs forThe Firm’s business continuity management and technology disaster recovery that facilitate activitiesprograms are designed to mitigate our risk during a business continuity event. A business continuity event is an interruption with potential impact to normal business activity of our people,
operations, technology, suppliers and/or facilities. The business continuity management program’s core functions are business continuity planning and crisis management. As partprovide assurance of business continuity planning,in the event of disruptions impacting our business units maintainpeople, technology, facilities and third parties, and to comply with regulatory requirements. The key elements of these programs include crisis management, business continuity plans, identifying processesplanning,
67December 2021 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
disaster recovery, testing and strategies to continue business-critical processes during a business continuity event. Crisis management is theverification, and process of identifying and managing our operations during business continuity events. Disaster recovery plans supporting business continuity are in place for critical technology assets and systems across the Firm.improvement.
Third PartyThird-Party Risk Management
In connection with our ongoing operations, we utilize the services of third partythird-party suppliers, which we anticipate will continue and may increase in the future. These services include, for example, outsourced processing and support functions and other professional services. Our risk-based approach to managing exposure to these services includes the performance of due diligence, implementation of service level and other contractual agreements, consideration of operational risks and ongoing monitoring of third-party suppliers’ performance. We maintain and continue to enhance our third-party risk management program, which is designed to align with our risk tolerance and meet regulatory requirements. The program includes appropriate governance, policies, procedures and technology that supports alignment with our risk tolerance and is designed to meet regulatory requirements.enabling technology. The third-party risk management program includes the adoption of appropriate risk management controls and practices throughthroughout the supplierthird-party management life cycle including, but not limited to assessmentmanage risk of information security, service failure, financial stability, disaster recoverability,risk of data loss and reputational risk, contractual risk and safeguards against corruption.among others.
Model Risk
Model risk refers to the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision making or damage to our reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions.
Model risk is generated from the use of models impacting financial statements, regulatory filings, capital adequacy assessments and the formulation of strategy.
Sound model risk management is an integral part of our Risk Management Framework. The Model Risk Management Department (“MRM”) is a distinct department in Risk Management responsible for the oversight of model risk.
The MRM establishes a model risk tolerance in line with our risk appetite. The tolerance is based on an assessment of the materiality of the risk of financial loss or reputational damage due to errors in design, implementation and/or inappropriate use of models. The tolerance is monitored through model-specific

73December 2019 Form 10-K

Risk Disclosures
mslogo.jpg

and aggregate business-level assessments, which are based upon qualitative and quantitative factors.
A guiding principle for managing model risk is the “effective challenge” of models. The effective challenge of models is defined as critical analysis by objective, informed parties who can identify model limitations and assumptions and drive appropriate changes. The MRM provides effective challenge of models, independently validates and approves models for use, annually recertifies models, identifies and tracks remediation plans for model limitations and reports on model risk metrics. The department also oversees the development
of controls to support a complete and accurate Firmwide model inventory.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. Liquidity risk also encompasses the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding. Generally, we incur liquidity and funding risk as a result of our trading, lending, investing and client facilitation activities.
Our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is critical to helping ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity reserves and durable funding sources to meet our daily obligations and to withstand unanticipated stress events. The Liquidity Risk Department is a distinct area in Risk Management responsible for the oversight and monitoring of liquidity risk. The Liquidity Risk Department ensures transparency of material liquidity and funding risks, compliance with established risk limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.
To execute these responsibilities, the Liquidity Risk Department establishes limits in line with our risk appetite, identifies and analyzes emerging liquidity and funding risks to ensure such risks are appropriately mitigated, monitors and reports risk exposures against metrics and limits, and reviews the methodologies and assumptions underpinning our Liquidity Stress Tests to ensure sufficient liquidity and funding under a range of adverse scenarios.
The Treasury Department and applicable business units have primary responsibility for evaluating, monitoring and controlling the liquidity and funding risks arising from our business activities and for maintaining processes and controls to manage the key risks inherent in their respective areas. The Liquidity Risk Department coordinates with the Treasury Department and these business units to help ensure a consistent and comprehensive framework for managing liquidity and
funding risk across the Firm. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”Resources” herein.


December 2021 Form 10-K68

Risk Disclosures
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Legal and Compliance Risk
Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, limitations on our business, or loss to reputation that we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, terrorist financing, and anti-corruption rules and regulations. We are generally subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which we conduct our business (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors”).
We have established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to facilitate compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and to require that our policies relating to business conduct, ethics and practices are followed globally. In addition, we have established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The heightened legal and regulatory focus on the financial services and banking industries globally presents a continuing business challenge for us.

69December 20192021 Form 10-K74


Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley:
Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, the related consolidated income statements, comprehensive income statements, cash flow statements and statements of changes in total equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017,2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Firm as of December 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017,2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2020,24, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Firm’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Firm’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included


evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit MatterMatters

The critical audit mattermatters communicated below is a matterare matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that waswere communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relatesrelate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattermatters below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit mattermatters or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

they relate.
ValuationValuation of Level 3 Financial Assets and Liabilities Carried at Fair Value - on a Recurring BasisRefer to Note 35 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Firm’s trading and financing activities result in the Firm carrying material financial instruments having limited price transparency. These financial instruments can span a broad array of product types and generally include derivative, security, loan, and lending positions, as well as borrowingsborrowing positions. As described in Note 5, these Level 3 financial instruments approximate $11.9 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively, of financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value. These financial instruments are generally classified as Level 3 financial assets or liabilities in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021. Unlike financial instruments whose values or inputs are readily observable and, therefore, more easily independently corroborated, the valuation of financial instruments classified as Level 3 is inherently subjective and often involvesinvolves the use of unobservable inputs and proprietary valuation models whose underlying algorithms and valuation methodologies are complex.



75December 2019 Form 10-K


GivenWe identified the valuation of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis as a critical audit matter given the Firm uses complex valuation models andand/or model inputs that are not observable in the marketplace to determine the respective fair value of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value, performingvalues. Performing our audit procedures to evaluate the appropriateness of these models and inputs involved a high degree of auditor judgment, professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, and an increased extent of testing.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the valuation of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis included the following, among others:
We tested the design and operating effectiveness of the Firm’s valuationinternal controls that address fair value estimates, including model review and price verification forverification. The Firm maintains these internal controls to assess the appropriateness of its valuation methodology includingmethodologies and the relevant inputs and assumptions used.used to determine fair value estimates.


December 2021 Form 10-K70

We independently evaluated the appropriateness of management’s significant valuation methodologies, including the input assumptions, considering the expected assumptions of other market participants and external data when available.
We developed independent valuationfair value estimates for certainselected Level 3 financial instrument selections,instruments, using externally sourced inputs and independent valuation models, and used such estimates to further evaluate management’s fair value measurement by investigatingestimates. For certain of our selected Level 3 financial instruments, this included a comparison to the differences exceeding established thresholds between our estimate and that of the Firm, including; comparing theFirm’s fair value estimate withestimates for similar transactions;transactions and evaluatingan evaluation of the Firm’s assumptions inclusive of the inputs.inputs, as applicable.
We tested the revenues arising from the valuation estimate on trade date fair value estimates for certainselected structured transactions involvingclassified as Level 3 financial instruments. In performing such procedures,For certain of our selected transactions, we also developed independent valuationfair value estimates for certain structured transaction selections, as well as testedto test the valuation assumptionsinputs and methodologiesassumptions used by the Company. Those procedures also included evaluatingFirm and evaluated whether thethese methods were consistent with relevant CompanyFirm valuation policies and agreeing relevant cash flows to underlying support.policies.
We assessed the consistency by which management has applied significant and unobservable valuation assumptions.assumptions used in developing fair value estimates.
We performed a retrospective assessment of management’s valuationfair value estimates for a samplecertain of our selected Level 3 financial instrument selectionsinstruments, for which there were events or transactions occurring after the valuation date. We did so by comparing suchmanagement’s estimates to the relevant transactions.evidence provided by such events or transactions, as applicable.

Intangible AssetsValuation of Customer Relationship and Indefinite Lived Management Contract Intangible Assets for the Eaton Vance AcquisitionRefer to Note 3 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

On March 1, 2021, the Firm completed the acquisition of Eaton Vance for approximately $8.7 billion. This business combination was recognized using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values, including identified intangibles of approximately $4 billion. The intangibles included customer relationships of $1.5 billion and indefinite lived management contracts of $2.1 billion. Management, with the assistance of a valuation specialist, estimated the fair value of the intangible assets by discounting the forecasted future cash flows. The determination of fair value of the identified intangible assets involves significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasted future cash flows including revenue growth rates and the selection of the discount rates.
We identified the valuation of customer relationship and indefinite lived management contract intangible assets as a critical audit matter because the fair value determination requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions in determining the forecasted future cash flows including revenue growth rates and the selection of the respective discount rates. Performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of these estimates and assumptions required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the involvement of our valuation specialists.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to the valuation of customer relationship and indefinite lived management contract intangible assets acquired as part of the Eaton Vance acquisition included the following, among others:
We performed sensitivity analyses to evaluate the impact of changes in assumptions on the valuation of the customer relationship and indefinite lived management contract intangible assets.
We tested the operating effectiveness of internal controls over the valuation methodology used, the determination of forecasted future cash flows, assumptions relating to revenue growth and the selection of the discount rates.
We assessed the knowledge, skill, ability and objectivity of management’s valuation specialist and evaluated the work performed.
We evaluated the appropriateness of the valuation methodology used and the reasonableness of the forecasted future cash flows for the customer relationship and indefinite lived management contract intangible assets, specifically the assumptions relating to the revenue growth rates. Further, we evaluated whether the assumptions used were reasonable considering external market and industry data as well as the past performance of Eaton Vance.
We tested the source information underlying the determination of the revenue growth and discount rates and also tested the mathematical accuracy of the calculations.
We developed a range of independent estimates of discount rates for the customer relationship and indefinite lived management contract intangible assets and compared those to the discount rates utilized by management.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
February 27, 202024, 2022


We have served as the Firm’s auditor since 1997.




71December 20192021 Form 10-K

76
 
Consolidated Income Statement
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

in millions, except per share data202120202019
Revenues
Investment banking$10,994 $7,674 $6,163 
Trading12,810 13,983 11,274 
Investments1,376 986 1,540 
Commissions and fees5,521 4,851 3,919 
Asset management19,967 14,272 13,083 
Other1,042 678 865 
Total non-interest revenues51,710 42,444 36,844 
Interest income9,411 10,162 17,098 
Interest expense1,366 3,849 12,404 
Net interest8,045 6,313 4,694 
Net revenues59,755 48,757 41,538 
Provision for credit losses4 761 161 
Non-interest expenses
Compensation and benefits24,628 20,854 18,837 
Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees3,341 2,929 2,493 
Information processing and communications3,119 2,465 2,194 
Professional services2,933 2,205 2,137 
Occupancy and equipment1,725 1,559 1,428 
Marketing and business development643 434 660 
Other3,694 3,132 2,327 
Total non-interest expenses40,083 33,578 30,076 
Income before provision for income taxes19,668 14,418 11,301 
Provision for income taxes4,548 3,239 2,064 
Net income$15,120 $11,179 $9,237 
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests86 183 195 
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$15,034 $10,996 $9,042 
Preferred stock dividends468 496 530 
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$14,566 $10,500 $8,512 
Earnings per common share
Basic$8.16 $6.55 $5.26 
Diluted8.03 6.46 5.19 
Average common shares outstanding
Basic1,785 1,603 1,617 
Diluted1,814 1,624 1,640 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement
$ in millions202120202019
Net income$15,120 $11,179 $9,237 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments(331)170 
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities(1,542)1,580 1,137 
Pension and other(53)146 (66)
Change in net debt valuation adjustment696 (1,028)(1,639)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)$(1,230)$868 $(565)
Comprehensive income$13,890 $12,047 $8,672 
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests86 183 195 
Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(90)42 (69)
Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley$13,894 $11,822 $8,546 

December 2021 Form 10-K72See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
Consolidated Income StatementsBalance Sheet
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

$ in millions, except share data
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$127,725 $105,654 
Trading assets at fair value ($104,186 and $132,578 were pledged to various parties)
294,869 312,738 
Investment securities (includes $102,830 and $110,383 at fair value)
182,998 182,154 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $7 and $15 at fair value)
119,999 116,234 
Securities borrowed129,713 112,391 
Customer and other receivables96,018 97,737 
Loans:
Held for investment (net of allowance for credit losses of $654 and $835)
174,302 137,784 
Held for sale13,832 12,813 
Goodwill16,833 11,635 
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $3,819 and $3,265)
8,360 4,980 
Other assets23,491 21,742 
Total assets$1,188,140 $1,115,862 
Liabilities
Deposits (includes $1,940 and $3,521 at fair value)
$347,574 $310,782 
Trading liabilities at fair value158,328 157,631 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $791 and $1,115 at fair value)
62,188 50,587 
Securities loaned12,299 7,731 
Other secured financings (includes $5,133 and $11,701 at fair value)
10,041 15,863 
Customer and other payables228,685 227,437 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses29,300 25,603 
Borrowings (includes $76,340 and $73,701 at fair value)
233,127 217,079 
Total liabilities1,081,542 1,012,713 
Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 15)00
Equity
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock7,750 9,250 
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,772,226,530 and 1,809,624,144
20 20 
Additional paid-in capital28,841 25,546 
Retained earnings89,432 78,694 
Employee stock trusts3,955 3,043 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(3,102)(1,962)
Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (266,667,449 and 229,269,835 shares)
(17,500)(9,767)
Common stock issued to employee stock trusts(3,955)(3,043)
Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity105,441 101,781 
Noncontrolling interests1,157 1,368 
Total equity106,598 103,149 
Total liabilities and equity$1,188,140 $1,115,862 
in millions, except per share data201920182017
Revenues   
Investment banking$6,163
$6,482
$6,003
Trading11,095
11,551
11,116
Investments1,540
437
820
Commissions and fees3,919
4,190
4,061
Asset management13,083
12,898
11,797
Other925
743
848
Total non-interest revenues36,725
36,301
34,645
Interest income17,098
13,892
8,997
Interest expense12,404
10,086
5,697
Net interest4,694
3,806
3,300
Net revenues41,419
40,107
37,945
Non-interest expenses   
Compensation and benefits18,837
17,632
17,166
Occupancy and equipment1,428
1,391
1,329
Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees2,493
2,393
2,093
Information processing and communications2,194
2,016
1,791
Marketing and business development660
691
609
Professional services2,137
2,265
2,169
Other2,369
2,482
2,385
Total non-interest expenses30,118
28,870
27,542
Income from continuing operations before income taxes11,301
11,237
10,403
Provision for income taxes2,064
2,350
4,168
Income from continuing operations9,237
8,887
6,235
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
(4)(19)
Net income$9,237
$8,883
$6,216
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests195
135
105
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$9,042
$8,748
$6,111
Preferred stock dividends and other530
526
523
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$8,512
$8,222
$5,588
Earnings per basic common share   
Income from continuing operations$5.26
$4.81
$3.15
Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(0.01)
Earnings per basic common share$5.26
$4.81
$3.14
Earnings per diluted common share   
Income from continuing operations$5.19
$4.73
$3.08
Income (loss) from discontinued operations

(0.01)
Earnings per diluted common share$5.19
$4.73
$3.07
Average common shares outstanding   
Basic1,617
1,708
1,780
Diluted1,640
1,738
1,821

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements7773December 20192021 Form 10-K

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Total Equity
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
$ in millions202120202019
Preferred Stock
Beginning balance$9,250 $8,520 $8,520 
Issuance of preferred stock1,300 730 500 
Redemption of preferred stock(2,800)— (500)
Ending balance7,750 9,250 8,520 
Common Stock
Beginning and ending balance20 20 20 
Additional Paid-in Capital
Beginning balance25,546 23,935 23,794 
Share-based award activity1,117 518 131 
Issuance of preferred stock(25)— (3)
Issuance of common stock for the acquisition of Eaton Vance2,185 — — 
Issuance of common stock for the acquisition of E*TRADE 1,093 — 
Other net increases (decreases)18 — 13 
Ending balance28,841 25,546 23,935 
Retained Earnings
Beginning balance78,694 70,589 64,175 
Cumulative adjustment related to the adoption of the financial instruments-credit losses accounting update1
 (100)— 
Cumulative adjustment related to the adoption of the leases accounting update — 63 
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley15,034 10,996 9,042 
Preferred stock dividends2
(468)(496)(524)
Common stock dividends2
(3,818)(2,295)(2,161)
Other net increases (decreases)(10)— (6)
Ending balance89,432 78,694 70,589 
Employee Stock Trusts
Beginning balance3,043 2,918 2,836 
Share-based award activity912 125 82 
Ending balance3,955 3,043 2,918 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Beginning balance(1,962)(2,788)(2,292)
Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(1,140)826 (496)
Ending balance(3,102)(1,962)(2,788)
Common Stock Held in Treasury at Cost
Beginning balance(9,767)(18,727)(13,971)
Share-based award activity1,210 932 1,198 
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(12,075)(1,890)(5,954)
Issuance of common stock for the acquisition of Eaton Vance3,132 — — 
Issuance of common stock for the acquisition of E*TRADE 9,918 — 
Ending balance(17,500)(9,767)(18,727)
Common Stock Issued to Employee Stock Trusts
Beginning balance(3,043)(2,918)(2,836)
Share-based award activity(912)(125)(82)
Ending balance(3,955)(3,043)(2,918)
Noncontrolling Interests
Beginning balance1,368 1,148 1,160 
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests86 183 195 
Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(90)42 (69)
Other net increases (decreases)(207)(5)(138)
Ending balance1,157 1,368 1,148 
Total Equity$106,598 $103,149 $82,697 
1.See Note 2 for further information regarding cumulative adjustments for accounting changes.
2.See Note 18 for information regarding dividends per share for each class of stock.
December 2021 Form 10-K74See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
Consolidated Comprehensive Income StatementsCash Flow Statement
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

$ in millions202120202019
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income$15,120 $11,179 $9,237 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
Deferred income taxes4 (250)165 
Stock-based compensation expense2,085 1,312 1,153 
Depreciation and amortization4,216 3,769 2,643 
Provision for credit losses4 761 161 
Other operating adjustments(147)274 (195)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities9,075 15,551 (13,667)
Securities borrowed(17,322)(5,076)9,764 
Securities loaned4,568 (1,541)(3,402)
Customer and other receivables and other assets774 (29,774)233 
Customer and other payables and other liabilities7,758 10,187 19,942 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell(3,765)(28,010)10,298 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase11,601 (3,613)4,441 
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities33,971 (25,231)40,773 
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from (payments for):
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software, net(2,308)(1,444)(1,826)
Changes in loans, net(36,106)(17,949)(17,359)
Investment securities:
Purchases(69,571)(59,777)(42,586)
Proceeds from sales20,652 13,750 17,151 
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities40,916 24,517 12,012 
Cash paid as part of the Eaton Vance acquisition, net of cash acquired(2,648)— — 
Cash acquired as part of the E*TRADE acquisition 3,807 — 
Other investing activities(832)(802)(953)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(49,897)(37,898)(33,561)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net proceeds from (payments for):
Other secured financings(625)2,794 3,695 
Deposits36,897 75,417 2,513 
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs1,275 — 497 
Proceeds from issuance of Borrowings90,273 60,726 30,605 
Payments for:
Borrowings(70,124)(50,484)(40,548)
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(12,075)(1,890)(5,954)
Cash dividends(4,171)(2,739)(2,627)
Other financing activities97 (40)(147)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities41,547 83,784 (11,966)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(3,550)2,828 (271)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents22,071 23,483 (5,025)
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period105,654 82,171 87,196 
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$127,725 $105,654 $82,171 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash payments for:
Interest$1,303 $4,120 $12,511 
Income taxes, net of refunds4,231 2,591 1,908 

$ in millions201920182017
Net income$9,237
$8,883
$6,216
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:   
Foreign currency translation adjustments$3
$(90)$251
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities1,137
(272)41
Pension, postretirement and other(66)137
(117)
Change in net debt valuation adjustment(1,639)1,517
(588)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)$(565)$1,292
$(413)
Comprehensive income$8,672
$10,175
$5,803
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests195
135
105
Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests(69)87
4
Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley$8,546
$9,953
$5,694

December 2019 Form 10-K78See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements75December 2021 Form 10-K

 
Notes to Consolidated Balance SheetsFinancial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

$ in millions, except share dataAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents:  
Cash and due from banks$4,293
$30,541
Interest bearing deposits with banks45,366
21,299
Restricted cash32,512
35,356
Trading assets at fair value ($128,386 and $120,437 were pledged to various parties)
297,110
266,299
Investment securities (includes $62,223 and $61,061 at fair value)
105,725
91,832
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $4 and $— at fair value)
88,224
98,522
Securities borrowed106,549
116,313
Customer and other receivables55,646
53,298
Loans:  
Held for investment (net of allowance of $349 and $238)
118,060
99,815
Held for sale12,577
15,764
Goodwill7,143
6,688
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $3,204 and $2,877)
2,107
2,163
Other assets20,117
15,641
Total assets$895,429
$853,531
Liabilities  
Deposits (includes $2,099 and $442 at fair value)
$190,356
$187,820
Trading liabilities at fair value133,356
126,747
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $733 and $812 at fair value)
54,200
49,759
Securities loaned8,506
11,908
Other secured financings (includes $7,809 and $5,245 at fair value)
14,698
9,466
Customer and other payables197,834
179,559
Other liabilities and accrued expenses21,155
17,204
Borrowings (includes $64,461 and $51,184 at fair value)
192,627
189,662
Total liabilities812,732
772,125
Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 13)


Equity  
Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:  
Preferred stock8,520
8,520
Common stock, $0.01 par value:  
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,593,973,680 and 1,699,828,943
20
20
Additional paid-in capital23,935
23,794
Retained earnings70,589
64,175
Employee stock trusts2,918
2,836
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(2,788)(2,292)
Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (444,920,299 and 339,065,036 shares)
(18,727)(13,971)
Common stock issued to employee stock trusts(2,918)(2,836)
Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity81,549
80,246
Noncontrolling interests1,148
1,160
Total equity82,697
81,406
Total liabilities and equity$895,429
$853,531


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements79December 2019 Form 10-K

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity
mslogo.jpg

$ in millions201920182017
Preferred Stock   
Beginning Balance$8,520
$8,520
$7,520
Issuance of preferred stock500

1,000
Redemption of preferred stock1
(500)

Ending balance8,520
8,520
8,520
Common Stock   
Beginning and ending balance20
20
20
Additional Paid-in Capital   
Beginning balance23,794
23,545
23,271
Cumulative adjustments for accounting changes2


45
Share-based award activity131
249
306
Issuance of preferred stock(3)
(6)
Other net increases (decreases)13

(71)
Ending balance23,935
23,794
23,545
Retained Earnings   
Beginning balance64,175
57,577
53,679
Cumulative adjustments for accounting changes2
63
306
(35)
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley9,042
8,748
6,111
Preferred stock dividends3
(524)(526)(523)
Common stock dividends3
(2,161)(1,930)(1,655)
Other net increases (decreases)(6)

Ending balance70,589
64,175
57,577
Employee Stock Trusts   
Beginning balance2,836
2,907
2,851
Share-based award activity82
(71)56
Ending balance2,918
2,836
2,907
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)   
Beginning balance(2,292)(3,060)(2,643)
Cumulative adjustments for accounting changes2

(437)
Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(496)1,205
(417)
Ending balance(2,788)(2,292)(3,060)
Common Stock Held In Treasury at Cost   
Beginning balance(13,971)(9,211)(5,797)
Share-based award activity1,198
806
878
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(5,954)(5,566)(4,292)
Ending balance(18,727)(13,971)(9,211)
Common Stock Issued to Employee Stock Trusts   
Beginning balance(2,836)(2,907)(2,851)
Share-based award activity(82)71
(56)
Ending balance(2,918)(2,836)(2,907)
Noncontrolling Interests   
Beginning balance1,160
1,075
1,127
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests195
135
105
Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(69)87
4
Other net increases (decreases)(138)(137)(161)
Ending balance1,148
1,160
1,075
Total Equity$82,697
$81,406
$78,466

1.See Note 16 for information regarding the notice of redemption and reclassification of Series G Preferred Stock.
2.See Notes 2 and 16 for further information regarding cumulative adjustments for accounting changes.
3.See Note 16 for information regarding dividends per share for each class of stock.

December 2019 Form 10-K80See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
mslogo.jpg

$ in millions201920182017
Cash flows from operating activities   
Net income$9,237
$8,883
$6,216
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:   
Deferred income taxes165
449
2,747
Stock-based compensation expense1,153
920
1,026
Depreciation and amortization2,643
1,844
1,753
Provision for (Release of) credit losses on lending activities162
(15)29
Other operating adjustments(195)199
153
Changes in assets and liabilities:   
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities(13,668)23,732
(27,588)
Securities borrowed9,764
7,697
1,226
Securities loaned(3,402)(1,684)(2,252)
Customer and other receivables and other assets233
(728)(9,315)
Customer and other payables and other liabilities19,942
(13,063)2,007
Securities purchased under agreements to resell10,298
(14,264)17,697
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase4,441
(6,665)1,796
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities40,773
7,305
(4,505)
Cash flows from investing activities   
Proceeds from (payments for):   
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software, net(1,826)(1,865)(1,629)
Changes in loans, net(17,359)(8,794)(12,125)
Investment securities:   
Purchases(42,586)(27,800)(23,962)
Proceeds from sales17,151
3,208
18,131
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities12,012
12,668
7,445
Other investing activities(953)(298)(251)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(33,561)(22,881)(12,391)
Cash flows from financing activities   
Net proceeds from (payments for):   
Other secured financings3,695
(1,226)(1,573)
Deposits2,513
28,384
3,573
Proceeds from:   
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs497

994
Issuance of Borrowings30,605
40,059
55,416
Payments for:   
Borrowings(40,548)(34,781)(35,825)
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(5,954)(5,566)(4,292)
Cash dividends(2,627)(2,375)(2,085)
Other financing activities(147)(290)53
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities(11,966)24,205
16,261
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(271)(1,828)3,670
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(5,025)6,801
3,035
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period87,196
80,395
77,360
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$82,171
$87,196
$80,395
Cash and cash equivalents:   
Cash and due from banks$4,293
$30,541
$24,816
Interest bearing deposits with banks45,366
21,299
21,348
Restricted cash32,512
35,356
34,231
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$82,171
$87,196
$80,395
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information   
Cash payments for:   
Interest$12,511
$9,977
$5,377
Income taxes, net of refunds1,908
1,377
1,390

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements81December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

The Firm
Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms” for the definition of certain terms and acronyms used throughout this Form 10-K.
A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is as follows:
Institutional Securities provides investment banking, salesa variety of products and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment bankingBanking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings real estate and project finance. SalesOur Equity and trading servicesFixed Income businesses include sales, financing, prime brokerage, market-making, Asia wealth management services and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities.certain business-related investments. Lending activities include originating corporate loans and commercial real estate loans, providing secured lending facilities, and extending securities-based and other financing to sales and trading customers. Other activities include Asia wealth management services, investments and research.
Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small to medium-sized businesses and institutions covering: financial advisor-led brokerage and investment advisory services; self-directed brokerage services; financial and wealth planning services; workplace services, including stock plan administration services;administration; annuity and insurance products; securities-based lending, residential real estate loans and other lending products; banking; and retirement plan services.
Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products, which are offered through a variety of investment vehicles, include equity, fixed income, alternatives and solutions, and liquidity and alternative/other products.overlay services. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds,
insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and
corporations. Individual clients are generally served through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.
Basis of Financial Information
The financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the Firm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuations of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses,deferred tax assets, ACL, and other matters that affect its financial statements and related disclosures. The Firm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
CertainThe financial statements reflect the effects of the following reclassifications have been made to prior periods to conform toperiod amounts. The Provision for credit losses for loans and lending commitments is presented as a separate line in the current presentation. income statements. Previously, the provision for credit losses for loans was included in Other revenues, and the provision for credit losses for lending commitments was included in Other expenses. In addition, economic hedges of certain held-for-sale and held-for-investment loans, which were previously reported in Trading revenues, are reported in Other revenues.
The Notes are an integral part of the Firm'sFirm’s financial statements. The Firm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in these financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events not otherwise reported in these financial statements or the notes thereto.
Consolidation
The financial statements include the accounts of the Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, including certain VIEs (see Note 14)16). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. For consolidated subsidiaries that are not wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrollingNoncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to noncontrollingNoncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the income statements.statement. The portion of shareholders’ equity that is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as noncontrollingNoncontrolling interests, a component of Total equity, in the balance sheets.sheet.
For entities where the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and the equity holders bear the residual economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Firm consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities
December 2021 Form 10-K76

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
that do not meet the aforementioned criteria), the Firm consolidates those entities where it has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

December 2019 Form 10-K82

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

For investments in entities in which the Firm does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, it applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues (see Note 10)12) unless the Firm has elected to measure the investment at fair value, in which case net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 3)5).
Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.
The Firm’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include include:
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”),
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB”),
Morgan Stanley Europe SE (“MSESE”),
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”),
Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC (“MSCS”),
Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc. (“MSCG”),
Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”),
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and ,
Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements Presentation
For purposes of the cash flow statements, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks and Restricted cash. Cash and cash equivalents includes highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are held for investment purposes and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.
Restricted cash includes cash in banks subject to withdrawal restrictions, restricted deposits held as compensating balances and cash segregated in compliance with federal or other regulations.
,
E*TRADE Bank (“ETB”),
E*TRADE Savings Bank (“ETSB”) and
E*TRADE Securities LLC.

On January 1, 2022, ETSB merged with and into ETB, and subsequently ETB merged with and into MSPBNA, with MSPBNA as the surviving bank.
2. Significant Accounting Policies
Revenue Recognition
Revenues are recognized when the promised goods or services are delivered to our customers in an amount that is based on the consideration the Firm expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services when such amounts are not probable of significant reversal. These policies reflect the adoption of Revenue from Contracts with Customers on January 1, 2018. Please see “Accounting Updates Adopted” herein for the more significant differences in policies applied in prior periods.
Investment Banking
Revenues from investment banking activities consist of revenues earned from underwriting, primarily equity and fixed income securities and loan syndications, and advisory fees, primarily for mergers, acquisitions and restructurings.
Underwriting revenues are generally recognized on trade date if there is no uncertainty or contingency related to the amount to be paid. Underwriting costs are deferred and recognized in
the relevant non-interest expenses line items when the related underwriting revenues are recorded.
Advisory fees are recognized as advice is provided to the client, based on the estimated progress of work and when revenues are not probable of a significant reversal. Advisory costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items, including those reimbursed.
Commissions and Fees
Commission and fee revenues generally result from transaction-based arrangements in which the client is charged a fee for the execution of transactions. Such revenues primarily arise from transactions in equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, alternative funds, futures, insurance products and options.options, as well as revenues from order flow payments for directing customer orders to broker-dealers, exchanges, and market centers for execution. Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date when the performance obligation is satisfied.
Asset Management Revenues
Asset management, distribution and administration fees are generally based on related asset levels being managed, such as the AUM of a customer’s account or the net asset value of a fund. These fees are generally recognized when services are performed and the fees become known. Management fees are reduced by estimated fee waivers and expense caps, if any, provided to the customer.
Performance-based fees not in the form of carried interest are recorded when the annual performance target is met and the revenues are not probable of a significant reversal.
Sales commissions paid by the Firm in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets and amortized to expense over the expected life of the contract. The Firm periodically tests deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. Other asset management and distribution costs are recognized as incurred in the relevant non-interest expenses line items.
Carried Interest
The Firm is entitled to receive performance-based fees in the form of carried interest when the return in certain funds exceeds specified performance targets. When the Firm earns carried interest from funds as specified performance thresholds are met, that carried interest and any related general or limited partner interest isare accounted for under the equity method of accounting and measured based on the Firm’s claim on the NAV of the fund at the reporting date, taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. Such items are reflected within Investment revenues.
77December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
See Note 2123 for information regarding the net cumulative unrealized amount of performance-based fee revenues at risk of

83December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

reversal. See Note 1315 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.
Other Items
Revenues from certain commodities-related contracts are recognized as the promised goods or services are delivered to the customer.
Receivables from contracts with customers are recognized in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheetssheet when the underlying performance obligations have been satisfied and the Firm has the right per the contract to bill the customer. Contract assets are recognized in Other assets when the Firm has satisfied its performance obligations but customer payment is conditional. Contract liabilities are recognized in Other liabilities when the Firm has collected payment from a customer based on the terms of the contract but the underlying performance obligations are not yet satisfied.
For contracts with a term of less than one year, incremental costs to obtain the contract are expensed as incurred. Revenues are not discounted when payment is expected within one year.
The Firm generally presents, net within revenues, all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Firm from a customer.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks. Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less from the acquisition date that are readily convertible to cash and are not held for trading purposes.
Cash and cash equivalents also include Restricted cash such as cash segregated in compliance with federal or other regulations, including minimum reserve requirements set by the Federal Reserve Bank and other central banks, and the Firm’s initial margin deposited with clearing organizations.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Instruments within Trading assets and Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either as required or allowed by accounting guidance. These financial instruments primarily represent the Firm’s trading and investment positions and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, securities classified as AFS are measured at fair value.
Gains and losses on instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Trading revenues, Investments revenues or Investment banking revenues in the income statements,statement, except
for AFSgains and losses related to Available-for-Sale (“AFS”) securities (see “Investment Securities—AFS and HTM securities” section“AFS Investment Securities” section herein and Note 6)8) and derivatives accounted for as hedges, as well as economic derivative hedges associated with certain held-for-sale and held-for-investment corporate loans and lending commitments (see “Hedge Accounting” and “Other Hedges” herein and Note 5)7).
Interest income and interest expense are recorded within the income statementsstatement depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest is includedrecorded within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is includedrecorded within Interest income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Trading revenues or Investments revenues depending on the business activity.
The fair value of OTC financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and
commodities, is presented in the accompanying balance sheetssheet on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Firm nets the fair value of cash collateral paid or received against the fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement.
Fair Value Option
The Firm has elected to measure certain eligible instruments at fair value, including Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Loans and lending commitments, equity method investments and certain other assets, Deposits, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Other secured financings and Borrowings.
Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e.,, the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, assumptions are set to reflect those that the Firm believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Where the Firm manages a group of financial assets, financial liabilities, and nonfinancial items accounted for as derivatives on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, the Firm measures the fair value of that group of financial instruments consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.
In determining fair value, the Firm uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that requires the most observable inputs be used when available.
December 2021 Form 10-K78

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that were developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Firm. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect assumptions the Firm believes other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows, with Level 1 being the highest and Level 3 being the lowest level:
Level 1.   Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets that the Firm has the ability to access for identical assets or liabilities. Valuation adjustments, block discounts and discounts for entity-specific restrictions that would not transfer to market participants are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since

December 2019 Form 10-K84

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.
Level 2.    Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3.   Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the product. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Firm in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The Firm considers prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the total fair value amount is disclosed in the level appropriate for the lowest level input that is significant to the total fair value of the asset or liability.
Valuation Techniques
Many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is
willing to accept for an asset. The Firm carries positions at the point within the bid-ask range that meets its best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.
Fair value for many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms, as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, creditworthiness of the Firm, option volatility and currency rates.
Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty, and concentration risk and funding.funding in order to arrive at fair value. Adjustments for liquidity risk adjust model-derived mid-market amounts of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments for the bid-mid or mid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position. Bid-mid and mid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions.
The Firm applies credit-related valuation adjustments to its Borrowings for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. The Firm considers the impact of changes in its own credit spreads based upon observations of the secondary bond market spreads when measuring the fair value for Borrowings.
For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Firm’s and the counterparty’s credit rating is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Firm simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party CDS spread data. Where CDS spread data are unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterparty’s credit rating or CDS spread data that reference a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The Firm also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate its exposure to each counterparty.
Adjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are derived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and market-based information where possible.
The Firm may apply concentration adjustments to certain of its OTC derivative portfolios to reflect the additional cost of closing out a particularly large risk exposure. Where possible,
79December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
these adjustments are based on observable market information, but in many instances, significant judgment is required to estimate the costs of closing out concentrated risk exposures due to the lack of liquidity in the marketplace.
The Firm applies an FVA in the fair value measurements of OTC uncollateralized or partially collateralized derivatives and in collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the reuse of the collateral received. In general, FVA reflects a market funding risk premium inherent in the noted derivative instruments. The methodology for measuring FVA leverages the Firm’s existing credit-related valuation adjustment calculation methodologies, which apply to both assets and liabilities.

85December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

See Note 35 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis
Certain of the Firm’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Firm incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets or liabilities to fair value.
For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy for inputs as described above, which requires that observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.
For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 3.5.
Offsetting of Derivative Instruments
In connection with its derivative activities, the Firm generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off cash collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty. Derivatives with enforceable master netting agreements are reported net of cash collateral received and posted.
However, in certain circumstances, the Firm may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime may not support the enforceability of the master netting agreement or collateral agreement; or the Firm may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Firm has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset (see Note 5)7).
The Firm’s policy is generally to receive cash and/or securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Firm may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables it to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Firm’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits.
For information related to offsetting of derivatives, and certain collateralized transactions, see Notes 5 and 7, respectively.Note 7.
Hedge Accounting
The Firm applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments for the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges); and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the Parent Company (net investment hedges). These financial instruments are included within Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts or Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts in the balance sheets.sheet. For hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, the Firm performs effectiveness testing and other procedures.
Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk
The Firm’s designated fair value hedges consist of interest rate swaps designated as hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed rate AFS securities and senior borrowings. In the fourth quarter of 2019, theThe Firm also began designatingdesignates interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed rate deposits. The Firm is permitted to hedge the full, or part of the, contractual term of the hedged instrument. The Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the change in fair value of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the change in fair value of the hedged item (AFS security, deposit liability or borrowing), due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, offset within a range of 80% to 125%. The Firm considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to counterparty credit spreads and its own credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.
For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the change in the fair value of the derivative, offset by the change in the fair value attributable to the change in the benchmark interest rate risk of the hedged asset (liability), is recognized in earnings each period as a component of Interest income (expense). For AFS securities, the change in fair value of the hedged item due to changes other than the risk being hedged will continue to be reported in OCI. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment
December 2021 Form 10-K80

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
remaining on the hedged asset (liability) is amortized to Interest income (expense) over the remaining life of the asset (liability) using the effective interest method.
Net Investment Hedges
The Firm uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage a portion of the currency exposure relating to its net investments in foreign operations. To the extent that the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the underlying exchange rate of the derivative hedging instrument is the same as the exchange rate between

December 2019 Form 10-K86

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

the functional currency of the investee and the intermediate parent entity’s functional currency, it is considered to be perfectly effective, with no income statement recognition. If these exchange rates are not the same, the Firm uses regression analysis to assess the prospective and retrospective effectiveness of the hedge relationships. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and changes in the fair value of this excluded component are recorded currently in Interest income.
Other Hedges
In addition to hedges that are designated and qualify for hedge accounting, the Firm uses derivatives to economically hedge credit risk associated with certain held-for-sale and held-for-investment corporate loans and lending commitments, and the related gains and losses are reported within Other revenues in the income statement.
For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 5.7.
AFS Investment Securities—Available-for-Sale and Held-to-MaturitySecurities
AFS securities are reported at fair value in the balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported in AOCI, net of tax, unless such securities are designated in a fair value hedge.sheet. Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in Interest income in the income statements. Realizedstatement. Unrealized gains are recorded in OCI, and unrealized losses on sales of AFS securities are classified withinrecorded either in OCI or in Other revenues in the income statements (see Note 6). The Firm utilizes the “first-in, first-out” method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.
HTM securities are reported at amortized cost in the balance sheets. Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on HTM securities, is included in Interest income in the income statements.
OTTIdescribed below.
AFS securities and HTM securities with a current fair value less than their amortized costin an unrealized loss position are analyzed as part of the Firm’s periodic assessment of temporary versus OTTI at the individual security level. A temporary impairmentfirst evaluated to determine whether there is recognized in AOCI for AFS securities. OTTI is recognized in the income statements with the exception of the non-credit portion related to a security that the Firm does not intend to sell and is not likely to be required to sell, which is recognized in AOCI.
For AFS securities that the Firm either has thean intent to sell or thatit is more likely than not the Firm is likely towill be required to sell before recovery of itsthe amortized cost basis. If so, the amortized cost basis is written down to the impairmentfair value of the security such that the entire unrealized loss is considered OTTI.recognized in Other revenues, and any previously established ACL is written off.
For thoseall other AFS securities thatin an unrealized loss position, any portion of unrealized losses representing a credit loss is recognized in Other revenues and as an increase to the Firm does not haveACL for AFS securities, with the intent to sell or is not likely to be required to sell, and for all HTM securities, the Firm evaluates whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basisremainder of the security. Ifunrealized losses recognized in OCI. A credit loss exists if the Firm does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of those AFS or HTM securities, the impairment is considered OTTI, and the Firm determines what portionbasis of the impairment relates tosecurity. When considering whether a credit loss and what portion relates to non-credit factors.exists, the Firm considers relevant information, including:
Aguarantees (implicit or explicit) by the U.S. government;
the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;
adverse conditions specifically related to the security, its industry or geographic area;
changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security or, in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors;
the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future;
failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;
the current rating and any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency.
If a credit loss exists, ifthe Firm measures the credit loss as the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected (discounted at the implicit interest rate at acquisition of the security or discounted at the effective yield for securities that incorporate changes in prepayment assumptions) is less thanand the amortized cost basis of the security. Changes in prepayment assumptions alone are not considered to result in a credit loss.
When determining if a credit loss exists, the Firm considers relevant information, including:
the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;
adverse conditions specifically related to the security, its industry or geographic area;
changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, the presence of explicit or implicit guarantees of repayment by the U.S. Government for U.S. Government and Agency securities or, in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors;
the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;
the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future;
failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;
the current rating and any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency;
recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date.
When estimating the present value of expected cash flows, information utilized includes the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, financial condition of the
issuer(s), issuer, expected defaults and the value of any underlying collateral.
Presentation of ACL and Provision for Credit Losses
ACLProvision for
Credit Losses
AFS securitiesContra investment securitiesOther revenue
Nonaccrual & ACL Charge-offs on AFS Securities
AFS securities follow the same nonaccrual and write-off guidance as discussed in “Allowance for Credit Losses” herein, except as set forth in “Modifications and Nonaccrual Status for Borrowers Impacted by COVID-19” herein.
HTM Securities

HTM securities are reported at amortized cost, net of any ACL, in the balance sheet. Refer to “Allowance for Credit Losses” herein for guidance on the ACL determination. Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on HTM securities, is included in Interest income in the income statement.
Loans
The Firm accounts for loans based on the following categories: loans held for investment; loans held for sale; and loans at fair value.
81December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Nonaccrual

All loan categories described below follow the same nonaccrual and write-off guidance as discussed in “Allowance for Credit Losses” herein.
Loans Held for Investment
Loans held for investment are reported at outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loancredit losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs for originated loans, and any unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans.

87December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Interest Income. Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.
Allowance for Loan Losses.    The allowance for loan losses represents an estimate of probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held-for-investment loan portfolio.
The Firm utilizes the U.S. banking agencies’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss categories as credit quality indicators. For further information on the credit quality indicators, see Note 8. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. Factors considered by management when determining impairment include payment status, fair value of collateral, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. The impairment analysis required depends on the nature and type of loans. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired.
There are two components of the allowance for loan losses: the specific allowance component and the inherent allowance component.
The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses for exposures that have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Firm and determined to be impaired. When a loan is specifically identified for impairment, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral. If the present value of the expected future cash flows (or alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral) is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Firm recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.
The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses represents an estimate of the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includes loans that have not been identified as impaired. The Firm maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Generally, inherent losses in the portfolio for non-impaired loans are estimated using statistical analysis and judgment regarding the exposure at default, the probability of default and the loss given default.
Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio, and
lending terms and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level to ensure that it is reasonably likely to adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio. When the Firm recognizes an allowance, there is also a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.
Troubled Debt Restructurings.    The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties by granting one or more concessions that the Firm would not otherwise consider. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as a TDR. A loan that has been modified in a TDR is generally considered to be impaired and is evaluated for the extent of impairment using the Firm’s specific allowance methodology. TDRs are also generally classified as nonaccrual and may be returned to accrual status only after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period.
Nonaccrual Loans.    The Firm places loans on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest is in doubt unless the obligation is well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered past due when a payment due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement has not been remitted by the borrower. Substandard loans, if identified as impaired, are categorized as nonaccrual, as are loans classified as Doubtful or Loss.
Payments received on nonaccrual loans held for investment are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectibility of principal. If collection of the principal of nonaccrual loans held for investment is not in doubt, interest income is realized on a cash basis. If neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, loans are placed on accrual status and interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Loans that are on nonaccrual status may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and/or interest has been brought current after a reasonable period of performance, typically a minimum of six months.
Charge-offs.    The Firm charges off a loan in the period that it is deemed uncollectible and records a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of the loan. In general, any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan (including any capitalized accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized premium or discount) in excess of the fair value of the collateral that can be identified as uncollectible, and is therefore deemed a confirmed loss, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. In addition, for loan transfers from loans held for investment to loans held for sale, at the time of transfer any reduction in the loan value is reflected as a charge-off of the recorded investment, resulting in a new cost basis.

December 2019 Form 10-K88

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Lending Commitments.The Firm records the liability and related expense for the credit exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be held for investment in a manner similar to outstanding loans discussed above. The analysis also incorporates a credit conversion factor, which is the expected utilization of the undrawn commitment. The liability and expense for the credit exposure are recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheets, and Other non-interest expenses in the income statements, respectively.loans. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 13.15.

For more information regarding allowance for credit losses, refer to “Allowance for Credit Losses” herein.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale are measured at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in Other revenues. The Firm determines the valuation allowance on an individual loan basis, except for residential mortgage loans for which the valuation allowance is determined at the loan product level. Any decreases in fair value below the initial carrying amount and any recoveries in fair value up to the initial carrying amount are recorded in Other revenues. Increases in fair value above initial carrying value are not recognized.
Interest Income. Interest income on loans held for sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred as an adjustment to the loan’s cost basis until the related loan is sold and, as such, are included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.
Lending CommitmentsCommitments.. Commitments to fund mortgage loans held for sale are derivatives and are reported in Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the balance sheetssheet with an offset to Trading revenues in the income statements.statement.
For commitments to fund non-mortgage loans, the Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure below cost of such commitments in Other liabilities
and accrued expenses in the balance sheetssheet with an offset to Other revenues in the income statements.statement.
Loans and lending commitments held for sale are subject to the nonaccrual policies described above in the Loans Held for Investment—Nonaccrual Loans section. Because loans and lending commitments held for sale are recognized at the lower of cost or fair value, the allowance for loancredit losses and charge-off policies doesdo not apply to these loans.
Loans at Fair Value
Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Loans carried at fair value are not evaluated for purposes of recording an allowance for loancredit losses. For further information
on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets and Trading liabilities,, see Note 3.5.
Lending Commitments. The Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be measured at fair value. The liability is recorded in Trading liabilities in the balance sheets,sheet, and the expense is recorded in Trading revenues in the income statements.statement.
Loans and lending commitments at fair value are subject to the nonaccrual policies described above in the Loans Held for Investment—Nonaccrual Loans section. Because such loans and lending commitments are reported at fair value, the allowance for loancredit losses and charge-off policies do not apply to these loans.
For further information on loans, see Note 8.10.
Allowance for Credit Losses

The ACL for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet exposures (e.g., HFI loans and lending commitments, HTM securities, customer and other receivables and certain guarantees) represents an estimate of expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial instrument.
Factors considered by management when determining the ACL include payment status, fair value of collateral and expected payments of principal and interest, as well as internal or external information relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The Firm uses three forecasts that include assumptions about certain macroeconomic variables, including, but not limited to, U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”), equity market indices and unemployment rates, as well as commercial real estate and home price indices. At the conclusion of the Firm’s reasonable and supportable forecast period of 13 quarters, there is a gradual reversion back to historical averages.

The ACL is measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist for multiple instruments, considering all available information relevant to assessing the collectability of cash flows. Generally, the Firm applies a probability of default/loss given default model for instruments that are collectively assessed, under which the ACL is calculated as the product of probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default. These parameters are forecast for each
December 2021 Form 10-K82

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
collective group of assets using a scenario-based statistical model.

If the instrument does not share similar risk characteristics with other instruments, including when it is probable that the Firm will be unable to collect the full payment of principal and interest on the instrument when due, the ACL is measured on an individual basis. The Firm generally applies a discounted cash flow method for instruments that are individually assessed.

The Firm may also elect to use an approach that considers the fair value of the collateral when measuring the ACL if the loan is collateral dependent (i.e., repayment of the loan is expected to be provided substantially by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral and the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty).

Additionally, the Firm can elect to use an approach to measure the ACL that considers the fair value of collateral where the borrower is required to, and reasonably expected to, continually adjust and replenish the amount of collateral securing the instrument to reflect changes in the fair value of such collateral. The Firm has elected to use this approach for certain securities-based loans, margin loans, securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed.

Credit quality indicators considered in developing the ACL include:

Corporate loans, secured lending facilities, commercial real estate loans and securities, and other loans: Internal risk ratings developed by the Credit Risk Management Department that are refreshed at least annually, and more frequently as necessary. These ratings generally correspond to external ratings published by S&P. The Firm also considers transaction structure, including type of collateral, collateral terms and position of the obligation within the capital structure. In addition, for commercial real estate, the Firm considers property type and location, net operating income and LTV ratios, among other factors, as well as commercial real estate price and credit spread indices and capitalization rates.
Residential real estate loans: Loan origination Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) credit scores as determined by independent credit agencies in the U.S. and LTV ratios.
Employee loans: Employment status, which includes those currently employed by the Firm and for which the Firm can deduct any unpaid amounts due to it through certain compensation arrangements; and those no longer employed by the Firm where such arrangements are no longer applicable.
Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, the nature and volume of the portfolio, and lending terms and the volume and severity of past due loans are also considered in the ACL calculations.
Presentation of ACL and Provision for Credit Losses
ACLProvision for
Credit Losses
Held for investment loansContra assetProvision for credit losses
Other instruments measured at amortized cost (e.g., HTM securities and customer and other receivables)
Contra assetOther revenues
Employee loansContra assetCompensation and benefits expenses
Held for investment lending commitmentsOther liabilities and accrued expensesProvision for credit losses
Other off-balance sheet instruments (e.g., certain guarantees)
Other liabilities and accrued expensesOther expenses
Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties by granting one or more concessions that the Firm would not otherwise consider. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), except for certain modifications related to the coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) as noted in “Modifications and Nonaccrual Status for Borrowers Impacted by COVID-19” herein. A loan that has been modified in a TDR is generally considered to be impaired and is evaluated individually. TDRs are also generally classified as nonaccrual and may be returned to accrual status only after the Firm expects repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest and there is sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period.
Nonaccrual

The Firm places financial instruments on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is not expected when contractually due or is past due for a period of 90 days or more unless the obligation is well-secured and is in the process of collection. For borrowers impacted by COVID-19, see “Modifications and Nonaccrual Status for Borrowers Impacted by COVID-19” herein for additional considerations.

For any instrument placed on nonaccrual status, the Firm reverses any unpaid interest accrued with an offsetting reduction to Interest income. Principal and interest payments received on nonaccrual instruments are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of principal. If collection of the principal is not in doubt, interest income is realized on a cash basis. If the instrument is brought current and neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, instruments can generally return to accrual status, and interest income can be recognized.
Modifications and Nonaccrual Status for Borrowers Impacted by COVID-19
In the first quarter of 2020, the Firm elected to apply the guidance issued by Congress in the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), as well as by the U.S. banking agencies stating that certain concessions granted to borrowers that are current on existing loans, either individually or as part of a program for creditworthy
83December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
borrowers who are experiencing short-term financial or operational problems as a result of COVID-19, generally would not be considered TDRs. Additionally, these loans generally would not be considered nonaccrual unless collectability concerns exist despite the modification provided. For loans remaining on accrual status, the Firm elected to continue recognizing interest income during the modification periods. The CARES Act relief expired on January 1, 2022.
ACL Charge-offs
The principal balance of a financial instrument is charged off in the period it is deemed uncollectible, resulting in a reduction in the ACL and in the balance of the financial instrument in the balance sheet. Accrued interest receivable balances that are separately recorded from the related financial instruments are charged off against Interest income when the related financial instrument is placed on nonaccrual status. Accordingly, the Firm elected not to measure an ACL for accrued interest receivables. However, in the case of loans that are modified as a result of COVID-19 and remain on accrual status due to the relief noted in “Modifications and Nonaccrual Status for Borrowers Impacted by COVID-19” herein, accrued interest receivable balances are assessed for any required ACL.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Firm has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Any related gain or loss on sale is recorded in Net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as collateralized financings. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 7)9).
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreementsagreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), including repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements-to-maturity, are carried in the balance sheetssheet at the amount of cash paid or received plus accrued interest except for certain reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements for which the Firm has elected the fair value option (see Note 4)6). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.
In instances where the Firm is the lender in securities-for-securities transactions and is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the fair value of the collateral received is reported in Trading assets, and the related obligation to return the collateral is reported in Trading liabilities in the balance sheets.sheet. Securities-for-securities transactions where the Firm is the borrower are not included in the balance sheets.sheet.
In order to manage credit exposure arising from these transactions, in appropriate circumstances, the Firm enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral held by the Firm against the net amount owed by the counterparty.
The Firm’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased or borrowed in connection with reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions, respectively, and to receive cash and/or securities delivered under repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions (with rights of rehypothecation).
For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 9.
Premises, Equipment and Capitalized Software Costs
Premises, equipment and capitalized software costs consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power generation assets and capitalized software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises, equipment and capitalized software costs are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization and are included in

89December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Other assets in the balance sheets.sheet. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset.
Estimated Useful LivesLife of Assets
in yearsEstimated Useful Life
Buildings39
Leasehold improvements—Buildingterm of lease to 25
Leasehold improvements—Otherterm of lease to 15
Furniture and fixtures7
Computer and communications equipment3 to 9
Power generation assets15 to 29
SoftwareCapitalized software costs2 to 10

Premises, equipment and capitalized software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The Firm tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Firm tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below itsthe asset's business segments.segment. The Firm tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the aggregate level of management contracts. For both the annual and interim tests, the Firm has the option to either (i) perform a quantitative impairment test or (ii) first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is
December 2021 Form 10-K84

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, in which case the quantitative test would be performed.
When performing a quantitative impairment test, the Firm compares the fair value of a reporting unit with itsthe carrying amount, including goodwill.amount. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than itsthe carrying amount, the goodwill impairment loss is equal to the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, limited to the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.amount.
The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Firm believes market participants would use for each respective reporting unit.use. The estimated fair values are generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies.companies for goodwill impairment testing.
Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful liveslife and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when impairment indicators are present. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the income statements.statement.
Earnings per Common Share
Basic EPS is computed by dividing earnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding for the period. Earnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested RSUs where recipients have satisfied either the explicitrelevant vesting terms or retirement-eligibility requirements.terms. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.
Share-based awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.
The Firm has granted PSUs that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if predetermined performance and market goals are satisfied. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the end of the reporting perioddate was the end of the contingencyperformance period.
For further information on diluted earnings (loss) per common share, see Note 1618 to the financial statements.
Deferred Compensation
Stock-Based Compensation
The Firm measures compensation expense for stock-based awards at fair value. The Firm determines the fair value of RSUs (including PSUs with non-market performance conditions) based on the grant-date fair value of its common stock, measured as the volume-weighted average price on the
date of grant (“VWAP”). The fair value of RSUs not entitled to dividends until conversion is measured at VWAP reduced by the present value of dividends expected to be paid on the underlying shares prior to scheduled conversion date. PSUs that contain market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model.
Compensation expense is recognized over the relevant vesting period forrelevant to each separateseparately vesting portion of the award. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recognized based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized irrespective of the probability of the market condition being achieved and is not reversed if the market condition is not met. The Firm accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Stock-based awards generally contain claw backclawback and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Firm discretion to claw back or cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. Compensation expense for those awards is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s common stock or the relevant model valuation, as appropriate, until conversion, exercise or expiration.

December 2019 Form 10-K90

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Employee Stock Trusts
In connection with certain stock-based compensation plans, the Firm at its discretion, has established employee stock trusts to provide, at its discretion, common stock voting rights to certain employees who hold outstanding RSUs.RSU holders. Following the grant of an RSU award, when a stock trust is utilized, the Firm contributes shares to be held in the stock trust until the RSUs convert to common shares. The assets of the employee stock trusts are consolidated with those of the Firm and are generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock, where the shares of common stock outstanding reported in Common stock issued to employee stock trusts are offset by an equal amount reported in Employee stock trusts in the balance sheets.sheet.
The Firm uses the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as the basis for recognitionrecording the movement of the assets into or from the employee stock trusts. Subsequent changesChanges in the fair value are not recognized as the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans must be settled by delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Firm’s common stock.
Deferred Cash-Based Compensation
Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation plansawards is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments that employees select. Compensation expense is recognized over the relevant vesting period forrelevant to each separateseparately vesting portion of deferred awards. Compensation expense for these awards is adjusted based on notional earnings of the referenced investments until distribution.award.
The Firm invests directly, as a principal, in financial instruments orand other investments to economically hedge certain of its obligations under its deferred cash-based
85December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
compensation plans. Changes in the value of such investments made by the Firm are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. Although changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Firm, there is typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on the Firm’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.
Retirement-Eligible Employee Compensation
For year-end stock-based awards and deferred cash-based compensation awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost of the awards over the course of the calendar year preceding the grant date, which reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.
Carried Interest Compensation
The Firm generally recognizes compensation expense for any portion of carried interest (both realized and unrealized) that is allocated to employees. For information on performance-based fees in the form of carried interest, which are directly related to carried interest compensation, see “Revenue Recognition—Carried Interest” herein.
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date. Such effects are recorded in Provision for income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operationstaxes regardless of where deferred taxes were originally recorded.
The Firm recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Firm considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and results of recent operations. When performing the assessment, the Firm considers all types of deferred tax assets in combination with each other, regardless of the origin of the underlying temporary difference. If a deferred tax asset is determined to be unrealizable, a valuation allowance is established. If the Firm subsequently determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.
The Firm recognizes tax expense associated with GILTI included in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”)Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income as it is incurred as part of the
current income taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period.
Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of a two-step process, whereby (i) the Firm determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (ii) for those tax positions that meet this threshold, the Firm recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes.
Foreign Currencies
Assets and liabilities of operations with non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated at year-end rates of

91December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

exchange. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects, are reflected in AOCI in the balance sheets.sheet. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income, and amounts recognized in the income statement are translated at the rate of exchange on the respective date of recognition for each amount.

Accounting Updates Adopted in 20192020
See Note 16 for a summary of the Retained earnings impact of these adoptions.
LeasesReference Rate Reform
Upon the adoption of
Leases, the Firm began recognizing in the balance sheet leases with terms exceeding one year as right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and corresponding liabilities. The adoption resulted in an increase to Retained earnings of approximately $63 million, net of tax, related to deferred revenue from previously recorded sale-leaseback transactions. At transition on January 1, 2019, the adoption also resulted in a balance sheet gross-up of approximately $4 billion reflected in Other assets and Other liabilities and accrued expenses. See Note 10 for lease disclosures, including amounts reflected in the December 31, 2019 balance sheet. Prior period amounts were not restated.
As allowed by the guidance, the Firm elected not to reassess the following at transition: whether existing contracts are or contain leases; and for existing leases, lease classification and initial direct costs. In addition, the Firm continues to account for existing land easements as service contracts.
Both at transition and for new leases thereafter, ROU assets and lease liabilities are initially recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term, including non-lease components such as fixed common area maintenance costs and other fixed costs such as real estate taxes and insurance.
The discount rates used in determining the present value of leases are the Firm’s incremental borrowing rates, developed based upon each lease’s term and currency of payment. The lease term includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Firm will exercise that option. For operating leases, the ROU assets also include any prepaid lease payments and initial direct costs incurred and are reduced by lease incentives. For these leases, lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term if the ROU asset has not been impaired or abandoned.
Derivatives and Hedging (ASU 2018-16)
The amendments in this update permit use of the OIS rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. The Firm adopted this update on a prospective basis for qualifying new or
redesignated hedging relationships. This update did not impact the Firm’s pre-existing hedges.
Accounting Update Adopted in 2018
See Note 16 for a summary of the Retained earnings impact of this adoption.
Revenue Recognition
The Firm has adopted Revenues from Contracts with Customers using the modified retrospective method. Our revenue recognition policies are reflective of this update since adoption, while 2017 revenues and expenses remain as presented under the priorReference Rate Reform accounting policy.
The more significant differencesupdate. There was no impact to the Firm’s financial statements upon initial adoption.
This accounting policy in place priorupdate provides optional accounting relief to adoption were: (i)entities with contracts, hedge accounting relationships or other transactions that reference LIBOR or other interest rate benchmarks for which the presentationreferenced rate is expected to be discontinued or replaced. The Firm is applying the accounting relief as relevant contract and hedge accounting relationship modifications are made during the course of certain costs related to underwriting and advisory activities in that such costs were recorded net of Investment Banking revenues versus the current practice of recording the costs in the relevant non-compensation expense line item; (ii) the presentation of certain costsreference rate reform transition period. The optional relief generally allows for contract modifications solely related to the selling and distribution of investment funds in that such costs were recorded net of Asset Management revenues versus the current practice of recording the costs in the relevant non-compensation expense line item; (iii) the recognition of certain performance-based fees from fund management activities not in the form of carried interest that were recognized quarterly versus the current practice of deferring the revenues until the fees are not probable of a significant reversal, and; (iv) the timingreplacement of the recognitionreference rate to be accounted for as a continuation of advisory fees inthe existing contract instead of as an extinguishment of the contract and would, therefore, not trigger certain accounting impacts that such fees were recorded when realizable versuswould otherwise be required. It also allows entities to change certain critical terms of existing hedge accounting relationships that are affected by reference rate reform, and these changes would not require de-designating the current practice of recognizinghedge accounting relationship. The optional relief currently ends December 31, 2022.
Financial Instruments—Credit Losses
The Firm has adopted the fees as advice is provided to the client, based on the estimated progress of work and when the revenue is not probable of a significant reversal.



Financial Instruments—Credit Losses accounting update.

December 20192021 Form 10-K9286

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
This accounting update impacted the impairment model for certain financial assets measured at amortized cost by requiring a CECL methodology to estimate expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial asset, recorded at inception or purchase. CECL replaced the incurred loss model previously applicable to loans held for investment, HTM securities and other receivables carried at amortized cost, such as employee loans.
The update also eliminated the concept of other-than-temporary impairment for AFS securities and instead requires impairments on AFS securities to be recognized in earnings through an allowance when the fair value is less than amortized cost and a credit loss exists, and through a permanent reduction of the amortized cost basis when the securities are expected to be sold before recovery of amortized cost.
At transition on January 1, 2020, the adoption of this accounting standard resulted in an increase in the allowance for credit losses of $131 million with a corresponding reduction in Retained earnings of $100 million, net of tax. The adoption impact was primarily attributable to a $124 million increase in the allowance for credit losses on employee loans.
3. Acquisitions
Acquisition of Eaton Vance
On March 1, 2021, the Firm completed the acquisition of 100% of Eaton Vance Corp. (“Eaton Vance”) in a stock and cash transaction, which increased the scale and breadth of the Investment Management business segment. Total consideration for the transaction was approximately $8.7 billion, which consists of the $5.3 billion fair value of 69 million common shares issued from Common stock held in treasury and cash of approximately $3.4 billion.
Upon acquisition, the assets and liabilities of Eaton Vance were adjusted to their respective fair values as of the closing date of the transaction, including the identifiable intangible assets acquired. In addition, the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. The fair value estimates used in valuing certain acquired assets and liabilities are based, in part, on inputs that are unobservable. For intangible assets, these include, but are not limited to, forecasted future cash flows, revenue growth rates, attrition rates and discount rates.
Eaton Vance Purchase Price Allocation
$ in millionsAt
March 1,
2021
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$691
Trading assets at fair value:
Loans and lending commitments445
Investments299
Corporate and other debt52
Customer and other receivables331
Goodwill5,270
Intangible assets3,956
Other assets836
Total assets$11,880
Liabilities
Other secured financings$399
Other liabilities and accrued expenses2,147
Borrowings678
Total liabilities$3,224
Acquired Intangible Assets
$ in millionsWeighted Average Life (Years)At
March 1,
2021
Non-amortizable
Management contractsIndefinite$2,120 
Amortizable
Customer relationships161,455 
Tradenames23221 
Management contracts16160 
Total acquired intangible assets$3,956 
Eaton Vance Net revenues of approximately $1,818 million and Net income of approximately $413 million are included in the Firm’s consolidated results for the period from March 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021.
Morgan Stanley and Eaton Vance Proforma Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)
$ in millions20212020
Net revenues$60,051 $50,371 
Net income15,220 10,779 
The proforma financial information presented in the previous table was computed by combining the historical financial information of the Firm and Eaton Vance along with the effects of the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations as though the companies were combined on January 1, 2020.
The proforma information does not reflect the potential benefits of cost and funding synergies, opportunities to earn additional revenues or other factors, and, therefore, does not represent what the actual Net revenues and Net income would have been had the companies actually been combined as of this date.
Acquisition of E*TRADE
On October 2, 2020, the Firm completed the acquisition of 100% of E*TRADE Financial Corporation (“E*TRADE”) in
87December 2021 Form 10-K

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
a stock-for-stock transaction, which increased the scale and breadth of the Wealth Management business segment. Total consideration for the transaction was approximately $11.9 billion, which principally consists of the $11 billion fair value of 233 million common shares issued from Common stock held in treasury, at an exchange ratio of 1.0432 per E*TRADE common share. In addition, the Firm issued Series M and Series N preferred shares with a fair value of approximately $0.7 billion in exchange for E*TRADE’s existing preferred stock.
Upon acquisition, the assets and liabilities of E*TRADE were adjusted to their respective fair values as of the closing date of the transaction, including the identifiable intangible assets acquired. In addition, the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. The fair value estimates used in valuing certain acquired assets and liabilities are based, in part, on inputs that are unobservable. For intangible assets, these include, but are not limited to, forecasted future cash flows, revenue growth rates, customer attrition rates and discount rates.
E*TRADE Purchase Price Allocation
$ in millionsAt
October 2,
2020
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$3,807 
Trading assets at fair value:
Loans and lending commitments1,124 
Investments44 
Investment securities48,855 
Securities borrowed975 
Customer and other receivables12,267 
Loans:
Held for investment462 
Goodwill4,270 
Intangible assets1
3,282 
Other assets1,351 
Total assets$76,437 
Liabilities
Deposits$44,890 
Securities loaned766 
Customer and other payables15,488 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses1,688 
Borrowings1,665 
Total liabilities$64,497 
1.Acquired intangible assets are primarily composed of $2.8 billion related to customer relationships with a weighted-average life of 17 years.
E*TRADE’s results are included in the Firm’s consolidated results for the period from October 2, 2020 to December 31, 2020. For this period, Net revenues were approximately $600 million, and Net income (loss) was not material.
Morgan Stanley and E*TRADE Proforma Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)

$ in millions20202019
Net revenues$50,203 $44,192 
Net income11,459 9,839 
The proforma financial information presented in the previous table was computed by combining the historical financial information of the Firm and E*TRADE along with the effects of the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations as though the companies were combined on January 1, 2019.
The proforma information does not reflect the potential benefits of cost and funding synergies, opportunities to earn additional revenues or other factors, and, therefore, does not represent what the actual Net revenues and Net income would have been had the companies actually been combined as of this date.
4. Cash and Cash Equivalents
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Cash and due from banks$8,394 $9,792 
Interest bearing deposits with banks119,331 95,862 
Total Cash and cash equivalents$127,725 $105,654 
Restricted cash$40,887 $38,202 
For additional information on cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash, see Note 2.
3.
December 2021 Form 10-K88

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
5. Fair Values
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Netting1
Total
Assets at fair value
Trading assets:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities$45,970 $29,749 $2 $ $75,721 
Other sovereign government obligations28,041 4,533 211  32,785 
State and municipal securities 1,905 13  1,918 
MABS 1,237 344  1,581 
Loans and lending commitments2
 8,821 3,806  12,627 
Corporate and other debt 27,309 1,973  29,282 
Corporate equities3
91,630 832 115  92,577 
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate1,364 153,048 1,153  155,565 
Credit 8,441 509  8,950 
Foreign exchange28 74,571 132  74,731 
Equity1,562 68,519 251  70,332 
Commodity and other4,462 20,194 3,057  27,713 
Netting1
(5,696)(241,814)(794)(50,833)(299,137)
Total derivative and other contracts1,720 82,959 4,308 (50,833)38,154 
Investments4
735 846 1,125  2,706 
Physical commodities 2,771   2,771 
Total trading assets4
168,096 160,962 11,897 (50,833)290,122 
Investment securities —AFS59,021 43,809   102,830 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 7   7 
Total assets at fair value$227,117 $204,778 $11,897 $(50,833)$392,959 
At December 31, 2019At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Netting1
Total$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Netting1
Total
Assets at fair value 
Trading assets: 
Liabilities at fair valueLiabilities at fair value
DepositsDeposits$ $1,873 $67 $ $1,940 
Trading liabilities:Trading liabilities:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities$36,866
$28,992
$22
$
$65,880
U.S. Treasury and agency securities16,433 319   16,752 
Other sovereign government obligations23,402
4,347
5

27,754
Other sovereign government obligations20,771 2,062   22,833 
State and municipal securities
2,790
1

2,791
MABS
1,690
438

2,128
Loans and lending commitments2

6,253
5,073

11,326
Corporate and other debt
22,124
1,396

23,520
Corporate and other debt 8,707 16  8,723 
Corporate equities3
123,942
652
97

124,691
Corporate equities3
75,181 226 45  75,452 
Derivative and other contracts: Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate1,265
182,977
1,239

185,481
Interest rate1,087 145,670 445  147,202 
Credit
6,658
654

7,312
Credit 9,090 411  9,501 
Foreign exchange15
64,260
145

64,420
Foreign exchange19 73,096 80  73,195 
Equity1,219
48,927
922

51,068
Equity2,119 77,363 1,196  80,678 
Commodity and other1,079
7,255
2,924

11,258
Commodity and other4,563 16,837 1,528  22,928 
Netting1
(2,794)(235,947)(993)(47,804)(287,538)
Netting1
(5,696)(241,814)(794)(50,632)(298,936)
Total derivative and other contracts784
74,130
4,891
(47,804)32,001
Total derivative and other contracts2,092 80,242 2,866 (50,632)34,568 
Investments4
481
252
858

1,591
Physical commodities
1,907


1,907
Total trading assets4
185,475
143,137
12,781
(47,804)293,589
Investment securities —AFS32,902
29,321


62,223
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
4


4
Total assets at fair value$218,377
$172,462
$12,781
$(47,804)$355,816
Total trading liabilitiesTotal trading liabilities114,477 91,556 2,927 (50,632)158,328 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchaseSecurities sold under agreements to repurchase 140 651  791 
Other secured financingsOther secured financings 4,730 403  5,133 
BorrowingsBorrowings 74,183 2,157  76,340 
Total liabilities at fair valueTotal liabilities at fair value$114,477 $172,482 $6,205 $(50,632)$242,532 
At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Netting1
Total
Assets at fair value
Trading assets:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities$43,084 $31,524 $$— $74,617 
Other sovereign government obligations26,174 5,048 268 — 31,490 
State and municipal securities— 1,135 — — 1,135 
MABS— 1,070 322 — 1,392 
Loans and lending commitments2
— 5,389 5,759 — 11,148 
Corporate and other debt— 30,093 3,435 — 33,528 
Corporate equities3
111,575 1,142 86 — 112,803 
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate4,458 227,818 1,210 — 233,486 
Credit— 6,840 701 — 7,541 
Foreign exchange29 93,770 260 — 94,059 
Equity1,132 65,943 1,369 — 68,444 
Commodity and other1,818 10,108 2,723 — 14,649 
Netting1
(5,488)(310,534)(1,351)(62,956)(380,329)
Total derivative and other contracts1,949 93,945 4,912 (62,956)37,850 
Investments4
624 234 828 — 1,686 
Physical commodities— 3,260 — — 3,260 
Total trading assets4
183,406 172,840 15,619 (62,956)308,909 
Investment securities —AFS46,354 61,225 2,804 — 110,383 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell— 12 — 15 
Total assets at fair value$229,760 $234,077 $18,426 $(62,956)$419,307 
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Netting1
Total
Liabilities at fair value    
Deposits$
$1,920
$179
$
$2,099
Trading liabilities:     
U.S. Treasury and agency securities11,191
34


11,225
Other sovereign government obligations21,837
1,332
1

23,170
Corporate and other debt
7,410


7,410
Corporate equities3
63,002
79
36

63,117
Derivative and other contracts:     
Interest rate1,144
171,025
462

172,631
Credit
7,391
530

7,921
Foreign exchange6
67,473
176

67,655
Equity1,200
49,062
2,606

52,868
Commodity and other1,194
7,118
1,312

9,624
Netting1
(2,794)(235,947)(993)(42,531)(282,265)
Total derivative and other contracts750
66,122
4,093
(42,531)28,434
Total trading liabilities96,780
74,977
4,130
(42,531)133,356
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
733


733
Other secured financings
7,700
109

7,809
Borrowings
60,373
4,088

64,461
Total liabilities at fair value$96,780
$145,703
$8,506
$(42,531)$208,458

9389December 20192021 Form 10-K

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Netting1
Total
Assets at fair value    
Trading assets:     
U.S. Treasury and agency securities$38,767
$29,594
$54
$
$68,415
Other sovereign government obligations28,395
5,529
17

33,941
State and municipal securities
3,161
148

3,309
MABS
2,154
354

2,508
Loans and lending commitments2

4,055
6,870

10,925
Corporate and other debt
18,129
1,076

19,205
Corporate equities3
93,626
522
95

94,243
Derivative and other contracts:     
Interest rate2,793
155,027
1,045

158,865
Credit
5,707
421

6,128
Foreign exchange62
63,023
161

63,246
Equity1,256
45,596
1,022

47,874
Commodity and other963
8,517
2,992

12,472
Netting1
(4,151)(210,190)(896)(44,175)(259,412)
Total derivative and other contracts923
67,680
4,745
(44,175)29,173
Investments4
412
293
757

1,462
Physical commodities
536


536
Total trading assets4
162,123
131,653
14,116
(44,175)263,717
Investment securities —AFS36,399
24,662


61,061
Intangible assets
5


5
Total assets at fair value$198,522
$156,320
$14,116
$(44,175)$324,783
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Netting1
Total
Liabilities at fair value    
Deposits$
$415
$27
$
$442
Trading liabilities:     
U.S. Treasury and agency securities11,272
543


11,815
Other sovereign government obligations21,391
1,454


22,845
Corporate and other debt
8,550
1

8,551
Corporate equities3
56,064
199
15

56,278
Derivative and other contracts:     
Interest rate2,927
142,746
427

146,100
Credit
5,772
381

6,153
Foreign exchange41
63,379
86

63,506
Equity1,042
47,091
2,507

50,640
Commodity and other1,228
6,872
940

9,040
Netting1
(4,151)(210,190)(896)(32,944)(248,181)
Total derivative and other contracts1,087
55,670
3,445
(32,944)27,258
Total trading liabilities89,814
66,416
3,461
(32,944)126,747
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
812


812
Other secured financings
5,037
208

5,245
Borrowings
47,378
3,806

51,184
Total liabilities at fair value$89,814
$120,058
$7,502
$(32,944)$184,430

At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3
Netting1
Total
Liabilities at fair value
Deposits$— $3,395 $126 $— $3,521 
Trading liabilities:
U.S. Treasury and agency securities10,204 — — 10,205 
Other sovereign government obligations24,209 1,738 16 — 25,963 
Corporate and other debt— 8,468 — — 8,468 
Corporate equities3
67,822 172 63 — 68,057 
Derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate4,789 213,321 528 — 218,638 
Credit— 7,500 652 — 8,152 
Foreign exchange11 94,698 199 — 94,908 
Equity1,245 81,683 3,600 — 86,528 
Commodity and other1,758 9,418 1,014 — 12,190 
Netting1
(5,488)(310,534)(1,351)(58,105)(375,478)
Total derivative and other contracts2,315 96,086 4,642 (58,105)44,938 
Total trading liabilities104,550 106,465 4,721 (58,105)157,631 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase— 671 444 — 1,115 
Other secured financings— 11,185 516 — 11,701 
Borrowings— 69,327 4,374 — 73,701 
Total liabilities at fair value$104,550 $191,043 $10,181 $(58,105)$247,669 
MABS—Mortgage- and asset-backed securities
1.For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Netting.” Positions classified within the same level that are with the same counterparty are netted within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 5.
2.For a further breakdown by type, see the following Detail of Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value table.
3.For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.
4.Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured based on NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Net Asset Value Measurements” herein.
1.For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Netting.” Positions classified within the same level that are with the same counterparty are netted within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 7.
2.For a further breakdown by type, see the following Detail of Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value table.
3.For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.
4.Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured based on NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Net Asset Value Measurements” herein.
Detail of Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Corporate$8,036
$9,171
Corporate$8 $13 
Secured lending facilitiesSecured lending facilities 648 
Commercial real estateCommercial real estate863 916 
Residential real estate1,192
1,153
Residential real estate3,911 2,145 
Commercial real estate2,098
601
Securities-based lending and Other loansSecurities-based lending and Other loans7,845 7,426 
Total$11,326
$10,925
Total$12,627 $11,148 
Unsettled Fair Value of Futures Contracts1
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Customer and other receivables, net$948 $434 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Customer and other receivables, net$365
$615
1.These contracts are primarily Level 1, actively traded, valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are excluded from the previous recurring fair value tables.

1.These contracts are primarily Level 1, actively traded, valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are excluded from the previous recurring fair value tables.

December 2019 Form 10-K94

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Valuation Techniques for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
Asset and Liability/Valuation TechniqueValuation Hierarchy Classification
U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities
U.S. Treasury Securities• Level 1
U.S. Treasury Securities
Valuation Technique:
Fair value is determined using quoted market prices.
U.S. Agency Securities
• Level 1 - on-the-run agency issued debt securities if actively traded and inputs are observable
• Generally Level 2 - all other agency issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and CMOs if actively traded and inputs are observable
• Level 3 - in instances where the trading activity is limited or inputs are unobservable
• Non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices, and callable agency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for comparable instruments.
• The fair value of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities is model-driven based on spreads of comparable to-be-announced securities.
• CMOs are generally valued using quoted market prices and trade data adjusted by subsequent changes in related indices for comparable instruments.
Other Sovereign Government Obligations
• Generally Level 1
• Level 2 - if the market is less active or prices are dispersed
• Level 3 - in instances where the prices are unobservable
• Fair value is determined using quoted prices in active markets when available. When not available, quoted prices in less-active markets are used. In the absence of position-specific quoted prices, fair value may be determined through benchmarking from comparable instruments.
State and Municipal Securities
• Generally Level 2 - if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments
• Level 3 in instances where market data is not observable
• Fair value is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations or pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or CDS spreads, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.
RMBS, CMBS, ABS (collectively known as Mortgage- and Asset-backed securities (“MABS”))
• Generally Level 2 - if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments
• Level 3 - if external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance or other inputs
• Mortgage- and asset-backed securities may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers.
• When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to comparable instruments, and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates, and/or applying discounted cash flow techniques. When evaluating the comparable instruments for use in the valuation of each security, security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity, are considered. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, FICO scores and the level of documentation for the loan are considered.
• Market standard cash flow models may be utilized to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, and default and prepayment rates for each asset category.
• Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.
Loans and Lending Commitments
• Level 2 - if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments
• Level 3 - in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable
• Fair value of corporate loans is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, market observable CDS spread levels obtained from independent external parties adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
• Fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is determined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of loans and lending commitments also takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract.
• Fair value of mortgage loans is determined using observable prices based on transactional data or third-party pricing for comparable instruments, when available.
• Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is estimated based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using the Firm’s best available estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions.
• Fair value of equity margin loans is determined by discounting future interest cash flows, net of estimated credit losses. The estimated credit losses are derived by benchmarking to market observable CDS spreads, implied debt yields or volatility metrics of the loan collateral.
Corporate and Other Debt
Corporate Bonds
• Generally Level 2 - if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments
• Level 3 - in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable
• Fair value is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations, bond spreads and CDS spreads obtained from independent external parties, such as vendors and brokers, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.
• The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference comparable issuers are used. When position-specific external price data are not observable, fair value is determined based on either benchmarking to comparable instruments or cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single-name CDS spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs.


Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 1—as inputs are observable and in an active market
U.S. Agency Securities
Valuation Techniques:
Non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices, and callable agency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for comparable instruments.
The fair value of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities is model-driven based on spreads of comparable to-be-announced securities.
CMOs are generally valued using quoted market prices and trade data adjusted by subsequent changes in related indices for comparable instruments.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 1—on-the-run agency issued debt securities if actively traded and inputs are observable
Level 2—all other agency issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and CMOs if actively traded and inputs are observable
Level 3—in instances where the trading activity is limited or inputs are unobservable
Other Sovereign Government Obligations
Valuation Techniques:
Fair value is determined using quoted prices in active markets when available. When not available, quoted prices in less active markets are used. In the absence of position-specific quoted prices, fair value may be determined through benchmarking from comparable instruments.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 1—if actively traded and inputs are observable
Level 2—if the market is less active or prices are dispersed
Level 3—in instances where the prices are unobservable
State and Municipal Securities
Valuation Techniques:
Fair value is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations or pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or CDS spreads, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments
Level 3—in instances where market data are not observable
95December 20192021 Form 10-K90

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

MABS
Valuation Techniques:
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers.
When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to comparable instruments, and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates, and/or applying discounted cash flow techniques. When evaluating the comparable instruments for use in the valuation of each security, security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity, are considered. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, FICO scores and the level of documentation for the loan are considered.
Market standard cash flow models may be utilized to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, and default and prepayment rates for each asset category.
Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments
Level 3—if external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance or other inputs
Loans and Lending Commitments
Valuation Techniques:
Fair value of corporate loans is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, market observable CDS spread levels obtained from independent external parties adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
Fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is determined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of loans and lending commitments also takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract.
Fair value of mortgage loans is determined using observable prices based on transactional data or third-party pricing for comparable instruments, when available.
Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is estimated based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of
Asset and Liability/Valuation TechniqueValuation Hierarchy Classification
CDO
• Level 2 - when either comparable market transactions are observable, or credit correlation input is insignificant
• Level 3 - when either comparable market transactions are unobservable, or the credit correlation input is significant

• The Firm holds cash CDOs that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single-name CDS spreads collateralized by corporate bonds (CLN) or cash portfolio of ABS/loans (“asset-backed CDOs”).
• Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of CLNs, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. Other model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates are typically observable.
• Asset-backed CDOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from comparable instruments as indicated by market activity. Each asset-backed CDO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, deal structures and liquidity.
Corporate Equities
• Generally Level 1 - exchange-traded securities and fund units if actively traded
• Level 2 - exchange-traded securities if not actively traded, or if undergoing a recent M&A event or corporate action
• Level 3 - exchange-traded securities if not actively traded, or if undergoing an aged M&A event or corporate action
• Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied.
• Unlisted equity securities are generally valued based on an assessment of each security, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.
• Listed fund units are generally marked to the exchange-traded price if actively traded, or NAV if not. Unlisted fund units are generally marked to NAV.
Derivative and Other Contracts
Listed Derivative Contracts
• Level 1 - listed derivatives that are actively traded
• Level 2 - listed derivatives that are not actively traded
• Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.
• Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same techniques as those applied to OTC derivatives as noted below.
OTC Derivative Contracts
• Generally Level 2 - OTC derivative products valued using observable inputs, or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant
• Level 3 - OTC derivative products for which the unobservable input is deemed significant
• OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.
• Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity as the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment since model inputs may be observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, many equity, commodity and foreign currency option contracts, and certain CDS. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Firm are widely accepted by the financial services industry.
• More complex OTC derivative products are typically less liquid and require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique since direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. This includes certain types of interest rate derivatives with both volatility and correlation exposure, equity, commodity or foreign currency derivatives that are either longer-dated or include exposure to multiple underlyings, and credit derivatives, including CDS on certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities and basket CDS. Where required inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable data points, based on historical and/or implied observations, may be employed as a technique to estimate the model input values.
For further information on the valuation techniques for OTC derivative products, see Note 2.
Investments
• Level 1 - exchange-traded direct equity investments in an active market
• Level 2 - non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in various investment management funds if valued based on rounds of financing or third-party transactions; exchange-traded direct equity investments if not actively traded
• Level 3 - non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in various investment management funds where rounds of financing or third-party transactions are not available
• Investments include direct investments in equity securities, as well as various investment management funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans.
• Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.
• For direct investments, initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Firm as the exit price and is its best estimate of fair value.
• After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Firm generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value. These investments are included in the Fund Interests table in the "Net Asset Value Measurements" section herein.
• For non-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable Firm transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.
Physical Commodities• Level 2
• The Firm trades various physical commodities, including natural gas and precious metals.
• Fair value is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices.
expected future cash flows using the Firm’s best available estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions.

Fair value of equity margin loans is determined by discounting future interest cash flows, net of potential losses resulting from large downward price movements of the underlying margin loan collateral. The potential losses are modeled using the margin loan rate, which is calibrated from market observable CDS spreads, implied debt yields or volatility metrics of the loan collateral.

Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments
Level 3—in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity
Corporate and Other Debt
Corporate Bonds
Valuation Techniques:
Fair value is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations, bond spreads and CDS spreads obtained from independent external parties, such as vendors and brokers, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.
The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference comparable issuers are used. When position-specific external price data are not observable, fair value is determined based on either benchmarking to comparable instruments or cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single-name CDS spreads and recovery rates or loss given default as significant inputs.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments
Level 3—in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity
CDOs
Valuation Techniques:
The Firm holds cash CDOs that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single-name CDS spreads collateralized by corporate bonds (CLN) or cash portfolio of ABS/loans (“asset-backed CDOs”).
Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of CLNs, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. Other model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads and interest rates, are typically observable.
Asset-backed CDOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from comparable instruments as indicated by market activity. Each asset-backed CDO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available
91December 20192021 Form 10-K96

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, deal structures and liquidity.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—when either comparable market transactions are observable or credit correlation input is insignificant
Level 3—when either comparable market transactions are unobservable or the credit correlation input is significant
Equity Contracts with Financing Features
Valuation Techniques:
Fair value of certain equity contracts, which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they do not meet the net investment criteria, is determined by discounting future interest cash flows, inclusive of the estimated value of the embedded optionality. The valuation uses the same derivative pricing models and valuation techniques as described under “OTC Derivative Contracts” herein.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—when the contract is valued using observable inputs or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant
Level 3—when the contract is valued using an unobservable input that is deemed significant
Corporate Equities
Valuation Techniques:
Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.
Unlisted equity securities are generally valued based on an assessment of each security, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.
Listed fund units are generally marked to the exchange-traded price if actively traded, or to NAV if not. Unlisted fund units are generally marked to NAV.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 1—actively traded exchange-traded securities and fund units
Level 2—if not actively traded, inputs are observable or if undergoing a recent M&A event or corporate action
Level 3—if not actively traded, inputs are unobservable or if undergoing an aged M&A event or corporate action
Derivative and Other Contracts
Exchange-Traded Derivative Contracts
Valuation Techniques:
Exchange-traded derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.
Exchange-traded derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same techniques as those applied to OTC derivatives as noted below.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 1—when actively traded
Level 2—when not actively traded
OTC Derivative Contracts
Valuation Techniques:
OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign
Asset and Liability/Valuation TechniqueValuation Hierarchy Classification
Investment Securities—AFS Securities• For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the corresponding Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein.
• AFS securities are composed of U.S. government and agency securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and CMOs), CMBS, ABS, state and municipal securities, and corporate bonds.

For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the corresponding asset/liability Valuation Technique described herein for the same instruments.
Deposits
• Generally Level 2
• Level 3 - in instances where the unobservable input is deemed significant
Certificates of Deposit
• The Firm issues FDIC-insured certificates of deposit that pay either fixed couponscurrencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or that have repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices or currencies. The fair value of these certificates of deposit is determined using valuation models that incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the deposits are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, equity prices, and the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, adjusted for the impact of the FDIC insurance, which is based on vanilla deposit issuance rates.
Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase• Generally Level 2
• Fair value is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology.
• The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are the incremental spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).
Other Secured Financings• For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the corresponding Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein.
• Other secured financings are composed of short-dated notes secured by Corporate equities, agreements to repurchase Physical commodities, the liabilities related to sales of Loans and lending commitments accounted for as financings, and contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria.

For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the corresponding Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein.
Borrowings
• Generally Level 2
• Level 3 - in instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant
• The Firm carries certain borrowings at fair value which are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest-rate-related features including step-ups, step-downs, and zero coupons.
• Fair value is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the instruments. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the instruments are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.
• Independent, external and traded prices are considered as well as the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads which are based on observed secondary bond market spreads.

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity as the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment since model inputs may be observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, many equity, commodity and foreign currency option contracts, and certain CDS. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Firm are widely accepted by the financial services industry.

More complex OTC derivative products are typically less liquid and require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique since direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. This includes certain types of interest rate derivatives with both volatility and correlation exposure, equity, commodity or foreign currency derivatives that are either longer-dated or include exposure to multiple underlyings, and credit derivatives, including CDS on certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities and basket CDS. Where required inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable data points, based on historical and/or implied observations, may be employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. For further information on the valuation techniques for OTC derivative products, see Note 2.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—when valued using observable inputs or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant

Level 3—if an unobservable input is deemed significant
Investments
Valuation Techniques:
Investments include direct investments in equity securities, as well as various investment management funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans.
Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.
For direct investments, initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Firm as the exit price and is its best estimate of fair value.
After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Firm generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value. These investments are included in the Fund Interests table in the "Net Asset Value Measurements" section herein.
For non-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing

97December 20192021 Form 10-K92

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable Firm transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 1—if actively traded
Level 2—when not actively traded and valued based on rounds of financing or third-party transactions
Level 3—when not actively traded and rounds of financing or third-party transactions are not available
Physical Commodities
Valuation Techniques:.
Fair value is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—valued using observable inputs
Investment Securities—AFS Securities
Valuation Techniques:
AFS securities are composed of U.S. government and agency securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and CMOs), CMBS, ABS, state and municipal securities, and corporate bonds. For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the corresponding asset/liability Valuation Technique described herein for the same instruments.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the corresponding Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein.
Deposits
Valuation Techniques:
The Firm issues FDIC-insured certificates of deposit that pay either fixed coupons or that have repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices or currencies. The fair value of these certificates of deposit is determined using valuation models that incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the deposits are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, equity prices, and the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, adjusted for the impact of the FDIC insurance, which is based on vanilla deposit issuance rates.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—when valuation inputs are observable
Level 3—in instances where an unobservable input is deemed significant
Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase
Valuation Techniques:
Fair value is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology.
The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are the incremental
spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—when the valuation inputs are observable
Level 3—in instances where an unobservable input is deemed significant
Other Secured Financings
Valuation Techniques:
Other secured financings are composed of short-dated notes secured by Corporate equities, agreements to repurchase Physical commodities, the liabilities related to sales of Loans and lending commitments accounted for as financings, and secured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the Valuation Techniques described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.
Borrowings
Valuation Techniques:
The Firm carries certain borrowings at fair value that are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria.
Fair value is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the instruments. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the instruments are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.
Independent, external and traded prices are considered, as well as the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, which are based on observed secondary bond market spreads.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—when valued using observable inputs or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant
Level 3—in instances where an unobservable input is deemed significant

93December 2021 Form 10-K

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
$ in millions201920182017$ in millions202120202019
U.S. Treasury and agency securities U.S. Treasury and agency securities
Beginning balance$54
$
$74
Beginning balance$$22 $54 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)4
1
(1)Realized and unrealized gains (losses) 
Purchases17
53

Purchases2 — 17 
Sales(54)
(240)Sales(9)(22)(54)
Net transfers1

167
Net transfers 
Ending balance$22
$54
$
Ending balance$2 $$22 
Unrealized gains (losses)$4
$1
$
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $
Other sovereign government obligationsOther sovereign government obligations Other sovereign government obligations
Beginning balance$17
$1
$6
Beginning balance$268 $$17 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(3)

Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(1)— (3)
Purchases7
41

Purchases146 265 
Sales(6)(26)(5)Sales(192)(2)(6)
Net transfers(10)1

Net transfers(10)— (10)
Ending balance$5
$17
$1
Ending balance$211 $268 $
Unrealized gains (losses)$(3)$
$
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $(3)
State and municipal securities State and municipal securities
Beginning balance$148
$8
$250
Beginning balance$— $$148 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

3
Purchases
147
6
Purchases4 — — 
Sales(147)(9)(83)Sales(4)— (147)
Net transfers
2
(168)Net transfers13 (1)— 
Ending balance$1
$148
$8
Ending balance$13 $— $
Unrealized gains (losses)$
$
$
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $— 
MABS MABS
Beginning balance$354
$423
$217
Beginning balance$322 $438 $354 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(16)82
47
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)51 (66)(16)
Purchases132
177
289
Purchases254 175 132 
Sales(175)(338)(158)Sales(215)(244)(175)
Settlements(44)(17)(37)Settlements — (44)
Net transfers187
27
65
Net transfers(68)19 187 
Ending balance$438
$354
$423
Ending balance$344 $322 $438 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(57)$(9)$(7)Unrealized gains (losses)$(10)$(49)$(57)
Loans and lending commitments Loans and lending commitments
Beginning balance$6,870
$5,945
$5,122
Beginning balance$5,759 $5,073 $6,870 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)38
(100)182
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)51 (65)38 
Purchases2,337
5,746
3,616
Purchases and originationsPurchases and originations2,446 3,479 2,337 
Sales(1,268)(2,529)(1,561)Sales(2,609)(957)(1,268)
Settlements(2,291)(2,281)(1,463)Settlements(1,268)(2,196)(2,291)
Net transfers(613)89
49
Net transfers1
Net transfers1
(573)425 (613)
Ending balance$5,073
$6,870
$5,945
Ending balance$3,806 $5,759 $5,073 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(9)$(137)$131
Unrealized gains (losses)$(7)$58 $(9)
Corporate and other debt Corporate and other debt
Beginning balance$1,076
$701
$475
Beginning balance$3,435 $1,396 $1,076 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)418
106
82
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(140)318 418 
Purchases650
734
487
Purchases and originationsPurchases and originations1,355 2,623 650 
Sales(729)(251)(420)Sales(785)(617)(729)
Settlements(7)(11)(9)Settlements (311)(7)
Net transfers(12)(203)86
Net transfers2
Net transfers2
(1,892)26 (12)
Ending balance$1,396
$1,076
$701
Ending balance$1,973 $3,435 $1,396 
Unrealized gains (losses)$361
$70
$23
Unrealized gains (losses)$(25)$311 $361 
 
 
$ in millions201920182017$ in millions202120202019
Corporate equities Corporate equities
Beginning balance$95
$166
$446
Beginning balance$86 $97 $95 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(8)29
(54)Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(8)(55)(8)
Purchases32
13
173
Purchases121 36 32 
Sales(271)(161)(632)Sales(50)(17)(271)
Net transfers249
48
233
Net transfers(34)25 249 
Ending balance$97
$95
$166
Ending balance$115 $86 $97 
Unrealized gains (losses)$1
$17
$(6)Unrealized gains (losses)$(3)$(39)$
Investments Investments
Beginning balance$757
$1,020
$958
Beginning balance$828 $858 $757 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)78
(25)96
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)382 32 78 
Purchases40
149
102
Purchases226 61 40 
Sales(41)(212)(57)Sales(115)(106)(41)
Settlements

(78)
Net transfersNet transfers(196)(17)24 
Ending balanceEnding balance$1,125 $828 $858 
Unrealized gains (losses)Unrealized gains (losses)$359 $(45)$67 
Investment securities—AFSInvestment securities—AFS
Beginning balanceBeginning balance$2,804 $— $— 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(4)— 
Purchases3
Purchases3
 2,799 — 
SalesSales(203)— — 
Net transfers3
Net transfers3
(2,597)— — 
Ending balanceEnding balance$ $2,804 $ 
Unrealized gains (losses)Unrealized gains (losses)$ $$— 
Securities purchased under agreements to resellSecurities purchased under agreements to resell
Beginning balanceBeginning balance$$— $— 
Net transfers24
(175)(1)Net transfers(3)— 
Ending balance$858
$757
$1,020
Ending balance$ $3 $ 
Unrealized gains (losses)$67
$(27)$88
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $— 
Net derivatives: Interest rate Net derivatives: Interest rate
Beginning balance$618
$1,218
$420
Beginning balance$682 $777 $618 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)17
111
322
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)284 (150)17 
Purchases98
63
29
Purchases67 174 98 
Issuances(16)(19)(18)Issuances(52)(44)(16)
Settlements1
(172)608
Settlements14 40 
Net transfers59
(583)(143)Net transfers(287)(115)59 
Ending balance$777
$618
$1,218
Ending balance$708 $682 $777 
Unrealized gains (losses)$87
$140
$341
Unrealized gains (losses)$292 $(34)$87 
Net derivatives: Credit Net derivatives: Credit
Beginning balance$40
$41
$(373)Beginning balance$49 $124 $40 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(24)33
(43)Realized and unrealized gains (losses)95 (91)(24)
Purchases144
13

Purchases18 98 144 
Issuances(190)(95)(1)Issuances(46)(112)(190)
Settlements111
56
455
Settlements58 94 111 
Net transfers43
(8)3
Net transfers(76)(64)43 
Ending balance$124
$40
$41
Ending balance$98 $49 $124 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(17)$23
$(18)Unrealized gains (losses)$122 $(111)$(17)
Net derivatives: Foreign exchange 
Beginning balance$75
$(112)$(43)
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(295)179
(108)
Purchases2
3

Issuances
(1)(1)
Settlements7
2
31
Net transfers180
4
9
Ending balance$(31)$75
$(112)
Unrealized gains (losses)$(187)$118
$(89)
Net derivatives: Equity 
Beginning balance$(1,485)$1,208
$184
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(260)305
136
Purchases155
122
988
Issuances(643)(1,179)(524)
Settlements242
314
396
Net transfers1
307
(2,255)28
Ending balance$(1,684)$(1,485)$1,208
Unrealized gains (losses)$(194)$211
$159
 
 

December 20192021 Form 10-K9894

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

$ in millions202120202019
Net derivatives: Foreign exchange
Beginning balance$61 $(31)$75 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(89)156 (295)
Purchases2 
Issuances(15)— — 
Settlements16 (17)
Net transfers77 (51)180 
Ending balance$52 $61 $(31)
Unrealized gains (losses)$(62)$94 $(187)
Net derivatives: Equity
Beginning balance$(2,231)$(1,684)$(1,485)
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)344 72 (260)
Purchases70 179 155 
Issuances(443)(713)(643)
Settlements160 (354)242 
Net transfers2
1,155 269 307 
Ending balance$(945)$(2,231)$(1,684)
Unrealized gains (losses)$(103)$(210)$(194)
Net derivatives: Commodity and other
Beginning balance$1,709 $1,612 $2,052 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)529 251 73 
Purchases44 89 152 
Issuances(86)(57)(92)
Settlements(599)(183)(611)
Net transfers(68)(3)38 
Ending balance$1,529 $1,709 $1,612 
Unrealized gains (losses)$141 $(309)$(113)
Deposits
Beginning balance$126 $179 $27 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains) 15 20 
Issuances 21 101 
Settlements(10)(17)(15)
Net transfers(49)(72)46 
Ending balance$67 $126 $179 
Unrealized losses (gains)$ $15 $20 
Nonderivative trading liabilities
Beginning balance$79 $37 $16 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(21)(18)(21)
Purchases(30)(35)(65)
Sales43 27 38 
Settlements — 
Net transfers(10)65 69 
Ending balance$61 $79 $37 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(21)$(18)$(21)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Beginning balance$444 $— $— 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)1 (27)— 
Issuances 470 — 
Net transfers206 — 
Ending balance$651 $444 $— 
Unrealized losses (gains)$1 $(27)$— 
$ in millions202120202019
Other secured financings
Beginning balance$516 $109 $208 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(17)21 
Issuances449 208 — 
Settlements(518)(217)(8)
Net transfers(27)395 (96)
Ending balance$403 $516 $109 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(16)$21 $
Borrowings
Beginning balance$4,374 $4,088 $3,806 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(99)204 728 
Issuances717 980 1,181 
Settlements(448)(461)(950)
Net transfers2
(2,387)(437)(677)
Ending balance$2,157 $4,374 $4,088 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(114)$201 $600 
Portion of unrealized losses (gains) recorded in OCI—Change in net DVA(17)63 182 
1.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the third quarter of $895 million of equity margin loans from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of the reduced significance of the margin loan rate input. Net transfers in 2020 reflect the largely offsetting impacts of equity margin loan transfers of $857 million into Level 3 in the first quarter and $707 million out of Level 3 in the second quarter, both driven by changes in the significance level of the margin loan rate input based on changes in liquidity conditions.
$ in millions201920182017
Net derivatives: Commodity and other  
Beginning balance$2,052
$1,446
$1,600
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)73
500
515
Purchases152
34
24
Issuances(92)(18)(57)
Settlements(611)(81)(343)
Net transfers38
171
(293)
Ending balance$1,612
$2,052
$1,446
Unrealized gains (losses)$(113)$272
$20
Deposits   
Beginning balance$27
$47
$42
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)20
(1)3
Issuances101
9
12
Settlements(15)(2)(3)
Net transfers46
(26)(7)
Ending balance$179
$27
$47
Unrealized losses (gains)$20
$(1)$3
Nonderivative trading liabilities   
Beginning balance$16
$25
$71
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(21)(6)(1)
Purchases(65)(18)(139)
Sales38
9
20
Net transfers69
6
74
Ending balance$37
$16
$25
Unrealized losses (gains)$(21)$(7)$
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  
Beginning balance$
$150
$149
Issuances

1
Net transfers
(150)
Ending balance$
$
$150
Unrealized losses (gains)$
$
$
Other secured financings  
Beginning balance$208
$239
$434
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)5
(39)35
Issuances
8
64
Settlements(8)(17)(251)
Net transfers(96)17
(43)
Ending balance$109
$208
$239
Unrealized losses (gains)$5
$(39)$28
Borrowings   
Beginning balance$3,806
$2,984
$2,014
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)728
(385)196
Issuances1,181
1,554
1,968
Settlements(950)(274)(424)
Net transfers(677)(73)(770)
Ending balance$4,088
$3,806
$2,984
Unrealized losses (gains)$600
$(379)$173
Portion of Unrealized losses (gains) recorded in OCI—Change in net DVA182
(184)76
2.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the second quarter of $2.0 billion of Corporate and other debt, $1.0 billion of net Equity derivatives and $2.2 billion of Borrowings from Level 3 to Level 2 as the unobservable inputs were not significant to the overall fair value measurements.
3.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the first quarter of $2.5 billion of AFS securities from Level 3 to Level 2 due to increased trading activity and observability of pricing inputs. Purchases of AFS investment securities in 2020 relate to securities acquired as part of the E*TRADE transaction. For additional information on the acquisition of E*TRADE, see Note 3.
1.During 2018, the Firm transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 $2.4 billion of Equity Derivatives due to a reduction in the significance of the unobservable inputs relating to volatility.
Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. The realized and unrealized gains (losses)or losses for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented
in the previous tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses)or losses on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.
The unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statements.statement.
Additionally, in the previous tables, consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases, and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

95December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Valuation Techniques and Unobservable Inputs
 
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions,except inputsAt December 31, 2019At December 31, 2018
Assets at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
U.S. Treasury and agency securities$22
$54
Comparable pricing:  
Bond priceN/M
100 to 104 points 
(100 points)

State and
municipal
securities
$1
$148
Comparable pricing:  
Bond priceN/M
94 to 100 points (96 points)
MABS$438
$354
Comparable pricing:  
Bond price0 to 96 points (47 points)
0 to 97 points (38 points)
Loans and lending
commitments
$5,073
$6,870
Margin loan model:  
Discount rate1% to 9% (2%)
1% to 7% (2%)
Volatility skew15% to 80% (28%)
19% to 56% (28%)
Credit Spread9 to 39 bps (19 bps)
14 to 90 bps (36 bps)
Comparable pricing:  
Loan price69 to 100 points (93 points)
60 to 101 points (95 points)
Corporate and
other debt
$1,396
$1,076
Comparable pricing: 
Bond price11 to 108 points (84 points)
12 to 100 points (72 points)
Discounted cash flow: 
Recovery rate35%20 %
Discount rateN/M
15% to 21% (16%)
Option model:  
At the money
volatility
21%24% to 78% (50%)
   
   
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Assets at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Other sovereign government obligations$211 $268 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price100 to 140 points (120 points)106 points
MABS$344 $322 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price0 to 86 points (59 points)0 to 80 points (50 points)
Loans and lending
commitments
$3,806 $5,759 
Margin loan model:
Margin loan rate1% to 4% (3%)1% to 5% (3%)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price89 to 101 points (97 points)75 to 102 points (93 points)
Corporate and
other debt
$1,973 $3,435 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price50 to 163 points (99 points)10 to 133 points (101 points)
Discounted cash flow:
Loss given default54% to 84% (62% / 54%)40% to 62% (46% / 40%)
Option model:
Equity volatilityN/M18% to 21% (19%)
Corporate equities$115 $86 
Comparable pricing:
Equity price100%100%
Investments$1,125 $828 
Discounted cash flow:
WACC10% to 16% (15%)8% to 18% (15%)
Exit multiple8 to 17 times (12 times)7 to 17 times (12 times)
Market approach:
EBITDA multiple8 to 25 times (10 times)8 to 32 times (11 times)
Comparable pricing:
Equity price43% to 100% (99%)45% to 100% (99%)
Investment securities—AFS$ $2,804 
Comparable pricing:
Bond priceN/A97 to 107 points (101 points)
Net derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate$708 $682 
Option model:
IR volatility skew39% to 79% (64% / 63%)0% to 349% (62% / 59%)
IR curve correlation62% to 98% (83% / 84%)54% to 99% (87% / 89%)
Bond volatility5% to 32% (12% / 9%)6% to 24% (13% / 13%)
Inflation volatility24% to 65% (44% / 40%)25% to 66% (45% / 43%)
IR curve4%%

Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Credit$98 $49 
Credit default swap model:
Cash-synthetic basis7 points7 points
Bond price0 to 83 points (46 points)0 to 85 points (47 points)
Credit spread14 to 477 bps (68 bps)20 to 435 bps (74 bps)
Funding spread15 to 433 bps (55 bps)65 to 118 bps (86 bps)
Correlation model:
Credit correlationN/A27% to 44% (32%)
Foreign exchange2
$52 $61 
Option model:
IR - FX correlation53% to 56% (55% / 54%)55% to 59% (56% / 56%)
IR volatility skew39% to 79% (64% / 63%)0% to 349% (62% / 59%)
IR curve-1% to 7% (2% / 0%)6% to 8% (7% / 8%)
Foreign exchange volatility skew -4% to -2% (-3% / -3%) -22% to 28% (3% / 1%)
Contingency probability90% to 95% (94% / 95%)50% to 95% (83% / 93%)
Equity2
$(945)$(2,231)
Option model:
Equity volatility5% to 99% (24%)16% to 97% (43%)
Equity volatility skew -4% to 0% (-1%) -3% to 0% (-1%)
Equity correlation5% to 99% (73%)24% to 96% (74%)
FX correlation -85% to 37% (-42%) -79% to 60% (-16%)
IR correlation 13% to 30% (15%) -13% to 47% (21% / 20%)
Commodity and other$1,529 $1,709 
Option model:
Forward power price$4 to $263 ($39) per MWh$-1 to $157 ($28) per MWh
Commodity volatility8% to 385% (22%)8% to 183% (19%)
Cross-commodity correlation43% to 100% (94%)43% to 99% (92%)
Liabilities at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Deposits$67 $126 
Option model:
 Equity volatility7%7% to 22% (8%)
Nonderivative trading liabilities
—Corporate equities
$45 $63 
Comparable pricing:
Equity price100%100%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$651 $444 
Discounted cash flow:
Funding spread112 to 127 bps (120 bps)107 to 127 bps (115 bps)
Other secured financings$403 $516 
Discounted cash flow:
Funding spreadN/A111 bps (111 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price30 to 100 points (83 points)30 to 101 points (56 points)
99December 20192021 Form 10-K96

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

 
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions,except inputsAt December 31, 2019At December 31, 2018
Corporate equities$97
$95
Comparable pricing:  
Equity price100%100 %
Investments$858
$757
Discounted cash flow: 
WACC8% to 17% (15%)
9% to 15% (10%)
Exit multiple7 to 16 times (11 times)
7 to 10 times (10 times)
Market approach:  
EBITDA multiple7 to 24 times (11 times)
6 to 24 times (12 times)
Comparable pricing:  
Equity price75% to 100% (99%)
75% to 100% (96%)
Net derivative and other contracts: 
Interest rate$777
$618
Option model:  
IR volatility skew24% to 156% (63% / 59%)
22% to 95% (48% / 51%)
IR curve correlation47% to 90% (72% / 72%)
N/M
Bond volatility4% to 15% (13% / 14%)
N/M
Inflation volatility24% to 63% (44% / 41%)
23% to 65% (44% / 40%)
IR curve1%1 %
Credit$124
$40
Credit default swap model: 
Cash-synthetic
basis
6 points
8 to 9 points (9 points)
Bond price0 to 104 points (45 points)
0 to 75 points (26 points)
Credit spread9 to 469 bps (81 bps)
246 to 499 bps (380 bps)
Funding spread47 to 117 bps (84 bps)
47 to 98 bps (93 bps)
Correlation model:  
Credit correlation29% to 62% (36%)
36% to 69% (44%)
Foreign exchange2
$(31)$75
Option model:  
IR - FX correlation32% to 56% (46% / 46%)
53% to 56% (55% / 55%)
IR volatility skew24% to 156% (63% / 59%)
22% to 95% (48% / 51%)
IR curve10% to 11% (10% / 10%)
N/M
Contingency
probability
85% to 95% (94% / 95%)
90% to 95% (93% / 95%)
Equity2
$(1,684)$(1,485)
Option model:  
At the money
volatility
9% to 90% (36%)
17% to 63% (38%)
Volatility skew-2% to 0% (-1%)
-2% to 0% (-1%)
Equity correlation5% to 98% (70%)
5% to 96% (71%)
FX correlation-79% to 60% (-37%)
-60% to 55% (-26%)
IR correlation-11% to 44% (18% / 16%)
-7% to 45% (15% / 12%)
Commodity and other$1,612
$2,052
Option model:  
Forward power
price
$3 to $182 ($28) per MWh
$3 to $185 ($31) per MWh
Commodity volatility7% to 183% (18%)
7% to 187% (17%)
Cross-commodity
correlation
43% to 99% (93%)
5% to 99% (93%)
   
 
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions,except inputsAt December 31, 2019At December 31, 2018
Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Deposits$179
$27
Option model:  
At the money
volatility
16% to 37% (20%)
N/M
Other secured
financings
$109
$208
Discounted cash flow: 
Funding spread111 to 124 bps (117 bps)
103 to 193 bps (148 bps)
Option model:  
Volatility skewN/M
-1 %
At the money
volatility
N/M
10% to 40% (25%)
Borrowings$4,088
$3,806
Option model:  
At the money
volatility
5% to 44% (21%)
5% to 35% (22%)
Volatility skew-2% to 0% (0%)
-2% to 0% (0%)
Equity correlation38% to 94% (78%)
45% to 98% (85%)
Equity - FX
correlation
-75% to 26% (-25%)
-75% to 50% (-27%)
IR CorrelationN/M
58% to 97% (85% / 91%)
IR FX Correlation-26% to 10% (-7% / -7%)
28% to 58% (44% / 44%)
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement 
Loans$1,500
$1,380
Corporate loan model: 
Credit spread69 to 446 bps (225 bps)
97 to 434 bps (181 bps)
Warehouse model:  
Credit spread287 to 318 bps (297 bps)
223 to 313 bps (247 bps)

Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Borrowings$2,157 $4,374 
Option model:
Equity volatility 7% to 85% (20%)6% to 66% (23%)
Equity volatility skew -1% to 0% (0%) -2% to 0% (0%)
Equity correlation41% to 95% (81%)37% to 95% (78%)
Equity - FX correlation -55% to 25% (-30%) -72% to 13% (-24%)
IR - FX Correlation -26% to 8% (-5% / -5%) -28% to 6% (-6% / -6%)
Discounted cash flow:
Loss given default54% to 84% (62% / 54%)N/M
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement
Loans$1,576 $3,134 
Corporate loan model:
Credit spread108 to 565 bps (284 bps)36 to 636 bps (336 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price40 to 80 points (61 points)N/M
Warehouse model:
Credit spread182 to 446 bps (376 bps)200 to 413 bps (368 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Bond PriceN/M88 to 99 bps (94 bps)
Points—Percentage of par
IR—Interest rate
FX—Foreign exchange
1.A single amount is disclosed for range and average when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average. Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.
2.
1.A single amount is disclosed for range and average when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average. Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.
2.Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
The previous tables providetable provides information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and the ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory of financial instruments. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. ThereGenerally, there are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique.
During 2021, there were no significant revisions made to the descriptions of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in a higher (lower) fair value.
Comparable bond or loan price: A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable

December 2019 Form 10-K100

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Comparable Bond or Loan Price. A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond or loan, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond or loan. The adjustment to yield (or spread)
should account for relevant differences in the bonds or loans such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond or loan being valued in order to establish the value of the bond or loan.
Comparable equity
Comparable Equity Price. A price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.
Contingency Probability. Probability associated with the realization of an underlying event upon which the value of an asset is contingent.
EBITDA Multiple/Exit Multiple. : A price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.
Contingency probability: Probability associated with the realization of an underlying event upon which the value of an asset is contingent.
EBITDA multiple / Exit multiple: The ratio of Enterprise Value to EBITDA, where Enterprise Value to EBITDA, where enterprise value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.
Recovery rate: Amount expressed as a percentage of par that is expected to be received when a credit event occurs.
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value.
Cash-synthetic basis
Cash-Synthetic Basis. : The measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the previous table signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.
Funding Spread. The cost of borrowing defined as the incremental spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).
Loss Given Default. Amount expressed as a percentage of par that is the expected loss when a credit event occurs.
Margin Loan Rate. The annualized rate that reflects the possibility of losses as a result of movements in the price of the underlying margin loan collateral. The rate is calibrated from the discount rate, credit spreads and/or volatility measures.
WACC. WACC represents the theoretical rate of return required to debt and equity investors. The WACC is used in a discounted cash flow model that calculates the value of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the previous table signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.
Credit spread: The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or LIBOR.
Funding spread: The cost of borrowing defined as the incremental spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).
WACC: WACC represents the theoretical rate of return required to debt and equity investors. The WACC is used in a discounted cash flow model that calculates the value of the
equity. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant.
97December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.
Correlation. A pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movement of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable).
Credit Spread. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate.
Interest Rate Curve. The term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.
Volatility. The measure of variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options, and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option, the tenor and the strike price of the option.
Volatility Skew. The measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes.

Correlation: A pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movement of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable).
Interest rate curve: The term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.
Volatility: The measure of variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option, the tenor and the strike price of the option.
Volatility skew: The measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes.

Net Asset Value Measurements
Fund Interests
 At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsCarrying
Value
CommitmentCarrying
Value
Commitment
Private equity$2,492 $615 $2,367 $644 
Real estate2,064 248 1,403 136 
Hedge1
191 2 59 — 
Total$4,747 $865 $3,829 $780 
 At December 31, 2019At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsCarrying
Value
CommitmentCarrying
Value
Commitment
Private equity$2,078
$450
$1,374
$316
Real estate1,349
150
1,105
161
Hedge1
94
4
103
4
Total$3,521
$604
$2,582
$481
1.Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.

1.Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.
Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance-based feesincome in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether the fund investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.

101December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Private Equity.Funds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic regions.
Real Estate.Funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic regions.
Investments in private equity and real estate funds generally are not redeemable due to the closed-end nature of these funds. Instead, distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are disposed and monetized.
Hedge.Funds that pursue various investment strategies, including long-short equity, fixed income/credit, event-driven and multi-strategy.
See Note 1315 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 2123 for information regarding carried interest at risk of reversal.
Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity
Carrying Value at December 31, 2019 Carrying Value at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsPrivate EquityReal Estate$ in millionsPrivate EquityReal Estate
Less than 5 years$1,205
$1,041
Less than 5 years$982 $403 
5-10 years842
202
5-10 years1,163 1,283 
Over 10 years31
106
Over 10 years347 378 
Total$2,078
$1,349
Total$2,492 $2,064 


December 2021 Form 10-K98

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
CarryingAssets and Liabilities Measured at Fair ValuesValue on a Nonrecurring Basis
At December 31, 2019 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLevel 2
Level 31
Total$ in millionsLevel 2
Level 31
Total
Assets Assets
Loans$1,543
$1,500
$3,043
Loans$4,035 $1,576 $5,611 
Other assets—Other investments
113
113
Other assets—Other investments 8 8 
Other assets—ROU assetsOther assets—ROU assets16  16 
Total$1,543
$1,613
$3,156
Total$4,051 $1,584 $5,635 
Liabilities Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$132
$69
$201
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$173 $70 $243 
Total$132
$69
$201
Total$173 $70 $243 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsLevel 2
Level 31
Total
Assets
Loans$2,566 $3,134 $5,700 
Other assets—Other investments— 16 16 
Other assets—ROU assets21 — 21 
Total$2,587 $3,150 $5,737 
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$193 $72 $265 
Total$193 $72 $265 
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsLevel 2
Level 31
Total
Assets   
Loans$2,307
$1,380
$3,687
Other assets—Other investments14
100
114
Total$2,321
$1,480
$3,801
Liabilities   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$292
$65
$357
Total$292
$65
$357
1.For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.

1.For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.
Gains (Losses) from Nonrecurring Fair Value Remeasurements1
$ in millions202120202019
Assets
Loans2
$(89)$(354)$18 
Goodwill(8)— — 
Intangibles(3)(2)— 
Other assets—Other investments3
(57)(56)(56)
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software4
(14)(45)(22)
Other assets—ROU assets5
(25)(23)— 
Total$(196)$(480)$(60)
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments2
$37 $(5)$87 
Total$37 $(5)$87 
1.Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise, they are recorded in Other expenses.
2.Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments, which exclude the impact of related economic hedges, are calculated as follows: for the held-for-investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held-for-sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
3.Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.
4.Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software generally include impairments as well as write-offs related to the disposal of certain assets.
5.Losses related to Other assets—ROU assets include impairments related to the discontinued use of certain leased properties.
$ in millions201920182017
Assets   
Loans2
$18
$(68)$18
Other assets—Other investments3
(56)(56)(66)
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software4
(22)(46)(25)
Total$(60)$(170)$(73)
Liabilities   
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments2
$87
$(48)$75
Total$87
$(48)$75

1.Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise, they are recorded in Other expenses.
2.Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments were calculated as follows: for the held-for-investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held-for-sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
3.Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.
4.Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software generally include write-offs related to the disposal of certain assets.

December 2019 Form 10-K102

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value
 At December 31, 2021
 Carrying
Value
Fair Value
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents$127,725 $127,725 $ $ $127,725 
Investment securities—HTM80,168 29,454 49,352 1,076 79,882 
Securities purchased 
under agreements to resell
119,992  117,922 2,075 119,997 
Securities borrowed129,713 �� 129,713  129,713 
Customer and other receivables91,664  88,091 3,442 91,533 
Loans1
188,134  25,706 163,784 189,490 
Other assets528  528  528 
Financial liabilities
Deposits$345,634 $ $345,911 $ $345,911 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase61,397  61,419  61,419 
Securities loaned12,299  12,296  12,296 
Other secured financings4,908  4,910  4,910 
Customer and other payables228,631  228,631  228,631 
Borrowings156,787  162,154 4 162,158 
Commitment
Amount
Lending commitments3
$133,519 $ $890 $470 $1,360 
At December 31, 2019 At December 31, 2020
Carrying
Value
Fair Value Carrying
Value
Fair Value
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assetsFinancial assets Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents: 
Cash and due from banks$4,293
$4,293
$
$
$4,293
Interest bearing deposits with banks45,366
45,366


45,366
Restricted cash32,512
32,512


32,512
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$105,654 $105,654 $— $— $105,654 
Investment securities—HTM43,502
30,661
12,683
789
44,133
Investment securities—HTM71,771 31,239 42,281 900 74,420 
Securities purchased
under agreements to resell
88,220

86,794
1,442
88,236
Securities purchased
under agreements to resell
116,219 — 114,046 2,173 116,219 
Securities borrowed106,549

106,551

106,551
Securities borrowed112,391 — 112,392 — 112,392 
Customer and other receivables1
51,134

48,215
2,872
51,087
Loans2
130,637

22,293
108,059
130,352
Customer and other receivablesCustomer and other receivables92,907 — 89,832 3,041 92,873 
Loans1
Loans1
150,597 — 16,635 135,277 151,912 
Other assets495

495

495
Other assets485 — 485 — 485 
Financial liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesFinancial liabilities
Deposits$188,257
$
$188,639
$
$188,639
Deposits$307,261 $— $307,807 $— $307,807 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase53,467

53,486

53,486
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase49,472 — 49,315 195 49,510 
Securities loaned8,506

8,506

8,506
Securities loaned7,731 — 7,731 — 7,731 
Other secured financings6,889

6,800
92
6,892
Other secured financings4,162 — 4,162 — 4,162 
Customer and other payables1
195,035

195,035

195,035
Customer and other payablesCustomer and other payables224,951 — 224,951 — 224,951 
Borrowings128,166

133,563
10
133,573
Borrowings143,378 — 150,824 150,829 
Commitment
Amount
  Commitment
Amount
Lending
commitments3
$119,004
$
$748
$338
$1,086
Lending commitments2
Lending commitments2
$125,498 $— $709 $395 $1,104 

1.Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

2.Represents Lending commitments accounted for as Held for Investment and Held for Sale. For a further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 15.






















 At December 31, 2018
 
Carrying
Value
Fair Value
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets    
Cash and cash equivalents:    
Cash and due from banks$30,541
$30,541
$
$
$30,541
Interest bearing deposits with banks21,299
21,299


21,299
Restricted cash35,356
35,356


35,356
Investment securities—HTM30,771
17,473
12,018
474
29,965
Securities purchased 
under agreements to resell
98,522

97,611
866
98,477
Securities borrowed116,313

116,312

116,312
Customer and other receivables1
47,972

44,620
3,219
47,839
Loans2
115,579

25,604
90,121
115,725
Other assets461

461

461
Financial liabilities
Deposits$187,378
$
$187,372
$
$187,372
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase48,947

48,385
525
48,910
Securities loaned11,908

11,906

11,906
Other secured financings4,221

3,233
994
4,227
Customer and other payables1
176,561

176,561

176,561
Borrowings138,478

140,085
30
140,115
 Commitment
Amount
        
Lending
commitments3
$104,844
$
$1,249
$321
$1,570

1.Accrued interest and dividend receivables and payables have been excluded. Carrying value approximates fair value for these receivables and payables.
2.Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
3.Represents Lending commitments accounted for as Held for Investment and Held for Sale. For a further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 13.
The previous tables exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities, such as the value of the long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers.customers, and certain financial instruments, such as equity method investments and certain receivables.
4.
99December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
6. Fair Value Option
The Firm has elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

103December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management
Equity$30,214
$24,494
Interest rates27,298
22,343
Commodities4,501
2,735
Credit1,246
856
Foreign exchange1,202
756
Total$64,461
$51,184

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management
Equity$37,046 $33,952 
Interest rates28,638 31,222 
Commodities7,837 5,078 
Credit1,347 1,344 
Foreign exchange1,472 2,105 
Total$76,340 $73,701 
Net Revenues from Borrowings under the Fair Value Option
$ in millions202120202019
Trading revenues$899 $(5,135)$(6,932)
Interest expense305 341 375 
Net revenues1
$594 $(5,476)$(7,307)
$ in millions201920182017
Trading revenues$(6,932)$2,679
$(4,507)
Interest expense375
321
443
Net revenues1
$(7,307)$2,358
$(4,950)
1.Amounts do not reflect any gains or losses from related economic hedges.

1.Amounts do not reflect any gains or losses from related economic hedges.
Gains (losses) from changes in fair value are recorded in Trading revenues and are mainly attributable to movements in the reference price or index, interest rates or foreign exchange rates.
Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk
$ in millionsTrading
Revenues
OCI
2021
Loans and other receivables1
$278 $ 
Lending commitments2  
Deposits 17 
Borrowings(36)901 
2020
Loans and other receivables1
$(116)$— 
Lending commitments(3)— 
Deposits— (19)
Borrowings(26)(1,340)
2019
Loans and other receivables1
$223 $— 
Lending commitments(2)— 
Deposits— (30)
Borrowings(11)(2,140)
Other— — 
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI$(2,439)$(3,357)
1.Loans and other receivables-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.
$ in millions
Trading
Revenues
OCI
2019  
Borrowings$(11)$(2,140)
Loans and other debt1
223

Lending commitments(2)
Other
(30)
2018  
Borrowings$(24)$1,962
Loans and other debt1
165

Lending commitments(3)
Other(32)41
2017  
Borrowings$(12)$(903)
Loans and other debt1
159

Lending commitments(2)
Other
(7)
$ in millionsAt
December 31, 2019
At
December 31, 2018
Cumulative pre-tax DVA
gain (loss) recognized in
AOCI
$(1,998)$172

1.Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.
Difference between Contractual Principal and Fair Value1
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Loans and other receivables2
$12,633 $14,042 
Nonaccrual loans2
9,999 11,551 
Borrowings3
(2,106)(3,773)
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Loans and other debt2
$13,037
$13,094
Nonaccrual loans2 
10,849
10,831
Borrowings3
(1,665)2,657
1.Amounts indicate contractual principal greater than or (less than) fair value.

2.The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other receivables relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.
1.Amounts indicate contractual principal greater than or (less than) fair value.
2.The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.
3.Excludes borrowings where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.
3.Excludes borrowings where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.
The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to transfers of financial assets treated as collateralized financings, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.
Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Nonaccrual loans$1,100
$1,497
Nonaccrual loans 90 or more
days past due
$330
$812

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Nonaccrual loans$989 $1,407 
Nonaccrual loans 90 or more
days past due
$363 $239 
5.7. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Firm trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, equities, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, ABS indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other ABS, and real estate loan products. The Firm uses these instruments for market-making, managing foreign currency and credit exposure, management, and asset and asset/liability management.
The Firm manages its market-making positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Firm manages the market risk associated with its market-making activities on a Firmwide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

December 2021 Form 10-K100

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Fair Values of Derivative Contracts
 Assets at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$594 $1 $ $595 
Foreign exchange191 6  197 
Total785 7  792 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit 15  15 
Other derivatives
Interest rate147,585 7,002 383 154,970 
Credit5,749 3,186  8,935 
Foreign exchange73,276 1,219 39 74,534 
Equity28,877  41,455 70,332 
Commodity and other22,175  5,538 27,713 
Total277,662 11,422 47,415 336,499 
Total gross derivatives$278,447 $11,429 $47,415 $337,291 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(201,729)(9,818)(42,883)(254,430)
Cash collateral netting(43,495)(1,212) (44,707)
Total in Trading assets$33,223 $399 $4,532 $38,154 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(10,457)  (10,457)
Net amounts$22,766 $399��$4,532 $27,697 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,725 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$86 $1 $ $87 
Foreign exchange57 50  107 
Total143 51  194 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit17 412  429 
Other derivatives
Interest rate140,770 6,112 233 147,115 
Credit5,609 3,463  9,072 
Foreign exchange71,851 1,196 41 73,088 
Equity39,597  41,081 80,678 
Commodity and other17,188  5,740 22,928 
Total275,032 11,183 47,095 333,310 
Total gross derivatives$275,175 $11,234 $47,095 $333,504 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(201,729)(9,818)(42,883)(254,430)
Cash collateral netting(43,305)(1,201) (44,506)
Total in Trading liabilities$30,141 $215 $4,212 $34,568 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(5,866)(8)(39)(5,913)
Net amounts$24,275 $207 $4,173 $28,655 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,194 
 Assets at December 31, 2020
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$946 $$— $948 
Foreign exchange— 
Total951 — 955 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit2
51 — 53 
Other derivatives
Interest rate221,895 10,343 300 232,538 
Credit2
5,341 2,147 — 7,488 
Foreign exchange92,334 1,639 79 94,052 
Equity34,278 — 34,166 68,444 
Commodity and other11,095 — 3,554 14,649 
Total364,945 14,180 38,099 417,224 
Total gross derivatives$365,896 $14,184 $38,099 $418,179 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(276,682)(11,601)(35,260)(323,543)
Cash collateral netting(54,921)(1,865)— (56,786)
Total in Trading assets$34,293 $718 $2,839 $37,850 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(13,319)— — (13,319)
Other cash collateral(391)— — (391)
Net amounts$20,583 $718 $2,839 $24,140 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$3,743 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2020
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$— $19 $— $19 
Foreign exchange291 99 — 390 
Total291 118 — 409 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit2
18 177 — 195 
Other derivatives
Interest rate210,015 7,965 639 218,619 
Credit2
5,275 2,682 — 7,957 
Foreign exchange92,975 1,500 43 94,518 
Equity49,943 — 36,585 86,528 
Commodity and other8,831 — 3,359 12,190 
Total367,057 12,324 40,626 420,007 
Total gross derivatives$367,348 $12,442 $40,626 $420,416 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(276,682)(11,601)(35,260)(323,543)
Cash collateral netting(51,112)(823)— (51,935)
Total in Trading liabilities$39,554 $18 $5,366 $44,938 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(10,598)— (1,520)(12,118)
Other cash collateral(62)(3)— (65)
Net amounts$28,894 $15 $3,846 $32,755 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,746 
1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
2.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
101December 20192021 Form 10-K104

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Derivative Fair Values
At December 31, 2019
 Assets
$ in millions
Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$673
$
$
$673
Foreign exchange41
1

42
Total714
1

715
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate179,450
4,839
519
184,808
Credit4,895
2,417

7,312
Foreign exchange62,957
1,399
22
64,378
Equity27,621

23,447
51,068
Commodity and other9,306

1,952
11,258
Total284,229
8,655
25,940
318,824
Total gross derivatives$284,943
$8,656
$25,940
$319,539
Amounts offset    
Counterparty netting(213,710)(7,294)(24,037)(245,041)
Cash collateral netting(41,222)(1,275)
(42,497)
Total in Trading assets$30,011
$87
$1,903
$32,001
Amounts not offset1
    
Financial instruments collateral(15,596)

(15,596)
Other cash collateral(46)

(46)
Net amounts$14,369
$87
$1,903
$16,359
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements
are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
$1,900

 Liabilities
$ in millions
Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$1
$
$
$1
Foreign exchange121
38

159
Total122
38

160
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate168,597
3,597
436
172,630
Credit4,798
3,123

7,921
Foreign exchange65,965
1,492
39
67,496
Equity30,135

22,733
52,868
Commodity and other7,713

1,911
9,624
Total277,208
8,212
25,119
310,539
Total gross derivatives$277,330
$8,250
$25,119
$310,699
Amounts offset    
Counterparty netting(213,710)(7,294)(24,037)(245,041)
Cash collateral netting(36,392)(832)
(37,224)
Total in Trading liabilities$27,228
$124
$1,082
$28,434
Amounts not offset1
    
Financial instruments collateral(7,747)
(287)(8,034)
Other cash collateral(14)

(14)
Net amounts$19,467
$124
$795
$20,386
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements
are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
$3,680


At December 31, 2018
 Assets
$ in millions
Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$512
$1
$
$513
Foreign exchange27
8

35
Total539
9

548
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate153,768
3,887
697
158,352
Credit4,630
1,498

6,128
Foreign exchange61,846
1,310
55
63,211
Equity24,590

23,284
47,874
Commodity and other10,538

1,934
12,472
Total255,372
6,695
25,970
288,037
Total gross derivatives$255,911
$6,704
$25,970
$288,585
Amounts offset    
Counterparty netting(190,220)(5,260)(24,548)(220,028)
Cash collateral netting(38,204)(1,180)
(39,384)
Total in Trading assets$27,487
$264
$1,422
$29,173
Amounts not offset1
    
Financial instruments collateral(12,467)

(12,467)
Other cash collateral(31)

(31)
Net amounts$14,989
$264
$1,422
$16,675
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements
are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
$2,206

 Liabilities
$ in millions
Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$176
$
$
$176
Foreign exchange62
24

86
Total238
24

262
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate142,592
2,669
663
145,924
Credit4,545
1,608

6,153
Foreign exchange62,099
1,302
19
63,420
Equity27,119

23,521
50,640
Commodity and other6,983

2,057
9,040
Total243,338
5,579
26,260
275,177
Total gross derivatives$243,576
$5,603
$26,260
$275,439
Amounts offset    
Counterparty netting(190,220)(5,260)(24,548)(220,028)
Cash collateral netting(27,860)(293)
(28,153)
Total in Trading liabilities$25,496
$50
$1,712
$27,258
Amounts not offset1
    
Financial instruments collateral(4,709)
(766)(5,475)
Other cash collateral(53)(1)
(54)
Net amounts$20,734
$49
$946
$21,729
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements
are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
$4,773
1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

105December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

See Note 35 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the previous tables.
Notionals of Derivative NotionalsContracts
At December 31, 2019
 Assets at December 31, 2021
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$4 $104 $ $108 
Foreign exchange8 1  9 
Total12 105  117 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit    
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,488 7,082 570 11,140 
Credit216 105  321 
Foreign exchange3,386 95 10 3,491 
Equity495  407 902 
Commodity and other139  73 212 
Total7,724 7,282 1,060 16,066 
Total gross derivatives$7,736 $7,387 $1,060 $16,183 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2021
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$ $99 $ $99 
Foreign exchange5 3  8 
Total5 102  107 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit1 12  13 
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,827 6,965 445 11,237 
Credit225 106  331 
Foreign exchange3,360 88 12 3,460 
Equity552  735 1,287 
Commodity and other110  81 191 
Total8,075 7,171 1,273 16,519 
Total gross derivatives$8,080 $7,273 $1,273 $16,626 
 Assets at December 31, 2020
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$$123 $— $129 
Foreign exchange— — 
Total123 — 131 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit1
— — 
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,847 6,946 409 11,202 
Credit1
140 87 — 227 
Foreign exchange3,046 103 10 3,159 
Equity444 — 367 811 
Commodity and other107 — 68 175 
Total7,584 7,137 854 15,575 
Total gross derivatives$7,592 $7,260 $854 $15,706 
 Assets
$ in billions
Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$14
$94
$
$108
Foreign exchange2


2
Total16
94

110
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate4,230
7,398
732
12,360
Credit136
79

215
Foreign exchange2,667
91
10
2,768
Equity429

419
848
Commodity and other99

61
160
Total7,561
7,568
1,222
16,351
Total gross derivatives$7,577
$7,662
$1,222
$16,461
Liabilities Liabilities at December 31, 2020
$ in billions
Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedgesDesignated as accounting hedgesDesignated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$
$71
$
$71
Interest rate$— $80 $— $80 
Foreign exchange9
2

11
Foreign exchange11 — 14 
Total9
73

82
Total11 83 — 94 
Not designated as accounting hedgesNot designated as accounting hedgesNot designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loansEconomic hedges of loans
Credit1
Credit1
— 
Other derivativesOther derivatives
Interest rate4,185
6,866
666
11,717
Interest rate4,000 6,915 511 11,426 
Credit153
84

237
Credit1
Credit1
142 93 — 235 
Foreign exchange2,841
91
14
2,946
Foreign exchange3,180 102 11 3,293 
Equity455

515
970
Equity474 — 591 1,065 
Commodity and other85

61
146
Commodity and other93 — 68 161 
Total7,719
7,041
1,256
16,016
Total7,890 7,115 1,181 16,186 
Total gross derivatives$7,728
$7,114
$1,256
$16,098
Total gross derivatives$7,901 $7,198 $1,181 $16,280 
At December 31, 20181.
 Assets
$ in billions
Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$15
$52
$
$67
Foreign exchange5
1

6
Total20
53

73
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate4,807
6,708
1,157
12,672
Credit162
74

236
Foreign exchange2,436
118
14
2,568
Equity373

371
744
Commodity and other97

67
164
Total7,875
6,900
1,609
16,384
Total gross derivatives$7,895
$6,953
$1,609
$16,457
 Liabilities
$ in billions
Bilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$2
$107
$
$109
Foreign exchange5
1

6
Total7
108

115
Not designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate4,946
5,735
781
11,462
Credit162
73

235
Foreign exchange2,451
114
17
2,582
Equity389

602
991
Commodity and other72

65
137
Total8,020
5,922
1,465
15,407
Total gross derivatives$8,027
$6,030
$1,465
$15,522

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
The Firm believes that the notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate itsthe Firm’s exposure. In most circumstances, notional amounts are used only as a reference point from which to calculate amounts owed between the parties to the contract. Furthermore, notional amounts do not reflect the benefit of legally enforceable netting arrangements or risk mitigating transactions.
Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges
$ in millions202120202019
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest income
Interest rate contracts$742 $75 $(10)
Investment Securities—AFS(629)(33)10 
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest expense
Interest rate contracts$(4,306)$4,678 $4,212 
Deposits88 (100)
Borrowings4,214 (4,692)(4,288)
Net investment hedges—Foreign exchange contracts
Recognized in OCI$664 $(366)$14 
Forward points excluded from hedge
effectiveness testing—Recognized in
Interest income
(53)16 136 
$ in millions201920182017
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest income1
Interest rate contracts$(10)$(4)$
Investment Securities—AFS10
4

Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest expense
Interest rate contracts$4,212
$(1,529)$(1,591)
Deposits2
7


Borrowings(4,288)1,511
1,393
Net investment hedges—Foreign exchange contracts
Recognized in OCI$14
$295
$(365)
Forward points excluded from hedge
effectiveness testing—Recognized in
Interest income
136
68
(20)
Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Investment securities—AFS
Amortized cost basis currently or previously hedged$17,902 $16,288 
Basis adjustments included in amortized cost1
$(591)$(39)
Deposits
Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$6,279 $15,059 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount1
$5 $93 
Borrowings
Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$122,919 $114,349 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Outstanding hedges$2,324 $6,575 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Terminated hedges$(743)$(756)

1.
Hedge accounting basis adjustments are primarily related to outstanding hedges.

December 20192021 Form 10-K106102

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Gains (Losses) on Economic Hedges of Loans
Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items
$ in millions202120202019
Recognized in Other revenues
Credit contracts1
(285)(179)
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Investment securities—AFS1
  
Carrying amount3 currently or previously hedged
$917
$201
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount4
$14
$4
Deposits2
  
Carrying amount3 currently or previously hedged
$5,435
$
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount4
$(7)$
Borrowings  
Carrying amount3 currently or previously hedged
$102,456
$102,899
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount4
$2,593
$(1,689)
1.The Firm began designating interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of certain AFS securities in the third quarter of 2018.
2.The Firm began designating interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of certain Deposits in the fourth quarter of 2019.
3.Carrying amount represents amortized cost basis.
4.Hedge accounting basis adjustments for AFS securities, Deposits and Borrowings are primarily related to outstanding hedges.

1.Amounts related to hedges of certain held-for-investment and held-for-sale loans.
Derivatives with Credit Risk-Related Contingencies
Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-
related contingent features
$21,620
$16,403
Collateral posted17,392
11,981

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features$20,548 $30,421 
Collateral posted14,789 23,842 
The previous table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.
Incremental Collateral and Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
One-notch downgrade$254
Two-notch downgrade328
Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the amounts above1
$498
1.$ in millionsAmount represents arrangements between
At
December 31, 2021
One-notch downgrade$234
Two-notch downgrade357
Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.amounts above1
$477
1.Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.
The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the
event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.
Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Credit Protection Sold1
 Years to Maturity at December 31, 2021
$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$10 $26 $29 $9 $74 
Non-investment grade5 13 17 2 37 
Total$15 $39 $46 $11 $111 
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$2 $11 $106 $15 $134 
Non-investment grade9 14 37 12 72 
Total$11 $25 $143 $27 $206 
Total CDS sold$26 $64 $189 $38 $317 
Other credit contracts     
Total credit protection sold$26 $64 $189 $38 $317 
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$278 
 Years to Maturity at December 31, 2019
$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$16
$17
$33
$9
$75
Non-investment grade9
9
16
1
35
Total$25
$26
$49
$10
$110
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$4
$7
$46
$11
$68
Non-investment grade7
4
17
10
38
Total$11
$11
$63
$21
$106
Total CDS sold$36
$37
$112
$31
$216
Other credit contracts




Total credit protection sold$36
$37
$112
$31
$216
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$187
Years to Maturity at December 31, 2018 Years to Maturity at December 31, 2020
$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total
Single-name CDSSingle-name CDSSingle-name CDS
Investment grade$22
$24
$19
$8
$73
Investment grade$$19 $32 $$69 
Non-investment grade10
11
9
1
31
Non-investment grade10 17 36 
Total$32
$35
$28
$9
$104
Total$16 $29 $49 $11 $105 
Index and basket CDSIndex and basket CDSIndex and basket CDS
Investment grade$5
$10
$61
$7
$83
Investment grade$$$39 $14 $60 
Non-investment grade5
6
13
13
37
Non-investment grade29 14 58 
Total$10
$16
$74
$20
$120
Total$$14 $68 $28 $118 
Total CDS sold$42
$51
$102
$29
$224
Total CDS sold$24 $43 $117 $39 $223 
Other credit contracts




Other credit contracts— — — — — 
Total credit protection sold$42
$51
$102
$29
$224
Total credit protection sold$24 $43 $117 $39 $223 
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchasedCDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$210
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$196 
Fair Value Asset (Liability) of Credit Protection Sold1
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$1,428 $1,230 
Non-investment grade(370)(22)
Total$1,058 $1,208 
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$1,393 $843 
Non-investment grade(650)(824)
Total$743 $19 
Total CDS sold$1,801 $1,227 
Other credit contracts(3)(4)
Total credit protection sold$1,798 $1,223 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Single-name CDS  
Investment grade$1,057
$118
Non-investment grade(540)(403)
Total$517
$(285)
Index and basket CDS  
Investment grade$1,052
$314
Non-investment grade134
(1,413)
Total$1,186
$(1,099)
Total CDS sold$1,703
$(1,384)
Other credit contracts(17)(14)
Total credit protection sold$1,686
$(1,398)
1.Investment grade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation. Internal credit ratings serve as the CRM’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.
1.Investment grade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation. Internal credit ratings serve as the Credit Risk Management Department’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

107December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Protection Purchased with CDS
Notional
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Single name$126 $116 
Index and basket204 116 
Tranched index and basket18 14 
Total$348 $246 
 Notional
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Single name$118
$116
Index and basket103
117
Tranched index and basket15
14
Total$236
$247
Fair Value Asset (Liability)Fair Value Asset (Liability)
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Single name$(723)$277
Single name$(1,338)$(1,452)
Index and basket(1,139)1,333
Index and basket(563)(57)
Tranched index and basket(450)(251)Tranched index and basket(451)(329)
Total$(2,312)$1,359
Total$(2,352)$(1,838)
The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.
The fair value amounts as shown in the previous tables are prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
103December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Firm risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Firm manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single-name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Firm under CDS where credit protection was sold.
Single-Name CDSCDS..    A CDS protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Firm, in turn, performs under a CDS if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity.
Index and Basket CDSCDS. .   Index and basket CDS are products where credit protection is provided on a portfolio of single-name CDS. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Firm pays a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the CDS.
The Firm also enters into tranched index and basket CDS where credit protection is provided on a particular portion of the portfolio loss distribution. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.
Other Credit ContractsContracts..    The Firm has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Firm.

8. Investment Securities
AFS and HTM Securities
At December 31, 2021
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities$58,974 $343 $296 $59,021 
U.S. agency securities2
26,780 274 241 26,813 
Agency CMBS14,476 289 89 14,676 
State and municipal securities613 37 2 648 
FFELP student loan ABS3
1,672 11 11 1,672 
Total AFS securities102,515 954 639 102,830 
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities28,653 882 81 29,454 
U.S. agency securities2
48,195 169 1,228 47,136 
Agency CMBS2,267  51 2,216 
Non-agency CMBS1,053 28 5 1,076 
Total HTM securities80,168 1,079 1,365 79,882 
Total investment securities$182,683 $2,033 $2,004 $182,712 
At December 31, 2020
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities$45,345 $1,010 $— $46,355 
U.S. agency securities2
37,389 762 25 38,126 
Agency CMBS19,982 465 20,438 
Corporate bonds1,694 42 — 1,736 
State and municipal securities1,461 103 1,563 
FFELP student loan ABS3
1,735 26 1,716 
Other ABS449 — — 449 
Total AFS securities108,055 2,389 61 110,383 
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities29,346 1,893 — 31,239 
U.S. agency securities2
38,951 704 39,647 
Agency CMBS2,632 2,634 
Non-agency CMBS842 58 — 900 
Total HTM securities71,771 2,659 10 74,420 
Total investment securities$179,826 $5,048 $71 $184,803 
1.Amounts are net of any ACL.
2.U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities, CMOs and agency-issued debt.
3.Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest outstanding.

December 20192021 Form 10-K108104

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

6. Investment Securities
AFS and HTM Securities
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
AFS securities    
U.S. government and agency securities:  
U.S. Treasury securities$32,465
$224
$111
$32,578
U.S. agency securities1
20,725
249
100
20,874
Total U.S. government and agency securities53,190
473
211
53,452
Corporate and other debt:    
Agency CMBS4,810
55
57
4,808
Corporate bonds1,891
17
1
1,907
State and municipal
securities
481
22

503
FFELP student loan 
ABS2
1,580
1
28
1,553
Total corporate and other 
debt
8,762
95
86
8,771
Total AFS securities61,952
568
297
62,223
HTM securities    
U.S. government and agency securities:  
U.S. Treasury securities30,145
568
52
30,661
U.S. agency securities1
12,589
151
57
12,683
Total U.S. government and
agency securities
42,734
719
109
43,344
Corporate and other debt:    
Non-agency CMBS768
22
1
789
Total HTM securities43,502
741
110
44,133
Total investment
securities
$105,454
$1,309
$407
$106,356
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
AFS securities    
U.S. government and agency securities:   
U.S. Treasury securities$36,268
$40
$656
$35,652
U.S. agency securities1
20,740
10
497
20,253
Total U.S. government and
agency securities
57,008
50
1,153
55,905
Corporate and other debt:    
Agency CMBS1,054

62
992
Non-agency CMBS461

14
447
Corporate bonds1,585

32
1,553
State and municipal securities200
2

202
FFELP student loan 
ABS2
1,967
10
15
1,962
Total corporate and other 
debt
5,267
12
123
5,156
Total AFS securities62,275
62
1,276
61,061
HTM securities    
U.S. government and agency securities:   
U.S. Treasury securities17,832
44
403
17,473
U.S. agency securities1
12,456
8
446
12,018
Total U.S. government and
agency securities
30,288
52
849
29,491
Corporate and other debt:    
Non-agency CMBS483

9
474
Total HTM securities30,771
52
858
29,965
Total investment
securities
$93,046
$114
$2,134
$91,026
1.U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and CMOs.
2.Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest outstanding.

109December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position
 At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
$ in millionsFair ValueGross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
U.S. Treasury securities
Less than12 months$31,459 $296 $151 $— 
Total31,459 296 151 — 
U.S. agency securities
Less than12 months12,283 219 5,808 22 
12 months or longer1,167 22 1,168 
Total13,450 241 6,976 25 
Agency CMBS
Less than12 months2,872 89 2,779 
12 months or longer10  46 — 
Total2,882 89 2,825 
State and municipal securities
Less than12 months21 2 86 — 
12 months or longer7  36 
Total28 2 122 
FFELP student loan ABS
Less than12 months320 1 — — 
12 months or longer591 10 1,077 26 
Total911 11 1,077 26 
Total AFS securities in an unrealized loss position
Less than12 months46,955 607 8,824 31 
12 months or longer1,775 32 2,358 30 
Total$48,730 $639 $11,182 $61 
 At December 31, 2019
 Less than 12 Months12 Months or LongerTotal
$ in millionsFair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
AFS securities      
U.S. government and agency securities:      
U.S. Treasury securities$4,793
$28
$7,904
$83
$12,697
$111
U.S. agency securities2,641
20
7,697
80
10,338
100
Total U.S. government and agency securities7,434
48
15,601
163
23,035
211
Corporate and other debt:      
Agency CMBS2,294
26
681
31
2,975
57
Corporate bonds194
1
44

238
1
FFELP student loan ABS91

1,165
28
1,256
28
Total corporate and other debt2,579
27
1,890
59
4,469
86
Total AFS securities10,013
75
17,491
222
27,504
297
HTM securities      
U.S. government and agency securities:      
U.S. Treasury securities6,042
52
651

6,693
52
U.S. agency securities2,524
18
2,420
39
4,944
57
Total U.S. government and agency securities8,566
70
3,071
39
11,637
109
Corporate and other debt:      
Non-agency CMBS167
1
65

232
1
Total HTM securities8,733
71
3,136
39
11,869
110
Total investment securities$18,746
$146
$20,627
$261
$39,373
$407
       
 At December 31, 2018
 Less than 12 Months12 Months or LongerTotal
$ in millionsFair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
AFS securities      
U.S. government and agency securities:      
U.S. Treasury securities$19,937
$541
$5,994
$115
$25,931
$656
U.S. agency securities12,904
383
4,142
114
17,046
497
Total U.S. government and agency securities32,841
924
10,136
229
42,977
1,153
Corporate and other debt:      
Agency CMBS808
62


808
62
Non-agency CMBS

446
14
446
14
Corporate bonds470
7
1,010
25
1,480
32
FFELP student loan ABS1,366
15


1,366
15
Total corporate and other debt2,644
84
1,456
39
4,100
123
Total AFS securities35,485
1,008
11,592
268
47,077
1,276
HTM securities      
U.S. government and agency securities:      
U.S. Treasury securities

11,161
403
11,161
403
U.S. agency securities410
1
10,004
445
10,414
446
Total U.S. government and agency securities410
1
21,165
848
21,575
849
Corporate and other debt:      
Non-agency CMBS206
1
216
8
422
9
Total HTM securities616
2
21,381
856
21,997
858
Total investment securities$36,101
$1,010
$32,973
$1,124
$69,074
$2,134


December 2019 Form 10-K110

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

TheFor AFS securities, the Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that are other-than-temporarily impairedhave credit losses after performing the analysis described in Note 2. For AFS securities,Additionally, the Firm does not intend to sell thethese securities and is not likely to be required to sell thethese securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. Furthermore, for both AFSAs of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the securities in an unrealized loss position are predominantly investment grade.
The HTM securities net carrying amounts at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 reflect an ACL of $33 million and $26 million, respectively, related to Non-agency CMBS. See Note 2 for a description of the securities have not experienced credit losses as the unrealized losses reported in the previous table are primarily due to higher interest rates since thoseACL methodology used for HTM Securities. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Non-Agency CMBS HTM securities were purchased.predominantly on accrual status and investment grade.
See Note 1416 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, and FFELP student loan ABS and other ABS.
Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity
At December 31, 2019 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsAmortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Annualized
Average
Yield
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Fair
Value
Annualized Average Yield2
AFS securities  AFS securities
U.S. government and agency securities:
U.S. Treasury securities:  U.S. Treasury securities:
Due within 1 year$2,293
$2,302
2.2%Due within 1 year$8,957 $9,017 1.7 %
After 1 year through 5 years25,919
26,037
1.8%After 1 year through 5 years41,374 41,350 1.0 %
After 5 years through 10 years4,253
4,239
1.7%After 5 years through 10 years8,643 8,654 1.2 %
Total32,465
32,578
 Total58,974 59,021 
U.S. agency securities:  U.S. agency securities:
Due within 1 year310
310
1.0%Due within 1 year1 1 1.2 %
After 1 year through 5 years362
359
1.4%After 1 year through 5 years191 194 1.6 %
After 5 years through 10 years1,380
1,373
1.8%After 5 years through 10 years1,231 1,254 1.8 %
After 10 years18,673
18,832
2.4%After 10 years25,357 25,364 1.6 %
Total20,725
20,874
 Total26,780 26,813 
Total U.S. government and agency securities53,190
53,452
2.0%
Corporate and other debt:  
Agency CMBS:  Agency CMBS:
Due within 1 yearDue within 1 year226 227 1.7 %
After 1 year through 5 years606
603
1.8%After 1 year through 5 years2,562 2,598 1.6 %
After 5 years through 10 years3,280
3,305
2.5%After 5 years through 10 years9,072 9,302 1.6 %
After 10 years924
900
2.0%After 10 years2,616 2,549 1.4 %
Total4,810
4,808
 Total14,476 14,676 
Corporate bonds:  
State and municipal securities:State and municipal securities:
Due within 1 year43
43
1.7%Due within 1 year4 4 1.8 %
After 1 year through 5 years1,448
1,462
2.6%
After 5 years through 10 years400
402
2.9%
Total1,891
1,907
 
State and municipal securities:  
After 1 year through 5 years36
37
3.1%After 1 year through 5 years26 28 1.9 %
After 5 years through 10 years71
72
2.2%After 5 years through 10 years59 68 2.1 %
After 10 years374
394
4.7%After 10 years524 548 2.2 %
Total481
503
 Total613 648 
FFELP student loan ABS:FFELP student loan ABS:FFELP student loan ABS:
Due within 1 yearDue within 1 year31 30 0.8 %
After 1 year through 5 years71
69
0.8%After 1 year through 5 years162 158 0.8 %
After 5 years through 10 years377
367
0.8%After 5 years through 10 years143 139 0.7 %
After 10 years1,132
1,117
1.2%After 10 years1,336 1,345 1.1 %
Total1,580
1,553
 Total1,672 1,672 
Total corporate and other debt8,762
8,771
2.2%
Total AFS securities61,952
62,223
2.0%Total AFS securities102,515 102,830 1.3 %
  
105December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
At December 31, 2019 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsAmortized
Cost
Fair
Value
Annualized
Average
Yield
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Fair
Value
Annualized Average Yield2
HTM securities  HTM securities
U.S. government and agency securities:  
U.S. Treasury securities:  U.S. Treasury securities:
Due within 1 year$2,436
$2,452
2.5%Due within 1 year$4,147 $4,181 1.9 %
After 1 year through 5 years18,026
18,254
2.1%After 1 year through 5 years17,615 17,927 1.7 %
After 5 years through 10 years8,600
8,842
2.2%After 5 years through 10 years5,328 5,662 2.4 %
After 10 years1,083
1,113
2.5%After 10 years1,563 1,684 2.3 %
Total30,145
30,661
 Total28,653 29,454 
U.S. agency securities:  U.S. agency securities:
After 5 years through 10 years46
45
1.8%After 5 years through 10 years491 503 2.0 %
After 10 years12,543
12,638
2.6%After 10 years47,704 46,633 1.6 %
Total12,589
12,683
 Total48,195 47,136 
Total U.S. government and agency securities42,734
43,344
2.3%
Corporate and other debt:  
Agency CMBS:Agency CMBS:
Due within 1 yearDue within 1 year45 45 1.1 %
After 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 1 year through 5 years1,263 1,240 1.3 %
After 5 years through 10 yearsAfter 5 years through 10 years808 784 1.4 %
After 10 yearsAfter 10 years151 147 1.5 %
TotalTotal2,267 2,216 
Non-agency CMBS:  Non-agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year91
91
4.9%Due within 1 year151 151 4.5 %
After 1 year through 5 years125
125
5.5%After 1 year through 5 years109 111 3.1 %
After 5 years through 10 years514
532
5.3%After 5 years through 10 years753 772 3.5 %
After 10 years38
41
2.1%After 10 years40 42 4.2 %
Total corporate and other debt768
789
4.0%
TotalTotal1,053 1,076 
Total HTM securities43,502
44,133
2.3%Total HTM securities80,168 79,882 1.8 %
Total investment securities$105,454
$106,356
2.2%Total investment securities$182,683 $182,712 1.5 %
1.Amounts are net of any ACL.
2.Annualized average yield is computed using the effective yield, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield is shown pre-tax and considers the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and the effect of related hedging derivatives.
Gross Realized Gains (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities
$ in millions202120202019
Gross realized gains$237 $168 $113 
Gross realized (losses)(27)(31)(10)
Total1
$210 $137 $103 
1.Realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statement.
$ in millions201920182017
Gross realized gains$113
$12
$46
Gross realized (losses)(10)(4)(11)
Total1
$103
$8
$35
1.Realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statements.


111December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

7.9. Collateralized Transactions
The Firm enters into securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions.
The Firm manages credit exposure arising from such transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty's rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral held by the Firm against the net amount owed by the counterparty.
The Firm’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased or borrowed in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions, respectively, and to receive cash and securities delivered under securities sold under agreements to repurchase or securities loaned transactions (with rights of rehypothecation).
The Firm also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral, as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized, or the return ofreturns excess collateral.
The risk related to a decline in the market value of collateral pledged or received is managed by setting appropriate market-based margin requirements. Increases in collateral margin calls on secured financing due to market value declines may
be mitigated by increases in collateral margin calls on securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions with similar quality collateral. Additionally, the Firm may request lower quality collateral pledged be replaced with higher quality collateral through collateral substitution rights in the underlying agreements.
The Firm actively manages its secured financings in a manner that reduces the potential refinancing risk of secured financings of less liquid assets and also considers the quality of collateral when negotiating collateral eligibility with counterparties. The Firm utilizes shorter term secured financing for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid assets, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption.
OffsettingOther Secured Financings
Valuation Techniques:
Other secured financings are composed of Certain Collateralized Transactions
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millions
Gross
Amounts
Amounts
Offset
Balance Sheet Net Amounts
Amounts
Not Offset1
Net
Amounts
Assets     
Securities purchased under agreements to resell$247,545
$(159,321)$88,224
$(85,200)$3,024
Securities borrowed109,528
(2,979)106,549
(101,850)4,699
Liabilities     
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$213,519
$(159,319)$54,200
$(44,549)$9,651
Securities loaned11,487
(2,981)8,506
(8,324)182
Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
Securities purchased under agreements to resell$2,255
Securities borrowed1,181
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase8,033
Securities loaned101
  
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millions
Gross
Amounts
Amounts
Offset
Balance Sheet Net Amounts
Amounts
Not Offset1
Net
Amounts
Assets     
Securities purchased under agreements to resell$262,976
$(164,454)$98,522
$(95,610)$2,912
Securities borrowed134,711
(18,398)116,313
(112,551)3,762
Liabilities     
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$214,213
$(164,454)$49,759
$(41,095)$8,664
Securities loaned30,306
(18,398)11,908
(11,677)231
Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
Securities purchased under agreements to resell$2,579
Securities borrowed724
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase6,762
Securities loaned191
1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
For informationshort-dated notes secured by Corporate equities, agreements to repurchase Physical commodities, the liabilities related to offsettingsales of Loans and lending commitments accounted for as financings, and secured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the Valuation Techniques described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see Note 5.the Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.
Borrowings
Valuation Techniques:
The Firm carries certain borrowings at fair value that are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria.
Fair value is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the instruments. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the instruments are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.
Independent, external and traded prices are considered, as well as the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, which are based on observed secondary bond market spreads.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—when valued using observable inputs or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant
Level 3—in instances where an unobservable input is deemed significant


93December 20192021 Form 10-K

112
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
$ in millions202120202019
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
Beginning balance$$22 $54 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) 
Purchases2 — 17 
Sales(9)(22)(54)
Net transfers 
Ending balance$2 $$22 
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $
Other sovereign government obligations
Beginning balance$268 $$17 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(1)— (3)
Purchases146 265 
Sales(192)(2)(6)
Net transfers(10)— (10)
Ending balance$211 $268 $
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $(3)
State and municipal securities
Beginning balance$— $$148 
Purchases4 — — 
Sales(4)— (147)
Net transfers13 (1)— 
Ending balance$13 $— $
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $— 
MABS
Beginning balance$322 $438 $354 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)51 (66)(16)
Purchases254 175 132 
Sales(215)(244)(175)
Settlements — (44)
Net transfers(68)19 187 
Ending balance$344 $322 $438 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(10)$(49)$(57)
Loans and lending commitments
Beginning balance$5,759 $5,073 $6,870 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)51 (65)38 
Purchases and originations2,446 3,479 2,337 
Sales(2,609)(957)(1,268)
Settlements(1,268)(2,196)(2,291)
Net transfers1
(573)425 (613)
Ending balance$3,806 $5,759 $5,073 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(7)$58 $(9)
Corporate and other debt
Beginning balance$3,435 $1,396 $1,076 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(140)318 418 
Purchases and originations1,355 2,623 650 
Sales(785)(617)(729)
Settlements (311)(7)
Net transfers2
(1,892)26 (12)
Ending balance$1,973 $3,435 $1,396 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(25)$311 $361 
$ in millions202120202019
Corporate equities
Beginning balance$86 $97 $95 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(8)(55)(8)
Purchases121 36 32 
Sales(50)(17)(271)
Net transfers(34)25 249 
Ending balance$115 $86 $97 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(3)$(39)$
Investments
Beginning balance$828 $858 $757 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)382 32 78 
Purchases226 61 40 
Sales(115)(106)(41)
Net transfers(196)(17)24 
Ending balance$1,125 $828 $858 
Unrealized gains (losses)$359 $(45)$67 
Investment securities—AFS
Beginning balance$2,804 $— $— 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(4)— 
Purchases3
 2,799 — 
Sales(203)— — 
Net transfers3
(2,597)— — 
Ending balance$ $2,804 $ 
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $$— 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
Beginning balance$$— $— 
Net transfers(3)— 
Ending balance$ $3 $ 
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $— 
Net derivatives: Interest rate
Beginning balance$682 $777 $618 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)284 (150)17 
Purchases67 174 98 
Issuances(52)(44)(16)
Settlements14 40 
Net transfers(287)(115)59 
Ending balance$708 $682 $777 
Unrealized gains (losses)$292 $(34)$87 
Net derivatives: Credit
Beginning balance$49 $124 $40 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)95 (91)(24)
Purchases18 98 144 
Issuances(46)(112)(190)
Settlements58 94 111 
Net transfers(76)(64)43 
Ending balance$98 $49 $124 
Unrealized gains (losses)$122 $(111)$(17)
December 2021 Form 10-K94

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

$ in millions202120202019
Net derivatives: Foreign exchange
Beginning balance$61 $(31)$75 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(89)156 (295)
Purchases2 
Issuances(15)— — 
Settlements16 (17)
Net transfers77 (51)180 
Ending balance$52 $61 $(31)
Unrealized gains (losses)$(62)$94 $(187)
Net derivatives: Equity
Beginning balance$(2,231)$(1,684)$(1,485)
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)344 72 (260)
Purchases70 179 155 
Issuances(443)(713)(643)
Settlements160 (354)242 
Net transfers2
1,155 269 307 
Ending balance$(945)$(2,231)$(1,684)
Unrealized gains (losses)$(103)$(210)$(194)
Net derivatives: Commodity and other
Beginning balance$1,709 $1,612 $2,052 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)529 251 73 
Purchases44 89 152 
Issuances(86)(57)(92)
Settlements(599)(183)(611)
Net transfers(68)(3)38 
Ending balance$1,529 $1,709 $1,612 
Unrealized gains (losses)$141 $(309)$(113)
Deposits
Beginning balance$126 $179 $27 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains) 15 20 
Issuances 21 101 
Settlements(10)(17)(15)
Net transfers(49)(72)46 
Ending balance$67 $126 $179 
Unrealized losses (gains)$ $15 $20 
Nonderivative trading liabilities
Beginning balance$79 $37 $16 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(21)(18)(21)
Purchases(30)(35)(65)
Sales43 27 38 
Settlements — 
Net transfers(10)65 69 
Ending balance$61 $79 $37 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(21)$(18)$(21)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Beginning balance$444 $— $— 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)1 (27)— 
Issuances 470 — 
Net transfers206 — 
Ending balance$651 $444 $— 
Unrealized losses (gains)$1 $(27)$— 
$ in millions202120202019
Other secured financings
Beginning balance$516 $109 $208 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(17)21 
Issuances449 208 — 
Settlements(518)(217)(8)
Net transfers(27)395 (96)
Ending balance$403 $516 $109 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(16)$21 $
Borrowings
Beginning balance$4,374 $4,088 $3,806 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(99)204 728 
Issuances717 980 1,181 
Settlements(448)(461)(950)
Net transfers2
(2,387)(437)(677)
Ending balance$2,157 $4,374 $4,088 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(114)$201 $600 
Portion of unrealized losses (gains) recorded in OCI—Change in net DVA(17)63 182 
1.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the third quarter of $895 million of equity margin loans from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of the reduced significance of the margin loan rate input. Net transfers in 2020 reflect the largely offsetting impacts of equity margin loan transfers of $857 million into Level 3 in the first quarter and $707 million out of Level 3 in the second quarter, both driven by changes in the significance level of the margin loan rate input based on changes in liquidity conditions.
2.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the second quarter of $2.0 billion of Corporate and other debt, $1.0 billion of net Equity derivatives and $2.2 billion of Borrowings from Level 3 to Level 2 as the unobservable inputs were not significant to the overall fair value measurements.
3.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the first quarter of $2.5 billion of AFS securities from Level 3 to Level 2 due to increased trading activity and observability of pricing inputs. Purchases of AFS investment securities in 2020 relate to securities acquired as part of the E*TRADE transaction. For additional information on the acquisition of E*TRADE, see Note 3.
Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. The realized and unrealized gains or losses for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the previous tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains or losses on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.
The unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statement.
Additionally, in the previous tables, consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases, and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.
Gross Secured Financing Balances
95December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Valuation Techniques and Unobservable Inputs
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Assets at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Other sovereign government obligations$211 $268 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price100 to 140 points (120 points)106 points
MABS$344 $322 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price0 to 86 points (59 points)0 to 80 points (50 points)
Loans and lending
commitments
$3,806 $5,759 
Margin loan model:
Margin loan rate1% to 4% (3%)1% to 5% (3%)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price89 to 101 points (97 points)75 to 102 points (93 points)
Corporate and
other debt
$1,973 $3,435 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price50 to 163 points (99 points)10 to 133 points (101 points)
Discounted cash flow:
Loss given default54% to 84% (62% / 54%)40% to 62% (46% / 40%)
Option model:
Equity volatilityN/M18% to 21% (19%)
Corporate equities$115 $86 
Comparable pricing:
Equity price100%100%
Investments$1,125 $828 
Discounted cash flow:
WACC10% to 16% (15%)8% to 18% (15%)
Exit multiple8 to 17 times (12 times)7 to 17 times (12 times)
Market approach:
EBITDA multiple8 to 25 times (10 times)8 to 32 times (11 times)
Comparable pricing:
Equity price43% to 100% (99%)45% to 100% (99%)
Investment securities—AFS$ $2,804 
Comparable pricing:
Bond priceN/A97 to 107 points (101 points)
Net derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate$708 $682 
Option model:
IR volatility skew39% to 79% (64% / 63%)0% to 349% (62% / 59%)
IR curve correlation62% to 98% (83% / 84%)54% to 99% (87% / 89%)
Bond volatility5% to 32% (12% / 9%)6% to 24% (13% / 13%)
Inflation volatility24% to 65% (44% / 40%)25% to 66% (45% / 43%)
IR curve4%%
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Credit$98 $49 
Credit default swap model:
Cash-synthetic basis7 points7 points
Bond price0 to 83 points (46 points)0 to 85 points (47 points)
Credit spread14 to 477 bps (68 bps)20 to 435 bps (74 bps)
Funding spread15 to 433 bps (55 bps)65 to 118 bps (86 bps)
Correlation model:
Credit correlationN/A27% to 44% (32%)
Foreign exchange2
$52 $61 
Option model:
IR - FX correlation53% to 56% (55% / 54%)55% to 59% (56% / 56%)
IR volatility skew39% to 79% (64% / 63%)0% to 349% (62% / 59%)
IR curve-1% to 7% (2% / 0%)6% to 8% (7% / 8%)
Foreign exchange volatility skew -4% to -2% (-3% / -3%) -22% to 28% (3% / 1%)
Contingency probability90% to 95% (94% / 95%)50% to 95% (83% / 93%)
Equity2
$(945)$(2,231)
Option model:
Equity volatility5% to 99% (24%)16% to 97% (43%)
Equity volatility skew -4% to 0% (-1%) -3% to 0% (-1%)
Equity correlation5% to 99% (73%)24% to 96% (74%)
FX correlation -85% to 37% (-42%) -79% to 60% (-16%)
IR correlation 13% to 30% (15%) -13% to 47% (21% / 20%)
Commodity and other$1,529 $1,709 
Option model:
Forward power price$4 to $263 ($39) per MWh$-1 to $157 ($28) per MWh
Commodity volatility8% to 385% (22%)8% to 183% (19%)
Cross-commodity correlation43% to 100% (94%)43% to 99% (92%)
Liabilities at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Deposits$67 $126 
Option model:
 Equity volatility7%7% to 22% (8%)
Nonderivative trading liabilities
—Corporate equities
$45 $63 
Comparable pricing:
Equity price100%100%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$651 $444 
Discounted cash flow:
Funding spread112 to 127 bps (120 bps)107 to 127 bps (115 bps)
Other secured financings$403 $516 
Discounted cash flow:
Funding spreadN/A111 bps (111 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price30 to 100 points (83 points)30 to 101 points (56 points)
December 2021 Form 10-K96

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Borrowings$2,157 $4,374 
Option model:
Equity volatility 7% to 85% (20%)6% to 66% (23%)
Equity volatility skew -1% to 0% (0%) -2% to 0% (0%)
Equity correlation41% to 95% (81%)37% to 95% (78%)
Equity - FX correlation -55% to 25% (-30%) -72% to 13% (-24%)
IR - FX Correlation -26% to 8% (-5% / -5%) -28% to 6% (-6% / -6%)
Discounted cash flow:
Loss given default54% to 84% (62% / 54%)N/M
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement
Loans$1,576 $3,134 
Corporate loan model:
Credit spread108 to 565 bps (284 bps)36 to 636 bps (336 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price40 to 80 points (61 points)N/M
Warehouse model:
Credit spread182 to 446 bps (376 bps)200 to 413 bps (368 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Bond PriceN/M88 to 99 bps (94 bps)
Points—Percentage of par
IR—Interest rate
FX—Foreign exchange
1.A single amount is disclosed for range and average when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average. Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.
2.Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
The previous table provides information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and the ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory of financial instruments. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. Generally, there are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique.
During 2021, there were no significant revisions made to the descriptions of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in a higher (lower) fair value.
Comparable Bond or Loan Price. A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by Remainingcalculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond or loan, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond or loan. The adjustment to yield (or spread)
should account for relevant differences in the bonds or loans such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond or loan being valued in order to establish the value of the bond or loan.
Comparable Equity Price. A price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.
Contingency Probability. Probability associated with the realization of an underlying event upon which the value of an asset is contingent.
EBITDA Multiple/Exit Multiple. The ratio of Enterprise Value to EBITDA, where enterprise value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value.
Cash-Synthetic Basis. The measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the previous table signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.
Funding Spread. The cost of borrowing defined as the incremental spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).
Loss Given Default. Amount expressed as a percentage of par that is the expected loss when a credit event occurs.
Margin Loan Rate. The annualized rate that reflects the possibility of losses as a result of movements in the price of the underlying margin loan collateral. The rate is calibrated from the discount rate, credit spreads and/or volatility measures.
WACC. WACC represents the theoretical rate of return required to debt and equity investors. The WACC is used in a discounted cash flow model that calculates the value of the equity. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant.
97December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.
Correlation. A pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movement of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable).
Credit Spread. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate.
Interest Rate Curve. The term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.
Volatility. The measure of variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options, and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option, the tenor and the strike price of the option.
Volatility Skew. The measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes.

Net Asset Value Measurements
Fund Interests
 At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsCarrying
Value
CommitmentCarrying
Value
Commitment
Private equity$2,492 $615 $2,367 $644 
Real estate2,064 248 1,403 136 
Hedge1
191 2 59 — 
Total$4,747 $865 $3,829 $780 
1.Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.
Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance-based income in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether the fund investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.
Private Equity.    Funds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic regions.
Real Estate.    Funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic regions.
Investments in private equity and real estate funds generally are not redeemable due to the closed-end nature of these funds. Instead, distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are disposed and monetized.
Hedge.    Funds that pursue various investment strategies, including long-short equity, fixed income/credit, event-driven and multi-strategy.
See Note 15 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 23 for information regarding carried interest at risk of reversal.
Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity
 Carrying Value at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsPrivate EquityReal Estate
Less than 5 years$982 $403 
5-10 years1,163 1,283 
Over 10 years347 378 
Total$2,492 $2,064 
December 2021 Form 10-K98

 At December 31, 2019
$ in millions
Overnight
and Open
Less than
30 Days
30-90
Days
Over
90 Days
Total
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$67,158
$81,300
$26,904
$38,157
$213,519
Securities loaned2,378
3,286
516
5,307
11,487
Total included in the offsetting disclosure$69,536
$84,586
$27,420
$43,464
$225,006
Trading liabilities—
Obligation to return securities received as collateral
23,877



23,877
Total$93,413
$84,586
$27,420
$43,464
$248,883
      
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millions
Overnight
and Open
Less than
30 Days
30-90
Days
Over
90 Days
Total
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$56,503
$93,427
$35,692
$28,591
$214,213
Securities loaned18,397
3,609
1,985
6,315
30,306
Total included in the offsetting disclosure$74,900
$97,036
$37,677
$34,906
$244,519
Trading liabilities—
Obligation to return securities received as collateral
17,594



17,594
Total$92,494
$97,036
$37,677
$34,906
$262,113
Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
U.S. Treasury and agency securities$68,895
$68,487
State and municipal securities905
925
Other sovereign government obligations109,414
120,432
ABS2,218
3,017
Corporate and other debt6,066
8,719
Corporate equities25,563
12,079
Other458
554
Total$213,519
$214,213
Securities loaned  
Other sovereign government obligations$3,026
$19,021
Corporate equities8,422
10,800
Other39
485
Total$11,487
$30,306
Total included in the offsetting disclosure$225,006
$244,519
Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral
Corporate equities$23,873
$17,594
Other4

Total$23,877
$17,594
Total$248,883
$262,113
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLevel 2
Level 31
Total
Assets
Loans$4,035 $1,576 $5,611 
Other assets—Other investments 8 8 
Other assets—ROU assets16  16 
Total$4,051 $1,584 $5,635 
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$173 $70 $243 
Total$173 $70 $243 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsLevel 2
Level 31
Total
Assets
Loans$2,566 $3,134 $5,700 
Other assets—Other investments— 16 16 
Other assets—ROU assets21 — 21 
Total$2,587 $3,150 $5,737 
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$193 $72 $265 
Total$193 $72 $265 
1.For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.
Gains (Losses) from Nonrecurring Fair Value Remeasurements1
$ in millions202120202019
Assets
Loans2
$(89)$(354)$18 
Goodwill(8)— — 
Intangibles(3)(2)— 
Other assets—Other investments3
(57)(56)(56)
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software4
(14)(45)(22)
Other assets—ROU assets5
(25)(23)— 
Total$(196)$(480)$(60)
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments2
$37 $(5)$87 
Total$37 $(5)$87 
1.Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise, they are recorded in Other expenses.
2.Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments, which exclude the impact of related economic hedges, are calculated as follows: for the held-for-investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held-for-sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
3.Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.
4.Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software generally include impairments as well as write-offs related to the disposal of certain assets.
5.Losses related to Other assets—ROU assets include impairments related to the discontinued use of certain leased properties.
CarryingFinancial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value
 At December 31, 2021
 Carrying
Value
Fair Value
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents$127,725 $127,725 $ $ $127,725 
Investment securities—HTM80,168 29,454 49,352 1,076 79,882 
Securities purchased 
under agreements to resell
119,992  117,922 2,075 119,997 
Securities borrowed129,713 �� 129,713  129,713 
Customer and other receivables91,664  88,091 3,442 91,533 
Loans1
188,134  25,706 163,784 189,490 
Other assets528  528  528 
Financial liabilities
Deposits$345,634 $ $345,911 $ $345,911 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase61,397  61,419  61,419 
Securities loaned12,299  12,296  12,296 
Other secured financings4,908  4,910  4,910 
Customer and other payables228,631  228,631  228,631 
Borrowings156,787  162,154 4 162,158 
Commitment
Amount
Lending commitments3
$133,519 $ $890 $470 $1,360 
 At December 31, 2020
 Carrying
Value
Fair Value
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents$105,654 $105,654 $— $— $105,654 
Investment securities—HTM71,771 31,239 42,281 900 74,420 
Securities purchased 
under agreements to resell
116,219 — 114,046 2,173 116,219 
Securities borrowed112,391 — 112,392 — 112,392 
Customer and other receivables92,907 — 89,832 3,041 92,873 
Loans1
150,597 — 16,635 135,277 151,912 
Other assets485 — 485 — 485 
Financial liabilities
Deposits$307,261 $— $307,807 $— $307,807 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase49,472 — 49,315 195 49,510 
Securities loaned7,731 — 7,731 — 7,731 
Other secured financings4,162 — 4,162 — 4,162 
Customer and other payables224,951 — 224,951 — 224,951 
Borrowings143,378 — 150,824 150,829 
Commitment
Amount
Lending commitments2
$125,498 $— $709 $395 $1,104 
1.Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
2.Represents Lending commitments accounted for as Held for Investment and Held for Sale. For a further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 15.
The previous tables exclude all non-financial assets and liabilities, such as the value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without Counterparty Right to Sell or Repledgethe long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers, and certain financial instruments, such as equity method investments and certain receivables.
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Trading assets$41,201
$39,430
Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses)750

Total$41,951
$39,430


99December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
6. Fair Value Option
The Firm pledgeshas elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of its tradingapplying certain accounting models.
Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management
Equity$37,046 $33,952 
Interest rates28,638 31,222 
Commodities7,837 5,078 
Credit1,347 1,344 
Foreign exchange1,472 2,105 
Total$76,340 $73,701 
Net Revenues from Borrowings under the Fair Value Option
$ in millions202120202019
Trading revenues$899 $(5,135)$(6,932)
Interest expense305 341 375 
Net revenues1
$594 $(5,476)$(7,307)
1.Amounts do not reflect any gains or losses from related economic hedges.
Gains (losses) from changes in fair value are recorded in Trading revenues and are mainly attributable to movements in the reference price or index, interest rates or foreign exchange rates.
Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk
$ in millionsTrading
Revenues
OCI
2021
Loans and other receivables1
$278 $ 
Lending commitments2  
Deposits 17 
Borrowings(36)901 
2020
Loans and other receivables1
$(116)$— 
Lending commitments(3)— 
Deposits— (19)
Borrowings(26)(1,340)
2019
Loans and other receivables1
$223 $— 
Lending commitments(2)— 
Deposits— (30)
Borrowings(11)(2,140)
Other— — 
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI$(2,439)$(3,357)
1.Loans and other receivables-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.
Difference between Contractual Principal and Fair Value1
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Loans and other receivables2
$12,633 $14,042 
Nonaccrual loans2
9,999 11,551 
Borrowings3
(2,106)(3,773)
1.Amounts indicate contractual principal greater than or (less than) fair value.
2.The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other receivables relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.
3.Excludes borrowings where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.
The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to transfers of financial assets treated as collateralized financings, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.
Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Nonaccrual loans$989 $1,407 
Nonaccrual loans 90 or more
days past due
$363 $239 
7. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Firm trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, equities, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, ABS indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other ABS, and real estate loan products. The Firm uses these instruments for market-making, managing foreign currency and credit exposure, and asset/liability management.
The Firm manages its market-making positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Firm manages the market risk associated with its market-making activities on a Firmwide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.
December 2021 Form 10-K100

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Fair Values of Derivative Contracts
 Assets at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$594 $1 $ $595 
Foreign exchange191 6  197 
Total785 7  792 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit 15  15 
Other derivatives
Interest rate147,585 7,002 383 154,970 
Credit5,749 3,186  8,935 
Foreign exchange73,276 1,219 39 74,534 
Equity28,877  41,455 70,332 
Commodity and other22,175  5,538 27,713 
Total277,662 11,422 47,415 336,499 
Total gross derivatives$278,447 $11,429 $47,415 $337,291 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(201,729)(9,818)(42,883)(254,430)
Cash collateral netting(43,495)(1,212) (44,707)
Total in Trading assets$33,223 $399 $4,532 $38,154 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(10,457)  (10,457)
Net amounts$22,766 $399��$4,532 $27,697 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,725 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$86 $1 $ $87 
Foreign exchange57 50  107 
Total143 51  194 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit17 412  429 
Other derivatives
Interest rate140,770 6,112 233 147,115 
Credit5,609 3,463  9,072 
Foreign exchange71,851 1,196 41 73,088 
Equity39,597  41,081 80,678 
Commodity and other17,188  5,740 22,928 
Total275,032 11,183 47,095 333,310 
Total gross derivatives$275,175 $11,234 $47,095 $333,504 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(201,729)(9,818)(42,883)(254,430)
Cash collateral netting(43,305)(1,201) (44,506)
Total in Trading liabilities$30,141 $215 $4,212 $34,568 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(5,866)(8)(39)(5,913)
Net amounts$24,275 $207 $4,173 $28,655 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,194 
 Assets at December 31, 2020
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$946 $$— $948 
Foreign exchange— 
Total951 — 955 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit2
51 — 53 
Other derivatives
Interest rate221,895 10,343 300 232,538 
Credit2
5,341 2,147 — 7,488 
Foreign exchange92,334 1,639 79 94,052 
Equity34,278 — 34,166 68,444 
Commodity and other11,095 — 3,554 14,649 
Total364,945 14,180 38,099 417,224 
Total gross derivatives$365,896 $14,184 $38,099 $418,179 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(276,682)(11,601)(35,260)(323,543)
Cash collateral netting(54,921)(1,865)— (56,786)
Total in Trading assets$34,293 $718 $2,839 $37,850 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(13,319)— — (13,319)
Other cash collateral(391)— — (391)
Net amounts$20,583 $718 $2,839 $24,140 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$3,743 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2020
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$— $19 $— $19 
Foreign exchange291 99 — 390 
Total291 118 — 409 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit2
18 177 — 195 
Other derivatives
Interest rate210,015 7,965 639 218,619 
Credit2
5,275 2,682 — 7,957 
Foreign exchange92,975 1,500 43 94,518 
Equity49,943 — 36,585 86,528 
Commodity and other8,831 — 3,359 12,190 
Total367,057 12,324 40,626 420,007 
Total gross derivatives$367,348 $12,442 $40,626 $420,416 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(276,682)(11,601)(35,260)(323,543)
Cash collateral netting(51,112)(823)— (51,935)
Total in Trading liabilities$39,554 $18 $5,366 $44,938 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(10,598)— (1,520)(12,118)
Other cash collateral(62)(3)— (65)
Net amounts$28,894 $15 $3,846 $32,755 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,746 
1.Amounts relate to collateralizemaster netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
2.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
101December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
See Note 5 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the previous tables.
Notionals of Derivative Contracts
 Assets at December 31, 2021
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$4 $104 $ $108 
Foreign exchange8 1  9 
Total12 105  117 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit    
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,488 7,082 570 11,140 
Credit216 105  321 
Foreign exchange3,386 95 10 3,491 
Equity495  407 902 
Commodity and other139  73 212 
Total7,724 7,282 1,060 16,066 
Total gross derivatives$7,736 $7,387 $1,060 $16,183 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2021
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$ $99 $ $99 
Foreign exchange5 3  8 
Total5 102  107 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit1 12  13 
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,827 6,965 445 11,237 
Credit225 106  331 
Foreign exchange3,360 88 12 3,460 
Equity552  735 1,287 
Commodity and other110  81 191 
Total8,075 7,171 1,273 16,519 
Total gross derivatives$8,080 $7,273 $1,273 $16,626 
 Assets at December 31, 2020
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$$123 $— $129 
Foreign exchange— — 
Total123 — 131 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit1
— — 
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,847 6,946 409 11,202 
Credit1
140 87 — 227 
Foreign exchange3,046 103 10 3,159 
Equity444 — 367 811 
Commodity and other107 — 68 175 
Total7,584 7,137 854 15,575 
Total gross derivatives$7,592 $7,260 $854 $15,706 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2020
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$— $80 $— $80 
Foreign exchange11 — 14 
Total11 83 — 94 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit1
— 
Other derivatives
Interest rate4,000 6,915 511 11,426 
Credit1
142 93 — 235 
Foreign exchange3,180 102 11 3,293 
Equity474 — 591 1,065 
Commodity and other93 — 68 161 
Total7,890 7,115 1,181 16,186 
Total gross derivatives$7,901 $7,198 $1,181 $16,280 
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
The notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate the Firm’s exposure. In most circumstances, notional amounts are used only as a reference point from which to calculate amounts owed between the parties to the contract. Furthermore, notional amounts do not reflect the benefit of legally enforceable netting arrangements or risk mitigating transactions.
Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges
$ in millions202120202019
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest income
Interest rate contracts$742 $75 $(10)
Investment Securities—AFS(629)(33)10 
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest expense
Interest rate contracts$(4,306)$4,678 $4,212 
Deposits88 (100)
Borrowings4,214 (4,692)(4,288)
Net investment hedges—Foreign exchange contracts
Recognized in OCI$664 $(366)$14 
Forward points excluded from hedge
effectiveness testing—Recognized in
Interest income
(53)16 136 
Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Investment securities—AFS
Amortized cost basis currently or previously hedged$17,902 $16,288 
Basis adjustments included in amortized cost1
$(591)$(39)
Deposits
Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$6,279 $15,059 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount1
$5 $93 
Borrowings
Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$122,919 $114,349 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Outstanding hedges$2,324 $6,575 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Terminated hedges$(743)$(756)
1.Hedge accounting basis adjustments are primarily related to outstanding hedges.
December 2021 Form 10-K102

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Gains (Losses) on Economic Hedges of Loans
$ in millions202120202019
Recognized in Other revenues
Credit contracts1
(285)(179)
1.Amounts related to hedges of certain held-for-investment and held-for-sale loans.
Derivatives with Credit Risk-Related Contingencies
Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features$20,548 $30,421 
Collateral posted14,789 23,842 
The previous table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.
Incremental Collateral and Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
One-notch downgrade$234
Two-notch downgrade357
Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the amounts above1
$477
1.Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.
The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.
Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Credit Protection Sold1
 Years to Maturity at December 31, 2021
$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$10 $26 $29 $9 $74 
Non-investment grade5 13 17 2 37 
Total$15 $39 $46 $11 $111 
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$2 $11 $106 $15 $134 
Non-investment grade9 14 37 12 72 
Total$11 $25 $143 $27 $206 
Total CDS sold$26 $64 $189 $38 $317 
Other credit contracts     
Total credit protection sold$26 $64 $189 $38 $317 
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$278 
 Years to Maturity at December 31, 2020
$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$$19 $32 $$69 
Non-investment grade10 17 36 
Total$16 $29 $49 $11 $105 
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$$$39 $14 $60 
Non-investment grade29 14 58 
Total$$14 $68 $28 $118 
Total CDS sold$24 $43 $117 $39 $223 
Other credit contracts— — — — — 
Total credit protection sold$24 $43 $117 $39 $223 
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$196 
Fair Value Asset (Liability) of Credit Protection Sold1
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$1,428 $1,230 
Non-investment grade(370)(22)
Total$1,058 $1,208 
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$1,393 $843 
Non-investment grade(650)(824)
Total$743 $19 
Total CDS sold$1,801 $1,227 
Other credit contracts(3)(4)
Total credit protection sold$1,798 $1,223 
1.Investment grade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation. Internal credit ratings serve as the CRM’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.
Protection Purchased with CDS
Notional
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Single name$126 $116 
Index and basket204 116 
Tranched index and basket18 14 
Total$348 $246 
Fair Value Asset (Liability)
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Single name$(1,338)$(1,452)
Index and basket(563)(57)
Tranched index and basket(451)(329)
Total$(2,352)$(1,838)
The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.
The fair value amounts as shown in the previous tables are prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
103December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Firm risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Firm manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single-name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Firm under CDS where credit protection was sold.
Single-Name CDS.    A CDS protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Firm, in turn, performs under a CDS if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity.
Index and Basket CDS.    Index and basket CDS are products where credit protection is provided on a portfolio of single-name CDS. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Firm pays a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the CDS.
The Firm also enters into tranched index and basket CDS where credit protection is provided on a particular portion of the portfolio loss distribution. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.
Other Credit Contracts.    The Firm has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Firm.
8. Investment Securities
AFS and HTM Securities
At December 31, 2021
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities$58,974 $343 $296 $59,021 
U.S. agency securities2
26,780 274 241 26,813 
Agency CMBS14,476 289 89 14,676 
State and municipal securities613 37 2 648 
FFELP student loan ABS3
1,672 11 11 1,672 
Total AFS securities102,515 954 639 102,830 
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities28,653 882 81 29,454 
U.S. agency securities2
48,195 169 1,228 47,136 
Agency CMBS2,267  51 2,216 
Non-agency CMBS1,053 28 5 1,076 
Total HTM securities80,168 1,079 1,365 79,882 
Total investment securities$182,683 $2,033 $2,004 $182,712 
At December 31, 2020
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities$45,345 $1,010 $— $46,355 
U.S. agency securities2
37,389 762 25 38,126 
Agency CMBS19,982 465 20,438 
Corporate bonds1,694 42 — 1,736 
State and municipal securities1,461 103 1,563 
FFELP student loan ABS3
1,735 26 1,716 
Other ABS449 — — 449 
Total AFS securities108,055 2,389 61 110,383 
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities29,346 1,893 — 31,239 
U.S. agency securities2
38,951 704 39,647 
Agency CMBS2,632 2,634 
Non-agency CMBS842 58 — 900 
Total HTM securities71,771 2,659 10 74,420 
Total investment securities$179,826 $5,048 $71 $184,803 
1.Amounts are net of any ACL.
2.U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities, CMOs and agency-issued debt.
3.Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest outstanding.
December 2021 Form 10-K104

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position
 At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
$ in millionsFair ValueGross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
U.S. Treasury securities
Less than12 months$31,459 $296 $151 $— 
Total31,459 296 151 — 
U.S. agency securities
Less than12 months12,283 219 5,808 22 
12 months or longer1,167 22 1,168 
Total13,450 241 6,976 25 
Agency CMBS
Less than12 months2,872 89 2,779 
12 months or longer10  46 — 
Total2,882 89 2,825 
State and municipal securities
Less than12 months21 2 86 — 
12 months or longer7  36 
Total28 2 122 
FFELP student loan ABS
Less than12 months320 1 — — 
12 months or longer591 10 1,077 26 
Total911 11 1,077 26 
Total AFS securities in an unrealized loss position
Less than12 months46,955 607 8,824 31 
12 months or longer1,775 32 2,358 30 
Total$48,730 $639 $11,182 $61 

For AFS securities, the Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that have credit losses after performing the analysis described in Note 2. Additionally, the Firm does not intend to sell these securities and is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the securities in an unrealized loss position are predominantly investment grade.
The HTM securities net carrying amounts at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 reflect an ACL of $33 million and $26 million, respectively, related to Non-agency CMBS. See Note 2 for a description of the ACL methodology used for HTM Securities. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Non-Agency CMBS HTM securities were predominantly on accrual status and investment grade.
See Note 16 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, FFELP student loan ABS and other ABS.
Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Fair
Value
Annualized Average Yield2
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities:
Due within 1 year$8,957 $9,017 1.7 %
After 1 year through 5 years41,374 41,350 1.0 %
After 5 years through 10 years8,643 8,654 1.2 %
Total58,974 59,021 
U.S. agency securities:
Due within 1 year1 1 1.2 %
After 1 year through 5 years191 194 1.6 %
After 5 years through 10 years1,231 1,254 1.8 %
After 10 years25,357 25,364 1.6 %
Total26,780 26,813 
Agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year226 227 1.7 %
After 1 year through 5 years2,562 2,598 1.6 %
After 5 years through 10 years9,072 9,302 1.6 %
After 10 years2,616 2,549 1.4 %
Total14,476 14,676 
State and municipal securities:
Due within 1 year4 4 1.8 %
After 1 year through 5 years26 28 1.9 %
After 5 years through 10 years59 68 2.1 %
After 10 years524 548 2.2 %
Total613 648 
FFELP student loan ABS:
Due within 1 year31 30 0.8 %
After 1 year through 5 years162 158 0.8 %
After 5 years through 10 years143 139 0.7 %
After 10 years1,336 1,345 1.1 %
Total1,672 1,672 
Total AFS securities102,515 102,830 1.3 %
105December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Fair
Value
Annualized Average Yield2
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities:
Due within 1 year$4,147 $4,181 1.9 %
After 1 year through 5 years17,615 17,927 1.7 %
After 5 years through 10 years5,328 5,662 2.4 %
After 10 years1,563 1,684 2.3 %
Total28,653 29,454 
U.S. agency securities:
After 5 years through 10 years491 503 2.0 %
After 10 years47,704 46,633 1.6 %
Total48,195 47,136 
Agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year45 45 1.1 %
After 1 year through 5 years1,263 1,240 1.3 %
After 5 years through 10 years808 784 1.4 %
After 10 years151 147 1.5 %
Total2,267 2,216 
Non-agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year151 151 4.5 %
After 1 year through 5 years109 111 3.1 %
After 5 years through 10 years753 772 3.5 %
After 10 years40 42 4.2 %
Total1,053 1,076 
Total HTM securities80,168 79,882 1.8 %
Total investment securities$182,683 $182,712 1.5 %
1.Amounts are net of any ACL.
2.Annualized average yield is computed using the effective yield, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield is shown pre-tax and considers the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and the effect of related hedging derivatives.
Gross Realized Gains (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities
$ in millions202120202019
Gross realized gains$237 $168 $113 
Gross realized (losses)(27)(31)(10)
Total1
$210 $137 $103 
1.Realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statement.
9. Collateralized Transactions
The Firm enters into securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other secured financingsthings, acquire securities to cover short positions and derivativessettle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to cover customer short sales. Counterparties may or may not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.finance its inventory positions.
Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the balance sheets.
Fair Value of Collateral Received with Right to Sell or Repledge
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Collateral received with right to sell
or repledge
$679,280
$639,610
Collateral that was sold or repledged1
539,412
487,983
1.Does not include securities used to meet federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers.
Restricted Cash and Segregated Securities
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Restricted cash$32,512
$35,356
Segregated securities1
25,061
26,877
Total$57,573
$62,233

1.Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheets.
The Firm receivesmonitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral, as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized, or returns excess collateral.
The risk related to a decline in the formmarket value of securitiescollateral pledged or received is managed by setting appropriate market-based margin requirements. Increases in connection withcollateral margin calls on secured financing due to market value declines may
be mitigated by increases in collateral margin calls on securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed securities-for-securities transactions derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases,with similar quality collateral. Additionally, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge thismay request lower quality collateral to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions.

113December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Concentration Based onpledged be replaced with higher quality collateral through collateral substitution rights in the Firm’s Total Assets
 At
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
U.S. government and agency securities and other sovereign government obligations  
Trading assets1
10%12%
Off balance sheet—Collateral received2
12%17%
1.Other sovereign government obligations included in Trading assets primarily consist of the U.K., Japan and Australia at December 31, 2019, and UK., Japan and Brazil at December 31, 2018.
2.Collateral received is primarily related to Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed.
underlying agreements.
The Firm is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers locatedactively manages its secured financings in a particular country or geographic area, publicmanner that reduces the potential refinancing risk of secured financings of less liquid assets and private issuers involving developing countries or issuers engaged in a particular industry.
Positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments, including those made in connectionalso considers the quality of collateral when negotiating collateral eligibility with the Firm’s private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including investment grade and non-investment grade issuers.
Customer Margin Lending
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Customer receivables representing margin 
loans
$31,916
$26,225

counterparties. The Firm provides margin lending arrangementsutilizes shorter term secured financing for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid assets, for which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Receivables under margin lending arrangements are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. Under these agreements and transactions, the Firm receives collateral, which includes U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.
Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and generally are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account and the amount of collateral, as well as an overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect
to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Firm’s collateral policies significantly limits its credit exposurefunding may be at risk in the event of a customer default. The Firm may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.market disruption.

Other Secured Financings
Valuation Techniques:
Other secured financings are composed of short-dated notes secured by Corporate equities, agreements to repurchase Physical commodities, the liabilities related to sales of Loans and lending commitments accounted for as financings, and secured contracts that are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the Valuation Techniques described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein for the corresponding instruments, which are the collateral referenced by the other secured financing liability.
Borrowings
Valuation Techniques:
The Firm carries certain borrowings at fair value that are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria.
Fair value is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the instruments. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the instruments are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.
Independent, external and traded prices are considered, as well as the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, which are based on observed secondary bond market spreads.
Valuation Hierarchy Classification:
Level 2—when valued using observable inputs or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant
Level 3—in instances where an unobservable input is deemed significant

93December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
$ in millions202120202019
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
Beginning balance$$22 $54 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) 
Purchases2 — 17 
Sales(9)(22)(54)
Net transfers 
Ending balance$2 $$22 
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $
Other sovereign government obligations
Beginning balance$268 $$17 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(1)— (3)
Purchases146 265 
Sales(192)(2)(6)
Net transfers(10)— (10)
Ending balance$211 $268 $
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $(3)
State and municipal securities
Beginning balance$— $$148 
Purchases4 — — 
Sales(4)— (147)
Net transfers13 (1)— 
Ending balance$13 $— $
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $— 
MABS
Beginning balance$322 $438 $354 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)51 (66)(16)
Purchases254 175 132 
Sales(215)(244)(175)
Settlements — (44)
Net transfers(68)19 187 
Ending balance$344 $322 $438 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(10)$(49)$(57)
Loans and lending commitments
Beginning balance$5,759 $5,073 $6,870 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)51 (65)38 
Purchases and originations2,446 3,479 2,337 
Sales(2,609)(957)(1,268)
Settlements(1,268)(2,196)(2,291)
Net transfers1
(573)425 (613)
Ending balance$3,806 $5,759 $5,073 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(7)$58 $(9)
Corporate and other debt
Beginning balance$3,435 $1,396 $1,076 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(140)318 418 
Purchases and originations1,355 2,623 650 
Sales(785)(617)(729)
Settlements (311)(7)
Net transfers2
(1,892)26 (12)
Ending balance$1,973 $3,435 $1,396 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(25)$311 $361 
$ in millions202120202019
Corporate equities
Beginning balance$86 $97 $95 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(8)(55)(8)
Purchases121 36 32 
Sales(50)(17)(271)
Net transfers(34)25 249 
Ending balance$115 $86 $97 
Unrealized gains (losses)$(3)$(39)$
Investments
Beginning balance$828 $858 $757 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)382 32 78 
Purchases226 61 40 
Sales(115)(106)(41)
Net transfers(196)(17)24 
Ending balance$1,125 $828 $858 
Unrealized gains (losses)$359 $(45)$67 
Investment securities—AFS
Beginning balance$2,804 $— $— 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(4)— 
Purchases3
 2,799 — 
Sales(203)— — 
Net transfers3
(2,597)— — 
Ending balance$ $2,804 $ 
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $$— 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
Beginning balance$$— $— 
Net transfers(3)— 
Ending balance$ $3 $ 
Unrealized gains (losses)$ $— $— 
Net derivatives: Interest rate
Beginning balance$682 $777 $618 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)284 (150)17 
Purchases67 174 98 
Issuances(52)(44)(16)
Settlements14 40 
Net transfers(287)(115)59 
Ending balance$708 $682 $777 
Unrealized gains (losses)$292 $(34)$87 
Net derivatives: Credit
Beginning balance$49 $124 $40 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)95 (91)(24)
Purchases18 98 144 
Issuances(46)(112)(190)
Settlements58 94 111 
Net transfers(76)(64)43 
Ending balance$98 $49 $124 
Unrealized gains (losses)$122 $(111)$(17)
December 2021 Form 10-K94

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
$ in millions202120202019
Net derivatives: Foreign exchange
Beginning balance$61 $(31)$75 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)(89)156 (295)
Purchases2 
Issuances(15)— — 
Settlements16 (17)
Net transfers77 (51)180 
Ending balance$52 $61 $(31)
Unrealized gains (losses)$(62)$94 $(187)
Net derivatives: Equity
Beginning balance$(2,231)$(1,684)$(1,485)
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)344 72 (260)
Purchases70 179 155 
Issuances(443)(713)(643)
Settlements160 (354)242 
Net transfers2
1,155 269 307 
Ending balance$(945)$(2,231)$(1,684)
Unrealized gains (losses)$(103)$(210)$(194)
Net derivatives: Commodity and other
Beginning balance$1,709 $1,612 $2,052 
Realized and unrealized gains (losses)529 251 73 
Purchases44 89 152 
Issuances(86)(57)(92)
Settlements(599)(183)(611)
Net transfers(68)(3)38 
Ending balance$1,529 $1,709 $1,612 
Unrealized gains (losses)$141 $(309)$(113)
Deposits
Beginning balance$126 $179 $27 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains) 15 20 
Issuances 21 101 
Settlements(10)(17)(15)
Net transfers(49)(72)46 
Ending balance$67 $126 $179 
Unrealized losses (gains)$ $15 $20 
Nonderivative trading liabilities
Beginning balance$79 $37 $16 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(21)(18)(21)
Purchases(30)(35)(65)
Sales43 27 38 
Settlements — 
Net transfers(10)65 69 
Ending balance$61 $79 $37 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(21)$(18)$(21)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Beginning balance$444 $— $— 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)1 (27)— 
Issuances 470 — 
Net transfers206 — 
Ending balance$651 $444 $— 
Unrealized losses (gains)$1 $(27)$— 
$ in millions202120202019
Other secured financings
Beginning balance$516 $109 $208 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(17)21 
Issuances449 208 — 
Settlements(518)(217)(8)
Net transfers(27)395 (96)
Ending balance$403 $516 $109 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(16)$21 $
Borrowings
Beginning balance$4,374 $4,088 $3,806 
Realized and unrealized losses (gains)(99)204 728 
Issuances717 980 1,181 
Settlements(448)(461)(950)
Net transfers2
(2,387)(437)(677)
Ending balance$2,157 $4,374 $4,088 
Unrealized losses (gains)$(114)$201 $600 
Portion of unrealized losses (gains) recorded in OCI—Change in net DVA(17)63 182 
1.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the third quarter of $895 million of equity margin loans from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of the reduced significance of the margin loan rate input. Net transfers in 2020 reflect the largely offsetting impacts of equity margin loan transfers of $857 million into Level 3 in the first quarter and $707 million out of Level 3 in the second quarter, both driven by changes in the significance level of the margin loan rate input based on changes in liquidity conditions.
2.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the second quarter of $2.0 billion of Corporate and other debt, $1.0 billion of net Equity derivatives and $2.2 billion of Borrowings from Level 3 to Level 2 as the unobservable inputs were not significant to the overall fair value measurements.
3.Net transfers in 2021 reflect the transfer in the first quarter of $2.5 billion of AFS securities from Level 3 to Level 2 due to increased trading activity and observability of pricing inputs. Purchases of AFS investment securities in 2020 relate to securities acquired as part of the E*TRADE transaction. For additional information on the acquisition of E*TRADE, see Note 3.
Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. The realized and unrealized gains or losses for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the previous tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains or losses on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.
The unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statement.
Additionally, in the previous tables, consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases, and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.
95December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Valuation Techniques and Unobservable Inputs
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Assets at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Other sovereign government obligations$211 $268 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price100 to 140 points (120 points)106 points
MABS$344 $322 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price0 to 86 points (59 points)0 to 80 points (50 points)
Loans and lending
commitments
$3,806 $5,759 
Margin loan model:
Margin loan rate1% to 4% (3%)1% to 5% (3%)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price89 to 101 points (97 points)75 to 102 points (93 points)
Corporate and
other debt
$1,973 $3,435 
Comparable pricing:
Bond price50 to 163 points (99 points)10 to 133 points (101 points)
Discounted cash flow:
Loss given default54% to 84% (62% / 54%)40% to 62% (46% / 40%)
Option model:
Equity volatilityN/M18% to 21% (19%)
Corporate equities$115 $86 
Comparable pricing:
Equity price100%100%
Investments$1,125 $828 
Discounted cash flow:
WACC10% to 16% (15%)8% to 18% (15%)
Exit multiple8 to 17 times (12 times)7 to 17 times (12 times)
Market approach:
EBITDA multiple8 to 25 times (10 times)8 to 32 times (11 times)
Comparable pricing:
Equity price43% to 100% (99%)45% to 100% (99%)
Investment securities—AFS$ $2,804 
Comparable pricing:
Bond priceN/A97 to 107 points (101 points)
Net derivative and other contracts:
Interest rate$708 $682 
Option model:
IR volatility skew39% to 79% (64% / 63%)0% to 349% (62% / 59%)
IR curve correlation62% to 98% (83% / 84%)54% to 99% (87% / 89%)
Bond volatility5% to 32% (12% / 9%)6% to 24% (13% / 13%)
Inflation volatility24% to 65% (44% / 40%)25% to 66% (45% / 43%)
IR curve4%%
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Credit$98 $49 
Credit default swap model:
Cash-synthetic basis7 points7 points
Bond price0 to 83 points (46 points)0 to 85 points (47 points)
Credit spread14 to 477 bps (68 bps)20 to 435 bps (74 bps)
Funding spread15 to 433 bps (55 bps)65 to 118 bps (86 bps)
Correlation model:
Credit correlationN/A27% to 44% (32%)
Foreign exchange2
$52 $61 
Option model:
IR - FX correlation53% to 56% (55% / 54%)55% to 59% (56% / 56%)
IR volatility skew39% to 79% (64% / 63%)0% to 349% (62% / 59%)
IR curve-1% to 7% (2% / 0%)6% to 8% (7% / 8%)
Foreign exchange volatility skew -4% to -2% (-3% / -3%) -22% to 28% (3% / 1%)
Contingency probability90% to 95% (94% / 95%)50% to 95% (83% / 93%)
Equity2
$(945)$(2,231)
Option model:
Equity volatility5% to 99% (24%)16% to 97% (43%)
Equity volatility skew -4% to 0% (-1%) -3% to 0% (-1%)
Equity correlation5% to 99% (73%)24% to 96% (74%)
FX correlation -85% to 37% (-42%) -79% to 60% (-16%)
IR correlation 13% to 30% (15%) -13% to 47% (21% / 20%)
Commodity and other$1,529 $1,709 
Option model:
Forward power price$4 to $263 ($39) per MWh$-1 to $157 ($28) per MWh
Commodity volatility8% to 385% (22%)8% to 183% (19%)
Cross-commodity correlation43% to 100% (94%)43% to 99% (92%)
Liabilities at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Deposits$67 $126 
Option model:
 Equity volatility7%7% to 22% (8%)
Nonderivative trading liabilities
—Corporate equities
$45 $63 
Comparable pricing:
Equity price100%100%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$651 $444 
Discounted cash flow:
Funding spread112 to 127 bps (120 bps)107 to 127 bps (115 bps)
Other secured financings$403 $516 
Discounted cash flow:
Funding spreadN/A111 bps (111 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price30 to 100 points (83 points)30 to 101 points (56 points)
December 2021 Form 10-K96

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Balance / Range (Average1)
$ in millions, except inputsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Borrowings$2,157 $4,374 
Option model:
Equity volatility 7% to 85% (20%)6% to 66% (23%)
Equity volatility skew -1% to 0% (0%) -2% to 0% (0%)
Equity correlation41% to 95% (81%)37% to 95% (78%)
Equity - FX correlation -55% to 25% (-30%) -72% to 13% (-24%)
IR - FX Correlation -26% to 8% (-5% / -5%) -28% to 6% (-6% / -6%)
Discounted cash flow:
Loss given default54% to 84% (62% / 54%)N/M
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement
Loans$1,576 $3,134 
Corporate loan model:
Credit spread108 to 565 bps (284 bps)36 to 636 bps (336 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Loan price40 to 80 points (61 points)N/M
Warehouse model:
Credit spread182 to 446 bps (376 bps)200 to 413 bps (368 bps)
Comparable pricing:
Bond PriceN/M88 to 99 bps (94 bps)
Points—Percentage of par
IR—Interest rate
FX—Foreign exchange
1.A single amount is disclosed for range and average when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average. Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are more relevant.
2.Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
The previous table provides information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and the ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory of financial instruments. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. Generally, there are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique.
During 2021, there were no significant revisions made to the descriptions of the Firm’s significant unobservable inputs.
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in a higher (lower) fair value.
Comparable Bond or Loan Price. A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond or loan, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond or loan. The adjustment to yield (or spread)
should account for relevant differences in the bonds or loans such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond or loan being valued in order to establish the value of the bond or loan.
Comparable Equity Price. A price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.
Contingency Probability. Probability associated with the realization of an underlying event upon which the value of an asset is contingent.
EBITDA Multiple/Exit Multiple. The ratio of Enterprise Value to EBITDA, where enterprise value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value.
Cash-Synthetic Basis. The measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the previous table signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.
Funding Spread. The cost of borrowing defined as the incremental spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).
Loss Given Default. Amount expressed as a percentage of par that is the expected loss when a credit event occurs.
Margin Loan Rate. The annualized rate that reflects the possibility of losses as a result of movements in the price of the underlying margin loan collateral. The rate is calibrated from the discount rate, credit spreads and/or volatility measures.
WACC. WACC represents the theoretical rate of return required to debt and equity investors. The WACC is used in a discounted cash flow model that calculates the value of the equity. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant.
97December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
An increase (decrease) to the following significant unobservable inputs would generally result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.
Correlation. A pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movement of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable).
Credit Spread. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate.
Interest Rate Curve. The term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.
Volatility. The measure of variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options, and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option, the tenor and the strike price of the option.
Volatility Skew. The measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes.

Net Asset Value Measurements
Fund Interests
 At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsCarrying
Value
CommitmentCarrying
Value
Commitment
Private equity$2,492 $615 $2,367 $644 
Real estate2,064 248 1,403 136 
Hedge1
191 2 59 — 
Total$4,747 $865 $3,829 $780 
1.Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.
Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance-based income in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether the fund investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.
Private Equity.    Funds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic regions.
Real Estate.    Funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic regions.
Investments in private equity and real estate funds generally are not redeemable due to the closed-end nature of these funds. Instead, distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are disposed and monetized.
Hedge.    Funds that pursue various investment strategies, including long-short equity, fixed income/credit, event-driven and multi-strategy.
See Note 15 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 23 for information regarding carried interest at risk of reversal.
Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity
 Carrying Value at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsPrivate EquityReal Estate
Less than 5 years$982 $403 
5-10 years1,163 1,283 
Over 10 years347 378 
Total$2,492 $2,064 
December 2021 Form 10-K98

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLevel 2
Level 31
Total
Assets
Loans$4,035 $1,576 $5,611 
Other assets—Other investments 8 8 
Other assets—ROU assets16  16 
Total$4,051 $1,584 $5,635 
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$173 $70 $243 
Total$173 $70 $243 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsLevel 2
Level 31
Total
Assets
Loans$2,566 $3,134 $5,700 
Other assets—Other investments— 16 16 
Other assets—ROU assets21 — 21 
Total$2,587 $3,150 $5,737 
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments$193 $72 $265 
Total$193 $72 $265 
1.For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.
Gains (Losses) from Nonrecurring Fair Value Remeasurements1
$ in millions202120202019
Assets
Loans2
$(89)$(354)$18 
Goodwill(8)— — 
Intangibles(3)(2)— 
Other assets—Other investments3
(57)(56)(56)
Other assets—Premises, equipment and software4
(14)(45)(22)
Other assets—ROU assets5
(25)(23)— 
Total$(196)$(480)$(60)
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments2
$37 $(5)$87 
Total$37 $(5)$87 
1.Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise, they are recorded in Other expenses.
2.Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments, which exclude the impact of related economic hedges, are calculated as follows: for the held-for-investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held-for-sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
3.Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.
4.Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software generally include impairments as well as write-offs related to the disposal of certain assets.
5.Losses related to Other assets—ROU assets include impairments related to the discontinued use of certain leased properties.
Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value
 At December 31, 2021
 Carrying
Value
Fair Value
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents$127,725 $127,725 $ $ $127,725 
Investment securities—HTM80,168 29,454 49,352 1,076 79,882 
Securities purchased 
under agreements to resell
119,992  117,922 2,075 119,997 
Securities borrowed129,713 �� 129,713  129,713 
Customer and other receivables91,664  88,091 3,442 91,533 
Loans1
188,134  25,706 163,784 189,490 
Other assets528  528  528 
Financial liabilities
Deposits$345,634 $ $345,911 $ $345,911 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase61,397  61,419  61,419 
Securities loaned12,299  12,296  12,296 
Other secured financings4,908  4,910  4,910 
Customer and other payables228,631  228,631  228,631 
Borrowings156,787  162,154 4 162,158 
Commitment
Amount
Lending commitments3
$133,519 $ $890 $470 $1,360 
 At December 31, 2020
 Carrying
Value
Fair Value
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents$105,654 $105,654 $— $— $105,654 
Investment securities—HTM71,771 31,239 42,281 900 74,420 
Securities purchased 
under agreements to resell
116,219 — 114,046 2,173 116,219 
Securities borrowed112,391 — 112,392 — 112,392 
Customer and other receivables92,907 — 89,832 3,041 92,873 
Loans1
150,597 — 16,635 135,277 151,912 
Other assets485 — 485 — 485 
Financial liabilities
Deposits$307,261 $— $307,807 $— $307,807 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase49,472 — 49,315 195 49,510 
Securities loaned7,731 — 7,731 — 7,731 
Other secured financings4,162 — 4,162 — 4,162 
Customer and other payables224,951 — 224,951 — 224,951 
Borrowings143,378 — 150,824 150,829 
Commitment
Amount
Lending commitments2
$125,498 $— $709 $395 $1,104 
1.Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
2.Represents Lending commitments accounted for as Held for Investment and Held for Sale. For a further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 15.
The previous tables exclude all non-financial assets and liabilities, such as the value of the long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers, and certain financial instruments, such as equity method investments and certain receivables.
99December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
6. Fair Value Option
The Firm has elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.
Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management
Equity$37,046 $33,952 
Interest rates28,638 31,222 
Commodities7,837 5,078 
Credit1,347 1,344 
Foreign exchange1,472 2,105 
Total$76,340 $73,701 
Net Revenues from Borrowings under the Fair Value Option
$ in millions202120202019
Trading revenues$899 $(5,135)$(6,932)
Interest expense305 341 375 
Net revenues1
$594 $(5,476)$(7,307)
1.Amounts do not reflect any gains or losses from related economic hedges.
Gains (losses) from changes in fair value are recorded in Trading revenues and are mainly attributable to movements in the reference price or index, interest rates or foreign exchange rates.
Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk
$ in millionsTrading
Revenues
OCI
2021
Loans and other receivables1
$278 $ 
Lending commitments2  
Deposits 17 
Borrowings(36)901 
2020
Loans and other receivables1
$(116)$— 
Lending commitments(3)— 
Deposits— (19)
Borrowings(26)(1,340)
2019
Loans and other receivables1
$223 $— 
Lending commitments(2)— 
Deposits— (30)
Borrowings(11)(2,140)
Other— — 
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Cumulative pre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI$(2,439)$(3,357)
1.Loans and other receivables-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses.
Difference between Contractual Principal and Fair Value1
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Loans and other receivables2
$12,633 $14,042 
Nonaccrual loans2
9,999 11,551 
Borrowings3
(2,106)(3,773)
1.Amounts indicate contractual principal greater than or (less than) fair value.
2.The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other receivables relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.
3.Excludes borrowings where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.
The previous tables exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to transfers of financial assets treated as collateralized financings, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.
Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Nonaccrual loans$989 $1,407 
Nonaccrual loans 90 or more
days past due
$363 $239 
7. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Firm trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, equities, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, ABS indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other ABS, and real estate loan products. The Firm uses these instruments for market-making, managing foreign currency and credit exposure, and asset/liability management.
The Firm manages its market-making positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Firm manages the market risk associated with its market-making activities on a Firmwide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.
December 2021 Form 10-K100

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Fair Values of Derivative Contracts
 Assets at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$594 $1 $ $595 
Foreign exchange191 6  197 
Total785 7  792 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit 15  15 
Other derivatives
Interest rate147,585 7,002 383 154,970 
Credit5,749 3,186  8,935 
Foreign exchange73,276 1,219 39 74,534 
Equity28,877  41,455 70,332 
Commodity and other22,175  5,538 27,713 
Total277,662 11,422 47,415 336,499 
Total gross derivatives$278,447 $11,429 $47,415 $337,291 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(201,729)(9,818)(42,883)(254,430)
Cash collateral netting(43,495)(1,212) (44,707)
Total in Trading assets$33,223 $399 $4,532 $38,154 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(10,457)  (10,457)
Net amounts$22,766 $399��$4,532 $27,697 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,725 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$86 $1 $ $87 
Foreign exchange57 50  107 
Total143 51  194 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit17 412  429 
Other derivatives
Interest rate140,770 6,112 233 147,115 
Credit5,609 3,463  9,072 
Foreign exchange71,851 1,196 41 73,088 
Equity39,597  41,081 80,678 
Commodity and other17,188  5,740 22,928 
Total275,032 11,183 47,095 333,310 
Total gross derivatives$275,175 $11,234 $47,095 $333,504 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(201,729)(9,818)(42,883)(254,430)
Cash collateral netting(43,305)(1,201) (44,506)
Total in Trading liabilities$30,141 $215 $4,212 $34,568 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(5,866)(8)(39)(5,913)
Net amounts$24,275 $207 $4,173 $28,655 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,194 
 Assets at December 31, 2020
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$946 $$— $948 
Foreign exchange— 
Total951 — 955 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit2
51 — 53 
Other derivatives
Interest rate221,895 10,343 300 232,538 
Credit2
5,341 2,147 — 7,488 
Foreign exchange92,334 1,639 79 94,052 
Equity34,278 — 34,166 68,444 
Commodity and other11,095 — 3,554 14,649 
Total364,945 14,180 38,099 417,224 
Total gross derivatives$365,896 $14,184 $38,099 $418,179 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(276,682)(11,601)(35,260)(323,543)
Cash collateral netting(54,921)(1,865)— (56,786)
Total in Trading assets$34,293 $718 $2,839 $37,850 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(13,319)— — (13,319)
Other cash collateral(391)— — (391)
Net amounts$20,583 $718 $2,839 $24,140 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$3,743 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2020
$ in millionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$— $19 $— $19 
Foreign exchange291 99 — 390 
Total291 118 — 409 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit2
18 177 — 195 
Other derivatives
Interest rate210,015 7,965 639 218,619 
Credit2
5,275 2,682 — 7,957 
Foreign exchange92,975 1,500 43 94,518 
Equity49,943 — 36,585 86,528 
Commodity and other8,831 — 3,359 12,190 
Total367,057 12,324 40,626 420,007 
Total gross derivatives$367,348 $12,442 $40,626 $420,416 
Amounts offset
Counterparty netting(276,682)(11,601)(35,260)(323,543)
Cash collateral netting(51,112)(823)— (51,935)
Total in Trading liabilities$39,554 $18 $5,366 $44,938 
Amounts not offset1
Financial instruments collateral(10,598)— (1,520)(12,118)
Other cash collateral(62)(3)— (65)
Net amounts$28,894 $15 $3,846 $32,755 
Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable$6,746 
1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
2.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
101December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
See Note 5 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the previous tables.
Notionals of Derivative Contracts
 Assets at December 31, 2021
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$4 $104 $ $108 
Foreign exchange8 1  9 
Total12 105  117 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit    
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,488 7,082 570 11,140 
Credit216 105  321 
Foreign exchange3,386 95 10 3,491 
Equity495  407 902 
Commodity and other139  73 212 
Total7,724 7,282 1,060 16,066 
Total gross derivatives$7,736 $7,387 $1,060 $16,183 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2021
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$ $99 $ $99 
Foreign exchange5 3  8 
Total5 102  107 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit1 12  13 
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,827 6,965 445 11,237 
Credit225 106  331 
Foreign exchange3,360 88 12 3,460 
Equity552  735 1,287 
Commodity and other110  81 191 
Total8,075 7,171 1,273 16,519 
Total gross derivatives$8,080 $7,273 $1,273 $16,626 
 Assets at December 31, 2020
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$$123 $— $129 
Foreign exchange— — 
Total123 — 131 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit1
— — 
Other derivatives
Interest rate3,847 6,946 409 11,202 
Credit1
140 87 — 227 
Foreign exchange3,046 103 10 3,159 
Equity444 — 367 811 
Commodity and other107 — 68 175 
Total7,584 7,137 854 15,575 
Total gross derivatives$7,592 $7,260 $854 $15,706 
 Liabilities at December 31, 2020
$ in billionsBilateral
OTC
Cleared
OTC
Exchange-
Traded
Total
Designated as accounting hedges
Interest rate$— $80 $— $80 
Foreign exchange11 — 14 
Total11 83 — 94 
Not designated as accounting hedges
Economic hedges of loans
Credit1
— 
Other derivatives
Interest rate4,000 6,915 511 11,426 
Credit1
142 93 — 235 
Foreign exchange3,180 102 11 3,293 
Equity474 — 591 1,065 
Commodity and other93 — 68 161 
Total7,890 7,115 1,181 16,186 
Total gross derivatives$7,901 $7,198 $1,181 $16,280 
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
The notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate the Firm’s exposure. In most circumstances, notional amounts are used only as a reference point from which to calculate amounts owed between the parties to the contract. Furthermore, notional amounts do not reflect the benefit of legally enforceable netting arrangements or risk mitigating transactions.
Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges
$ in millions202120202019
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest income
Interest rate contracts$742 $75 $(10)
Investment Securities—AFS(629)(33)10 
Fair value hedges—Recognized in Interest expense
Interest rate contracts$(4,306)$4,678 $4,212 
Deposits88 (100)
Borrowings4,214 (4,692)(4,288)
Net investment hedges—Foreign exchange contracts
Recognized in OCI$664 $(366)$14 
Forward points excluded from hedge
effectiveness testing—Recognized in
Interest income
(53)16 136 
Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Investment securities—AFS
Amortized cost basis currently or previously hedged$17,902 $16,288 
Basis adjustments included in amortized cost1
$(591)$(39)
Deposits
Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$6,279 $15,059 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount1
$5 $93 
Borrowings
Carrying amount currently or previously hedged$122,919 $114,349 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Outstanding hedges$2,324 $6,575 
Basis adjustments included in carrying amount—Terminated hedges$(743)$(756)
1.Hedge accounting basis adjustments are primarily related to outstanding hedges.
December 2021 Form 10-K102

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Gains (Losses) on Economic Hedges of Loans
$ in millions202120202019
Recognized in Other revenues
Credit contracts1
(285)(179)
1.Amounts related to hedges of certain held-for-investment and held-for-sale loans.
Derivatives with Credit Risk-Related Contingencies
Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features$20,548 $30,421 
Collateral posted14,789 23,842 
The previous table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.
Incremental Collateral and Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
One-notch downgrade$234
Two-notch downgrade357
Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the amounts above1
$477
1.Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.
The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings. The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.
Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Credit Protection Sold1
 Years to Maturity at December 31, 2021
$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$10 $26 $29 $9 $74 
Non-investment grade5 13 17 2 37 
Total$15 $39 $46 $11 $111 
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$2 $11 $106 $15 $134 
Non-investment grade9 14 37 12 72 
Total$11 $25 $143 $27 $206 
Total CDS sold$26 $64 $189 $38 $317 
Other credit contracts     
Total credit protection sold$26 $64 $189 $38 $317 
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$278 
 Years to Maturity at December 31, 2020
$ in billions< 11-33-5Over 5Total
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$$19 $32 $$69 
Non-investment grade10 17 36 
Total$16 $29 $49 $11 $105 
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$$$39 $14 $60 
Non-investment grade29 14 58 
Total$$14 $68 $28 $118 
Total CDS sold$24 $43 $117 $39 $223 
Other credit contracts— — — — — 
Total credit protection sold$24 $43 $117 $39 $223 
CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased$196 
Fair Value Asset (Liability) of Credit Protection Sold1
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Single-name CDS
Investment grade$1,428 $1,230 
Non-investment grade(370)(22)
Total$1,058 $1,208 
Index and basket CDS
Investment grade$1,393 $843 
Non-investment grade(650)(824)
Total$743 $19 
Total CDS sold$1,801 $1,227 
Other credit contracts(3)(4)
Total credit protection sold$1,798 $1,223 
1.Investment grade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation. Internal credit ratings serve as the CRM’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.
Protection Purchased with CDS
Notional
$ in billionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Single name$126 $116 
Index and basket204 116 
Tranched index and basket18 14 
Total$348 $246 
Fair Value Asset (Liability)
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Single name$(1,338)$(1,452)
Index and basket(563)(57)
Tranched index and basket(451)(329)
Total$(2,352)$(1,838)
The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.
The fair value amounts as shown in the previous tables are prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
103December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Firm risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Firm manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single-name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Firm under CDS where credit protection was sold.
Single-Name CDS.    A CDS protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Firm, in turn, performs under a CDS if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity.
Index and Basket CDS.    Index and basket CDS are products where credit protection is provided on a portfolio of single-name CDS. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Firm pays a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the CDS.
The Firm also enters into tranched index and basket CDS where credit protection is provided on a particular portion of the portfolio loss distribution. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.
Other Credit Contracts.    The Firm has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Firm.
8. Investment Securities
AFS and HTM Securities
At December 31, 2021
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities$58,974 $343 $296 $59,021 
U.S. agency securities2
26,780 274 241 26,813 
Agency CMBS14,476 289 89 14,676 
State and municipal securities613 37 2 648 
FFELP student loan ABS3
1,672 11 11 1,672 
Total AFS securities102,515 954 639 102,830 
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities28,653 882 81 29,454 
U.S. agency securities2
48,195 169 1,228 47,136 
Agency CMBS2,267  51 2,216 
Non-agency CMBS1,053 28 5 1,076 
Total HTM securities80,168 1,079 1,365 79,882 
Total investment securities$182,683 $2,033 $2,004 $182,712 
At December 31, 2020
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities$45,345 $1,010 $— $46,355 
U.S. agency securities2
37,389 762 25 38,126 
Agency CMBS19,982 465 20,438 
Corporate bonds1,694 42 — 1,736 
State and municipal securities1,461 103 1,563 
FFELP student loan ABS3
1,735 26 1,716 
Other ABS449 — — 449 
Total AFS securities108,055 2,389 61 110,383 
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities29,346 1,893 — 31,239 
U.S. agency securities2
38,951 704 39,647 
Agency CMBS2,632 2,634 
Non-agency CMBS842 58 — 900 
Total HTM securities71,771 2,659 10 74,420 
Total investment securities$179,826 $5,048 $71 $184,803 
1.Amounts are net of any ACL.
2.U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities, CMOs and agency-issued debt.
3.Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest outstanding.
December 2021 Form 10-K104

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position
 At December 31,
2021
At December 31,
2020
$ in millionsFair ValueGross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
U.S. Treasury securities
Less than12 months$31,459 $296 $151 $— 
Total31,459 296 151 — 
U.S. agency securities
Less than12 months12,283 219 5,808 22 
12 months or longer1,167 22 1,168 
Total13,450 241 6,976 25 
Agency CMBS
Less than12 months2,872 89 2,779 
12 months or longer10  46 — 
Total2,882 89 2,825 
State and municipal securities
Less than12 months21 2 86 — 
12 months or longer7  36 
Total28 2 122 
FFELP student loan ABS
Less than12 months320 1 — — 
12 months or longer591 10 1,077 26 
Total911 11 1,077 26 
Total AFS securities in an unrealized loss position
Less than12 months46,955 607 8,824 31 
12 months or longer1,775 32 2,358 30 
Total$48,730 $639 $11,182 $61 

For AFS securities, the Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that have credit losses after performing the analysis described in Note 2. Additionally, the Firm does not intend to sell these securities and is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the securities in an unrealized loss position are predominantly investment grade.
The HTM securities net carrying amounts at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 reflect an ACL of $33 million and $26 million, respectively, related to Non-agency CMBS. See Note 2 for a description of the ACL methodology used for HTM Securities. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Non-Agency CMBS HTM securities were predominantly on accrual status and investment grade.
See Note 16 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, FFELP student loan ABS and other ABS.
Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Fair
Value
Annualized Average Yield2
AFS securities
U.S. Treasury securities:
Due within 1 year$8,957 $9,017 1.7 %
After 1 year through 5 years41,374 41,350 1.0 %
After 5 years through 10 years8,643 8,654 1.2 %
Total58,974 59,021 
U.S. agency securities:
Due within 1 year1 1 1.2 %
After 1 year through 5 years191 194 1.6 %
After 5 years through 10 years1,231 1,254 1.8 %
After 10 years25,357 25,364 1.6 %
Total26,780 26,813 
Agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year226 227 1.7 %
After 1 year through 5 years2,562 2,598 1.6 %
After 5 years through 10 years9,072 9,302 1.6 %
After 10 years2,616 2,549 1.4 %
Total14,476 14,676 
State and municipal securities:
Due within 1 year4 4 1.8 %
After 1 year through 5 years26 28 1.9 %
After 5 years through 10 years59 68 2.1 %
After 10 years524 548 2.2 %
Total613 648 
FFELP student loan ABS:
Due within 1 year31 30 0.8 %
After 1 year through 5 years162 158 0.8 %
After 5 years through 10 years143 139 0.7 %
After 10 years1,336 1,345 1.1 %
Total1,672 1,672 
Total AFS securities102,515 102,830 1.3 %
105December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millions
Amortized
Cost1
Fair
Value
Annualized Average Yield2
HTM securities
U.S. Treasury securities:
Due within 1 year$4,147 $4,181 1.9 %
After 1 year through 5 years17,615 17,927 1.7 %
After 5 years through 10 years5,328 5,662 2.4 %
After 10 years1,563 1,684 2.3 %
Total28,653 29,454 
U.S. agency securities:
After 5 years through 10 years491 503 2.0 %
After 10 years47,704 46,633 1.6 %
Total48,195 47,136 
Agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year45 45 1.1 %
After 1 year through 5 years1,263 1,240 1.3 %
After 5 years through 10 years808 784 1.4 %
After 10 years151 147 1.5 %
Total2,267 2,216 
Non-agency CMBS:
Due within 1 year151 151 4.5 %
After 1 year through 5 years109 111 3.1 %
After 5 years through 10 years753 772 3.5 %
After 10 years40 42 4.2 %
Total1,053 1,076 
Total HTM securities80,168 79,882 1.8 %
Total investment securities$182,683 $182,712 1.5 %
1.Amounts are net of any ACL.
2.Annualized average yield is computed using the effective yield, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield is shown pre-tax and considers the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and the effect of related hedging derivatives.
Gross Realized Gains (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities
$ in millions202120202019
Gross realized gains$237 $168 $113 
Gross realized (losses)(27)(31)(10)
Total1
$210 $137 $103 
1.Realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statement.
9. Collateralized Transactions
The Firm enters into securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions.
The Firm monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral, as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized, or returns excess collateral.
The risk related to a decline in the market value of collateral pledged or received is managed by setting appropriate market-based margin requirements. Increases in collateral margin calls on secured financing due to market value declines may
be mitigated by increases in collateral margin calls on securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions with similar quality collateral. Additionally, the Firm may request lower quality collateral pledged be replaced with higher quality collateral through collateral substitution rights in the underlying agreements.
The Firm actively manages its secured financings in a manner that reduces the potential refinancing risk of secured financings of less liquid assets and also considers the quality of collateral when negotiating collateral eligibility with counterparties. The Firm utilizes shorter term secured financing for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid assets, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption.
Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsGross
Amounts
Amounts
Offset
Balance Sheet Net Amounts
Amounts
Not Offset1
Net
Amounts
Assets
Securities purchased under agreements to resell$197,486 $(77,487)$119,999 $(106,896)$13,103 
Securities borrowed139,395 (9,682)129,713 (124,028)5,685 
Liabilities
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$139,675 $(77,487)$62,188 $(53,692)$8,496 
Securities loaned21,981 (9,682)12,299 (12,019)280 
Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
Securities purchased under agreements to resell$12,514 
Securities borrowed1,041 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase8,295 
Securities loaned139 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsGross
Amounts
Amounts
Offset
Balance Sheet Net Amounts
Amounts
Not Offset1
Net
Amounts
Assets
Securities purchased under agreements to resell$264,140 $(147,906)$116,234 $(114,108)$2,126 
Securities borrowed124,921 (12,530)112,391 (107,434)4,957 
Liabilities
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$198,493 $(147,906)$50,587 $(43,960)$6,627 
Securities loaned20,261 (12,530)7,731 (7,430)301 
Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable
Securities purchased under agreements to resell$1,870 
Securities borrowed596 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase6,282 
Securities loaned128 
1.Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 7.
December 2021 Form 10-K106

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsOvernight and OpenLess than 30 Days30-90 DaysOver 90 DaysTotal
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$29,271 $53,987 $17,099 $39,318 $139,675 
Securities loaned11,480 364 650 9,487 21,981 
Total included in the offsetting disclosure$40,751 $54,351 $17,749 $48,805 $161,656 
Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral30,104    30,104 
Total$70,855 $54,351 $17,749 $48,805 $191,760 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsOvernight and OpenLess than 30 Days30-90 DaysOver 90 DaysTotal
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase$84,349 $60,853 $26,221 $27,070 $198,493 
Securities loaned15,267 247 — 4,747 20,261 
Total included in the offsetting disclosure$99,616 $61,100 $26,221 $31,817 $218,754 
Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral16,389 — — — 16,389 
Total$116,005 $61,100 $26,221 $31,817 $235,143 
Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
U.S. Treasury and agency securities$30,790 $94,662 
Other sovereign government obligations73,063 71,140 
Corporate equities25,881 24,692 
Other9,941 7,999 
Total$139,675 $198,493 
Securities loaned
Other sovereign government obligations$748 $3,430 
Corporate equities20,656 16,536 
Other577 295 
Total$21,981 $20,261 
Total included in the offsetting disclosure$161,656 $218,754 
Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral
Corporate equities$30,048 $16,365 
Other56 24 
Total$30,104 $16,389 
Total$191,760 $235,143 
Carrying Value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without Counterparty Right to Sell or Repledge
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Trading assets$32,458 $30,954 
The Firm pledges certain of its trading assets to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned, other secured financings and derivatives and to cover customer short sales. Counterparties may or may not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.
Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the balance sheet.
Fair Value of Collateral Received with Right to Sell or Repledge
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Collateral received with right to sell or repledge$672,104 $724,818 
Collateral that was sold or repledged1
510,000 523,648 
1.Does not include securities used to meet federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers.
The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed, securities-for-securities transactions, derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge this collateral to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or to deliver to counterparties to cover short positions.
Securities Segregated for Regulatory Purposes
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Segregated securities1
$20,092 $34,106 
1.Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheet.
Concentration Based on the Firm’s Total Assets
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
U.S. government and agency securities and other sovereign government obligations
Trading assets1
9 %10 %
Off balance sheet—Collateral received2
12 %12 %
1.Other sovereign government obligations included in Trading assets primarily consist of obligations of the U.K., Japan and Brazil.
2.Collateral received is primarily related to Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed.
The Firm is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries or issuers engaged in a particular industry.
Positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments, including those made in connection with the Firm’s private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including investment grade and non-investment grade issuers.
107December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Customer Margin and Other Lending
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Margin and other lending$71,532 $74,714 
The Firm provides margin lending arrangements that allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Receivables from these arrangements are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheet. Under these arrangements, the Firm receives collateral, which includes U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Margin loans are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.
Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and generally are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account and the amount of collateral, as well as an overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Firm’s collateral policies significantly limits its credit exposure in the event of a customer default. The Firm may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.
Also included in the amounts in the previous table is non-purpose securities-based lending on non-bank entities in the Wealth Management business segment.
Other Secured Financings
Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain ELNs and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets, which are accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 1214 and 14)16).
8.
10. Loans, Lending Commitments and Related Allowance for Credit Losses
The Firm’s held-for-investment and held-for-sale loan portfolio consistsportfolios consist of the following types of loans:
Corporate. Corporate includes revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans made to corporate entities for a variety of purposes.
Secured Lending Facilities. Secured lending facilities include loans provided to clients, which are collateralized by various assets, including residential and commercial real estate mortgage loans, investor commitments for capital calls, corporate loans and other assets.
Commercial Real Estate.  Commercial real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans.
Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans mainly include non-conforming loans and HELOC.
Securities-based Lending and Other.  Securities-based lending includes loans that allow clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. The majority of these loans are structured as revolving lines of credit. Other primarily includes certain loans originated in the tailored lending business within the Wealth Management business segment.
Loans by Type
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsHFI LoansHFS LoansTotal Loans
Corporate$5,567 $8,107 $13,674 
Secured lending facilities31,471 3,879 35,350 
Commercial real estate7,227 1,777 9,004 
Residential real estate44,251 7 44,258 
Securities-based lending and Other loans86,440 62 86,502 
Total loans174,956 13,832 188,788 
ACL(654)(654)
Total loans, net$174,302 $13,832 $188,134 
Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net$24,322 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsHFI LoansHFS LoansTotal Loans
Corporate$6,046 $8,580 $14,626 
Secured lending facilities25,727 3,296 29,023 
Commercial real estate7,346 822 8,168 
Residential real estate35,268 48 35,316 
Securities-based lending and Other loans64,232 67 64,299 
Total loans138,619 12,813 151,432 
ACL(835)(835)
Total loans, net$137,784 $12,813 $150,597 
Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net$21,081 

.    Corporate loans primarily include commercial and industrial lending used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity, event-driven loans, secured lending facilities, and securities-based lending. Event-driven loans support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization or project finance activities. Corporate loans are structured as revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities, term loans and bridge loans. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for corporate loans include the borrower’s financial strength, industry, facility structure, collateral and covenants along with other qualitative factors.
Consumer.    Consumer loans include unsecured loans and securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. The majority of consumer loans are structured as revolving lines of credit. The allowance methodology for unsecured loans considers the specific attributes of the loan, as well as the borrower’s source of repayment. The allowance methodology for securities-based lending considers the collateral type underlying the loan (e.g., diversified securities, concentrated securities or restricted stock).
Residential Real Estate.    Residential real estate loans mainly include non-conforming loans and HELOC. The allowance methodology for non-conforming residential mortgage loans considers several factors, including, but not limited to, loan-to-value ratio, FICO score, home price index and delinquency status. The methodology for HELOC considers credit limits

December 20192021 Form 10-K114108

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

and utilization rates in addition to the factors considered for non-conforming residential mortgages.
Commercial Real Estate.    Commercial real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans. The principal risk factors for determining the allowance for commercial real estate loans are the underlying collateral type, loan-to-value ratio and debt service ratio.
Loans by Interest Rate Type
 At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsFixed RateFloating or Adjustable RateFixed RateFloating or Adjustable Rate
Corporate$ $13,674 $— $14,626 
Secured lending facilities 35,350 196 28,827 
Commercial real estate343 8,661 574 7,594 
Residential real estate18,966 25,292 13,120 22,196 
Securities-based lending and Other loans22,832 63,670 18,973 45,326 
Total loans, before ACL$42,141 $146,647 $32,863 $118,569 
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millions
Loans Held
for Investment
Loans Held
for Sale
Total Loans
Corporate$48,756
$10,515
$59,271
Consumer31,610

31,610
Residential real estate30,184
13
30,197
Commercial real estate1
7,859
2,049
9,908
Total loans, gross118,409
12,577
130,986
Allowance for loan losses(349)
(349)
Total loans, net$118,060
$12,577
$130,637
Fixed rate loans, net$22,716
Floating or adjustable rate loans, net107,921
Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net21,617
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millions
Loans Held
for Investment
Loans Held
for Sale
Total Loans
Corporate$36,909
$13,886
$50,795
Consumer27,868

27,868
Residential real estate27,466
22
27,488
Commercial real estate1
7,810
1,856
9,666
Total loans, gross100,053
15,764
115,817
Allowance for loan losses(238)
(238)
Total loans, net$99,815
$15,764
$115,579
Fixed rate loans, net$15,632
Floating or adjustable rate loans, net99,947
Loans to non-U.S. borrowers, net17,568

1.Beginning in 2019, loans previously referred to as Wholesale real estate are referred to as Commercial real estate.
See Note 35 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value. See Note 1315 for details of current commitments to lend in the future.
Credit Quality

The CRM evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved and at least annually thereafter for corporate and commercial real estate loans. For corporateCorporate, Secured lending facilities and Other loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. The CRM also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect an obligor’s risk profile. 
For commercialCommercial real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics, including property type, loan-to-valueLTV ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates and market dynamics.
For residentialResidential real estate and consumerSecurities-based loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-valueLTV ratio and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. ConsumerSecurities-based loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.
The Firm utilizes the followingFor information related to credit quality indicators which are consistent with U.S. banking agencies’ definitions of criticized exposures, as applicable,considered in its credit monitoring process for loans held for investment: 
Pass.    A credit exposure rated Pass has a continued expectation of timely repayment, all obligations of the borrower are current, and the obligor complies with material terms and conditions of the lending agreement.
Special Mention.    Extensions of credit that have potential weakness that deserve management’s close attention and, if left uncorrected, may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects or collateral position.
Substandard.    Obligor has a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes the repayment of the debt and has a high probability of payment default with the distinct possibility that the Firm will sustain some loss if noted deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful.    Inherent weakness in the exposure makes the collection or repayment in full, based on existing facts, conditions and circumstances, highly improbable, and the amount of loss is uncertain.
Loss.    Extensions of credit classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off.
Loans considered as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. For further information,developing the ACL, see Note 2.

115December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Loans Held for Investment before Allowance by Credit Quality1Origination Year
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Corporate
$ in millionsIGNIGTotalIGNIGTotal
Revolving$2,356 $2,328 $4,684 $1,138 $3,231 $4,369 
2021 85 85 
2020111 26 137 585 80 665 
2019 176 176 204 202 406 
2018196  196 195 — 195 
2017 60 60 — 64 64 
Prior229  229 247 100 347 
Total$2,892 $2,675 $5,567 $2,369 $3,677 $6,046 
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Secured Lending Facilities
$ in millionsIGNIGTotalIGNIGTotal
Revolving$7,603 $20,172 $27,775 $4,711 $14,510 $19,221 
202132 467 499 
202035 160 195 162 253 415 
201943 819 862 260 1,904 2,164 
2018297 703 1,000 614 1,432 2,046 
2017144 266 410 245 581 826 
Prior 730 730 — 1,055 1,055 
Total$8,154 $23,317 $31,471 $5,992 $19,735 $25,727 
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Commercial Real Estate
$ in millionsIGNIGTotalIGNIGTotal
Revolving$3 $149 $152 $— $— $— 
2021423 1,292 1,715 
202091 819 910 95 943 1,038 
2019976 1,266 2,242 1,074 1,848 2,922 
2018527 416 943 746 774 1,520 
201780 439 519 412 387 799 
Prior109 637 746 100 967 1,067 
Total$2,209 $5,018 $7,227 $2,427 $4,919 $7,346 
At December 31, 2021
Residential Real Estate
by FICO Scoresby LTV RatioTotal
$ in millions≥ 740680-739≤ 679≤ 80%> 80%
Revolving$65 $27 $4 $96 $ $96 
202112,230 2,638 257 14,116 1,009 15,125 
20207,941 1,648 131 9,210 510 9,720 
20194,690 1,072 140 5,536 366 5,902 
20181,865 497 55 2,231 186 2,417 
20172,157 558 65 2,588 192 2,780 
Prior5,973 1,919 319 7,485 726 8,211 
Total$34,921 $8,359 $971 $41,262 $2,989 $44,251 
At December 31, 2020
Residential Real Estate
by FICO Scoresby LTV RatioTotal
$ in millions≥ 740680-739≤ 679≤ 80%> 80%
Revolving$85 $32 $$122 $— $122 
20208,948 1,824 149 10,338 583 10,921 
20195,592 1,265 168 6,584 441 7,025 
20182,320 604 75 2,756 243 2,999 
20172,721 690 89 3,251 249 3,500 
Prior7,789 2,510 402 9,719 982 10,701 
Total$27,455 $6,925 $888 $32,770 $2,498 $35,268 
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
Pass$47,681
$31,605
$30,060
$7,664
$117,010
Special mention464

28
3
495
Substandard605
5
96
192
898
Doubtful6



6
Total$48,756
$31,610
$30,184
$7,859
$118,409
      
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
Pass$36,217
$27,863
$27,387
$7,378
$98,845
Special mention492
5

312
809
Substandard200

79
120
399
Doubtful




Total$36,909
$27,868
$27,466
$7,810
$100,053

1.There were no loans held for investment considered Loss as of 109December 31, 2019 and 2018.2021 Form 10-K
Impaired Loans and Lending Commitments before Allowance

 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
Loans     
With allowance$268
$
$
$85
$353
Without allowance1
32
5
87

124
Total impaired loans$300
$5
$87
$85
$477
UPB309
5
90
85
489
Lending commitments     
With allowance$4
$
$
$14
$18
Without allowance1
32



32
Total impaired lending commitments$36
$
$
$14
$50
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial Real EstateTotal
Loans     
With allowance$24
$
$
$
$24
Without allowance1
32

69

101
Total impaired loans$56
$
$69
$
$125
UPB63

70

133
Lending commitments 
   
With allowance$19
$
$
$
$19
Without allowance1
34



34
Total impaired lending commitments$53
$
$
$
$53
1.At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, no allowance was recorded for these loans and lending commitments as the present value of the expected future cash flows or value of the collateral held equaled or exceeded the carrying value.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Loans
At December 31, 2021
Securities-based Lending1
Other2
$ in millionsIGNIGTotal
Revolving$71,485 $6,170 $858 $78,513 
2021807 708 103 1,618 
2020 651 626 1,277 
201919 1,079 633 1,731 
2018232 273 375 880 
2017 531 217 748 
Prior16 1,294 363 1,673 
Total$72,559 $10,706 $3,175 $86,440 
At December 31, 2020
Securities-based Lending1
Other2
$ in millionsIGNIGTotal
Revolving$51,667 $4,816 $555 $57,038 
2020— 1,073 590 1,663 
201918 1,156 623 1,797 
2018232 407 403 1,042 
2017— 654 122 776 
Prior16 1,632 268 1,916 
Total$51,933 $9,738 $2,561 $64,232 
IG—Investment Grade
NIG—Non-investment Grade
1.Securities-based loans are subject to collateral maintenance provisions, and lending commitmentsat December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, these loans are predominantly over-collateralized. For more information on the ACL methodology related to securities-based loans, see Note 2.
2. Other loans primarily include certain loans originated in the previous table have been evaluatedtailored lending business within the Wealth Management business segment.
Past Due Loans Held for Investment before Allowance1
$ in millionsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Residential real estate$209 $332 
Securities-based lending and Other loans 31 
Total$209 $363 
1.The majority of the amounts are past due for a specific allowance. All remainingperiod of less than 60 days.
Nonaccrual Loans Held for Investment before Allowance
$ in millionsAt
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Corporate$34 $164 
Secured lending facilities375 — 
Commercial real estate195 152 
Residential real estate138 97 
Securities-based lending and Other loans151 178 
Total1
$893 $591 
Nonaccrual loans without an ACL$356 $90 
1.Includes all loans held for investment that are 90 days or more past due as of December 31, 2021 and lending commitments are assessed under the inherent allowance methodology.
Impaired Loans and Total Allowance by Region
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsAmericasEMEAAsiaTotal
Impaired loans$392
$85
$
$477
Total Allowance for loan losses270
76
3
349
     
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsAmericasEMEAAsiaTotal
Impaired loans$125
$
$
$125
Total Allowance for loan losses193
42
3
238

December 31, 2020.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Loans$92
$38
Lending commitments32
45
Allowance for loan losses and lending
commitments
16
4

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Loans, before ACL$49 $167 
Lending commitments 27 
Allowance for credit losses8 36 
Impaired loans and lending commitments classified as held for investment within corporate loans include TDRs. TheseTroubled debt restructurings typically include modifications of interest rates, collateral requirements, other loan covenants and payment extensions.
See Note 2 for further information

on TDR guidance issued by Congress in the CARES Act, as well as by the U.S. banking agencies.
Allowance for Credit Losses Rollforward and Allocation—Loans
$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal
December 31, 2020$309 $198 $211 $59 $58 $835 
Gross charge-offs(23)(67)(27)(1)(8)(126)
Provision (release)(119)34 25 1 11 (48)
Other(2)(2)(3)1 (1)(7)
December 31, 2021$165 $163 $206 $60 $60 $654 
Percent of loans to total loans1
3 %18 %4 %25 %50 %100 %
$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal
December 31, 2019$115 $101 $75 $25 $33 $349 
Effect of CECL adoption(2)(42)34 21 (2)
Gross charge-offs(39)— (64)(1)(1)(105)
Recoveries— — — 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries(35)— (64)(1)(97)
Provision (release)224 136 197 14 (13)558 
Other(31)— 37 16 
December 31, 2020$309 $198 $211 $59 $58 $835 
Percent of loans to total loans1
%19 %%26 %46 %100 %
$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal
December 31, 2018$62 $60 $67 $20 $29 $238 
Gross charge-offs— — — (2)— (2)
Provision (release)58 42 119 
Other(5)(1)— — — (6)
December 31, 2019$115 $101 $75 $25 $33 $349 
Percent of loans to total loans1
%21 %%25 %43 %100 %
CRE—Commercial real estate
SBL—Securities-based lending
1.Percent of loans to total loans represents loans held for investment by loan type to total loans held for investment.
Allowance for Credit Losses Rollforward—Lending Commitments
$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal
December 31, 2020$323 $38 $11 $$23 $396 
Provision (release)37 2 10  3 52 
Other(4)1 (1)  (4)
December 31, 2021$356 $41 $20 $1 $26 $444 
$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal
December 31, 2019$201 $27 $$— $$241 
Effect of CECL adoption(41)(11)(1)(50)
Provision (release)161 22 (1)14 203 
Other— (4)— 
December 31, 2020$323 $38 $11 $$23 $396 
December 20192021 Form 10-K116110

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

$ in millionsCorporateSecured Lending FacilitiesCREResidential Real EstateSBL and OtherTotal
December 31, 2018$177 $16 $$— $$203 
Provision (release)27 11 — — 42 
Other(3)— — — (1)(4)
December 31, 2019$201 $27 $$— $$241 
The aggregate allowance for credit losses for loans and lending commitments decreased in 2021, primarily reflecting charge-offs. The provision for credit losses on loans and lending commitments was flat, primarily as a result of portfolio growth, offset by the impact of changes in loan quality mix. The base scenario used in our ACL models as of December 31, 2021 was generated using a combination of industry consensus economic forecasts, forward rates, and internally developed and validated models, and assumes continued growth over the forecast period. Given the nature of our lending portfolio, the most sensitive model input is U.S. gross domestic product.
See Note 2 for a description of the ACL calculated under the CECL methodology, including credit quality indicators, used for held-for-investment loans beginning in 2020 and for a summary of the differences compared with the Firm’s ACL methodology under the prior incurred loss model.
Selected Credit Ratios
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
ACL to total loans1
0.4 %0.6 %
Nonaccrual loans to total loans2
0.5 %0.4 %
ACL to nonaccrual loans3
73.2 %141.3 %
1.Allowance for Loan Losses Rollforwardcredit losses for loans to total loans held for investment.
2.Nonaccrual loans held for investment, which are loans that are 90 days or more past due, to total loans held for investment.
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
December 31, 2018$144
$7
$20
$67
$238
Gross
charge-offs


(2)
(2)
Recoveries




Net recoveries (charge-offs)

(2)
(2)
Provision (release)104
1
7
8
120
Other(7)


(7)
December 31, 2019$241
$8
$25
$75
$349
Inherent$212
$8
$25
$73
$318
Specific29


2
31
      
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
December 31, 2017$126
$4
$24
$70
$224
Gross charge-offs(5)
(1)
(6)
Recoveries54



54
Net recoveries (charge-offs)49

(1)
48
Provision (release)1
(29)3
(3)5
(24)
Other(2)

(8)(10)
December 31, 2018$144
$7
$20
$67
$238
Inherent$139
$7
$20
$67
$233
Specific5



5
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
December 31, 2016$195
$4
$20
$55
$274
Gross charge-offs(75)


(75)
Recoveries1



1
Net recoveries (charge-offs)(74)


(74)
Provision (release)5

4
13
22
Other


2
2
December 31, 2017$126
$4
$24
$70
$224
Inherent$119
$4
$24
$70
$217
Specific7



7
1.During 2018, the release was primarily due to the recovery of an energy industry related loan charged off in 2017.

3.Allowance for Lending Commitments Rollforward
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
December 31, 2018$198
$2
$
$3
$203
Provision (release)38


4
42
Other(4)


(4)
December 31, 2019$232
$2
$
$7
$241
Inherent$230
$2
$
$7
$239
Specific2



2
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
December 31, 2017$194
$1
$
$3
$198
Provision (release)7
1

1
9
Other(3)

(1)(4)
December 31, 2018$198
$2
$
$3
$203
Inherent$193
$2
$
$3
$198
Specific5



5
$ in millionsCorporateConsumer
Residential
Real Estate
Commercial
Real Estate
Total
December 31, 2016$185
$1
$
$4
$190
Provision (release)8


(1)7
Other1



1
December 31, 2017$194
$1
$
$3
$198
Inherent$192
$1
$
$3
$196
Specific2



2

credit losses for loans to nonaccrual loans held for investment.
Employee Loans
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Currently employed by the Firm1
$3,613 $3,100 
No longer employed by the Firm2
113 140 
Employee loans$3,726 $3,240 
ACL(153)(165)
Employee loans, net of ACL$3,573 $3,075 
Remaining repayment term, weighted average in years5.75.3
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Balance$2,980
$3,415
Allowance for loan losses(61)(63)
Balance, net$2,919
$3,352
Remaining repayment term, weighted average in years4.8
4.3
1.These loans are predominantly current.

2.
These loans are predominantly past due for a period of 90 days or more.
Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established primarily to recruit certain Wealth Management representatives, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments.repayments, and are due in full upon termination of employment with the Firm. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. sheet. See Note 2 for a description of the CECL allowance methodology, including credit quality indicators, for employee loans.
11. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill Rollforward
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
At December 31, 2019¹$261 $6,001 $881 $7,143 
Foreign currency and other15 — 22 
Acquired2
200 4,270 — 4,470 
At December 31, 2020¹$476 $10,278 $881 $11,635 
Foreign currency and other(1)(68)(3)(72)
Acquired3
 115 5,155 5,270 
At December 31, 2021¹$475 $10,325 $6,033 $16,833 
Accumulated impairments4
$673 $— $27 $700 
1.Balances represent the amount of the Firm’s goodwill after accumulated impairments.
2.The Firm establishes an allowance for loanWealth Management business segment amount reflects the impact of the Firm's acquisition of E*TRADE on October 2, 2020.
3.The Investment Management and Wealth Management business segments’ amounts it does not consider recoverable, andreflect the related provision isimpact of the Firm's acquisition of Eaton Vance on March 1, 2021.
4.There were no impairments recorded in Compensation2021, 2020 or 2019.
Intangible Assets Rollforward
$ in millionsISWMIM Total
At December 31, 2019$227 $1,828 $52 $2,107 
Acquired1
14 3,309 — 3,323 
Disposals(79)— — (79)
Amortization expense(35)(330)(8)(373)
Other— — 
At December 31, 2020$127 $4,809 $44 $4,980 
Acquired2
 134 3,844 3,978 
Disposals (36) (36)
Amortization expense(23)(495)(94)(612)
Other 51 (1)50 
At December 31, 2021$104 $4,463 $3,793 $8,360 
1.The Wealth Management amount principally reflects the impact of the Firm's acquisition of E*TRADE on October 2, 2020.
2.The Investment Management and benefits expense.Wealth Management amounts principally reflect the impact of the Firm's acquisition of Eaton Vance on March 1, 2021, which includes $2.1 billion of non-amortizable intangible assets.
Intangible Assets by Type
Non-amortizableAmortizable
$ in millionsGross
Carrying
Amount
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
At December 31, 2021
Management contracts$2,120 $291 $95 
Customer relationships 8,851 3,515 
Tradenames 737 117 
Other 180 92 
Total$2,120 $10,059 $3,819 
At December 31, 2020
Management contracts$— $178 $120 
Customer relationships 7,420 2,984 
Tradenames 460 82 
Other 187 79 
Total$— $8,245 $3,265 
Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years$530 
The Firm’s annual goodwill and non-amortizable intangible asset impairment testing as of July 1, 2021 did not indicate any impairment. For more information, see Note 2.

117111December 20192021 Form 10-K

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill Rollforward
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
At December 31, 2017¹$295
$5,533
$769
$6,597
Foreign currency and other(21)

(21)
Acquired

112
112
At December 31, 2018¹$274
$5,533
$881
$6,688
Foreign currency and other(13)(1)
(14)
Acquired2

469

469
At December 31, 20191
$261
$6,001
$881
$7,143
Accumulated impairments3
$673
$
$27
$700
IS—Institutional Securities
WM—Wealth Management
IM—Investment Management
1.Balances represent the amount of the Firm’s goodwill after accumulated impairments.
2.Amounts reflect the impact of the Firm's acquisition of Solium Capital Inc. in the second quarter of 2019.
3.Accumulated impairments were recorded prior to the periods shown. There were no impairments recorded in 2019, 2018 or 2017.
The Firm's annual goodwill impairment testing as of July 1, 2019 and 2018 did not indicate any goodwill impairment, as reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of carrying value.
Net Amortizable Intangible Assets Rollforward1
$ in millionsISWMIM Total
At December 31, 2017$349
$2,092
$4
$2,445
Acquired

66
66
Disposals(6)

(6)
Amortization expense(70)(264)(10)(344)
Other(3)

(3)
At December 31, 2018$270
$1,828
$60
$2,158
Acquired2
3
270

273
Disposals(29)

(29)
Amortization expense(35)(271)(8)(314)
Other18
1

19
At December 31, 2019$227
$1,828
$52
$2,107

Gross Amortizable Intangible Assets by Type1
 At December 31, 2019At December 31, 2018
$ in millions
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Tradenames$291
$71
$286
$60
Customer relationships4,321
2,703
4,067
2,446
Management contracts482
327
507
311
Other217
103
175
60
Total$5,311
$3,204
$5,035
$2,877
Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years$307


1.Amounts exclude $5 million of mortgage servicing rights in 2018.
2.Amounts principally reflect the impact of the Firm's acquisition of Solium Capital Inc. in the second quarter of 2019.
10.12. Other Assets—Equity Method Investments and Leases
Equity Method Investments
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Investments$2,214 $2,410 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millions202120202019
Investments$2,363
$2,432
Income (loss)1
Income (loss)1
$104 $— $(81)
1.Includes impairments of the Investment Management business segment’s equity method investments of $41 million in the fourth quarter of 2019 related to a third-party asset manager.
$ in millions201920182017
Income (loss)1
$(81)$20
$(34)

1.Includes impairments of the Investment Management business segment’s equity method investments as follows: in 2019, $41 million related to a third-party asset manager; in 2018 and 2017, $46 million and $53 million, respectively, related to a separate third-party asset manager.
Equity method investments, other than investments in certain fund interests, are summarized above and are included in Other assets in the balance sheetssheet with related income or loss included in Other revenues in the income statements.statement. See "Net“Net Asset Value Measurements—Fund Interests"Interests” in Note 35 for the carrying value of certain of the Firm’s fund interests, which are composed of general and limited partnership interests, as well as any related carried interest.
Japanese Securities Joint Venture
$ in millions201920182017
Income from investment in MUMSS$17
$105
$123

$ in millions202120202019
Income from investment in MUMSS$168 $80 $17 
The Firm and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) formed a joint venture in Japan comprising their respective investment banking and securities businesses by forming two joint venture companies, Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) and Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”) (the “Joint Venture”). The Firm owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture, and MUFG owns the other 60%.
The Firm’s 40% voting interest in MUMSS is accounted for under the equity method within the Institutional Securities business segment and is included in the equity method investment balances above. The Firm consolidates MSMS into the Institutional Securities business segment, based on its 51% voting interest.
The Firm engages in transactions in the ordinary course of business with MUFG and its affiliates; for example, investment banking, financial advisory, sales and trading, derivatives, investment management, lending, securitization and other financial services transactions. Such transactions are on substantially the same terms as those that would be available to unrelated third parties for comparable transactions.

December 2019 Form 10-K118

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Leases
The Firm’s leases are principally non-cancelable operating real estate leases.
Balance Sheet Amounts Related to Leases
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
Other assets—ROU assets$3,998
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lease liabilities4,778
Weighted average: 
Remaining lease term, in years9.7
Discount rate3.6%

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Other assets—ROU assets$4,268 $4,419 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lease liabilities5,157 5,327 
Weighted average:
Remaining lease term, in years8.99.5
Discount rate3.1 %3.2 %
Lease Liabilities
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
2020$763
2021703
2022646
2023593
2024524
Thereafter2,845
Total undiscounted cash flows6,074
Imputed interest(1,296)
Amount on balance sheet$4,778
Committed leases not yet commenced$55

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
2021$841 
2022$886 793 
2023834 740 
2024711 639 
2025593 532 
2026527 467 
Thereafter2,387 2,218 
Total undiscounted cash flows5,938 6,230 
Imputed interest(781)(903)
Amount on balance sheet$5,157 $5,327 
Committed leases not yet commenced$480 $278 
Lease Costs
$ in millions202120202019
Fixed costs$852 $762 $670 
Variable costs1
187 154 152 
Less: Sublease income(6)(5)(6)
Total lease cost, net$1,033 $911 $816 
$ in millions2019
Fixed costs$670
Variable costs1
152
Less: Sublease income(6)
Total lease cost, net$816
1.Includes common area maintenance charges and other variable costs not included in the measurement of ROU assets and lease liabilities.

1.Includes common area maintenance charges and other variable costs not included in the measurement of ROU assets and lease liabilities.
Cash Flows Statement Supplemental Information
$ in millions2019
Cash outflows—Lease liabilities$685
Non-cash—ROU assets recorded for new and modified leases514

Minimum Future Lease Commitments (under Previous GAAP)
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2018
2019$677
2020657
2021602
2022555
2023507
Thereafter2,639
Total$5,637
Total minimum rental income to be received in the future under non-cancelable operating subleases$7

$ in millions20182017
Rent expense753
704

$ in millions202120202019
Cash outflows—Lease liabilities$879 $765 $685 
Non-cash—ROU assets recorded for new and modified leases578 991 514 
Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges.
11.13. Deposits
Deposits
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Savings and demand deposits$149,465
$154,897
Time deposits40,891
32,923
Total$190,356
$187,820
Deposits subject to FDIC insurance$149,966
$144,515
Time deposits that equal or exceed the
FDIC insurance limit
$12
$11

Time Deposit Maturities
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
2020$20,481
202110,567
20223,507
20233,231
20242,465
Thereafter640
Total$40,891

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Savings and demand deposits$332,747 $279,221 
Time deposits14,827 31,561 
Total$347,574 $310,782 
Deposits subject to FDIC insurance$230,894 $234,211 
Deposits not subject to FDIC insurance$116,680 $76,571 
Time deposits that equal or exceed the
FDIC insurance limit
$ $16 

119December 20192021 Form 10-K112

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Time Deposit Maturities
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
2022$6,404 
20234,087 
20242,815 
2025821 
2026311 
Thereafter389 
Total$14,827 
Uninsured Non-U.S. Time Deposit Maturities
$ in millionsAt
December 31, 2021
Less than 3 months$756
3 - 6 months377
6 - 12 months231
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements$
mslogo.jpg
1,364

Deposits in U.S. Bank Subsidiaries from non-U.S. Depositors
$ in millionsAt December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Deposits in U.S. bank subsidiaries from non-U.S. depositors$963 $910 
12.14. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings
Maturities and Terms of Borrowings
Parent CompanySubsidiaries
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
$ in millions
Fixed Rate1
Variable Rate2
Fixed Rate1
Variable Rate2
Original maturities of one year or less:
Next 12 months$ $1,300 $915 $3,549 $5,764 $3,691 
Original maturities greater than one year:
202100000$24,241 
2022$6,665 $571 $963 $5,998 $14,197 22,209 
202310,882 6,319 287 6,298 23,786 22,890 
202416,455 4,051 587 8,073 29,166 21,727 
202514,662 4,408 1,607 4,884 25,561 18,636 
202617,679 417 612 5,318 24,026 22,042 
Thereafter81,134 5,506 8,576 15,411 110,627 81,643 
Total$147,477 $21,272 $12,632 $45,982 $227,363 $213,388 
Total borrowings$147,477 $22,572 $13,547 $49,531 $233,127 $217,079 
Weighted average coupon at period end3
2.9 %0.9 %4.0 %N/M2.7 %2.9 %
1.Fixed rate borrowings include instruments with step-up, step-down and zero coupon features.
2.Variable rate borrowings include those that bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR, federal funds rates and SOFR, in addition to certain notes carried at fair value with various payment provisions, including notes linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures.
3.Only includes borrowings with original maturities greater than one year. Weighted average coupon is calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected. Virtually all of the variable rate notes issued by subsidiaries are carried at fair value so a weighted average coupon is not meaningful.
 Parent CompanySubsidiariesAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millions
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate1
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate1
Original maturities of one year or less:  
Next 12 months2
$500
$
$
$2,067
$2,567
$1,545
Original maturities greater than one year:  
2019$
$
$
$
$
$24,694
202010,909
4,319
14
5,160
20,402
21,280
202113,616
7,823
18
4,628
26,085
24,642
20226,576
9,508
16
3,788
19,888
16,785
20238,632
3,147
14
2,822
14,615
13,938
202413,360
2,028
14
5,704
21,106
16,405
Thereafter52,941
14,436
125
20,462
87,964
70,373
Total$106,034
$41,261
$201
$42,564
$190,060
$188,117
Total borrowings$106,534
$41,261
$201
$44,631
$192,627
$189,662
Weighted average coupon at period end3
3.6%2.1%6.6%N/M
3.4%3.5%
1.Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR, federal funds rates and SOFR. Amounts include notes carried at fair value with various payment provisions, including notes linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures, and instruments with various interest-rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons.
2.The amount shown for the Parent Company represents amounts due to holders of the Firm's Series G preferred stock for which a notice of redemption was issued. See Note 16 for further information.
3.Only includes borrowings with original maturities greater than one year. Weighted average coupon is calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected. Virtually all of the variable rate notes issued by subsidiaries are carried at fair value so a weighted average coupon is not meaningful.
Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Senior$179,519
$178,027
Subordinated10,541
10,090
Total$190,060
$188,117
Weighted average stated maturity, in years6.9
6.5

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Senior$213,776 $202,305 
Subordinated13,587 11,083 
Total$227,363 $213,388 
Weighted average stated maturity, in years7.77.3
Certain senior debt securities are denominated in various non-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices (e.g., the consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Firm or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities.
The Firm’s Borrowings also include notes carried and managed on a fair value basis. These include instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures,exposures; and instruments with various interest-rate-relatedinterest rate-related features, including step-ups, step-downs and zero coupons. Also included are unsecured contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria. To minimize the exposure from such instruments, the Firm has entered into various swap contracts and purchased options that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates. The swaps and purchased
options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Trading revenues. See Notes 2 and 46 for further information on borrowings carried at fair value.
Senior Debt Subject to Put Options or Liquidity Obligations
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Put options embedded in debt agreements$174 $94 
Liquidity obligations1
$1,622 $1,483 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Put options embedded in debt agreements$290
$520
Liquidity obligations1
$1,344
$1,284
1.Includes obligations to support secondary market trading.
1.Includes obligations to support secondary market trading.
Subordinated Debt
20212020
Contractual weighted average coupon4.0 %4.5 %
 20192018
Contractual weighted average coupon4.5%4.5%


Subordinated debt generally is issued to meet the capital requirements of the Firm or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily is U.S. dollar denominated. Maturities of subordinated notesdebt range from 2022 to 2027.2036.
Rates for Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year
 At December 31,
202120202019
Contractual weighted average coupon1
2.7 %2.9 %3.4 %
Effective weighted average coupon after swaps1.6 %1.7 %2.9 %
1.Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected.
 At December 31,
  201920182017
Contractual weighted average coupon1
3.4%3.5%3.3%
Effective weighted average coupon after swaps2.9%3.6%2.5%
1.Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected.113December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
In general, other than securities inventories and customer balances financed by secured funding sources, the majority of the Firm’s assets are financed with a combination of deposits, short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. The Firm uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Firm’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, for non-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Firm has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations.
The Firm’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affects its effective average borrowing rate.

December 2019 Form 10-K120

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Other Secured Financings
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Original maturities:
One year or less$4,573 $10,453 
Greater than one year5,468 5,410 
Total$10,041 $15,863 
Transfers of assets accounted for as secured financings1,556 1,529 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Original maturities:  
One year or less7,103
2,036
Greater than one year6,480
6,772
Transfers of assets accounted for as secured financings1,115
658
Total$14,698
$9,466
Maturities and Terms of Other Secured Financings1
 At December 31, 2021At
December 31,
2020
$ in millionsFixed
Rate
Variable
Rate2
Total
Original maturities of one year or less:
Next 12 months$ $3,754 $3,754 $10,453 
Original maturities greater than one year:
2021000$1,655 
2022$14 $2,272 $2,286 1,405 
2023181 1,623 1,804 279 
2024 233 233 96 
202539  39 38 
2026   — 
Thereafter24 345 369 408 
Total$258 $4,473 $4,731 $3,881 
Weighted average coupon at period-end3
N/M0.7 %0.7 %0.6 %
 At December 31, 2019At
December 31,
2018
$ in millions
Fixed
Rate
Variable
Rate1
Total
Original maturities of one year or less: 
Next 12 months$2,785
$4,318
$7,103
$2,036
Original maturities greater than one year: 
2019$
$
$
$5,900
2020764
899
1,663
599
2021698
412
1,110
1
2022227

227
86
2023
2,655
2,655
26
2024
12
12
12
Thereafter356
457
813
148
Total$2,045
$4,435
$6,480
$6,772
Weighted average 
coupon at 
period-end2
0.8%2.5%2.4%2.5%
1.Excludes transfers of assets accounted for as secured financings. See subsequent table.
1.Variable rate other secured financings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR and federal funds rates. Amounts include notes carried at fair value with various payment provisions, including notes linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices.
2.Includes only other secured financings with original maturities greater than one year. Weighted average coupon is calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes other secured financings that are linked to non-interest indices and for which the fair value option was elected.
2.Variable rate other secured financings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR and federal funds rates. Amounts include notes carried at fair value with various payment provisions, including notes linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices.
3.Includes only other secured financings with original maturities greater than one year. Weighted average coupon is calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes other secured financings that are linked to non-interest indices and for which the fair value option was elected.
Other secured financings include the liabilities related to certain ELNs, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, pledged commodities, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets. See Note 1416 for
further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.
Maturities of Transfers of Assets Accounted for as Secured Financings1
$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
20210$303 
2022$846 159 
2023586 626 
2024 14 
20257 — 
202634 69 
Thereafter83 358 
Total$1,556 $1,529 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
2019$
$40
2020208
62
2021225
29
202246
33
2023334

2024

Thereafter302
494
Total$1,115
$658
1.Excludes Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned.

1.Excludes Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned.
For transfers of assets that fail to meet accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to record the assets and recognizes the associated liabilities in the balance sheets.sheet.
13.15. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies
Commitments
Years to Maturity at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5Total
Lending:
Corporate$12,649 $32,475 $48,232 $9,729 $103,085 
Secured lending facilities5,807 5,108 1,819 682 13,416 
Commercial and Residential real estate1,213 945 28 254 2,440 
Securities-based lending and Other11,989 2,970 530 504 15,993 
Forward-starting secured financing receivables45,969    45,969 
Central counterparty300   11,870 12,170 
Investment activities1,195 184 50 372 1,801 
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees26   3 29 
Total$79,148 $41,682 $50,659 $23,414 $194,903 
Lending commitments participated to third parties$7,753 
Forward-starting secured financing receivables settled within three business days$32,847 
 Years to Maturity at December 31, 2019 
$ in millions
Less
than 1
1-33-5Over 5Total
Lending:     
Corporate$23,507
$34,542
$47,924
$5,110
$111,083
Consumer7,835
28
4

7,867
Residential and Commercial real estate379
378
88
273
1,118
Forward-starting secured financing receivables63,313
223

11,601
75,137
Underwriting637



637
Investment activities706
275
60
262
1,303
Letters of credit and other financial guarantees186
2

2
190
Total$96,563
$35,448
$48,076
$17,248
$197,335
Corporate lending commitments participated to third parties$8,003
Forward-starting secured financing receivables settled within three business days of the balance sheet date$52,438

Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.
Types of Commitments
Lending CommitmentsCommitments..  Lending commitments primarily represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for different types of loan transactions. This category also includes commitments in loan form provided to clearinghouses or associated depositories of which the Firm is a member and are contingent upon the default of a clearinghouse member or other stress event. For syndications that are led by the Firm, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed

121December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Firm participates in and does not lead, lending commitments
December 2021 Form 10-K114

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Firm expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.
Forward-Starting Secured Financing ReceivablesReceivables..  This amount includes securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed that the Firm has entered into prior to the balance sheet date that will settle after the balance sheet date. Also included are commitments to enter into securities purchased under agreements to resell that are provided to certain clearinghouses or associated depositories of which the Firm is a member and are contingent upon the default of a clearinghouse member or other stress event. These transactions are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations when they are funded.
Central Counterparty.  These commitments relate to the Firm’s membership in certain clearinghouses and are contingent upon the default of a clearinghouse member or other stress events.
Underwriting CommitmentsCommitments..  The Firm provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.
Investment ActivitiesActivities..  The Firm sponsors several non-consolidated investment management funds for third-party investors where it typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Firm has contractual capital commitments, guarantees and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment management funds.
Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees. The Firm has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Firm’s counterparties. The Firm is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities traded and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.
Guarantees
Obligations
 At December 31, 2021
 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Obligations by Years to MaturityCarrying
Amount
Asset
(Liability)
$ in millionsLess than 11-33-5Over 5
Non-credit derivatives1
1,217,083 918,456 332,329 845,220 (48,231)
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued2
1,354 1,068 862 2,701 45 
Market value guarantees88 2    
Liquidity facilities4,100    5 
Whole loan sales guarantees  77 23,104  
Securitization representations and warranties3
   79,437 (42)
General partner guarantees341 11 32 152 (77)
Client clearing guarantees51     
1.The carrying amounts of derivative contracts that meet the accounting definition of a guarantee are shown on a gross basis. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 7.
2.These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.7 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under Guarantee Arrangements atthese arrangements. As of December 31, 20192021, the carrying amount of standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued includes an allowance for credit losses of $84 million.
3.Related to commercial and residential mortgage securitizations.
 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional
 Years to Maturity 
$ in millions
Less
than 1
1-33-5Over 5Total
Credit derivatives$36,334
$37,080
$111,758
$30,547
$215,719
Other credit contracts


117
117
Non-credit derivatives1,590,947
1,240,195
393,248
699,043
3,923,433
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued1
1,282
836
1,386
4,201
7,705
Market value guarantees76
82


158
Liquidity facilities4,599



4,599
Whole loan sales guarantees


23,196
23,196
Securitization representations and warranties


67,928
67,928
General partner guarantees59
128
12
71
270
Client clearing guarantees18,565



18,565
$ in millions
Carrying
Amount
Asset
(Liability)
Credit derivatives2
$1,703
Other credit contracts(17)
Non-credit derivatives2
(45,794)
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued1
226
Market value guarantees
Liquidity facilities6
Whole loan sales guarantees
Securitization representations and warranties3
(42)
General partner guarantees(42)
Client clearing guarantees
1.These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.7 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.
2.The carrying amounts of derivative contracts that meet the accounting definition of a guarantee are shown on a gross basis.
3.Primarily related to residential mortgage securitizations.
Types of Guarantees
Derivative Contracts.Non-Credit Derivatives. Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and CDS (see Note 57 regarding credit derivatives in which the Firm has sold credit protection to the counterparty)counterparty which are excluded from the previous table). AllFor non-credit derivative contracts that could meet thisthe accounting definition of a guarantee are included in the previous table, with the notional amount is used as the maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options. The Firm evaluates collateral requirements for all derivatives, including derivatives that do not meet the accounting definition of a guarantee. For the effects of cash collateral and counterparty netting, see Note 5.7.
In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Firm for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the

December 2019 Form 10-K122

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Firm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Firm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Firm under the derivative contract.
Standby Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Issued. In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Firm provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Firm’s standby letters of credit are provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade. If the counterparty fails to fulfill its contractual obligation, the Firm has access to collateral or recourse that would approximate its obligation.
115December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Market Value Guarantees.Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. These guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund.
Liquidity Facilities. The Firm has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Firm is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Firm acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Firm on specified dates at a specified price. The Firm often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities, as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors. The recourse amount often exceeds the maximum potential payout amount of the guarantee. Substantially all of the underlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.
Whole Loan Sales Guarantees. The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain whole loan sales. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The Firm’s maximum potential payout related to such representations and warranties is equal to the current UPB of such loans. Since the Firm no longer services these loans, it has no information on the current UPB of those loans, and, accordingly, the amount included in the previous table represents the UPB at the time of the whole loan sale or at the time when the Firm last serviced any of those loans. The current UPB balances could be
substantially lower than the maximum potential payout amount included in the previous table. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.
Securitization Representations and Warranties.As part of the Firm’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitizations and related activities, the Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm. The extent and nature of the representations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase certain assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Firm could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets subject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the
previous table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB or historical losses where known and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.
General Partner Guarantees. As a general partner in certain investment management funds, the Firm receives certain distributions from the partnerships when the return exceeds specified performance targets according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Firm may be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in the various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.
Client Clearing Guarantees. In 2019, theThe Firm becameis a sponsoring member of the Government Securities Division of the FICC's Sponsored Clearing Model. Clients of the Firm, as sponsored members, can transact in overnight and term securities repurchase and resale agreements, which are cleared through the FICC. As sponsoring member, the Firm guarantees to the FICC the prompt and full payment and performance of its clients’ obligations. The amount included inIn 2020, the previous table represents the maximum potential payoutFICC’s sponsored clearing model was updated such that the Firm could be responsible for throughliquidation of a sponsored member’s account and guarantees any resulting loss to the guarantee it provides.FICC in the event the sponsored member fails to fully pay any net liquidation amount due from the sponsored member to the FICC. Accordingly, the Firm’s maximum potential payout amount reflects the total of the estimated net liquidation amounts for sponsored member accounts. The Firm minimizes credit exposure under this guarantee by obtaining a security interest in its sponsored member clients’ collateral and their contractual rights under sponsored member transactions. Therefore, the Firm's exposure is estimated to be an amount substantially lower than the maximum potential payout amount. The collateral amount in which the Firm has a security interest is approximately equal to the maximum potential payout amount of the guarantee.
Other Guarantees and Indemnities
In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These

123December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below:
Indemnities. The Firm provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Firm to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Firm could be
December 2021 Form 10-K
Indemnities. The Firm provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Firm to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Firm could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.
116

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees. ms-20211231_g1.jpg
required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.
Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.The Firm is a member of various exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Firm may be required to pay a certain amount as determined by the exchange or the clearinghouse in case of a default of any of its members or pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member that may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships and the forms of these guarantees may vary, in general the Firm’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources.
In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse.
The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Firm has not recorded any contingent liability in its financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.
Merger and Acquisition Guarantees. The Firm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Firm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Firm believes the likelihood of any payment by the Firm under these
Merger and Acquisition Guarantees. The Firm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Firm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Firm believes the likelihood of any payment by the Firm under these arrangements is remote given the level of its due diligence in its role as investment banking advisor.
In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the financial statements.
Contingencies

Legal
In addition to the matters described below,in the following paragraphs, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, antitrust, false claims act, residential mortgage and credit crisis-related matters.
While the Firm has identified below any individual proceedings where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or arethose where potential losses have not yet been determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.estimable.
The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income.
$ in millions201920182017
Legal expenses$221
$206
$342

$ in millions202120202019
Legal expenses$157 $336 $221 
The Firm’s future legal expenses can, and may in the future, fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.
In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a

December 2019 Form 10-K124

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.
For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm cannot reasonably estimate such losses,loss, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved before a loss or additional loss, or range of loss or additional range of loss, can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressingconsideration of novel or
117December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.question.
For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses willcould have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.
On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styled ChinaDevelopment Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County ("Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million CDS referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the CDS with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the CDS, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 21, 2018, the court denied the Firm’s motion for summary judgment and granted in part the Firm’s motion for sanctions relating to spoliation of evidence. On January 24, 2019, CDIB filed a notice of appeal from the court’s December 21, 2018 order, and on January 25, 2019, the Firm filed a notice of appeal from the same order. On March 7, 2019, the court denied the relief that CDIB sought in a motion to clarify and resettle the portion of the court’s December 21, 2018 order granting spoliation sanctions. On December 5, 2019, the Appellate Division, First Department (“First Department”) heard the parties’ cross appeals. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur
a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.
On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, Successor-by-Merger to MorganStanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On November 24, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On April 4, 2019, the court denied the Firm’s motion to renew its motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.
On September 23, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NYthe State of New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”) styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and interest.costs. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 13, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department (“First Department”) affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss.dismiss the complaint. On December 20, 2018, the First Department denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal its decision to the New York Court of Appeals ("(“Court of Appeals"Appeals”) or, in the alternative, for re-argument. On July 30, 2021, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment. On February 4, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential settlement agreement, which is conditioned on consummation of the Firm’s agreement to settle Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and FGIC that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post- judgment interest, fees and

125December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future. In addition, plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.
On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On October 19, 2018, the court granted the Firm’s motion for leave to amend its answer and to stay the case pending resolution of Deutsche Bank National Trust Company’s appeal to the Court of Appeals in another case, styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Barclays Bank PLC, regarding the applicable statute of limitations. On January 17, 2019, the First Department reversed the trial court’s order to the extent that it had granted in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 4, 2019, the First Department granted the Firm’s motion for leave to appeal its January 17, 2019 decision to the Court of Appeals. On March 19, 2020, the Firm filed a motion for partial summary judgment. On December 22, 2020, the Court of Appeals reversed the First Department and reinstated the trial court's order to the extent it had granted in part the Firm's motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 4, 2022, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation, which is conditioned on approval by either certificateholders in a consent solicitation or a court in a trust instructional proceeding. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Firm did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

Tax
In matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) has challenged,is challenging in the District Court in Amsterdam,Dutch courts the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $139$141 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2013.2012. The Dutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to provide certain information to the Dutch Authority and to keep adequate books and records. On April 26, 2018,
December 2021 Form 10-K118

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
the District Court in Amsterdam
issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims.claims with respect to certain of the tax years in dispute. On June 4, 2018, the Dutch Authority filed an appeal beforeMay 12, 2020, the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam granted the Dutch Authority’s appeal in matters re-styled Case number 18/00318 and Case number 18/00319. On June 26 and July 2, 2019, a hearing22, 2020, the Firm filed an appeal against the decision of the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam before the Dutch High Court. On January 29, 2021, the Advocate General of the Dutch Authority’sHigh Court issued an advisory opinion on the Firm’s appeal, was held. Based on currently available information,which rejected the Firm’s principal grounds of appeal. On February 11, 2021, the Firm believes that it could incur a lossand the Dutch Authority each responded to this opinion. On June 22, 2021, Dutch criminal authorities sought various documents in this actionconnection with an investigation of upthe Firm related to approximately €124 million (approximately $139 million) plus accrued interest.the civil claims asserted by the Dutch Authority concerning the accuracy of the Firm subsidiary’s tax returns and the maintenance of its books and records for 2007 to 2012.
14.16. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities
Overview
The Firm is involved with various SPEs in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.
The Firm’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Firm’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:
Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, including re-securitization transactions.
Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.
Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.
Derivatives entered into with VIEs.
Structuring of CLNs or other asset-repackagedasset-repackaging notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.
Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.
The Firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Firm and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Firm and other parties.
The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of
VIEs. The Firm considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Firm does not consolidate securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager

December 2019 Form 10-K126

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Firm serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Firm analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest in the VIE.
For many transactions, such as re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackagedasset-repackaging notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Firm focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. The Firm concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Firm and the initial investors based upon the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Firm and the extent of the information available to the Firm and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Firm and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of continuing involvement by the Firm, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Firm and by other investors. The Firm focused its control decision on any right held by the Firm or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Most re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackagedasset-repackaging notes have no such termination rights.
Consolidated VIE Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity1
 At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsVIE AssetsVIE LiabilitiesVIE AssetsVIE Liabilities
MABS2
$1,177 $409 $590 $17 
Investment vehicles3
717 294 776 355 
Operating entities508 39 504 39 
Other510 286 248 
Total$2,912 $1,028 $2,118 $414 
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
2.Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets and may be in loan or security form. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs as the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.
3.Amounts include investment funds and CLOs.
 At December 31, 2019At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsVIE AssetsVIE LiabilitiesVIE AssetsVIE Liabilities
OSF$696
$391
$267
$
MABS1
265
4
59
38
Other2
987
66
809
48
Total$1,948
$461
$1,135
$86
OSF—Other structured financings
1.Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. and may be in loan or security form. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs as the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.119December 2021 Form 10-K

2.Other primarily includes operating entities, investment funds and structured transactions.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Consolidated VIE Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents:  
Cash and due from banks$315
$77
Restricted cash173
171
Trading assets at fair value943
314
Customer and other receivables18
25
Goodwill
18
Intangible assets111
128
Other assets388
402
Total$1,948
$1,135
Liabilities  
Other secured financings$422
$64
Other liabilities and accrued expenses39
22
Total$461
$86
Noncontrolling interests$192
$106

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$341 $269 
Trading assets at fair value1,965 1,445 
Investment securities37 — 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell200 — 
Customer and other receivables31 23 
Intangible assets85 98 
Other assets253 283 
Total$2,912 $2,118 
Liabilities
Other secured financings$767 $366 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses261 48 
Total$1,028 $414 
Noncontrolling interests$115 $196 
Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Generally, most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not available to the Firm while the related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Firm. However, in certain consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.
In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders.
Non-consolidated VIEs
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millions
MABS1
CDOMTOBOSF
Other2
VIE assets (UPB)$125,603
$2,976
$6,965
$2,288
$51,305
Maximum exposure to loss3
  
Debt and equity interests$16,314
$240
$
$1,009
$11,977
Derivative and other contracts

4,599

2,995
Commitments, guarantees and other631



266
Total$16,945
$240
$4,599
$1,009
$15,238
Carrying value of variable interests—Assets  
Debt and equity interests$16,314
$240
$
$1,008
$11,977
Derivative and other contracts

6

388
Total$16,314
$240
$6
$1,008
$12,365
Additional VIE assets owned4
$11,453
Carrying value of variable interests—Liabilities  
Derivative and other contracts$
$
$
$
$444
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millions
MABS1
CDOMTOBOSF
Other2
VIE assets (UPB)$146,071 $667 $6,089 $2,086 $52,111 
Maximum exposure to loss3
Debt and equity interests$18,062 $129 $ $1,459 $10,339 
Derivative and other contracts  4,100  5,599 
Commitments, guarantees and other771    1,005 
Total$18,833 $129 $4,100 $1,459 $16,943 
Carrying value of variable interests—Assets
Debt and equity interests$18,062 $129 $ $1,459 $10,339 
Derivative and other contracts  5  2,006 
Total$18,062 $129 $5 $1,459 $12,345 
Additional VIE assets owned4
$15,392 
Carrying value of variable interests—Liabilities
Derivative and other contracts$ $ $ $ $362 

127December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

At December 31, 20185
At December 31, 2020
$ in millions
MABS1
CDOMTOBOSF
Other2
$ in millions
MABS1
CDOMTOBOSF
Other2
VIE assets (UPB)$106,197
$10,848
$7,014
$3,314
$38,603
VIE assets (UPB)$184,153 $3,527 $6,524 $2,161 $48,241 
Maximum exposure to loss3
Maximum exposure to loss3
 
Maximum exposure to loss3
Debt and equity interests$15,671
$1,169
$
$1,622
$7,967
Debt and equity interests$26,247 $257 $— $1,187 $11,008 
Derivative and other contracts

4,449

1,768
Derivative and other contracts— — 4,425 — 5,639 
Commitments, guarantees and other1,073
3

235
509
Commitments, guarantees and other929 — — — 749 
Total$16,744
$1,172
$4,449
$1,857
$10,244
Total$27,176 $257 $4,425 $1,187 $17,396 
Carrying value of variable interests—AssetsCarrying value of variable interests—Assets Carrying value of variable interests—Assets
Debt and equity interests$15,671
$1,169
$
$1,205
$7,967
Debt and equity interests$26,247 $257 $— $1,187 $11,008 
Derivative and other contracts

6

87
Derivative and other contracts— — — 851 
Total$15,671
$1,169
$6
$1,205
$8,054
Total$26,247 $257 $$1,187 $11,859 
Additional VIE assets owned4
Additional VIE assets owned4
$12,059
Additional VIE assets owned4
$20,019 
Carrying value of variable interests—LiabilitiesCarrying value of variable interests—Liabilities Carrying value of variable interests—Liabilities
Derivative and other contracts$
$
$
$
$185
Derivative and other contracts$— $— $— $— $222 
MTOB—Municipal tender option bonds
1.Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. and may be in loan or security form.
2.Other primarily includes exposures to commercial real estate property and investment funds.
3.Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect changes in fair value recorded by the Firm.
4.Additional VIE assets owned represents the carrying value of total exposure to non-consolidated VIEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds, primarily interests issued by securitization SPEs. The Firm’s primary risk exposure is to the most subordinate class of beneficial interest and maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned. These assets are primarily included in Trading assets and Investment securities and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives.
5.The carrying value and maximum exposure to loss of variable interests related to MABS and Other have been revised to reflect the addition of approximately $11 billion in loans to VIEs that were previously excluded. The VIE asset (UPB) amounts have also been revised by approximately $54 billion. This disclosure-only revision did not impact the Firm's balance sheets.
1.Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets, and may be in loan or security form.
2.Other primarily includes exposures to commercial real estate property and investment funds.
3.Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect changes in fair value recorded by the Firm.
4.Additional VIE assets owned represents the carrying value of total exposure to non-consolidated VIEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds, primarily interests issued by securitization SPEs. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned. These assets are primarily included in Trading assets and Investment securities and are measured at fair value (see Note 5). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives.
The majority of the VIEs included in the previous tables are sponsored by unrelated parties; examples of the Firm’s involvement with these VIEs include its secondary market-making activities and the securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 6)8).

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Firm’s variable interest in the VIE and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities and other credit support, total return swaps and written put options, as well as the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIE.
The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss in the previous tables does not include the offsetting benefit of hedges or any reductions associated with the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.
Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Firm.
Detail of Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets
 At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsUPBDebt and
Equity
Interests
UPBDebt and
Equity
Interests
Residential mortgages$15,216 $2,182 $17,775 $3,175 
Commercial mortgages68,503 4,092 62,093 4,131 
U.S. agency collateralized
mortgage obligations
57,972 9,835 99,182 17,224 
Other consumer or commercial loans4,380 1,953 5,103 1,717 
Total$146,071 $18,062 $184,153 $26,247 
 At December 31, 2019
At December 31, 20181
$ in millionsUPB
Debt and
Equity
Interests
UPB
Debt and
Equity
Interests
Residential mortgages$30,353
$3,993
$27,594
$4,581
Commercial mortgages53,892
3,881
55,501
4,327
U.S. agency collateralized
mortgage obligations
36,366
6,365
14,969
3,443
Other consumer or commercial loans4,992
2,075
8,133
3,320
Total$125,603
$16,314
$106,197
$15,671

1.December 2021 Form 10-KThe balances as of December 31, 2018 were revised as noted in the Non-consolidated VIEs table herein.120

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Securitization Activities
In a securitization transaction, the Firm transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE, and, in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests.
In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Firm transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets. In addition, mainly in securitization transactions involving residential mortgage loans, the Firm may also enter into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.
Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in securitization transactions. As a market maker, the Firm offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests; these beneficial interests generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.
The Firm enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure. See Note 57 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.
Investment Securities
The Firm holds securities issued by VIEs within the Investment securities portfolio. These securities are composed of those related to transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies and predominantly the most senior securities issued by VIEs backed by student loans and commercial mortgage loans.

December 2019 Form 10-K128

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies include an explicit or implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. Additionally, the Firm holds certain commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by VIEs retained as a result of the Firm's securitization activities. See Note 68 for further information on the Investment securities portfolio.
Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts
In a municipal tender option bond trust transaction, the client transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities that the Firm, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client generally retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In most programs, a third-party provider will
provide such liquidity facility; in some programs, the Firm provides this liquidity facility.
The Firm may, in lieu of purchasing short-term securities for remarketing, decide to extend a temporary loan to the trust. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation is generally collateralized. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives. The Firm consolidates any municipal tender option bond trusts in which it holds the residual interest.
Credit Protection Purchased through Credit-Linked Notes
CLN transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on referenced assets. In these transactions, the Firm transfers assets (generally high-quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE sells protection on an unrelated referenced asset or group of assets, through a credit derivative, and sells the securities issued by the SPE to investors. In some transactions, the Firm may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Depending on the structure, the assets and liabilities of the SPE may be consolidated and recognized in the Firm’s balance sheetssheet or accounted for as a sale of assets.
Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the referenced asset, the SPE will deliver securities collateral as payment to the Firm, which exposes the Firm to changes in the collateral’s value.
Derivative payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as those with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure.
Other Structured Financings
The Firm invests in interests issued by entities that develop and own low-income communities (including low-income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The interests entitle the Firm to a share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Firm has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Firm is also involved with entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.
Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations
CLOs and CDOs are SPEs that purchase a pool of assets consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, ABS or
121December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives and issue multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. The Firm underwrites the securities issued in certain CLO transactions on behalf of unaffiliated sponsors and provides advisory services to these unaffiliated sponsors. The Firm sells corporate loans to many of these SPEs, in some cases representing a significant portion of the total assets purchased. Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions and may retain unsold securities. These beneficial interests are included in Trading assets and are measured at fair value.
Equity-Linked Notes
ELN transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. In an ELN transaction, the Firm typically transfers to an SPE either a note issued by the Firm, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index, or debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These ELN transactions with SPEs were not consolidated at December 31, 20192021 or December 31, 2018.
2020.

129December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Transferred Assets with Continuing Involvement1
 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsRMLCMLU.S. Agency
CMO
CLN and
Other1
SPE assets (UPB)2
$6,802 $94,276 $28,697 $13,121 
Retained interests
Investment grade$72 $638 $465 $ 
Non-investment grade19 586  69 
Total$91 $1,224 $465 $69 
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade$18 $118 $33 $ 
Non-investment grade38 53  4 
Total$56 $171 $33 $4 
Derivative assets$ $ $ $891 
Derivative liabilities   284 
 At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsRMLCMLU.S. Agency
CMO
CLN and
Other1
SPE assets (UPB)2
$7,515 $84,674 $21,061 $12,978 
Retained interests
Investment grade$49 $822 $615 $— 
Non-investment grade16 195 — 114 
Total$65 $1,017 $615 $114 
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade$— $96 $116 $— 
Non-investment grade43 80 — 21 
Total$43 $176 $116 $21 
Derivative assets$— $— $— $400 
Derivative liabilities— — — 436 
 Fair Value at December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLevel 2Level 3Total
Retained interests
Investment grade$536 $2 $538 
Non-investment grade40 40 80 
Total$576 $42 $618 
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade$168 $1 $169 
Non-investment grade70 25 95 
Total$238 $26 $264 
Derivative assets$891 $ $891 
Derivative liabilities194 90 284 
 
At December 31, 20192
$ in millionsRMLCML
U.S. Agency
CMO
CLN and
Other3
SPE assets (UPB)4
$9,850
$86,203
$19,132
$8,410
Retained interests
Investment grade$29
$720
$2,376
$1
Non-investment grade17
254

92
Total$46
$974
$2,376
$93
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade$6
$197
$77
$
Non-investment grade75
51


Total$81
$248
$77
$
Derivative assets$
$
$
$339
Derivative liabilities


145
 December 31, 2018
$ in millionsRMLCML
U.S. Agency
CMO
CLN and
Other3
SPE assets (UPB)4
$14,376
$68,593
$16,594
$14,608
Retained interests
Investment grade$17
$483
$1,573
$3
Non-investment grade4
212

210
Total$21
$695
$1,573
$213
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade$7
$91
$102
$
Non-investment grade28
71


Total$35
$162
$102
$
Derivative assets$
$
$
$216
Derivative liabilities


178

 Fair Value at December 31, 2019
$ in millionsLevel 2Level 3Total
Retained interests   
Investment grade$2,401
$4
$2,405
Non-investment grade6
97
103
Total$2,407
$101
$2,508
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade$278
$2
$280
Non-investment grade68
58
126
Total$346
$60
$406
Derivative assets$337
$2
$339
Derivative liabilities144
1
145
 Fair Value at December 31, 2018
$ in millionsLevel 2Level 3Total
Retained interests   
Investment grade$1,580
$13
$1,593
Non-investment grade174
252
426
Total$1,754
$265
$2,019
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade$193
$7
$200
Non-investment grade83
16
99
Total$276
$23
$299
Derivative assets$121
$95
$216
Derivative liabilities175
3
178

 Fair Value at December 31, 2020
$ in millionsLevel 2Level 3Total
Retained interests
Investment grade$663 $— $663 
Non-investment grade63 69 
Total$669 $63 $732 
Interests purchased in the secondary market
Investment grade$196 $16 $212 
Non-investment grade62 82 144 
Total$258 $98 $356 
Derivative assets$388 $12 $400 
Derivative liabilities435 436 
RML—Residential mortgage loans
CML—Commercial mortgage loans
1.The Transferred Assets with Continuing Involvement
1.Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.
2.Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.
The previous tables include transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment. The transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment. See Note 12 for information on certain other transfers of assets to SPEs which are accounted for as financings.
2.As permitted by applicable guidance, certain transfers of assets where the Firm’s only continuing involvement is a derivative are only reported in the following Assets Sold with Retained Exposure table, and are no longer also included in this table. At December 31, 2018 these transactions were included in CLN and Other and comprised approximately $8 billion in UPB, $20 million in Derivative assets and $119 million in Derivative liabilities.
3.Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.
4.Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.
Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the income statements.statement. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles, for which Investment banking revenues are recognized. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are generally carried at fair value in the balance sheetssheet with changes in fair value recognized in the income statements.statement. Fair value for these interests is measured using techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Notes 2 and 3.5. Further, as permitted by applicable guidance, certain transfers of assets where the Firm’s only continuing involvement is a derivative are only reported in the following Assets Sold with Retained Exposure table.
Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Sales of Loans
$ in millions202120202019
New transactions1
$57,528 $51,814 $34,464 
Retained interests8,822 9,346 7,403 
Sales of corporate loans to CLO SPEs1, 2
169 763 
$ in millions201920182017
New transactions1
$34,464
$23,821
$23,939
Retained interests7,403
2,904
2,337
Sales of corporate loans to CLO SPEs1, 2
2
317
191
1.Net gains on new transactions and sales of corporate loans to CLO entities at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.
1.Net gains on new transactions and sales of corporate loans to CLO entities at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.
2.Sponsored by non-affiliates.
2.Sponsored by non-affiliates.
The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets
December 2021 Form 10-K122

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 13)15).

December 2019 Form 10-K130

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Assets Sold with Retained Exposure
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Gross cash proceeds from sale of assets1
$67,930 $45,051 
Fair value
Assets sold$68,992 $46,609 
Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheet1,195 1,592 
Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheet132 64 
$ in millionsDecember 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Gross cash proceeds from sale of assets1
$38,661
$27,121
Fair value  
Assets sold$39,137
$26,524
Derivative assets recognized
in the balance sheets
647
164
Derivative liabilities recognized
in the balance sheets
152
763
1.The carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale approximates gross cash proceeds.
1.The carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale approximates gross cash proceeds.
The Firm enters into transactions in which it sells securities, primarily equities, and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which it retains exposure to the sold securities.
15.17. Regulatory Requirements
Regulatory Capital Framework
The Firm is an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Firm, including well-capitalized“well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates the Firm’s compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s U.S. bank subsidiaries, including, among others, MSBNA and MSPBNA (collectively, the “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”).MSPBNA. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. In addition, many of the Firm’s regulated subsidiaries are subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries provisionally registered as swap dealers with the CFTC or conditionally registered as security-based swap dealers with the SEC or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants.
Regulatory Capital Requirements
The Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital RWA and transition provisionsRWA follows.
Minimum risk-basedRisk-Based Regulatory Capital. Risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital)., each as a percentage of RWA, and consist of regulatory minimum required ratios plus the Firm’s capital buffer requirement. Capital standardsrequirements require certain adjustments to, and
deductions from, capital for purposes of determining these ratios.

CECL Deferral. In addition2020, the U.S. banking agencies adopted a final rule, consistent with an interim final rule that was effective March 31, 2020, altering, for purposes of the regulatory capital rules, the required adoption time period for CECL. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the risk-based and leverage-based capital amounts and ratios, as well as RWA, adjusted average assets and supplementary leverage exposure are calculated excluding the effect of the adoption of CECL based on the Firm’s election to defer this effect over a five-year transition period that began on January 1, 2020 in accordance with the minimum risk-basedfinal rule. The deferral impacts begin to phase back in at 25% per year beginning in 2022 and become fully phased-in beginning in 2025.
Capital Buffer Requirements
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
StandardizedAdvanced
Capital buffers
Capital conservation buffer2.5%
SCB5.7%N/A
G-SIB capital surcharge3.0%3.0%
CCyB1
0%0%
Capital buffer requirement8.7%5.5%
1.The CCyB can be set up to 2.5% but is currently set by the Federal Reserve at zero.

The capital ratio requirements,buffer requirement represents the Firm is subject to the following buffers:
A greater than 2.5%amount of Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;
the Firm must maintain above the minimum risk-based capital requirements in order to avoid restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The Common Equity Tier 1Firm’s Standardized Approach capital buffer requirement is equal to the sum of the SCB, G-SIB capital surcharge currently at 3%; and
CCyB, and the Advanced Approach capital buffer requirement is equal to the 2.5% capital conservation buffer, G-SIB capital surcharge and CCyB.
Risk-Based Regulatory Capital Ratio Requirements
Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.
At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
Regulatory Minimum
StandardizedAdvanced
Required ratios1
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio4.5 %13.2%10.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio6.0 %14.7%11.5%
Total capital ratio8.0 %16.7%13.5%
In 2018,1.Required ratios represent the requirement for each of these buffers was 75% ofregulatory minimum plus the fully phased-in 2019 requirement noted above.capital buffer requirement.
Risk-Weighted Assets
RWA reflects both the Firm’s on- and off-balance sheet risk, as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:
Credit risk:Risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to the Firm;
123December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Market risk:Risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and
Operational risk:
Operational Risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).
The Firm’s risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under both (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”). The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018,2020, the Firm’s risk-based capital ratios are based ondifferences between the actual and required ratio were lower under the Standardized Approach rules.Approach.
Minimum leverage-basedLeverage-Based Regulatory Capital. Leverage-based capital requirements include a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio and an SLR. The Firm is required to maintainof 4%, a Tier 1minimum SLR of 5%, inclusive of3% and an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2%.
The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios
$ in millions
Required
Ratio
1
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Risk-based capital
Common Equity Tier 1 capital$75,742 $78,650 
Tier 1 capital83,348 88,079 
Total capital93,166 97,213 
Total RWA2
471,921 453,106 
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio13.2 %16.0 %17.4 %
Tier 1 capital ratio14.7 %17.7 %19.4 %
Total capital ratio16.7 %19.7 %21.5 %
$ in millions
Required
Ratio1
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
Leverage-based capital
Adjusted average assets3
$1,169,939 $1,053,510 
Tier 1 leverage ratio4.0 %7.1 %8.4 %
Supplementary leverage exposure4, 5
$1,476,962 $1,192,506 
SLR5
5.0 %5.6 %7.4 %
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millions
Required    
Ratio1    
AmountRatio
Risk-based capital   
Common Equity Tier 1 capital10.0%$64,751
16.4%
Tier 1 capital11.5%73,443
18.6%
Total capital13.5%82,708
21.0%
Total RWA 394,177
 
Leverage-based capital   
Tier 1 leverage4.0%$73,443
8.3%
Adjusted average assets2
 889,195
 
SLR5.0%73,443
6.4%
Supplementary leverage exposure3
 1,155,177
 
1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented.
2.The Firm early adopted the Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (“SA-CCR”) on December 1, 2021. SA-CCR replaced the current exposure method used to measure derivatives counterparty exposure within the Standardized Approach RWA and Supplementary Leverage Ratio exposure calculations. As a result of the adoption, as of December 31, 2021, the Firm's risk-weighted assets under the Standardized Approach increased by $25 billion, and the Firm's Standardized Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio decreased by 90 basis points.

3.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in the Firm’s own capital instruments, certain defined tax assets and other capital deductions.
4.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection, offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.
131December 2019 Form 10-K

5.The Firm’s SLR and Supplementary leverage exposure as of December 31, 2020 reflect the exclusion of U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks based on a Federal Reserve interim final rule that was in effect until March 31, 2021.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

 At December 31, 2018
$ in millions
Required    
Ratio1    
AmountRatio
Risk-based capital   
Common Equity Tier 1 capital8.6%$62,086
16.9%
Tier 1 capital10.1%70,619
19.2%
Total capital12.1%80,052
21.8%
Total RWA 367,309
 
Leverage-based capital   
Tier 1 leverage4.0%$70,619
8.4%
Adjusted average assets2
 843,074
 
SLR5.0%70,619
6.5%
Supplementary leverage exposure3
 1,092,672
 
1.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented. For 2018, the required regulatory capital ratios for risk-based capital are under the transitional rules. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.
2.Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets for the quarters ending on the respective balance sheet dates, reduced by disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, investments in covered funds, defined benefit pension plan assets, after-tax gain on sale from assets sold into securitizations, investments in the Firm's own capital instruments, certain defined tax assets and other capital deductions.
3.Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily: (i) for derivatives, potential future exposure and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount for off-balance sheet exposures.

Certain U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios
The OCC establishes capital requirements for the Firm’s U.S. bank subsidiaries, which as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 include, among others, Morgan Stanley Bank, SubsidiariesN.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”), and evaluates their compliance with such capital requirements. Regulatory capital requirements for the U.S. Bank SubsidiariesMSBNA and MSPBNA are calculated in a similar manner to the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements, although G-SIB capital surcharge and SCB requirements do not apply to the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.bank subsidiaries.
The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well-capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For the Firm to remain an FHC, theits U.S. Bank Subsidiariesbank subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition, failure by the U.S. Bank Subsidiariesbank subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements may result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could
December 2021 Form 10-K124

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’bank subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements.
At December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018, the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’2020, MSBNA and MSPBNA risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules. In eachAt December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the risk-based and leverage-based capital amounts and ratios are calculated excluding the effect of the adoption of CECL based on MSBNA’s and MSPBNA’s election to defer this effect over a five-year transition period, the ratios exceeded well-capitalized requirements.
which began on January 1, 2020. The deferral impacts begin to phase back in at 25% per year beginning in 2022 and become fully phased-in beginning in 2025.
MSBNA’s Regulatory Capital
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millions
Required Ratio1
AmountRatio
Risk-based capital   
Common Equity Tier 1 capital6.5%$15,919
18.5%
Tier 1 capital8.0%15,919
18.5%
Total capital10.0%16,282
18.9%
Leverage-based capital   
Tier 1 leverage5.0%$15,919
11.3%
SLR6.0%15,919
8.7%

1
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millions
Required Ratio1
AmountRatio
Risk-based capital   
Common Equity Tier 1 capital6.5%$15,221
19.5%
Tier 1 capital8.0%15,221
19.5%
Total capital10.0%15,484
19.8%
Leverage-based capital   
Tier 1 leverage5.0%$15,221
10.5%
SLR6.0%15,221
8.2%

Well-Capitalized
Requirement
Required
Ratio2
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsAmountRatioAmountRatio
Risk-based capital
Common Equity Tier 1 capital6.5 %7.0 %$18,960 20.5 %$17,238 18.7 %
Tier 1 capital8.0 %8.5 %18,960 20.5 %17,238 18.7 %
Total capital10.0 %10.5 %19,544 21.1 %17,882 19.4 %
Leverage-based capital
Tier 1 leverage5.0 %4.0 %$185,120 10.2 %$17,238 10.1 %
SLR6.0 %3.0 %233,358 8.1 %17,238 8.0 %
MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital1
Well-Capitalized
Requirement
Required
Ratio2
At December 31, 2021At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsAmountRatioAmountRatio
Risk-based capital
Common Equity Tier 1 capital6.5 %7.0 %$10,293 24.3 %$8,213 21.3 %
Tier 1 capital8.0 %8.5 %10,293 24.3 %8,213 21.3 %
Total capital10.0 %10.5 %10,368 24.5 %8,287 21.5 %
Leverage-based capital
Tier 1 leverage5.0 %4.0 %$149,375 6.9 %$8,213 7.2 %
SLR6.0 %3.0 %153,810 6.7 %8,213 6.9 %
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millions
Required Ratio1
AmountRatio
Risk-based capital   
Common Equity Tier 1 capital6.5%$7,962
24.8%
Tier 1 capital8.0%7,962
24.8%
Total capital10.0%8,016
25.0%
Leverage-based capital   
Tier 1 leverage5.0%$7,962
9.9%
SLR6.0%7,962
9.4%
1.MSBNA and MSPBNA early adopted SA-CCR on December 1, 2021. The adoption did not have a material impact on either of the bank's capital ratios or SLR.
2.Required ratios are inclusive of any buffers applicable as of the date presented. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on the ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends.
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millions
Required Ratio1
AmountRatio
Risk-based capital   
Common Equity Tier 1 capital6.5%$7,183
25.2%
Tier 1 capital8.0%7,183
25.2%
Total capital10.0%7,229
25.4%
Leverage-based capital   
Tier 1 leverage5.0%$7,183
10.0%
SLR6.0%7,183
9.6%
Additionally, MSBNA is conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and is provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. However, as MSBNA is prudentially regulated as a bank, its capital requirements continue to be determined by its banking regulators.
1.Ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.
U.S. Broker-DealerOther Regulatory Capital Requirements
MS&Co. Regulatory Capital
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Net capital$13,708
$13,797
Excess net capital10,686
11,333

$ in millions
At
December 31, 2021
At
December 31, 2020
Net capital$18,383 $12,869 
Excess net capital14,208 9,034 
MS&Co. is a registered U.S.as a broker-dealer and registereda futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the

December 2019 Form 10-K132

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

minimum net capital requirements ofwith the SEC and the CFTC. MS&Co. has consistently operatedCFTC,
respectively, and provisionally registered as a swap dealer with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.the CFTC.
As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) Rule 15c3-1, Appendix E, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements and operates with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. As a futures commission merchant and provisionally-registered swap dealer, MS&Co. is subject to CFTC capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018,2020, MS&Co. has exceeded its net capital requirement and hashad tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.
MSSB Regulatory CapitalOther Regulated Subsidiaries
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Net capital$3,387
$3,455
Excess net capital3,238
3,313

The following subsidiaries are also subject to various regulatory capital requirements and operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, as applicable:
MSSB, is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business, and, accordingly, is subject to, respectively, the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC. MSSB has consistently operated withSEC and CFTC capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.
Other Regulated Subsidiaries
MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the PRA,PRA. MSIP is also conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer, but is currently complying with home-country capital requirements in lieu of SEC and CFTC capital requirements pursuant to applicable substituted compliance rules and interim no-action relief.
Morgan Stanley Europe Holdings SE Group (“MSEHSE Group”), including MSESE, a Germany-based broker-dealer, is subject to the capital requirements of the European Central Bank, BaFin and the German Central Bank. MSESE is also conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer, but is currently complying with home-country capital requirements in lieu of SEC and CFTC capital requirements pursuant to interim no-action relief.
MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIPMSMS is also provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer but is currently complying with home-country capital requirements in lieu of CFTC capital requirements pursuant to interim no-action relief.
MSCS, a U.S. entity and MSMS have consistently operatedthe Firm’s primary non-bank security-based swap dealer, is conditionally registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer, registered with the SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer and provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. MSCS is subject to the capital in excessrequirements of their respective regulatoryboth regulators.
125December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
MSCG, a U.S. entity, is provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer and is subject to its capital requirements.
E*TRADE Bank and E*TRADE Savings Bank are subject to the capital requirements of the OCC. For additional information on E*TRADE Bank and E*TRADE Savings Bank, see Note 1.
E*TRADE Securities LLC, a registered broker-dealer, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC.
Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Firm are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have also consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

Restrictions on Payments
The regulatory capital requirements referred to above, and certain covenants contained in various agreements governing indebtedness of the Firm, may restrict the Firm’s ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries. The following table represents net assets of consolidated subsidiaries that may be restricted as to the payment of cash dividends and advances to the Parent Company.
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Restricted net assets$33,213
$29,222

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Restricted net assets$49,516 $40,502 
16.18. Total Equity
Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred Stock
 Shares
Outstanding
 Carrying Value
$ in millions, except per share dataAt
December 31,
2021
Liquidation
Preference
per Share
At
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Series
A44,000 $25,000 $1,100 $1,100 
C1
519,882 1,000 408 408 
E34,500 25,000 862 862 
F34,000 25,000 850 850 
H2
   1,300 
I40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000 
J3
   1,500 
K40,000 25,000 1,000 1,000 
L20,000 25,000 500 500 
M400,000 1,000 430 430 
N3,000 100,000 300 300 
O4
52,000 25,000 1,300 — 
Total$7,750 $9,250 
Shares authorized30,000,000 
1.Series C preferred stock is held by MUFG.
2.On November 19, 2021, the Firm announced the redemption in whole of its outstanding Series H preferred stock. On notice of redemption, the amount due to holders of Series H Preferred Stock was reclassified to Borrowings, and on January 18, 2022, the redemption settled at the carrying value of $1.3 billion.
3.On March 15, 2021, the Firm announced the redemption in whole of its outstanding Series J preferred stock. On notice of redemption, the amount due to holders of Series J Preferred Stock was reclassified to Borrowings, and on April 15, 2021, the redemption settled at the carrying value of $1.5 billion.
4.The Firm issued Series O Preferred Stock on October 25, 2021.
The Firm’s preferred stock has a preference over its common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as and is included in Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 17).
On November 25, 2019, the Firm announced the redemption in whole of its outstanding Series G preferred stock. On notice of redemption, the amount due to holders of Series G Preferred Stock was reclassified to Borrowings, and on January 15, 2020, the redemption settled at the carrying value of $500 million.
December 2021 Form 10-K126

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Description of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2021
  Depositary
Shares
per Share
Redemption
Series1, 2
Shares
Issued
Price
per Share3
Date4
A44,000 1,000 $25,000 Currently redeemable
C5
1,160,791 N/A1,100 Currently redeemable
E34,500 1,000 25,000 October 15, 2023
F34,000 1,000 25,000 January 15, 2024
I40,000 1,000 25,000 October 15, 2024
K40,000 1,000 25,000 April 15, 2027
L6
20,000 1,000 25,000 January 15, 2025
M7
400,000 N/A1,000 September 15, 2026
N7
3,000 100 100,000 October 2, 2025
O52,000 1,000 25,000 January 15, 2027
1.All shares issued are non-cumulative. Each share has a par value of $0.01, except Series C.
2.Dividends on Series A are based on a floating rate, and dividends on Series C, L and O are based on a fixed rate. Dividends on all other Series are based on a fixed-to-floating rate.
3.Series A and C are redeemable at the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid dividends, regardless of whether dividends are actually declared, up to but excluding the date of redemption. All other Series are redeemable at the redemption price plus any declared and unpaid dividends, up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption.
4.Series A and C are currently redeemable at the Firm’s option, in whole or in part, from time to time. All other Series are redeemable, at the Firm’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the redemption date or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series).
5.Series C is non-voting perpetual preferred stock. Dividends on the Series C preferred stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share.
6.Series L Preferred Stock was issued on November 25, 2019.
7.Series M and N Preferred Stock were issued on October 2, 2020 as part of the acquisition of E*TRADE.
Common Stock
Rollforward of Common Stock Outstanding
in millions20212020
Shares outstanding at beginning of period1,810 1,594 
Treasury stock purchases1
(134)(39)
Issuance for the acquisition of Eaton Vance69 — 
Issuance for the acquisition of E*TRADE 233 
Other2
27 22 
Shares outstanding at end of period1,772 1,810 
in millions20192018
Shares outstanding at beginning of period1,700
1,788
Treasury stock purchases1
(135)(110)
Other2
29
22
Shares outstanding at end of period1,594
1,700
1.The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (“Share Repurchase Program”). In addition to the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program, Treasury stock purchases include repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding.
1.The Firm’s Board has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (“Share Repurchase Program”). In addition to the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program, Treasury stock purchases include repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding.
2.Other includes net shares issued to and forfeited from Employee stock trusts and issued for RSU conversions.
2.Other includes net shares issued to and forfeited from employee stock trusts and issued for RSU conversions.
Share Repurchases
$ in millions20192018
Repurchases of common stock under the Firm’s
Share Repurchase Program
$5,360
$4,860

$ in millions20212020
Repurchases of common stock under the Firm’s
Share Repurchase Program
$11,464 $1,347 
The Firm’s 2019 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) includesOn June 28, 2021, the shareFirm announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6.0$12 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginningfrom July 1, 20192021 through June 30, 2020. Additionally,2022, from time to time as conditions warrant, which supersedes the Capital Plan includes quarterlyprevious common stock dividends of up to $0.35 per share, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 18, 2019.

A portion of common stock repurchases was conducted under a sales plan with MUFG, whereby MUFG sold shares of the Firm’s common stock to the Firm, as part of the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program. The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and has no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint ventures in Japan.repurchase authorization.
Pursuant to the Share Repurchase Program, the Firm considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as stock-based compensation and benefit plan
requirements. Share repurchases under the program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Firm deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Firm’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory non-objection.
Common Stock Dividends per Share
 201920182017
Dividends declared per common share$1.30
$1.10
$0.90


133December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Common Shares Outstanding for Basic and Diluted EPS
in millions202120202019
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic1,785 1,603 1,617 
Effective of dilutive RSUs and PSUs29 21 23 
Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents, diluted1,814 1,624 1,640 
Weighted average antidilutive common stock equivalents (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS) 
in millions201920182017
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic1,617
1,708
1,780
Effect of dilutive Stock options, RSUs and PSUs23
30
41
Weighted average common shares
outstanding and common stock equivalents, diluted
1,640
1,738
1,821
Weighted average antidilutive common stock equivalents (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)2
1

Dividends
$ in millions, except per share data202120202019
Per
Share1
Total
Per
Share1
Total
Per
Share1
Total
Preferred Stock Series
A$1,022 $44 $1,017 $44 $1,014 $44 
C100 52 100 52 100 52 
E1,781 60 1,781 60 1,781 60 
F1,719 60 1,719 60 1,719 60 
G2
  — — 1,242 24 
H3
719 38 1,143 60 1,418 74 
I1,594 64 1,594 64 1,594 64 
J4
253 15 1,213 74 1,388 84 
K1,463 59 1,463 59 1,463 59 
L1,219 24 1,219 23 169 
M5
59 24 — — — — 
N6
5,300 16 — — — — 
O7
236 12 — — — — 
Total Preferred stock$468 $496 $524 
Common stock$2.10 $3,818 $1.40 $2,295 $1.30 $2,161 

1.
Common and Preferred Stock dividends are payable quarterly unless otherwise noted.
Preferred Stock
 
Shares
Outstanding
 Carrying Value
$ in millions, except per share dataAt
December 31,
2019
Liquidation
Preference
per Share
At
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Series    
A44,000
$25,000
$1,100
$1,100
C1
519,882
1,000
408
408
E34,500
25,000
862
862
F34,000
25,000
850
850
G


500
H52,000
25,000
1,300
1,300
I40,000
25,000
1,000
1,000
J60,000
25,000
1,500
1,500
K40,000
25,000
1,000
1,000
L20,000
25,000
500

Total$8,520
$8,520
1.Series C is composed of the issuance of 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG for an aggregate purchase price of $911 million, less the redemption of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock of $503 million, which were converted to common shares of approximately $705 million in 2009.
The Firm is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock has a preference over the common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as and is included in Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 15).
On November 25, 2019, the Firm announced the redemption in whole of its outstanding 2.Series G preferred stock. Onstock was redeemed during the first quarter of 2020. Dividends declared on Series G following the issuance of the notice of redemption were recognized as Interest expense and are excluded from the amount due to holders2019 amounts.
3.A notice of redemption was issued for Series G Preferred StockH preferred stock on November 19, 2021. Dividends declared on Series H following the issuance of the notice of redemption were recognized as Interest expense and are excluded from the 2021 amounts.
4.Series J was reclassified to Borrowings,payable semiannually until July 15, 2020, after which it was payable quarterly until its redemption.
5.Series M is payable semiannually until September 15, 2026 and onthereafter will be payable quarterly.
6.Series N is payable semiannually until March 15, 2023 and thereafter will be payable quarterly.
7.Series O is payable semiannually until January 15, 2020 the redemption settled at the carrying value of $500 million.2027 and thereafter will be payable quarterly.
Preferred Stock Issuance Description
  
Depositary
Shares
per Share
 Redemption
Series1, 2
Shares
Issued
 
Price
per Share3
Date4
A44,000
1,000
 $25,000
July 15, 2011
C5
1,160,791
N/A
 1,100
October 15, 2011
E34,500
1,000
 25,000
October 15, 2023
F34,000
1,000
 25,000
January 15, 2024
H52,000
25
 25,000
July 15, 2019
I40,000
1,000
 25,000
October 15, 2024
J60,000
25
 25,000
July 15, 2020
K40,000
1,000
 25,000
April 15, 2027
L6
20,000
1,000
 25,000
January 15, 2025
1.All shares issued are non-cumulative. Each share has a par value of $0.01, except Series C.
2.Dividends on Series A are based on a floating rate, and dividends on Series C and L are based on a fixed rate. Dividends on all other Series are based on a fixed-to-floating rate.
3.Series A and C are redeemable at the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid dividends, regardless of whether dividends are actually declared, up to but excluding the date of redemption. All other Series are redeemable at the redemption price plus any declared and unpaid dividends, up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption.
4.Series A and C are redeemable at the Firm’s option, in whole or in part, on or after the redemption date. All other Series are redeemable at the Firm’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the redemption date or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series).
5.Series C is non-voting perpetual preferred stock. Dividends on the Series C preferred stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share.
6.Series L Preferred Stock was issued on November 25, 2019.
Preferred Stock Dividends
$ in millions, except per share data2019 2018 2017
Per
Share1
Total 
Per
Share1
Total 
Per
Share1
Total
Series       
A$1,014
$44
 $1,011
$45
 $1,014
$45
C100
52
 100
52
 100
52
E1,781
60
 1,781
61
 1,781
61
F1,719
60
 1,719
58
 1,719
58
G2
1,242
24
 1,656
33
 1,656
33
H3
1,418
74
 1,363
71
 1,363
71
I1,594
64
 1,594
64
 1,594
64
J4
1,388
84
 1,388
83
 1,388
83
K1,463
59
 1,463
59
 1,402
56
L169
3
 

 

Total $524
  $526
  $523

1.Dividends on all series are payable quarterly, unless otherwise noted.
2.Dividends declared on Series G following the issuance of the notice of redemption were recognized as Interest expense and are excluded from 2019 amounts.
3.Series H was payable semiannually until July 15, 2019, and is now payable quarterly.
4.Series J is payable semiannually until July 15, 2020, and then quarterly thereafter.


127December 20192021 Form 10-K134

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)1
$ in millionsCTAAFS 
Securities
Pensions
and Other
DVATotal
December 31, 2018$(889)$(930)$(578)$105 $(2,292)
OCI during the period(8)1,137 (66)(1,559)(496)
December 31, 2019(897)207 (644)(1,454)(2,788)
OCI during the period102 1,580 146 (1,002)826 
December 31, 2020(795)1,787 (498)(2,456)(1,962)
OCI during the period(207)(1,542)(53)662 (1,140)
December 31, 2021$(1,002)$245 $(551)$(1,794)$(3,102)
$ in millions
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
AFS 
Securities
Pensions,
Postretirement
and Other
DVATotal
December 31, 2016$(986)$(588)$(474)$(595)$(2,643)
OCI during the
period
219
41
(117)(560)(417)
December 31, 2017(767)(547)(591)(1,155)(3,060)
Cumulative adjustment for accounting change2
(8)(111)(124)(194)(437)
OCI during the
period
(114)(272)137
1,454
1,205
December 31, 2018(889)(930)(578)105
(2,292)
OCI during the
period
(8)1,137
(66)(1,559)(496)
December 31, 2019$(897)$207
$(644)$(1,454)$(2,788)
CTA—Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments
1.
1.Amounts are net of tax and noncontrolling interests.
2.
The cumulative adjustment for accounting changes is primarily the effect of the adoption of the accounting update Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2018 to reclassify certain income tax effects related to the enactment of the Tax Act from AOCI to Retained earnings, primarily related to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from the reduction in the corporate income tax rate to 21%. See Note 2 for further information.
Components of Period Changes in OCI
 2021
$ in millionsPre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interests
Net
CTA
OCI activity$(140)$(191)$(331)$(124)$(207)
Reclassified to earnings     
Net OCI$(140)$(191)$(331)$(124)$(207)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity$(1,803)$422 $(1,381)$ $(1,381)
Reclassified to earnings(210)49 (161) (161)
Net OCI$(2,013)$471 $(1,542)$ $(1,542)
Pension and other
OCI activity$(101)$26 $(75)$ $(75)
Reclassified to earnings31 (9)22  22 
Net OCI$(70)$17 $(53)$ $(53)
Change in net DVA
OCI activity$882 $(213)$669 $34 $635 
Reclassified to earnings36 (9)27  27 
Net OCI$918 $(222)$696 $34 $662 
2019 2020
$ in millions
Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)
After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interests
Net$ in millionsPre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interests
Net
Foreign currency translation adjustments
CTACTA
OCI activity$6
$(3)$3
$11
$(8)OCI activity$74 $99 $173 $68 $105 
Reclassified to
earnings





Reclassified to earnings(3)— (3)— (3)
Net OCI$6
$(3)$3
$11
$(8)Net OCI$71 $99 $170 $68 $102 
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securitiesChange in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity$1,588
$(373)$1,215
$
$1,215
OCI activity$2,194 $(508)$1,686 $— $1,686 
Reclassified to
earnings
(103)25
(78)
(78)Reclassified to earnings(137)31 (106)— (106)
Net OCI$1,485
$(348)$1,137
$
$1,137
Net OCI$2,057 $(477)$1,580 $— $1,580 
Pension, postretirement and other
Pension and otherPension and other
OCI activity$(98)$25
$(73)$
$(73)OCI activity$162 $(34)$128 $— $128 
Reclassified to
earnings
12
(5)7

7
Reclassified to earnings23 (5)18 — 18 
Net OCI$(86)$20
$(66)$
$(66)Net OCI$185 $(39)$146 $— $146 
Change in net DVAChange in net DVAChange in net DVA
OCI activity$(2,181)$533
$(1,648)$(80)$(1,568)OCI activity$(1,385)$337 $(1,048)$(26)$(1,022)
Reclassified to
earnings
11
(2)9

9
Reclassified to earnings26 (6)20 — 20 
Net OCI$(2,170)$531
$(1,639)$(80)$(1,559)Net OCI$(1,359)$331 $(1,028)$(26)$(1,002)
20181
2019
$ in millions
Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)
After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interests
Net$ in millionsPre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interests
Net
Foreign currency translation adjustments
CTACTA
OCI activity$(11)$(79)$(90)$24
$(114)OCI activity$$(3)$$11 $(8)
Reclassified to
earnings





Reclassified to earnings— — — — — 
Net OCI$(11)$(79)$(90)$24
$(114)Net OCI$$(3)$$11 $(8)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securitiesChange in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securitiesChange in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity$(346)$80
$(266)$
$(266)OCI activity$1,588 $(373)$1,215 $— $1,215 
Reclassified to
earnings
(8)2
(6)
(6)Reclassified to earnings(103)25 (78)— (78)
Net OCI$(354)$82
$(272)$
$(272)Net OCI$1,485 $(348)$1,137 $— $1,137 
Pension, postretirement and other
Pension and otherPension and other
OCI activity$156
$(37)$119
$
$119
OCI activity$(98)$25 $(73)$— $(73)
Reclassified to
earnings
26
(8)18

18
Reclassified to earnings12 (5)— 
Net OCI$182
$(45)$137
$
$137
Net OCI$(86)$20 $(66)$— $(66)
Change in net DVAChange in net DVAChange in net DVA
OCI activity$1,947
$(472)$1,475
$63
$1,412
OCI activity$(2,181)$533 $(1,648)$(80)$(1,568)
Reclassified to
earnings
56
(14)42

42
Reclassified to earnings11 (2)— 
Net OCI$2,003
$(486)$1,517
$63
$1,454
Net OCI$(2,170)$531 $(1,639)$(80)$(1,559)
 2017
$ in millions
Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)
After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
Non-
controlling
Interests
Net
Foreign currency translation adjustments
OCI activity$64
$187
$251
$32
$219
Reclassified to
earnings





Net OCI$64
$187
$251
$32
$219
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities
OCI activity$100
$(36)$64
$
$64
Reclassified to
earnings
(35)12
(23)
(23)
Net OCI$65
$(24)$41
$
$41
Pension, postretirement and other
OCI activity$(193)$75
$(118)$
$(118)
Reclassified to
earnings
2
(1)1

1
Net OCI$(191)$74
$(117)$
$(117)
Change in net DVA
OCI activity$(922)$325
$(597)$(28)$(569)
Reclassified to
earnings
12
(3)9

9
Net OCI$(910)$322
$(588)$(28)$(560)
1.Exclusive of cumulative adjustments related to the adoption of certain accounting updates in 2018. Refer to the table below and Note 2 for further information.

135December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Cumulative Adjustments to Retained Earnings Related to Adoption of Accounting Updates
$ in millions2019
Leases$63
$ in millions2018
Revenues from contracts with customers$(32)
Derivatives and hedging—targeted improvements to accounting for hedging activities(99)
Reclassification of certain tax effects from AOCI443
Other1
(6)
Total$306
$ in millions2017
Improvements to employee share-based payment accounting2
$(30)
Intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory(5)
Total$(35)
1.
Other includes the adoption of accounting updates related to Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (other than the provision around presenting unrealized DVA in OCI, which the Firm previously adopted) and Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets. The impact of these adoptions on Retained earnings was not significant.
2.In addition to the Retained earnings impact, this adoption also resulted in a $45 million increase to Additional paid-in capital.
Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Associated with net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency$(1,874)$(1,851)
Hedges, net of tax977
962
Total$(897)$(889)
Carrying value of net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges$13,440
$11,608

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Associated with net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency$(2,277)$(1,406)
Hedges, net of tax1,275 611 
Total$(1,002)$(795)
Carrying value of net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges$15,605 $15,746 
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Firm uses foreign currency contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries and determines the amount of exposure to hedge on a pre-tax basis. The Firm may also elect not to hedge its net investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions or other reasons, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information relating to the effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments that resulted from the translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Firm’s net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is summarized in the previous table.

December 2021 Form 10-K128

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
17.19. Interest Income and Interest Expense
$ in millions202120202019
Interest income
Investment securities$2,759 $2,282 $2,175 
Loans4,209 4,142 4,783 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell1,2
(181)458 2,281 
Securities borrowed1,3
(1,017)(652)1,204 
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities2,038 2,417 2,899 
Customer receivables and Other4
1,603 1,515 3,756 
Total interest income$9,411 $10,162 $17,098 
Interest expense
Deposits$409 $953 $1,885 
Borrowings2,725 3,250 5,052 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1,5
93 564 1,967 
Securities loaned1,6
401 419 642 
Customer payables and Other7
(2,262)(1,337)2,858 
Total interest expense$1,366 $3,849 $12,404 
Net interest$8,045 $6,313 $4,694 
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
2.Includes interest paid on Securities purchased under agreements to resell.
$ in millions201920182017
Interest income   
Investment securities$2,175
$1,744
$1,334
Loans4,783
4,249
3,298
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed1
3,485
1,976
169
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities2,899
2,392
2,029
Customer receivables and Other2
3,756
3,531
2,167
Total interest income$17,098
$13,892
$8,997
Interest expense   
Deposits$1,885
$1,255
$187
Borrowings5,052
5,031
4,285
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned3
2,609
1,898
1,237
Customer payables and Other4
2,858
1,902
(12)
Total interest expense$12,404
$10,086
$5,697
Net interest$4,694
$3,806
$3,300
3.Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.
1.Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.
2.Includes interest from Cash and cash equivalents.
3.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.
4.Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions entered into to cover customers’ short positions.
4.Includes interest from Cash and cash equivalents.
5.Includes interest received on Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
6.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.
7.Includes fees received from Equity Financing customers related to their short transactions, which can be under either margin or securities lending arrangements.
Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statementsstatement based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.
Accrued Interest
18.
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Customer and other receivables$1,800 $1,652 
Customer and other payables2,164 2,119 
20. Deferred Compensation Plans and Carried Interest Compensation
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Certain current and former employees of the Firm participate in the Firm'sFirm’s stock-based compensation plans. These plans include RSUs and PSUs, the details of which are further outlined below.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
$ in millions202120202019
RSUs$1,834 $1,170 $1,064 
PSUs251 142 89 
Total$2,085 $1,312 $1,153 
Retirement-eligible awards1
$192 $157 $111 
1.Total expense includes stock-based compensation anticipated to be awarded in January of the following year that does not contain a future service requirement.
$ in millions201920182017
RSUs$1,064
$892
$951
PSUs89
28
75
Total1
$1,153
$920
$1,026
Includes:   
Retirement-eligible awards2
$111
$110
$85
1.Net of forfeitures.
2.Relates to stock-based compensation anticipated to be awarded in January of the following year that does not contain a future service requirement.
Tax Benefit Related to Stock-Based Compensation Expense
$ in millions202120202019
Tax benefit1
$432 $270 $243 
$ in millions201920182017
Tax benefit1
$243
$193
$225
1.Excludes income tax consequences related to employee share-based award conversions.
1.Excludes income tax consequences related to employee share-based award conversions.

December 2019 Form 10-K136

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Unrecognized Compensation Cost Related to Stock-Based Awards Granted
$ in millions
At
December 31,
20211
To be recognized in:
2022$653 
2023287 
Thereafter60 
Total$1,000 
$ in millions
At
December 31,
20191
To be recognized in: 
2020$394
2021168
Thereafter30
Total$592
1.Amounts do not include forfeitures, future adjustments to fair value for certain awards or 2021 performance year compensation awarded in January 2022, which will begin to be amortized in 2022.
1.Amounts do not include forfeitures, cancellations, accelerations, future adjustments to fair value for certain awards, or 2019 performance year compensation awarded in January 2020, which will begin to be amortized in 2020.
In connection with awards under its stock-based compensation plans, the Firm is authorized to issue shares of common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares.
The Firm generally uses treasury shares, if available, to deliver shares to employees or employee stock trusts and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards under its stock-based compensation plans. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory non-objection.
Common Shares Available for Future Awards under Stock-Based Compensation Plans
in millionsAt
December 31,
20192021
Shares123149

See Note 1618 for additional information on the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program.
Restricted Stock Units
RSUs are subject to vesting over time, generally one to seven years from the date of award, contingent upon continued employment and subject to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until conversion to common stock. All or a portion of an award may be forfeited if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant vesting period or cancelledcanceled after the relevant vesting period in certain situations. Recipients of RSUs may have voting rights, at the Firm’s discretion, and generally receive dividend equivalents if the awards vest.
129December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Vested and Unvested RSU Activity
 2021
shares in millionsNumber of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Award Date
Fair Value
RSUs at beginning of period60 $49.82 
Awarded29 77.28 
Conversions to common stock(20)53.32 
Forfeited(2)60.14 
RSUs at end of period1
67 $60.27 
Aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs at end of period
(dollars in millions)
$6,547 
Weighted average award date fair value
RSUs awarded in 202055.01 
RSUs awarded in 201943.05 
 2019
shares in millions
Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Award Date
Fair Value
RSUs at beginning of period74
$37.59
Awarded27
43.05
Conversions to common stock(35)28.95
Forfeited(1)43.66
RSUs at end of period1
65
$44.38
Aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs at end of period
(dollars in millions)
$3,294
Weighted average award date fair value
RSUs awarded in 2018 $55.40
RSUs awarded in 2017 42.98
1.
At December 31, 2019, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.2At December 31, 2021, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.2 years.
Unvested RSU Activity
 2021
shares in millionsNumber of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Award Date
Fair Value
Unvested RSUs at beginning of period33 $51.27 
Awarded29 77.28 
Vested(21)59.33 
Forfeited(2)60.14 
Unvested RSUs at end of period1
39 $65.58 
 2019
shares in millions
Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Award Date
Fair Value
Unvested RSUs at beginning of period41
$40.65
Awarded27
43.05
Vested(30)37.80
Forfeited(1)43.66
Unvested RSUs at end of period1
37
$44.58
1.Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements.
1.Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements.
Fair Value of RSU Activity
$ in millions201920182017
Conversions to common stock$1,497
$1,790
$1,333
Vested1,292
1,504
1,470

1

$ in millions202120202019
Conversions to common stock$1,539 $1,295 $1,497 
Vested1,647 1,289 1,292 
1. Fair value of converted stock is based on the share price on conversion. Fair value of vested stock is based on the share price at date of vesting.
Performance-Based Stock Units
PSUs will vest and convert to shares of common stock only if the Firm satisfies predetermined performance and market-based conditions over a three-yearthree-year performance period. The number of PSUs that will vest ranges from 0% to 150% of the target award, based on the extent to which the Firm achieves the specified performance goals. One-half of the award will beis earned based on the Firm’s average return on equity, excluding certain adjustments (“MS Adjusted ROE”). For all awards granted beginning in 2021, this performance measure was updated and is now based on the Firm’s average return on tangible common equity excluding certain adjustments specified in the plan terms (“MS Adjusted ROE”ROTCE”). The other half of the award will be earned based on the Firm’s total shareholdershareholder return, relative to the total shareholder return of the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index (“Relative MS TSR”). PSUs have vesting, restriction forfeiture and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those of RSUs. At December 31, 2019,2021, approximately 3 million PSUs were outstanding.

137December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

PSU Fair Value on Award Date
 201920182017
MS Adjusted ROE$43.29
$56.84
$42.64
Relative MS TSR48.28
65.81
48.02

202120202019
MS Adjusted ROTCE/ROE$74.87 $57.05 $43.29 
Relative MS TSR83.70 65.31 48.28 
The Relative MS TSR fair values on the award date were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation and the following assumptions.
Monte Carlo Simulation Assumptions
Award Year
Risk-Free
Interest Rate
Expected
Stock Price
Volatility
Correlation
Coefficient
20192.6%26.5%0.89
20182.2%26.8%0.89
20171.5%27.0%0.89

Risk-Free
Interest Rate
Expected
Stock Price
Volatility
Correlation
Coefficient
Award year
20210.2 %39.0 %0.92 
20201.6 %24.0 %0.88 
20192.6 %26.5 %0.89 
The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues. The expected stock price volatility was determined using historical volatility. The correlation coefficient was developed based on historical price data of the Firm and the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index. The model uses an expected dividend yield equivalent to reinvesting dividends.
Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Plans
Deferred cash-based compensation plans generally provide a return to the plan participants based upon the performance of each participant’s referenced investments.
Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Expense
$ in millions202120202019
Deferred cash-based awards$810 $1,263 $1,233 
Return on referenced investments526 856 645 
Total$1,336 $2,119 $1,878 
Retirement-eligible awards1
$253 $194 $195 
$ in millions201920182017
Deferred cash-based awards$1,233
$1,174
$1,039
Return on referenced investments645
(48)499
Total1
$1,878
$1,126
$1,538
Includes:   
Retirement-eligible awards2
$195
$193
$176
1.Total expense includes deferred cash-based compensation anticipated to be awarded in January of the following year that does not contain a future service requirement.
1.Net of forfeitures.
2.Relates to deferred cash-based compensation anticipated to be awarded in January of the following year that does not contain a future service requirement.
Carried Interest Compensation
The Firm generally recognizes compensation expense for any portion of carried interest (both realized and unrealized) that is allocated to employees.
Carried Interest Compensation Expense
$ in millions201920182017$ in millions202120202019
Expense$534
$156
$197
Expense$346 $215 $534 


December 2021 Form 10-K130

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
19.21. Employee Benefit Plans
Pension and Other Postretirement Plans
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)
 Pension Plans
$ in millions202120202019
Service cost, benefits earned during the period$19 $17 $16 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation104 121 139 
Expected return on plan assets(48)(77)(114)
Net amortization of prior service cost1 
Net amortization of actuarial loss34 26 13 
Net periodic benefit expense$110 $88 $55 
 Pension Plans
$ in millions201920182017
Service cost, benefits earned during the period$16
$16
$16
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation139
134
146
Expected return on plan assets(114)(112)(117)
Net amortization of prior service cost (credit)1
(1)
Net amortization of actuarial loss13
26
17
Net periodic benefit expense$55
$63
$62
 Other Postretirement Plans
$ in millions201920182017
Service cost, benefits earned during the period$1
$1
$1
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation2
3
3
Net amortization of prior service credit
(1)(16)
Net periodic benefit expense (income)$3
$3
$(12)

Certain current and former U.S. employees of the Firm and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 are covered by the U.S. pension plan, a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (“U.S. Qualified Plan”). The U.S. Qualified Plan has ceased future benefit accruals.
Unfunded supplementary plans (“Supplemental Plans”) cover certain executives. Liabilities for benefits payable under the Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Firm and are funded when paid. The Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan (“SEREP”), a non-contributory defined benefit plan that is not qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, has ceased future benefit accruals.
Certain of the Firm’s non-U.S. subsidiaries also have defined benefit pension plans covering their eligible current and former employees.
The Firm’s pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans.
The Firm has unfunded postretirement benefit plans that provide health care and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and health care insurance for their dependents.

December 2019 Form 10-K138

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Rollforward of Pre-tax AOCI
 Pension Plans
$ in millions201920182017
Beginning balance$(779)$(947)$(761)
Net gain (loss)(112)158
(205)
Prior service credit (cost) 
(15)2
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)1
(1)
Amortization of net loss 13
26
17
Changes recognized in OCI(98)168
(186)
Ending balance$(877)$(779)$(947)
 Other Postretirement Plans
$ in millions201920182017
Beginning balance$13
$1
$17
Net gain13
13

Amortization of prior service credit
(1)(16)
Changes recognized in OCI13
12
(16)
Ending balance$26
$13
$1

 Pension Plans
$ in millions202120202019
Beginning balance$(691)$(877)$(779)
Net gain (loss)(112)161 (112)
Prior service cost (2)— 
Amortization of prior service cost1 
Amortization of net loss 34 26 13 
Changes recognized in OCI(77)186 (98)
Ending balance$(768)$(691)$(877)
The Firm generally amortizes into net periodic benefit expense (income) the unrecognized net gains and losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. The U.S. pension plans amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses over the average life expectancy of participants. The remaining plans generally amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses and prior service credit over the average remaining service period of active participants.
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)
Pension Plans Pension Plans
201920182017202120202019
Discount rate4.01%3.46%4.01%Discount rate2.43 %3.08 %4.01 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets3.52%3.50%3.52%Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets1.42 %2.35 %3.52 %
Rate of future compensation increases 3.34%3.38%3.10%Rate of future compensation increases 3.25 %3.28 %3.34 %
Other Postretirement Plans
201920182017
Discount rate4.07%3.44%4.01%
 
The accounting for pension and other postretirement plans involves certain assumptions and estimates. The expected long-term rate of return for the U.S. Qualified Plan was estimated by computing a weighted average of the underlying long-term expected returns based on the investment managers’ target allocations.
Benefit Obligation and Funded Status
Rollforward of the Benefit Obligation and Fair Value of Plan Assets
 Pension Plans
$ in millions20212020
Rollforward of projected benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$4,334 $4,026 
Service cost19 17 
Interest cost104 121 
Actuarial (gain) loss1
(122)362 
Plan amendments(1)
Plan settlements(16)(2)
Benefits paid(217)(222)
Other2
(20)30 
Benefit obligation at end of year$4,081 $4,334 
Rollforward of fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$3,985 $3,553 
Actual return on plan assets(186)600 
Employer contributions38 35 
Benefits paid(217)(222)
Plan settlements(15)(2)
Other2
 21 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year$3,605 $3,985 
Funded (unfunded) status$(476)$(349)
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet
Assets$117 $283 
Liabilities(593)(632)
Net amount recognized$(476)$(349)
 Pension PlansOther Post-retirement Plans
$ in millions2019201820192018
Rollforward of benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year$3,563
$3,966
$71
$86
Service cost16
16
1
1
Interest cost139
134
2
3
Actuarial loss (gain)1
497
(340)(13)(13)
Plan amendments
15


Plan settlements(9)(11)

Benefits paid(191)(195)(5)(6)
Other2
11
(22)

Benefit obligation at end of year$4,026
$3,563
$56
$71
Rollforward of fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year$3,203
$3,468
$
$
Actual return on plan assets499
(69)

Employer contributions36
34
5
6
Benefits paid(191)(195)(5)(6)
Plan settlements(9)(11)

Other2
15
(24)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year$3,553
$3,203
$
$
Funded (unfunded) status$(473)$(360)$(56)$(71)
Amounts recognized in the balance sheets
Assets$98
$151
$
$
Liabilities(571)(511)(56)(71)
Net amount recognized$(473)$(360)$(56)$(71)
1.Primarily reflects the impact of year-over-year discount rate fluctuations and changes in mortality assumptions.
1.Primarily reflects the impact of year-over-year discount rate fluctuations.
2.Includes foreign currency exchange rate changes.
2.Includes the impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes and transfers into plan assets.
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Pension plans$4,065 $4,318 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Pension plans$4,013
$3,546

131December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligations in Excess of the Fair Value of Plan Assets
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Projected benefit obligation$637
$575
Accumulated benefit obligation624
559
Fair value of plan assets66
64

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Projected benefit obligation$3,768 $708 
Accumulated benefit obligation3,753 692 
Fair value of plan assets3,175 76 
The pension plans included in the table above may differ based on their funding status as of December 31st of each year. December 31, 2021 includes the U.S. Qualified Plan.

139December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Projected Benefit Obligation
 Pension PlansOther Postretirement Plans
  At
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
At
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Discount rate3.08%4.01%3.11%4.07%
Rate of future
compensation
increase
3.28%3.34%N/A
N/A

 Pension Plans
At
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Discount rate2.80 %2.43 %
Rate of future compensation increase3.36 %3.25 %
The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation for the U.S. pension and postretirement plans were selected by the Firm, in consultation with its independent actuary, usingactuary. The U.S. pension plans use a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad-based Aa-rated corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. For all non-U.S. pension plans, the Firm set the assumed discount rates based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.
Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates Used to Determine the U.S. Postretirement Benefit Obligation
 At
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year 
Medical5.48%5.66%
Prescription8.00%7.66%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is
assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)
4.41%4.50%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate2029
2038

Plan Assets
Fair Value of Plan Assets
At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents1
$9 $ $ $9 
U.S. government and agency securities2,759 314  3,073 
Corporate and other debt—CDO 1  1 
Derivative contracts 3  3 
Other investments  65 65 
Other receivables1
 2  2 
Total$2,768 $320 $65 $3,153 
Assets Measured at NAV
Commingled trust funds:
Money market33 
Foreign funds:
Fixed income162 
Liquidity39 
Targeted cash flow235 
Total$469 
Liabilities
Other payables1
 (17) (17)
Total liabilities$ $(17)$ $(17)
Fair value of plan assets$3,605 
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets    
Cash and cash equivalents1
$3
$
$
$3
U.S. government and agency securities:   
U.S. Treasury securities2,658


2,658
U.S. agency securities
292

292
Total U.S. government
and agency securities
2,658
292

2,950
Corporate and other debt—CDO
9

9
Other investments

53
53
Other receivables1

48

48
Total$2,661
$349
$53
$3,063
Assets Measured at NAV    
Commingled trust funds:    
Money market   137
Foreign funds:    
Fixed income   136
Liquidity   30
Targeted cash flow   240
Total   $543
Liabilities    
Derivative contracts
(1)
(1)
Other payables1

(52)
(52)
Total liabilities$
$(53)$
$(53)
Fair value of plan assets   $3,553
At December 31, 2020
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents1
$$— $— $
U.S. government and agency securities3,038 321 — 3,359 
Corporate and other debt—CDO— — 
Derivative contracts— — 
Other investments— — 61 61 
Other receivables1
— 53 — 53 
Total$3,042 $380 $61 $3,483 
Assets Measured at NAV
Commingled trust funds:
Money market48 
Foreign funds:
Fixed income169 
Liquidity54 
Targeted cash flow250 
Total$521 
Liabilities
Other payables1
— (19)— (19)
Total liabilities$— $(19)$— $(19)
Fair value of plan assets$3,985 
 At December 31, 2018
$ in millionsLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Assets    
Cash and cash equivalents1
$3
$
$
$3
U.S. government and agency securities:   
U.S. Treasury securities2,197


2,197
U.S. agency securities
317

317
Total U.S. government
and agency securities
2,197
317

2,514
Corporate and other debt—CDO
11

11
Derivative contracts
22

22
Other investments

48
48
Total$2,200
$350
$48
$2,598
Assets Measured at NAV    
Commingled trust funds:    
Money market   252
Foreign funds:    
Fixed income   134
Liquidity   12
Targeted cash flow   207
Total   $605
Fair value of plan assets   $3,203
1.Cash and cash equivalents, other receivables and other payables are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.
1.Cash and cash equivalents, other receivables and other payables are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.

December 2019 Form 10-K140

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Rollforward of Level 3 Plan Assets
$ in millions20192018
Balance at beginning of period$48
$47
Actual return on plan assets related to assets held at end of period3

Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net2
1
Balance at end of period$53
$48

$ in millions20212020
Balance at beginning of period$61 $53 
Realized and unrealized gains1 
Purchases, sales and settlements, net3 
Balance at end of period$65 $61 
There were no transfers between levels during 20192021 and 2018.2020.
The U.S. Qualified Plan’s assets represent 87%86% of the Firm’s total pension plan assets. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities and related derivative instruments designed to approximate the expected cash flows of the plan’s liabilities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with the obligation. The longer-duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run. The investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance with changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s benefit obligation.
Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s investment policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives.
As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to athe respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives are used solely for the purpose of enhancing
December 2021 Form 10-K132

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
investment returns in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.
Plan assets are measured at fair value using valuation techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Notes 2 and 3.5. OTC derivative contracts consist of investments in interest rate swaps and total return swaps. Other investments consist of pledged insurance annuity contracts held by non-U.S.-based plans. The pledged insurance annuity contracts are valued based on the premium reserve of the insurer for a guarantee that the insurer has given to the employee benefit plan that approximates fair value. The pledged insurance annuity contracts are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency and available to institutional clients. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from U.S. tax-qualified employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds based on the fair value
of the underlying securities. Commingled trust funds are redeemable at NAV at the measurement date or in the near future.
Some non-U.S.-based plans hold foreign funds that consist of investments in fixed income funds, target cash flow funds and liquidity funds. Fixed income funds invest in individual securities quoted on a recognized stock exchange or traded in a regulated market. Certain fixed income funds aim to produce returns consistent with certain Financial Times Stock Exchange indexes. Target cash flow funds are designed to provide a series of fixed annual cash flows achieved by investing in government bonds and derivatives. Liquidity funds place a high priority on capital preservation, stable value and a high liquidity of assets. Foreign funds are readily redeemable at NAV.
The Firm generally considers the NAV of commingled trust funds and foreign funds provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value.
Expected Contributions
The Firm’s policy is to fund at least the amount sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. At December 31, 2019,2021, the Firm expected to contribute approximately $50$40 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans in 20202022 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2020.2022.
Expected Future Benefit Payments
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsPension PlansOther Postretirement Plans
2020149
4
2021151
4
2022153
5
2023159
5
2024163
5
2025-2029911
18

 At December 31, 2021
$ in millionsPension Plans
2022$148 
2023153 
2024156 
2025163 
2026170 
2027-2031938 
Morgan Stanley 401(k) PlanPlans
$ in millions201920182017
Expense$280
$272
$258

$ in millions202120202019
Expense$357 $293 $280 
U.S. employees meeting certain eligibility requirements may participate in the Firm’s 401(k) plans.
Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan. Plan
Eligible employees receive discretionary 401(k) matching cash contributions as determined annually by the Firm. For 2019, 2018 and 2017, theFirm. The Firm matched eligible employee contributions up to the IRS limit at 4% of eligible pay,, or 5% up to the IRS limit. Matching contributions were invested among available funds according to each participant’s investment direction on file.a certain compensation level, in 2021 and 4% in 2020 and 2019. Eligible employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,000 also received a fixed contribution under the 401(k) Plan equal to 2% of eligible pay. Transition contributions relating to acquired entities or frozen employee benefit plans arewere allocated to certain eligible

141December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

employees. The Firm match, fixed contribution employees through 2020. Contributions are invested among available funds according to each participant’s investment direction and transition contribution are included in the Firm’s 401(k) expense.
Non-U.S. Defined Contribution Pension Plans
$ in millions201920182017
Expense$121
$116
$106

$ in millions202120202019
Expense$149 $130 $121 
The Firm maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover eligible employees of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, benefits are generally determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements.
20. Income Taxes
Provision for (Benefit from)
133December 2021 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
22. Income Taxes
Components of Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes
$ in millions201920182017
Current   
U.S.:   
Federal$873
$686
$476
State and local260
207
125
Non-U.S.:   
U.K.166
328
401
Japan177
268
56
Hong Kong82
94
48
Other1
341
318
308
Total$1,899
$1,901
$1,414
    
Deferred   
U.S.:   
Federal$185
$330
$2,656
State and local46
56
84
Non-U.S.:   
U.K.5
54
18
Japan11
(10)(17)
Hong Kong
(3)(2)
Other1
(82)22
15
Total$165
$449
$2,754
Provision for income taxes from continuing
operations
$2,064
$2,350
$4,168
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from discontinued operations$
$(1)$(7)
1.Other Non-U.S. tax provisions for 2019, 2018 and 2017 primarily include Brazil, India and Canada.
$ in millions202120202019
Current
U.S.:
Federal$2,554 $1,641 $873 
State and local475 399 260 
Non-U.S.:
U.K.551 395 166 
Japan105 185 177 
Hong Kong192 185 82 
Other1
667 684 341 
Total$4,544 $3,489 $1,899 
Deferred
U.S.:
Federal$(11)$(249)$185 
State and local33 (38)46 
Non-U.S.:
U.K.(37)(2)
Japan4 12 11 
Hong Kong(9)(3)— 
Other1
24 30 (82)
Total$4 $(250)$165 
Provision for income taxes$4,548 $3,239 $2,064 
Effective Income Tax Rate1.Other Non-U.S. tax provisions for 2021, 2020 and 2019 primarily include Brazil, Singapore and the Netherlands.
Reconciliation of the U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate to the Effective Income Tax Rate
 201920182017
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %35.0 %
U.S. state and local income taxes, net of
U.S. federal income tax benefits
2.2
2.0
1.4
Domestic tax credits(1.5)(0.9)(1.6)
Tax exempt income(0.1)(0.4)(0.1)
Non-U.S. earnings(0.8)1.3
(5.0)
Tax Act enactment

11.5
Employee share-based awards(1.1)(1.5)(1.5)
Other(1.4)(0.6)0.4
Effective income tax rate18.3 %20.9 %40.1 %

202120202019
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
U.S. state and local income taxes, net of
U.S. federal income tax benefits
2.1 2.0 2.2 
Domestic tax credits and tax exempt income(0.6)(0.8)(1.6)
Non-U.S. earnings1.4 1.7 (0.8)
Employee share-based awards(0.6)(0.7)(1.1)
Other(0.2)(0.7)(1.4)
Effective income tax rate23.1 %22.5 %18.3 %
The Firm’s effective tax ratesrate for 2019 and 2018 include intermittentincludes net discrete tax benefits of $348$475 million, and $203 million, respectively, primarily associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest as a result of new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations.
The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2017 included an intermittent net discrete tax provision of $968 million, which included an approximate $1.2 billion provision primarilyexaminations, as well as benefits related to the remeasurementconversion of certain net deferred tax assets as a result of the Tax Act, partially offset by $233 million of net discrete tax benefits primarily associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations.
The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly revised U.S. corporate income tax law by reducing the corporate income tax rate to 21%, partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain expenses and implementing a modified territorial tax system. The modified territorial tax system included a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries and also imposes a minimum tax on GILTI and an alternative BEAT on U.S. corporations with operations outside the U.S.
employee share-based awards.

December 2019 Form 10-K142

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Gross deferred tax assets  
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards$287
$264
Employee compensation and benefit plans2,075
2,053
Valuation and liability allowances318
318
Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables368
242
Total deferred tax assets3,048
2,877
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance156
143
Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance$2,892
$2,734
Gross deferred tax liabilities  
Fixed assets983
825
Other411
236
Total deferred tax liabilities$1,394
$1,061
Net deferred tax assets$1,498
$1,673

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Gross deferred tax assets
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards$276 $330 
Employee compensation and benefit plans2,430 2,248 
Allowance for credit losses and other reserves599 669 
Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables474 19 
Other15 43 
Total deferred tax assets3,794 3,309 
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance208 236 
Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance$3,586 $3,073 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
Fixed assets1,287 1,130 
Intangibles and goodwill2,046 1,156 
Total deferred tax liabilities$3,333 $2,286 
Net deferred tax assets$253 $787 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.
The Firm believes the recognized net deferred tax assets (after valuation allowance) at December 31, 20192021 are more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.
The earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested due to regulatory and other capital requirements in foreign jurisdictions. As a result of the Tax Act’s one-time transition tax on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries and an annual minimum tax on GILTI, as of December 31, 20192021, the unrecognized deferred tax liability attributable to indefinitely reinvested earnings is immaterial.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
Rollforward of Unrecognized Tax Benefits
$ in millions202120202019
Balance at beginning of period$755 $755 $1,080 
Increase based on tax positions related to the current period201 139 57 
Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods74 178 61 
Increase based on the acquisition of E*TRADE 26 — 
Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods(37)(297)(419)
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities(10)(36)(17)
Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitations(12)(10)(7)
Balance at end of period$971 $755 $755 
Net unrecognized tax benefits1
$860 $665 $549 
$ in millions201920182017
Balance at beginning of period$1,080
$1,594
$1,851
Increase based on tax positions related to the current period57
83
63
Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods61
34
170
Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods(419)(404)(312)
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities(17)(139)(155)
Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitations(7)(88)(23)
Balance at end of period$755
$1,080
$1,594
Net unrecognized tax benefits1
$549
$746
$873
1.1.Represent ending unrecognized tax benefits adjusted for the impact of the federal benefit of state issues, competent authority arrangements and foreign tax credit offsets. If recognized, these net benefits would favorably impact the effective tax rate in future periods.
Interest Expense (Benefit), Net of Federal and State Income Tax Benefits
$ in millions201920182017
Recognized in income statements$8
$(40)$(3)
Accrued at end of period92
91
147

Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes. Penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits for the years mentioned above were immaterial.
Tax Authority Examinations
The Firm is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states and localities in which it has significant business operations, such as New York. The Firm has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, and associated interest, if applicable (“tax liabilities”), that it believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Firm adjusts such tax liabilities only when new information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.
The Firm believes that the resolution of the above tax examinations will not have a material effect on the annual financial statements, although a resolution could have a material impact in the income statements and on the effective tax rate for any period in which such resolutions occur.
See Note 13 regarding the Dutch Tax Authority’s challenge, in the District Court in Amsterdam (matters styled Case number 15/3637 and Case number 15/4353), of the Firm’s entitlement to certain withholding tax credits, which may impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits.
It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount
December 2021 Form 10-K134

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.
Interest Expense (Benefit) Associated with Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Net of Federal and State Income Tax Benefits
$ in millions202120202019
Recognized in income statement$14 $56 $
Accrued at end of period142 134 92 
Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes. Penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits for the years mentioned above were immaterial.
Earliest Tax Year Subject to Examination in Major Tax Jurisdictions
JurisdictionTax Year
U.S.20132017
New York State and New York City20072010
Hong KongU.K.20132011
U.K.Japan20112015
JapanHong Kong2015


143December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

The Firm is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states and localities in which it has significant business operations, such as New York.
The Firm believes that the resolution of these tax examinations will not have a material effect on the annual financial statements, although a resolution could have a material impact in the income statement and on the effective tax rate for any period in which such resolutions occur.
21.23. Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information
Segment Information
The Firm structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and its management organization. The Firm provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of theits business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the business segments, see Note 1.
Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective business segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular business segment are generally allocated based on each business segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of revenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties for purposes of segment disclosures, the Firm includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the consolidated results.
Selected Financial Information by Business Segment
 2021
$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal
Investment banking$10,272 $822 $ $(100)$10,994 
Trading12,353 418 (53)92 12,810 
Investments607 48 721  1,376 
Commissions and fees1
2,878 3,019 1 (377)5,521 
Asset management1, 2
583 13,966 5,576 (158)19,967 
Other495 577 (20)(10)1,042 
Total non-interest revenues27,188 18,850 6,225 (553)51,710 
Interest income3,752 5,821 31 (193)9,411 
Interest expense1,107 428 36 (205)1,366 
Net interest2,645 5,393 (5)12 8,045 
Net revenues$29,833 $24,243 $6,220 $(541)$59,755 
Provision for credit losses$(7)$11 $ $ $4 
Compensation and benefits9,165 13,090 2,373  24,628 
Non-compensation expenses8,861 4,961 2,169 (536)15,455 
Total non-interest expenses$18,026 $18,051 $4,542 $(536)$40,083 
Income before provision for income taxes$11,814 $6,181 $1,678 $(5)$19,668 
Provision for income taxes2,746 1,447 356 (1)4,548 
Net income9,068 4,734 1,322 (4)15,120 
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests111  (25) 86 
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$8,957 $4,734 $1,347 $(4)$15,034 
2019 2020
$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal
Investment banking$5,734
$509
$
$(80)$6,163
Investment banking$7,204 $559 $— $(89)$7,674 
Trading10,318
734
(8)51
11,095
Trading3
Trading3
13,097 844 (34)76 13,983 
Investments325
2
1,213

1,540
Investments166 12 808 — 986 
Commissions and fees1
2,484
1,726
1
(292)3,919
Commissions and fees1
2,935 2,291 (376)4,851 
Asset management1
413
10,199
2,629
(158)13,083
Other632
345
(46)(6)925
Asset management1, 2
Asset management1, 2
461 10,955 3,013 (157)14,272 
Other3
Other3
323 403 (39)(9)678 
Total non-interest revenues19,906
13,515
3,789
(485)36,725
Total non-interest revenues24,186 15,064 3,749 (555)42,444 
Interest income12,193
5,467
20
(582)17,098
Interest income5,809 4,771 14 (432)10,162 
Interest expense11,713
1,245
46
(600)12,404
Interest expense3,519 749 29 (448)3,849 
Net interest480
4,222
(26)18
4,694
Net interest2,290 4,022 (15)16 6,313 
Net revenues$20,386
$17,737
$3,763
$(467)$41,419
Income from continuing operations before income taxes$5,490
$4,832
$985
$(6)$11,301
Net revenues3
Net revenues3
$26,476 $19,086 $3,734 $(539)$48,757 
Provision for credit losses3
Provision for credit losses3
$731 $30 $— $— $761 
Compensation and benefitsCompensation and benefits8,342 10,970 1,542 — 20,854 
Non-compensation expenses3
Non-compensation expenses3
8,252 3,699 1,322 (549)12,724 
Total non-interest expenses3
Total non-interest expenses3
$16,594 $14,669 $2,864 $(549)$33,578 
Income before provision for income taxesIncome before provision for income taxes$9,151 $4,387 $870 $10 $14,418 
Provision for income taxes769
1,104
193
(2)2,064
Provision for income taxes2,040 1,026 171 3,239 
Income from continuing operations4,721
3,728
792
(4)9,237
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes




Net income4,721
3,728
792
(4)9,237
Net income7,111 3,361 699 11,179 
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests122

73

195
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests99 — 84 — 183 
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$4,599
$3,728
$719
$(4)$9,042
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$7,012 $3,361 $615 $$10,996 
 2018
$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal
Investment banking$6,088
$475
$
$(81)$6,482
Trading11,191
279
25
56
11,551
Investments182
1
254

437
Commissions and fees1
2,671
1,804

(285)4,190
Asset management1
421
10,158
2,468
(149)12,898
Other535
248
(30)(10)743
Total non-interest revenues21,088
12,965
2,717
(469)36,301
Interest income9,271
5,498
57
(934)13,892
Interest expense9,777
1,221
28
(940)10,086
Net interest(506)4,277
29
6
3,806
Net revenues$20,582
$17,242
$2,746
$(463)$40,107
Income from continuing operations before income taxes$6,260
$4,521
$464
$(8)$11,237
Provision for income taxes1,230
1,049
73
(2)2,350
Income from continuing operations5,030
3,472
391
(6)8,887
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes(6)
2

(4)
Net income5,024
3,472
393
(6)8,883
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests118

17

135
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$4,906
$3,472
$376
$(6)$8,748
 2017
$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal
Investment banking$5,537
$533
$
$(67)$6,003
Trading10,295
848
(22)(5)11,116
Investments368
3
449

820
Commissions and fees2,433
1,737

(109)4,061
Asset management359
9,342
2,196
(100)11,797
Other630
268
(37)(13)848
Total non-interest revenues19,622
12,731
2,586
(294)34,645
Interest income5,377
4,591
4
(975)8,997
Interest expense6,186
486
4
(979)5,697
Net interest(809)4,105

4
3,300
Net revenues$18,813
$16,836
$2,586
$(290)$37,945
Income from continuing operations before income taxes$5,644
$4,299
$456
$4
$10,403
Provision for income taxes1,993
1,974
201

4,168
Income from continuing operations3,651
2,325
255
4
6,235
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes(19)


(19)
Net income3,632
2,325
255
4
6,216
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests96

9

105
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley
$3,536
$2,325
$246
$4
$6,111
I/E–Intersegment Eliminations
1.
Substantially all of the of revenues for these line items are recognized under the Revenues from Contracts with Customers accounting update.

135December 20192021 Form 10-K144

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

 2019
$ in millionsISWMIMI/ETotal
Investment banking$5,734 $509 $— $(80)$6,163 
Trading3
10,497 734 (8)51 11,274 
Investments325 1,213 — 1,540 
Commissions and fees1
2,484 1,726 (292)3,919 
Asset management1,2
413 10,199 2,629 (158)13,083 
Other3
563 354 (46)(6)865 
Total non-interest revenues20,016 13,524 3,789 (485)36,844 
Interest income12,193 5,467 20 (582)17,098 
Interest expense11,713 1,245 46 (600)12,404 
Net interest480 4,222 (26)18 4,694 
Net revenues3
$20,496 $17,746 $3,763 $(467)$41,538 
Provision for credit losses3
$151 $10 $— $— $161 
Compensation and benefits7,433 9,774 1,630 — 18,837 
Non-compensation expenses3
7,422 3,130 1,148 (461)11,239 
Total non-interest expenses3
$14,855 $12,904 $2,778 $(461)$30,076 
Income before provision for income taxes4
$5,490 $4,832 $985 $(6)$11,301 
Provision for income taxes769 1,104 193 (2)2,064 
Net income4,721 3,728 792 (4)9,237 
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests122 — 73 — 195 
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley
$4,599 $3,728 $719 $(4)$9,042 
I/E–Intersegment Eliminations
1.Substantially all revenues are from contracts with customers.
2.Includes certain fees that may relate to services performed in prior periods.
3.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See Note 1 for additional information.
4.The fourth quarter of 2019 included specific severance-related costs of approximately $172 million, which are included in Compensation and benefits expenses in the Income statement. These costs were recorded in the business segments approximately as follows: Institutional Securities $124 million, Wealth Management $37 million and Investment Management $11 million.

Detail of Investment Banking Revenues
$ in millions201920182017
Institutional Securities—Advisory$2,116
$2,436
$2,077
Institutional Securities—Underwriting3,618
3,652
3,460
Firm Investment banking revenues from contracts with customers1
90%86%N/A

$ in millions202120202019
Institutional Securities—Advisory$3,487 $2,008 $2,116 
Institutional Securities—Underwriting6,785 5,196 3,618 
Firm Investment banking revenues from contracts with customers91 %92 %90 %

1.Represents the approximate amount of Investment banking revenues accounted for under this accounting update.
Trading Revenues by Product Type1
$ in millions202120202019
Interest rate$740 $2,978 $2,773 
Foreign exchange1,008 902 395 
Equity2
7,331 6,200 5,246 
Commodity and other2,599 1,762 1,617 
Credit1,132 2,141 1,243 
Total$12,810 $13,983 $11,274 
$ in millions201920182017
Interest rate$2,773
$2,696
$2,091
Foreign exchange395
914
647
Equity security and index1
5,246
6,157
6,291
Commodity and other1,438
1,174
740
Credit1,243
610
1,347
Total$11,095
$11,551
$11,116
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See Note 1 for additional information.
1.Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.
2.Dividend income is included within equity contracts.
The previous table summarizes realized and unrealized gains and losses, from derivative and non-derivative financial instruments, included in Trading revenues in the income statements. These activities include revenues related to derivative and non-derivative financial instruments.statement. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with its market-making and related risk management strategies. The trading revenues presented in the table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the
presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.
Investment Management Investments Revenues—Net Cumulative Unrealized Carried Interest
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing$774
$434

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing$802 $735 
The Firm’s portion of net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees in the form of unrealized carried interest, (forfor which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation) arecompensation, is at risk of reversing when the return in certain funds fallsfall below specified performance targets. See Note 1315 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.
Investment Management Asset Management Revenues—Reduction of Fees Due to Fee Waivers
$ in millions201920182017
Fee waivers$43
$56
$86

$ in millions202120202019
Fee waivers$516 $135 $43 
The Firm waives a portion of its fees in the Investment Management business segment from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Certain Other Fee Waivers
Separately, the Firm’s employees, including its senior officers, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain funds that the Firm sponsors primarily for client investment, and the Firm may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees.
Income from Continuing Operations before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)Other ExpensesTransaction Taxes
$ in millions202120202019
Transaction taxes$969 $699 $489 
Transaction taxes are composed of securities transaction taxes and stamp duties, which are levied on the sale or purchase of securities listed on recognized stock exchanges in certain markets. These taxes are imposed mainly on trades of equity securities in Asia and EMEA. Similar transaction taxes are levied on trades of listed derivative instruments in certain countries.
Net Revenues by Region1
$ in millions202120202019
Americas$44,605 $35,459 $30,324 
EMEA7,699 6,549 6,078 
Asia7,451 6,749 5,136 
Total$59,755 $48,757 $41,538 
1.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. See Note 1 for additional information.
$ in millions201920182017
U.S.$9,464
$7,804
$5,686
Non-U.S.1
1,837
3,433
4,717
Total$11,301
$11,237
$10,403
1.December 2021 Form 10-K136

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Income before Provision for Income Taxes
$ in millions202120202019
U.S.$14,082 $10,027 $9,464 
Non-U.S.1
5,586 4,391 1,837 
Total$19,668 $14,418 $11,301 
1.Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.
Net Discrete Tax Provisions (Benefits) by Segment
$ in millionsISWMIMTotal
2019    
Intermittent net discrete tax provision (benefit)$(317)$(13)$(18)$(348)
Recurring:    
Employee share-based awards1
(83)(37)(7)(127)
Total$(400)$(50)$(25)$(475)
2018    
Intermittent net discrete tax provision (benefit)$(182)$
$(21)$(203)
Recurring:    
Employee share-based awards1
(104)(50)(11)(165)
Total$(286)$(50)$(32)$(368)
2017    
Intermittent:    
Tax Act enactment2
$705
$402
$94
$1,201
Remeasurement of reserves and related interest(168)

(168)
Other(66)9
(8)(65)
Total intermittent net discrete tax provision (benefit)$471
$411
$86
$968
Recurring:    
Employee share-based awards1
(93)(54)(8)(155)
Total$378
$357
$78
$813
1.We consider these employee share-based award related provisions (benefits) to be recurring-type (“Recurring”) discrete tax items, as we anticipate some level of conversion activity each year.
2.For further discussion on the Tax Act, see Note 20.
Net Revenues by Region
$ in millions201920182017
Americas$30,226
$29,301
$27,817
EMEA6,061
6,092
5,714
Asia5,132
4,714
4,414
Total$41,419
$40,107
$37,945

The Firm operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Firm’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through EMEA and Asia locations. The net revenues disclosed in the followingprevious table reflect the regional

145December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

view of the Firm’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:
Institutional Securities:Securities client: Client location for advisory and equity underwriting, revenue recordingsyndicate desk location for debt underwriting, trading desk location for sales and trading.
Wealth Management:Management: Americas, where representatives operate in the Americas.operate.
Investment Management:Management client: Client location, except certain closed-end funds, which are based on asset location.
RevenueRevenues Recognized from Prior Services
$ in millions20192018
Non-interest revenues$2,705
$2,821

$ in millions202120202019
Non-interest revenues$2,391 $2,298 $2,705 
The previous table includes revenuerevenues from contracts with customers recognized where some or all services were performed in prior periodsperiods. For the year ended December 31, 2021, these revenues primarily include investment banking advisory fees, and isfor the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, these revenues primarily composed ofinclude investment banking advisory fees and distribution fees.
Receivables from Contracts with Customers
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Customer and other receivables$2,916
$2,308

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Customer and other receivables$3,591 $3,200 
Receivables from contracts with customers, which are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets,sheet, arise when the Firm has both recorded revenues and has the right per the contract to bill the customer.
Assets by Business Segment
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Institutional Securities$691,201
$646,427
Institutional Securities$792,135 $753,322 
Wealth Management197,682
202,392
Wealth Management378,438 355,595 
Investment Management6,546
4,712
Investment Management17,567 6,945 
Total1
$895,429
$853,531
Total1
$1,188,140 $1,115,862 
1. Parent assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.
Total Assets by Region
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Americas$622,979
$576,532
EMEA185,093
200,194
Asia87,357
76,805
Total$895,429
$853,531

$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Americas$848,001 $815,048 
EMEA204,083 194,598 
Asia136,056 106,216 
Total$1,188,140 $1,115,862 
22.24. Parent Company
Parent Company Only—Condensed Income StatementsStatement and Comprehensive Income StatementsStatement
$ in millions202120202019
Revenues
Dividends from bank subsidiaries$ $2,811 $3,531 
Dividends from BHC and non-bank subsidiaries8,898 1,170 1,998 
Total dividends from subsidiaries8,898 3,981 5,529 
Trading229 (244)(54)
Other4 51 80 
Total non-interest revenues9,131 3,788 5,555 
Interest income2,648 3,666 5,121 
Interest expense2,822 3,087 4,661 
Net interest(174)579 460 
Net revenues8,957 4,367 6,015 
Non-interest expenses443 387 300 
Income before income taxes8,514 3,980 5,715 
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(203)(109)(73)
Net income before undistributed gain of subsidiaries8,717 4,089 5,788 
Undistributed gain of subsidiaries6,317 6,907 3,254 
Net income15,034 10,996 9,042 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments(207)102 (8)
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities(1,542)1,580 1,137 
Pensions and other(53)146 (66)
Change in net debt valuation adjustment662 (1,002)(1,559)
Comprehensive income$13,894 $11,822 $8,546 
Net income$15,034 $10,996 $9,042 
Preferred stock dividends and other468 496 530 
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$14,566 $10,500 $8,512 

$ in millions201920182017
Revenues   
Dividends from subsidiaries1
$5,529
$4,973
$2,567
Trading(54)54
(260)
Other80
(5)64
Total non-interest revenues5,555
5,022
2,371
Interest income5,121
5,172
3,783
Interest expense4,661
4,816
4,079
Net interest460
356
(296)
Net revenues6,015
5,378
2,075
Non-interest expenses300
225
240
Income before income taxes5,715
5,153
1,835
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(73)22
(206)
Net income before undistributed gain
of subsidiaries
5,788
5,131
2,041
Undistributed gain of subsidiaries3,254
3,617
4,070
Net income9,042
8,748
6,111
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:   
Foreign currency translation adjustments(8)(114)219
Change in net unrealized gains (losses)
on available-for-sale securities
1,137
(272)41
Pensions, postretirement and other(66)137
(117)
Change in net debt valuation adjustment(1,559)1,454
(560)
Comprehensive income$8,546
$9,953
$5,694
Net income$9,042
$8,748
$6,111
Preferred stock dividends and other530
526
523
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$8,512
$8,222
$5,588
1.In 2019 and 2018, the Parent Company recorded approximately $4 billion and $3 billion, respectively, of dividends from bank subsidiaries.


137December 20192021 Form 10-K146

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Parent Company Only—Condensed Balance SheetsSheet
$ in millions, except share dataAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents:  
Cash and due from banks$9
$6
Deposits with bank subsidiaries8,001
7,476
Trading assets at fair value5,747
10,039
Investment securities (includes $19,824 and $15,500 at fair value and $4,606 and $ were pledged to various parties)
37,253
22,588
Securities purchased under agreement to
resell with affiliates
10,114
25,535
Advances to subsidiaries:  
Bank and BHC27,667
30,954
Non-bank104,345
97,405
Equity investments in subsidiaries:  
Bank and BHC36,093
42,848
Non-bank43,667
32,418
Other assets244
1,244
Total assets$273,140
$270,513
Liabilities  
Trading liabilities at fair value$1,130
$276
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with affiliates4,631

Payables to and advances from subsidiaries35,470
30,861
Other liabilities and accrued expenses2,153
2,548
Borrowings (includes $20,461 and $18,599 at fair value)
148,207
156,582
Total liabilities191,591
190,267
Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 13) 
Equity  
Preferred stock8,520
8,520
Common stock, $0.01 par value:  
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,593,973,680 and 1,699,828,943
20
20
Additional paid-in capital23,935
23,794
Retained earnings70,589
64,175
Employee stock trusts2,918
2,836
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(2,788)(2,292)
Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (444,920,299 and 339,065,036 shares)
(18,727)(13,971)
Common stock issued to employee stock
trusts
(2,918)(2,836)
Total shareholders’ equity81,549
80,246
Total liabilities and equity$273,140
$270,513

$ in millions, except share dataAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$15,342 $7,102 
Trading assets at fair value5,298 6,862 
Investment securities (includes $21,246 and $20,037 at fair value; $16,573 and $24,248 were pledged to various parties)
39,707 39,225 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell to affiliates21,116 34,698 
Advances to subsidiaries:
Bank and BHC59,757 22,692 
Non-bank96,202 121,731 
Equity investments in subsidiaries:
Bank and BHC69,059 52,951 
Non-bank48,481 47,450 
Other assets1,109 454 
Total assets$356,071 $333,165 
Liabilities
Trading liabilities at fair value$1,688 $1,623 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase from affiliates16,928 24,349 
Payables to and advances from subsidiaries59,960 43,252 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses1,859 2,181 
Borrowings (includes $15,894 and $18,804 at fair value)
170,195 159,979 
Total liabilities250,630 231,384 
Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 15)
Equity
Preferred stock7,750 9,250 
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000; Shares issued: 2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding: 1,772,226,530 and 1,809,624,144
20 20 
Additional paid-in capital28,841 25,546 
Retained earnings89,432 78,694 
Employee stock trusts3,955 3,043 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(3,102)(1,962)
Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (266,667,449 and 229,269,835 shares)
(17,500)(9,767)
Common stock issued to employee stock
trusts
(3,955)(3,043)
Total shareholders’ equity105,441 101,781 
Total liabilities and equity$356,071 $333,165 
Parent Company Only—Condensed Cash Flow StatementsStatement
$ in millions201920182017
Net cash provided by (used for) operating
activities
$24,175
$(1,136)$3,747
Cash flows from investing activities   
Proceeds from (payments for):   
Investment securities:   
Purchases(22,408)(8,155)(5,263)
Proceeds from sales4,671
1,252
3,620
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities3,157
3,729
1,038
Securities purchased under agreements to
resell with affiliates
15,422
13,057
19,314
Securities sold under agreements to
repurchase with affiliates
4,631
(8,753)8,753
Advances to and investments in subsidiaries(9,210)11,841
(35,686)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing
activities
(3,737)12,971
(8,224)
Cash flows from financing activities   
Proceeds from:   
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance
costs
497

994
Issuance of Borrowings8,337
14,918
36,833
Payments for:   
Borrowings(24,282)(21,418)(24,668)
Repurchases of common stock and
employee tax withholdings
(5,954)(5,566)(4,292)
Cash dividends(2,627)(2,375)(2,085)
Net change in advances from subsidiaries4,378
2,122
1,861
Other financing activities12

26
Net cash provided by (used for) financing
activities
(19,639)(12,319)8,669
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(271)(166)221
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents
528
(650)4,413
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of
period
7,482
8,132
3,719
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of
period
$8,010
$7,482
$8,132
Cash and cash equivalents:   
Cash and due from banks$9
$6
$11
Deposits with bank subsidiaries8,001
7,476
8,120
Restricted cash

1
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of
period
$8,010
$7,482
$8,132
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash payments for:   
Interest$4,677
$4,798
$3,570
Income taxes, net of refunds1
1,186
437
201

$ in millions202120202019
Net cash provided by (used for) operating
activities
$4,257 $14,202 $24,175 
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from (payments for):
Investment securities:
Purchases(9,297)(9,310)(22,408)
Proceeds from sales2,611 2,013 4,671 
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities5,636 5,651 3,157 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell with affiliates13,581 (24,584)15,422 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with affiliates(7,422)19,719 4,631 
Advances to and investments in subsidiaries(17,083)(13,832)(9,210)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(11,974)(20,343)(3,737)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from:
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs1,275 — 497 
Issuance of Borrowings42,098 25,587 8,337 
Payments for:
Borrowings(28,592)(22,105)(24,282)
Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings(12,075)(1,890)(5,954)
Cash dividends(4,171)(2,739)(2,627)
Net change in advances from subsidiaries17,042 7,194 4,378 
Other financing activities (498)12 
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities15,577 5,549 (19,639)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents380 (316)(271)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents8,240 (908)528 
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period7,102 8,010 7,482 
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$15,342 $7,102 $8,010 
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and due from banks$100 $20 $
Deposits with bank subsidiaries15,242 7,082 8,001 
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period$15,342 $7,102 $8,010 
Restricted cash$441 $381 $— 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash payments for:
Interest$2,970 $3,472 $4,677 
Income taxes, net of refunds1
2,775 1,364 1,186 
1.Represents1.Represents total payments, net of refunds, made to various tax authorities and includes taxes paid on behalf of certain subsidiaries that are subsequently settled between the Parent Company and these subsidiaries. The settlements received from subsidiaries were $1.6$3.0 billion, $1.6 billion and $1.5$1.6 billion for 2021, 2020 and 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
 
On November 25, 2019,For information on the Parent Company issued $500 million of Series L Preferred Stock and on January 15, 2020, the Parent Company redeemed in whole its outstanding Series G Preferred Stock. For further information onCompany’s preferred stock, see Note 16.18.

147December 2019 Form 10-K

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

Parent Company’s Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Senior$155,304 $148,885 
Subordinated13,591 11,094 
Total$168,895 $159,979 
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Senior$137,138
$146,492
Subordinated10,570
10,090
Total$147,708
$156,582

December 2021 Form 10-K138

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
Transactions with Subsidiaries
The Parent Company has transactions with its consolidated subsidiaries determined on an agreed-upon basis and has guaranteed certain unsecured lines of credit and contractual obligations on certain of its consolidated subsidiaries.
Guarantees
In the normal course of its business, the Parent Company guarantees certain of its subsidiaries’ obligations on a transaction-by-transaction basis under derivative and othervarious financial arrangements. The Parent Company records Trading assets and Trading liabilities, which include derivative contracts, at fair value in its condensed balance sheets.
The Parent Company also, in the normal course of its business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, and certain annuity products. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Parent Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Parent Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

The Parent Company has issued guarantees on behalf of its subsidiaries to various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Under these guarantee arrangements, the Parent Company may be required to pay the financial obligations of its subsidiaries related to business transacted on or with the exchanges and clearinghouses in the event of a subsidiary’s default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these arrangements and believes that any potential requirements to make payments under these arrangements are remote.
The Parent Company also, in the normal course of business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, and certain annuity products, and may also provide indemnities to or on behalf of affiliates from time to time for other arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required, as applicable, based on a change in the tax laws, change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or claims arising from contractual relationships between affiliates. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Parent Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Parent Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.
Guarantees of Debt Instruments and Warrants Issued by Subsidiaries
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Aggregate balance$32,996
$24,286
Aggregate balance$47,129 $39,745 
Guarantees under Subsidiary Lease Obligations
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2021
At
December 31,
2020
Aggregate balance1
$610 $865 
1.Amounts primarily relate to the U.K.
$ in millionsAt
December 31,
2019
At
December 31,
2018
Aggregate balance1
$925
$1,003
1.Amounts primarily relate to the U.K.
Finance Subsidiary
The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a wholly owned finance subsidiary. No other subsidiary of the Parent Company guarantees these securities.
Resolution and Recovery Planning
As indicated in the Firm’s 20192021 targeted resolution plan submitted to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, the Parent Company has amended and restated its support agreement with its material entities (including its wholly owned, direct subsidiary Morgan Stanley Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”) and certain other subsidiaries,subsidiaries), as defined in the Firm’s 20192021 targeted resolution plan. Under the secured, amended and restated support agreement, in the event of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute all of its material assets that can be contributed under the terms of the amended and restated support agreement (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain other assets) (“Contributable Assets”), to the material entities and/or the Funding IHC. The Funding IHC would be obligated to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to the material entities.

139December 20192021 Form 10-K148

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
mslogo.jpg

23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
 2019 Quarter
$ in millions, except per share dataFirstSecondThird
Fourth1, 2, 3
Total non-interest revenues$9,272
$9,215
$8,814
$9,424
Net interest1,014
1,029
1,218
1,433
Net revenues10,286
10,244
10,032
10,857
Total non-interest expenses7,331
7,341
7,322
8,124
Income from continuing operations before income taxes2,955
2,903
2,710
2,733
Provision for income taxes487
657
492
428
Income from continuing operations2,468
2,246
2,218
2,305
Net income2,468
2,246
2,218
2,305
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests39
45
45
66
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$2,429
$2,201
$2,173
$2,239
Preferred stock dividends and other93
170
113
154
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$2,336
$2,031
$2,060
$2,085
Earnings (loss) per basic common share4:
Income from continuing operations$1.41
$1.24
$1.28
$1.33
Earnings per basic common share$1.41
$1.24
$1.28
$1.33
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share4:
Income from continuing operations$1.39
$1.23
$1.27
$1.30
Earnings per diluted common share$1.39
$1.23
$1.27
$1.30
Dividends declared per common share$0.30
$0.30
$0.35
$0.35
Book value per common share$42.83
$44.13
$45.49
$45.82

 2018 Quarter
$ in millions, except per share dataFirstSecondThird
Fourth1, 2
Total non-interest revenues$10,102
$9,704
$8,936
$7,559
Net interest975
906
936
989
Net revenues11,077
10,610
9,872
8,548
Total non-interest expenses7,657
7,501
7,021
6,691
Income from continuing operations before income taxes3,420
3,109
2,851
1,857
Provision for income taxes714
640
696
300
Income from continuing operations2,706
2,469
2,155
1,557
Income (loss) from discontinued operations(2)(2)(1)1
Net income2,704
2,467
2,154
1,558
Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests36
30
42
27
Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley$2,668
$2,437
$2,112
$1,531
Preferred stock dividends93
170
93
170
Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders$2,575
$2,267
$2,019
$1,361
Earnings (loss) per basic common share4:
Income from continuing operations$1.48
$1.32
$1.19
$0.81
Income (loss) from discontinued operations



Earnings per basic common share$1.48
$1.32
$1.19
$0.81
Earnings (loss) per diluted common share4:
Income from continuing operations$1.46
$1.30
$1.17
$0.80
Income (loss) from discontinued operations(0.01)


Earnings per diluted common share$1.45
$1.30
$1.17
$0.80
Dividends declared per common share$0.25
$0.25
$0.30
$0.30
Book value per common share$39.19
$40.34
$40.67
$42.20

1.The fourth quarters of 2019 and 2018 included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $158 million and $111 million, respectively, primarily associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest as a result of new information pertaining to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations.
2.Total non-interest revenues includes impairments of the Investment Management business segment’s interests in two distinct equity method investments in third-party asset managers of $41 million in 2019 and $46 million in 2018.
3.The fourth quarter of 2019 included specific severance-related costs of approximately $172 million, which are included in Compensation and benefits expenses in the Income statement. These costs were recorded in the business segments approximately as follows: Institutional Securities $124 million, Wealth Management $37 million and Investment Management $11 million.
4.The sum of the quarters’ earnings per common share may not equal the annual amounts due to the averaging effect of the number of shares and share equivalents throughout the year.

149December 2019 Form 10-K

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsData Supplement (Unaudited)
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

24. Subsequent Event
On February 20, 2020, the Firm entered into a definitive agreement under which it will acquire E*TRADE Financial Corporation (“E*TRADE”) in an all-stock transaction currently valued at approximately $13 billion, based on the closing price of the Firm’s common stock and the number of E*TRADE's fully diluted shares outstanding on February 19, 2020. Under the terms of the agreement, E*TRADE common stockholders will receive 1.0432 Morgan Stanley common shares for each E*TRADE common share. The acquisition is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and approval by E*TRADE shareholders, and is expected to close in the fourth quarter of 2020.

December 2019 Form 10-K150

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)
mslogo.jpg

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income
20192018 20212020
$ in millions
Average
Daily
Balance
Interest
Average
Rate
Average
Daily
Balance
Interest
Average
Rate
$ in millionsAverage
Daily
Balance
InterestAverage
Rate
Average
Daily
Balance
InterestAverage
Rate
Interest earning assetsInterest earning assets   Interest earning assets
Investment securities1
$101,696
$2,175
2.1%$81,977
$1,744
2.1 %
Investment securities1
$182,896 $2,759 1.5 %$136,502 $2,282 1.7 %
Loans1
121,002
4,783
4.0
109,681
4,249
3.9
Loans1
166,675 4,209 2.5 143,350 4,142 2.9 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed2:
Securities purchased under agreements to resell2,3:
Securities purchased under agreements to resell2,3:
U.S.142,089
3,378
2.4
134,223
2,262
1.7
U.S.55,274 86 0.2 44,964 545 1.2 
Non-U.S.76,577
107
0.1
86,430
(286)(0.3)Non-U.S.53,323 (267)(0.5)42,064 (87)(0.2)
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities3:
  
Securities borrowed2,4:
Securities borrowed2,4:
U.S.77,481
2,531
3.3
57,780
2,144
3.7
U.S.99,667 (825)(0.8)85,561 (490)(0.6)
Non-U.S.14,654
368
2.5
9,014
248
2.8
Non-U.S.17,387 (192)(1.1)17,035 (162)(1.0)
Customer receivables and Other4:
  
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities5:
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities5:
U.S.U.S.77,916 1,644 2.1 76,273 2,000 2.6 
Non-U.S.Non-U.S.19,559 394 2.0 22,604 417 1.8 
Customer receivables and Other6:
Customer receivables and Other6:
U.S.61,501
2,697
4.4
73,695
2,592
3.5
U.S.135,005 1,409 1.0 87,775 1,188 1.4 
Non-U.S.58,601
1,059
1.8
54,396
939
1.7
Non-U.S.74,068 194 0.3 63,301 327 0.5 
Total$653,601
$17,098
2.6%$607,196
$13,892
2.3 %Total$881,770 $9,411 1.1 %$719,429 $10,162 1.4 %
Interest bearing liabilitiesInterest bearing liabilities   Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits1
$180,116
$1,885
1.0%$169,226
$1,255
0.7 %
Deposits1
$325,500 $409 0.1 %$241,487 $953 0.4 %
Borrowings1, 5
192,770
5,052
2.6
191,692
5,031
2.6
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned6:
Borrowings1, 7
Borrowings1, 7
224,657 2,725 1.2 202,498 3,250 1.6 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase2,8,10:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase2,8,10:
U.S.32,437
1,916
5.9
24,426
1,408
5.8
U.S.29,383 157 0.5 27,085 483 1.8 
Non-U.S.31,808
693
2.2
37,319
490
1.3
Non-U.S.27,374 (64)(0.2)21,752 81 0.4 
Customer payables and Other7:
  
Securities loaned2,9,10:
Securities loaned2,9,10:
U.S.U.S.4,816 29 0.6 2,898 49 1.7 
Non-U.S.Non-U.S.5,514 372 6.7 6,611 370 5.6 
Customer payables and Other11:
Customer payables and Other11:
U.S.118,775
1,792
1.5
120,228
1,061
0.9
U.S.132,899 (1,825)(1.4)125,982 (1,176)(0.9)
Non-U.S.65,196
1,066
1.6
70,855
841
1.2
Non-U.S.76,185 (437)(0.6)64,958 (161)(0.2)
Total$621,102
$12,404
2.0%$613,746
$10,086
1.6 %Total$826,328 $1,366 0.2 %$693,271 $3,849 0.6 %
Net interest income and net interest rate spreadNet interest income and net interest rate spread$4,694
0.6% $3,806
0.7 %Net interest income and net interest rate spread$8,045 0.9 %$6,313 0.8 %

Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income
 2021 versus 2020
 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
 
$ in millionsVolumeRateNet Change
Interest earning assets
Investment
securities1
$776 $(299)$477 
Loans1
674 (607)67 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell3:
U.S.125 (584)(459)
Non-U.S.(23)(157)(180)
Securities borrowed4:
U.S.(81)(254)(335)
Non-U.S.(3)(27)(30)
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities5:
U.S.43 (399)(356)
Non-U.S.(56)33 (23)
Customer receivables and Other6:
U.S.639 (418)221��
Non-U.S.56 (189)(133)
Change in interest income$2,150 $(2,901)$(751)
Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits1
$332 $(876)$(544)
Borrowings1,7
356 (881)(525)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase8,10:
U.S.41 (367)(326)
Non-U.S.21 (166)(145)
Securities loaned9,10:
U.S.32 (52)(20)
Non-U.S.(61)63 2 
Customer payables and Other11:
U.S.(65)(584)(649)
Non-U.S.(28)(248)(276)
Change in interest expense$628 $(3,111)$(2,483)
Change in net interest income$1,522 $210 $1,732 
 2019 versus 2018
 
Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
 
$ in millionsVolumeRateNet Change
Interest earning assets  
Investment
securities1
$420
$11
$431
Loans1
439
95
534
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed2:
U.S.133
983
1,116
Non-U.S.33
360
393
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities3:
U.S.731
(344)387
Non-U.S.155
(35)120
Customer receivables and Other4:
  
U.S.(429)534
105
Non-U.S.73
47
120
Change in interest income$1,555
$1,651
$3,206
Interest bearing liabilities  
Deposits1
$81
$549
$630
Borrowings1, 5
28
(7)21
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned6:
U.S.462
46
508
Non-U.S.(72)275
203
Customer payables and Other7:
  
U.S.(13)744
731
Non-U.S.(67)292
225
Change in interest expense$419
$1,899
$2,318
Change in net interest income$1,136
$(248)$888


151December 20192021 Form 10-K140

 
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)
ms-20211231_g1.jpg

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income
2017 2019
$ in millions
Average
Daily
Balance
Interest
Average
Rate
$ in millionsAverage
Daily
Balance
InterestAverage
Rate
Interest earning assets  Interest earning assets
Investment securities1
$76,746
$1,334
1.7 %
Investment securities1
$101,696 $2,175 2.1 %
Loans1
98,727
3,298
3.3
Loans1
121,002 4,783 4.0 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed2:
Securities purchased under agreements to resell2,3:
Securities purchased under agreements to resell2,3:
U.S.125,453
606
0.5
U.S.46,757 2,121 4.5 
Non-U.S.95,478
(437)(0.5)Non-U.S.43,328 160 0.4 
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities3:
Securities borrowed2,4:
Securities borrowed2,4:
U.S.59,335
1,876
3.2
U.S.95,332 1,257 1.3 
Non-U.S.4,326
153
3.5
Non-U.S.33,249 (53)(0.2)
Customer receivables and Other4:
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities5:
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities5:
U.S.U.S.77,481 2,531 3.3 
Non-U.S.Non-U.S.14,654 368 2.5 
Customer receivables and Other6:
Customer receivables and Other6:
U.S.72,440
1,614
2.2
U.S.61,501 2,697 4.4 
Non-U.S.40,179
553
1.4
Non-U.S.58,601 1,059 1.8 
Total$572,684
$8,997
1.6 %Total$653,601 $17,098 2.6 %
Interest bearing liabilities  Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits1
$151,442
$187
0.1 %
Deposits1
$180,116 $1,885 1.0 %
Borrowings1, 5
184,453
4,285
2.3
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned6:
Borrowings1,7
Borrowings1,7
192,770 5,052 2.6 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase2,8,10:
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase2,8,10:
U.S.30,866
900
2.9
U.S.29,140 1,784 6.1 
Non-U.S.39,396
337
0.9
Non-U.S.24,373 183 0.8 
Customer payables and Other7:
Securities loaned2,9,10:
Securities loaned2,9,10:
U.S.U.S.3,297 132 4.0 
Non-U.S.Non-U.S.7,435 510 6.9 
Customer payables and Other11:
Customer payables and Other11:
U.S.128,274
(213)(0.2)U.S.118,775 1,792 1.5 
Non-U.S.65,496
201
0.3
Non-U.S.65,196 1,066 1.6 
Total$599,927
$5,697
0.9 %Total$621,102 $12,404 2.0 %
Net interest income and net interest rate spreadNet interest income and net interest rate spread$3,300
0.7 %Net interest income and net interest rate spread$4,694 0.6 %
Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income
 2020 versus 2019
 Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
 
$ in millionsVolumeRateNet Change
Interest earning assets
Investment securities1
$744 $(637)$107 
Loans1
883 (1,524)(641)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell2,3:
U.S.(81)(1,495)(1,576)
Non-U.S.(5)(242)(247)
Securities borrowed2,4:
U.S.(129)(1,618)(1,747)
Non-U.S.26 (135)(109)
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities5:
U.S.(39)(492)(531)
Non-U.S.200 (151)49 
Customer receivables and Other6:
U.S.1,152 (2,661)(1,509)
Non-U.S.85 (817)(732)
Change in interest income$2,836 $(9,772)$(6,936)
Interest bearing liabilities
Deposits1
$642 $(1,574)$(932)
Borrowings1,7
255 (2,057)(1,802)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase2,8,10:
U.S.(127)(1,174)(1,301)
Non-U.S.(20)(82)(102)
Securities loaned2,9,10:
U.S.(16)(67)(83)
Non-U.S.(57)(83)(140)
Customer payables and Other11:
U.S.109 (3,077)(2,968)
Non-U.S.(4)(1,223)(1,227)
Change in interest expense$782 $(9,337)$(8,555)
Change in net interest income$2,054 $(435)$1,619 
 2018 versus 2017
 
Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
 
$ in millionsVolumeRateNet Change
Interest earning assets  
Investment securities1
$91
$319
$410
Loans1
366
585
951
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed2:
U.S.42
1,614
1,656
Non-U.S.41
110
151
Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities3:
 
U.S.(49)317
268
Non-U.S.166
(71)95
Customer receivables and Other4:
   
U.S.28
950
978
Non-U.S.196
190
386
Change in interest income$881
$4,014
$4,895
Interest bearing liabilities  
Deposits1
$22
$1,046
$1,068
Borrowings1,5
168
578
746
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned6:
U.S.(188)696
508
Non-U.S.(18)171
153
Customer payables and Other7:
   
U.S.13
1,261
1,274
Non-U.S.16
624
640
Change in interest expense$13
$4,376
$4,389
Change in net interest income$868
$(362)$506
1.Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.

2.Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
1.Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.
2.Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.
3.Excludes non-interest earning assets and non-interest bearing liabilities, such as equity securities.
4.Includes Cash and cash equivalents.
5.Includes structured notes, whose interest expense is considered part of its value and therefore is recorded within Trading revenues.
6.Includes fees received on Securities loaned. The annualized average rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheets and (b) net average on-balance sheet balances, which exclude certain securities-for-securities transactions.
7.Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions entered into to cover customers’ short positions.
3.Includes interest paid on Securities purchased under agreements to resell.
4.Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.
5.Excludes non-interest earning assets and non-interest bearing liabilities, such as equity securities.
6.Includes Cash and cash equivalents.
7.Includes borrowings carried at fair value, whose interest expense is considered part of fair value, and therefore, is recorded within Trading revenues.
8.Includes interest received on Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
9.Includes fees received on Securities loaned.
10.The annualized average rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheet and (b) net average on-balance sheet balances, which exclude certain securities-for-securities transactions.
11.Includes fees received from Equity Financing customers related to their short transactions, which can be under either margin or securities lending arrangements.
Deposits
 Average Daily Deposits
 202120202019
$ in millionsAverage
Amount
Average
Rate
Average
Amount
Average
Rate
Average
Amount
Average
Rate
Deposits1:
Savings$304,664  %$202,035 0.1 %$144,017 0.6 %
Time20,836 1.7 %39,452 1.8 %36,099 2.8 %
Total$325,500 0.1 %$241,487 0.4 %$180,116 1.0 %
1.The Firm’s deposits were primarily held in U.S. offices.
 Average Daily Deposits
 201920182017
$ in millions
Average
Amount
Average
Rate
Average
Amount
Average
Rate
Average
Amount
Average
Rate
Deposits1:
Savings$144,017
0.6%$142,753
0.4%$144,870
0.1%
Time36,099
2.8%26,473
2.4%6,572
1.6%
Total$180,116
1.0%$169,226
0.7%$151,442
0.1%

1.The Firm’s deposits were primarily held in U.S. offices.


141December 2021 Form 10-K

Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms
ms-20211231_g1.jpg
December 2019 Form 10-K152

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)
mslogo.jpg

Ratios 
 201920182017
Net income to average total assets1.0%1.0%0.7%
ROE1
11.7%11.8%8.0%
Return on total equity2
11.1%11.1%7.8%
Dividend payout ratio3
25.0%23.3%29.3%
Total average common equity to average total assets8.2%8.1%8.2%
Total average equity to average total assets9.2%9.1%9.2%
1.ROE represents Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity.
2.Return on total equity represents Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley as a percentage of average total equity.
3.Dividend payout ratio represents dividends declared per common share as a percentage of earnings per diluted common share.
Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase and Securities Loaned
$ in millions201920182017
Period-end balance$62,706
$61,667
$70,016
Average balance1
64,245
61,745
70,262
Maximum balance at any month-end78,327
72,161
77,063
Weighted average interest rate during the
period2
4.1%3.1%1.8%
Weighted average interest rate on
period-end balance2
4.0%4.1%1.5%
1.The Firm calculated its average balances based upon daily amounts.
2.The weighted average interest rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheets and (b) net average or period-end balances excluding certain securities-for-securities transactions.
Cross-Border Outstandings
 At December 31, 2019
$ in millionsBanksGovernments
Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
OtherTotal
Japan18,282
7,146
20,376
11,565
$57,369
U.K.6,021
11,515
15,623
10,431
43,590
Cayman Islands12

24,693
5,987
30,692
France4,454
1,927
9,447
6,363
22,191
Canada6,794
1,205
2,606
4,163
14,768
Ireland274
126
9,161
4,410
13,971
European 
Central Bank

11,464


11,464
China1,451
168
1,320
7,907
10,846
Brazil2,765
2,116
1,287
4,509
10,677
Luxembourg82
27
7,596
1,947
9,652
Australia2,265
2,366
2,481
2,486
9,598
Netherlands2,149
107
2,163
4,788
9,207
Germany1,210
838
2,444
4,471
8,963
 December 31, 2018
$ in millionsBanksGovernments
Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
OtherTotal
Japan$16,130
$14,974
$30,301
$9,951
$71,356
U.K.3,978
7,683
20,168
11,083
42,912
Cayman Islands14

28,164
5,342
33,520
France3,750
1,420
17,343
6,584
29,097
Canada6,808
2,153
2,005
2,455
13,421
Ireland664
24
8,466
4,191
13,345
European 
Central Bank

12,008


12,008
Brazil2,464
5,074
579
2,133
10,250
Germany822
1,499
4,137
3,022
9,480
Luxembourg101
291
7,139
1,289
8,820
 December 31, 2017
$ in millionsBanksGovernments
Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
OtherTotal
Japan$12,239
$18,103
$18,125
$10,874
$59,341
U.K.4,8706,74124,73113,99250,334
France3,40190012,7818,44525,527
Cayman
Islands
17116,0414,99921,058
Ireland391528,5774,60113,621
Germany1,0451,1916,2863,76512,287
Canada4,2256213,0723,69511,613
Brazil2,7613,4703153,80910,355
China9021,7139405,8529,407
Republic of Korea4472,8711,0204,9229,260
Netherlands3139822,4464,3778,118

Cross-border outstandings are based upon the FFIEC regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border information and represent the amounts that we may not be able to obtain from a foreign country due to country-specific events, including unfavorable economic and political conditions, economic and social instability, and changes in government policies. Claims include cash, customer and other receivables, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and cash trading instruments, but exclude commitments. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed are presented based on the domicile of the counterparty, without reduction for related securities collateral held. For information on the Firm’s country risk exposure, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Country and Other Risks.”
There can be substantial differences between our cross-border risk exposure and our country risk exposure. For instance, unlike the country risk exposure, our cross-border risk exposure does not include the effect of certain risk mitigants. In addition, the basis for determining the domicile of the cross-border risk exposure is different from the basis for determining the country risk exposure. Cross-border risk exposure is reported based on the country of jurisdiction for the obligor or guarantor. For country risk exposure, we consider factors in addition to that of

ABS153December 2019 Form 10-K

Asset-backed securities
Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)
mslogo.jpg

country of jurisdiction, including physical location of operations or assets, location and source of cash flows or revenues and location of collateral (if applicable) in order to determine the basis for country risk exposure. Furthermore, cross-border risk exposure incorporates CDS only where protection is purchased, while country risk exposure incorporates CDS where protection is purchased or sold.
The cross-border outstandings tables set forth cross-border outstandings for each country, excluding derivative exposure, in which cross-border outstandings exceed 1% of the Firm’s consolidated assets or 20% of the Firm’s total capital, whichever is less, in accordance with the FFIEC guidelines.
$ in millions
Cross-Border Exposure1
At December 31, 2019 
Switzerland, Republic of Korea and Taiwan$21,947
At December 31, 2018 
Netherlands$7,338
At December 31, 2017 
Australia, European Central Bank, Luxembourg and India$29,257
Allowance for credit losses
1.AFS
CrossAvailable-for-sale-border exposure, including derivative contracts, that exceeds 0.75% but does not exceed 1% of the Firm’s consolidated assets.




December 2019 Form 10-KAML154

Anti-money laundering
Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms
mslogo.jpg

2018 Form 10-KAnnual report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2018 filed with the SEC
2019 Form 10-KAnnual report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2019 filed with the SEC
ABSAsset-backed securities
AFSAvailable-for-sale
AMLAnti-money laundering
AOCIAccumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
AUM
AUMAssets under management or supervision
Balance sheetConsolidated balance sheet
Balance sheetsBHCConsolidated balance sheets
BEATBase erosion and anti-abuse tax
BHCBank holding company
bps
bpsBasis points; one basis point equals 1/100th of 1%
Cash flow statementsstatementConsolidated cash flow statementsstatement
CCAR
CCARComprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CCyB
CCyBCountercyclical capital buffer
CDO
CDOCollateralized debt obligation(s), including Collateralized loan obligation(s)
CDS
CDSCredit default swaps
CECLCurrent Expected Credit Losses, as calculated under the Financial Instruments—Credit Losses accounting update
CECLCFTCCurrent expected credit loss
CFTCU.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission
CLNCredit-linked note(s)
CLNCLOCredit-linked note(s)
CLOCollateralized loan obligation(s)
CMBS
CMBSCommercial mortgage-backed securities
CMO
CMOCollateralized mortgage obligation(s)
CRMCredit Risk Management Department
CVACredit valuation adjustment
DVA
DVADebt valuation adjustment
EBITDA
EBITDAEarnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization
ELNEquity-linked note(s)
EMEA
EMEAEurope, Middle East and Africa
EPS
EPSEarnings per common share
E.U.European Union
E.U.FDICEuropean Union
FDICFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FFELP
FFELPFederal Family Education Loan Program
FFIECFHCFederal Financial Institutions Examination Councilholding company
FICC
FHCFinancial Holding Company
FICCFixed Income Clearing Corporation
FICO
FICOFair Isaac Corporation
Financial statementsConsolidated financial statements
FVA
FVAFunding valuation adjustment
FVOFair value option
GILTIG-SIBGlobal Intangible Low-Taxed Income
GLRGlobal liquidity reserve
G-SIBGlobal systemically important banks
HELOC
HELOCHome Equity Line of Credit
HFIHeld-for-investment
HQLAHFSHeld-for-sale
HQLAHigh-quality liquid assets
HTMHeld-to-maturity
HTMI/EHeld-to-maturityIntersegment eliminations
IHC
I/EIntersegment eliminations
IHCIntermediate holding company
IMInvestment Management
IMIncome statementInvestment ManagementConsolidated income statement
IRS
Income statementsConsolidated income statements
IRSInternal Revenue Service
ISInstitutional Securities
ISLCRInstitutional Securities
LCRLiquidity coverage ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies
LIBOR
LIBORLondon Interbank Offered Rate
LTVLoan-to-value
M&AMerger, acquisition and restructuring transaction
MSBNA
MSBNAMorgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

MS&Co.155December 2019 Form 10-K

Glossary of Common Terms and Acronyms
mslogo.jpg

MS&Co.Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
MSCGMorgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.
MSIPMSCSMorgan Stanley Capital Services LLC
MSESEMorgan Stanley Europe SE
MSIPMorgan Stanley & Co. International plc
MSMS
MSMSMorgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.
MSPBNA
MSPBNAMorgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association
MSSB
MSSBMorgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC
MUFG
MUFGMitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.
MUMSS
MUMSSMitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.
MWhMegawatt hour
MWhN/AMegawatt hourNot Applicable
N/MNot Meaningful
N/ANAVNot Applicable
NAVNet asset value
Non-GAAP
N/MNot Meaningful
Non-GAAPNon-generally accepted accounting principles
NSFR
NSFRNet stable funding ratio, as proposedadopted by the U.S. banking agencies
OCC
OCCOffice of the Comptroller of the Currency
OCI
OCIOther comprehensive income (loss)
OISOvernight index swap
OTCOver-the-counter
OTTIOther-than-temporary impairment
PRAPrudential Regulation Authority
PSUPerformance-based stock unit
RMBSResidential mortgage-backed securities
ROEOISOvernight index swap
OTCOver-the-counter
PRAPrudential Regulation Authority
PSUPerformance-based stock unit
RMBSResidential mortgage-backed securities
ROEReturn on average common equity
ROTCE
ROTCEReturn on average tangible common equity
ROURight-of-use
ROURSURight-of-use
RSURestricted stock unit
RWARisk-weighted assets
RWASCBRisk-weighted assetsStress capital buffer
SEC
SECU.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
SLR
SLRSupplementary leverage ratio
SOFR
SOFRSecured Overnight Financing Rate
S&PStandard & Poor’s
SPE
SPESpecial purpose entity
SPOE
SPOESingle point of entry
TDR
TDRTroubled debt restructuring
TLAC
TLACTotal loss-absorbing capacity
U.K.United Kingdom
U.K.UPBUnited Kingdom
UPBUnpaid principal balance
U.S.
U.S.United States of America
U.S. GAAPAccounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
VaRValue-at-Risk
VaRVIEValue-at-Risk
VIEVariable interest entity
WACC
WACCImplied weighted average cost of capital
WM
WMWealth Management


December 20192021 Form 10-K156142


Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Controls and Procedures
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Firm conducted an evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Firm’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Firm’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Firm;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Firm’s management and directors; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Firm assets that could have a material effect on the Firm’s financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019.2021. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Firm maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019.2021.
The Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.
 

157143December 20192021 Form 10-K


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley:

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2019,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Firm maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements of the Firm as of and for the year ended December 31, 20192021 and our report dated February 27, 202024, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion
The Firm’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
New York, New York
February 27, 202024, 2022
 


December 20192021 Form 10-K158144


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 20192021 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.
Other Information
On February 26, 2020, the Firm announcedNone.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Paul C. Wirth would step down from his position as Deputy Chief Financial Officer and Controller of the Firm in May 2020. After that date, Mr. Wirth will become a Senior Advisor in the Finance Division reporting to the Chief Financial Officer.Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.
On February 27, 2020, the Firm announced that Raja J. Akram, age 47, will become Deputy Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller of the Firm in May 2020.

Beginning in November 2017, Mr. Akram was Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Citigroup Inc. Since 2006, Mr. Akram held a number of roles in Citigroup Inc., including Deputy Controller, head of the Finance group’s Corporate Accounting Policy team supporting M&A activities, and Brazil Country Finance Officer.

For 2020, Mr. Akram will receive a base salary of $600,000 and a year-end bonus of $4,400,000 that is payable in a combination of cash and deferred incentive compensation. Upon commencement of employment, Mr. Akram will receive incoming awards in the form of a one-time cash payment, a one-time deferred cash award, and a one-time restricted stock unit award with an aggregate value of $5,000,000. Deferred incentive compensation awards, including deferred cash and restricted stock units, are subject to the terms and conditions of the governing award documentation, including vesting and cancellation conditions. In the event that Mr. Akram’s employment offer is withdrawn by the Firm, with limited exceptions, or his employment is terminated by the Firm without cause, he is entitled to severance in an amount equal to his 2020 base salary and the value of any portion of the 2020 year-end bonus and incoming awards that have not yet been paid or awarded.
Unresolved Staff Comments
The Firm, like other well-known seasoned issuers, from time to time receives written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding its periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act. There are no comments that remain unresolved that the Firm received not less than 180 days before the end of the year to which this report relates that the Firm believes are material.
Properties
We have offices, operations and data centers located around the world. Our global headquarters and principal executive offices are located at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York. Our other principal offices include locations in Manhattan and the greater New York metropolitan area, London, Hong Kong and Tokyo. Our current facilities are adequate for our present and future operations for each of our business segments, although we may add regional offices, depending upon our future operations.
Legal Proceedings
In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.
The Firm is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Firm’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings
sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Firm, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.
The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Firm’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.
In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. The Firm cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the

159December 2019 Form 10-K


calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.investigation, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and consideration of novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question. Subject to the foregoing, the Firm believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Firm, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Firm’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Firm’s revenues or income for such period.
While the Firm has identified below certain proceedings that the Firm believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be material.
Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters
On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley& Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million CDS referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the CDS with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the CDS, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 21, 2018, the court denied the Firm’s motion for summary judgment and granted in part the Firm’s motion for sanctions related to the spoliation of evidence. On January 18, 2019, CDIB filed a motion to clarify and resettle the portion of the court’s December 21, 2018 order granting spoliation sanctions. On January 24, 2019, CDIB filed a notice of appeal from the court’s December 21, 2018 order, and on January 25, 2019, the Firm filed a notice of appeal from the same order. On March 7, 2019, the court denied the relief that CDIB sought in a motion to clarify and resettle the portion of the court’s December 21, 2018 order granting spoliation sanctions. On December 5, 2019, the Appellate Division, First Department (“First Department") heard the parties’ cross-appeals.
On May 17, 2013, the plaintiff in IKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al.al. filed a complaint against the Firm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of
NY. the State of New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by
145December 2021 Form 10-K

securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $133 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On October 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm or sold to plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $116 million. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division, First Department (“First Department") affirmed the trial court’s order denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.
On July 2, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff in Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC1 (MSAC 2007-NC1) v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY styled Deutsche Bank National TrustCompany, as Trustee for the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC1 v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. On February 3, 2014, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.25 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission, interest and interest.costs. On April 12, 2016, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing all claims except a single claim alleging failure to notify, regarding which the motion was denied without prejudice. On December 9, 2016, the Firm renewed its motion to dismiss that notification claim. On January 17, 2017, the First Department affirmed the lower court’s April 12, 2016 order. On April 13, 2017, the First Department denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals.Appeals (“Court of Appeals"). On March 8, 2018, the trial court denied the Firm’s renewed motion to dismiss the notification claims.
On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, Successor-by-Merger to MorganStanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach

December 2019 Form 10-K160


of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On November 24, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 13, 2018, the Firm filed a motion to renew its motion to dismiss. On April 4, 2019, the court denied the Firm’s motion to renew its motion to dismiss.
On November 6, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff in Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan StanleyABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC3 (MSAC 2007-NC3) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC3 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley
Mortgage Capital Inc. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.3 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission, interest and costs. On April 12, 2016, the court granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint and granted the plaintiff the ability to seek to replead certain aspects of the complaint. On January 17, 2017, the First Department affirmed the lower court’s order granting the motion to dismiss the complaint. On January 9, 2017, plaintiff filed a motion to amend its complaint. On April 13, 2017, the First Department denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals. On March 8, 2018, the trial court granted plaintiff’s motion to amend its complaint to include failure to notify claims. On March 19, 2018, the Firm filed an answer to plaintiff’s amended complaint.
On September 23, 2014, FGICFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styled Financial GuarantyInsurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory,
consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and interest.costs. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 24, 2017, the Firm filed a notice of appeal of the denial of its motion to dismiss the complaint and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017. On September 13, 2018, the First Department affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 20, 2018, the First Department denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals or, in the alternative, for reargument.re-argument. On July 30, 2021, the Firm filed a motion for summary judgment. On February 4, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential settlement agreement, which is conditioned on consummation of the Firm’s agreement to settle Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc.
On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage
December 2021 Form 10-K146

Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On October 19, 2018, the court granted the Firm’s motion for leave to amend its answer and to stay the case pending resolution of Deutsche Bank National Trust Company’s appeal to the Court of Appeals in another case, styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Barclays Bank PLC, regarding the applicable statute of limitations.limitations. On January 17, 2019, the First Department reversed the trial court’s order to the extent that it had granted in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 4, 2019, the First Department granted the Firm’s motion for leave to appeal its January 17, 2019 decision to the Court of Appeals. On March 19, 2020, the Firm filed a motion for partial summary judgment. On December 22, 2020, the Court of Appeals reversed the First Department and reinstated the trial court’s order to the extent it had granted in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 4, 2022, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation, which is conditioned on approval by either certificateholders in a consent solicitation or a court in a trust instructional proceeding.
Antitrust Related Matters
The Firm and other financial institutions are responding to a number of governmental investigations and civil litigation matters related to allegations of anticompetitive conduct in various aspects of the financial services industry, including the matters described below.
Beginning in February of 2016, the Firm was named as a defendant in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”) styled InRe: Interest Rate Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. and New York state antitrust laws from 2008 through December of 2016 in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for interest ratesrate swaps

161December 2019 Form 10-K


trading. Complaints were filed both on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased interest ratesrate swaps from defendants, as well as on behalf of two swap execution facilities that allegedly were thwarted by the defendants in their efforts to develop such platforms. The consolidated complaints seek, among other relief, certification of the investor class of plaintiffs and treble
damages. On July 28, 2017, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaints.

A decision on plaintiffs' motion for class certification is pending.
In August of 2017, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styled Iowa Public Employees’ RetirementSystem et al. v. Bank of America Corporation et al. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and New York state law in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for securities lending. The class action complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of borrowers and lenders who entered into stock loan transactions with the defendants. The class action complaint seeks, among other relief, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 27, 2018, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the class action complaint. A decision on plaintiffs' motion for class certification is pending.
Qui Tam Matters
The Firm and other financial institutions are defending against qui tam litigations brought under various state false claims statutes, including the matter described below. Such matters may involve the same types of claims pursued in multiple jurisdictions and may include claims for treble damages.
On August 18, 2009, Relators Roger Hayes and C. Talbot Heppenstall, Jr., filed a qui tam action in New Jersey state court styled State of New Jersey ex. rel. Hayes v. Bank of America Corp., et al. The complaint, filed under seal pursuant to the New Jersey False Claims Act, alleged that the Firm and several other underwriters of municipal bonds had defrauded New Jersey issuers by misrepresenting that they would achieve the best price or lowest cost of capital in connection with certain municipal bond issuances. On March 17, 2016, the court entered an order unsealing the complaint. On November 17, 2017, Relators filed an amended complaint to allege the Firm mispriced certain bonds issued in twenty-three bond offerings between 2008 and 2017, having a total par amount of $6.946 billion. The complaint seeks, among other relief, treble damages. On February 22, 2018, the Firm moved to dismiss the amended complaint, and on July 17, 2018, the court denied the Firm’s motion. On October 13, 2021, following a series of voluntary and involuntary dismissals, Relators limited their claims to certain bonds issued in five offerings the Firm underwrote between 2008 and 2011, having a total par amount of $3.856 billion.
Block Trading Matter

Beginning in June of 2019, the Firm has been responding to requests for information from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an investigation of various aspects of the Firm’s block trading business.
147December 2021 Form 10-K

Beginning in August of 2021, the Firm has been responding to requests for information from the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the SDNY in connection with its investigation of the same subject matter. The Firm is cooperating with these investigations.
European Matters
On October 11, 2011, an Italian financial institution, Banco Popolare Societá Cooperativa (“Banco Popolare”), filed a civil claim against the Firm in the Milan courts, styled
Banco Popolare Societá Cooperativa v Morgan Stanley& Co. International plc& others, related to its purchase of €100 million of bonds issued by Parmalat. The claim asserted by Banco Popolare alleges, among other things, that the Firm was aware of Parmalat’s impending insolvency and conspired with others to deceive Banco Popolare into buying bonds by concealing both Parmalat’s true financial condition and certain features of the bonds from the market and Banco Popolare. Banco Popolare seeks damages of €76 million (approximately $85 million) plus damages for loss of opportunity and moral damages. The Firm filed its answer on April 20, 2012. On September 11, 2018, the court dismissed in full the claim against the Firm. On March 11, 2019, the plaintiff filed an appeal in the Court of Appeal of Milan. On May 31, 2019, the Firm filed its response to the plaintiff’s appeal. An appeal hearing is scheduled to take place on September 16, 2020 in the Court of Appeal of Milan.
On June 22, 2017, the public prosecutor for the Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy filed a claim against the Firm styled Case No. 2012/00406/MNV, which is pending in the Regional Prosecutor’s Office at the Judicial Section of the Court of Auditors for Lazio, Italy. The claim relates to certain derivative transactions between the Republic of Italy and the Firm. The transactions were originally entered into between 1999 and 2005, and were restructured (and certain of the
transactions were terminated) in December 2011 and January 2012. The claim alleges, inter alia, that the Firm effectively acted as an agent of the state in connection with these transactions and asserts claims related to, among other things, whether the Ministry of Finance was authorized to enter into these transactions, whether the transactions were appropriate and whether the Firm’s conduct related to the termination of certain transactions was proper. The prosecutor is seeking damages through an administrative process against the Firm for €2.76 billion (approximately $3.1 billion). On March 30, 2018, the Firm filed its defense to the claim. On June 15, 2018, the Court issued a decision declining jurisdiction and dismissing the claim against the Firm. A hearing of the public prosecutor’s appeal was held on January 10, 2019. On March 7, 2019, the Appellate Division of the Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy issued a decision affirming the decision below declining jurisdiction and dismissing the claim against the Firm. On April 19, 2019, the public prosecutor filed an appeal with the Italian Supreme Court seeking to overturn this decision. On June 14, 2019, the Firm filed its response to the public prosecutor’s appeal.
In matters styled Case number 15/3637and Case number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) has challengedis challenging in the District Court in AmsterdamDutch courts the prior set-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $139$141 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’scorporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2013.2012. TheDutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled toreceive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, thata Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securitiessubject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to providecertain information to the Dutch Authority and to keep adequate books and records. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims.claims with respect to certain of the tax years in dispute. On June 4, 2018, the Dutch Authority filed an appeal beforeMay 12, 2020, the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam granted the Dutch Authority's appeal in matters re-styled Case number 18/00318and Case number 18/0031900319.. On June 26 and July 2, 2019, a hearing22, 2020, the Firm filed an appeal against the decision of the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam before the Dutch High Court. On January 29, 2021, the Advocate General of the Dutch Tax Authority’sHigh Court issued an advisory opinion on the Firm’s appeal, was held.which rejected the Firm’s principal grounds of appeal. On February 11, 2021, the Firm and the Dutch Authority each responded to this opinion. On June 22, 2021, Dutch criminal authorities sought various documents in connection with an investigation of the Firm related to the civil claims asserted by the Dutch Authority concerning the accuracy of the Firm subsidiary’s tax returns and the maintenance of its books and records for 2007 to 2012.
On October 5, 2017, various institutional investors filed a claim against the Firm and another bank in a matter now styled Case number B-803-18 (previously BS 99-6998/2017), in the City Court of Copenhagen, Denmark concerning their roles as underwriters of the initial public offering (“IPO”) in March 2014 of the Danish company OW Bunker A/S. The claim seeks damages of approximately DKK 534,270,456529 million (approximately $80$87 million) plus interest in respect of alleged losses arising from investing in shares in OW Bunker, which entered into bankruptcy in November 2014. Separately, on November 29, 2017, another group of institutional investors joined the Firm and another bank as defendants to pending proceedings in the High Court of Eastern Denmark against various other parties involved in the IPO in a matter styled Case number B-2073-16. The claim brought against the Firm and the other bank has been given its own Case number B-2564-17. The investors claim damages of

December 2019 Form 10-K162


approximately DKK 767,235,885767 million (approximately $115$126 million) plus interest from the Firm and the other bank on a joint and several basis with the Defendants to these proceedings. Both claims are
based on alleged prospectus liability; the second claim also alleges professional liability of banks acting as financial intermediaries. On June 8, 2018, the City Court of Copenhagen, Denmark ordered that the matters now styled Case number B-803-18, Case number B-2073-16,and Case number B-2564-17 be heard together before the High Court of Eastern Denmark. On June 29, 2018, the Firm filed its defense to the matter now styledCase number B-2564-17. On February 4, 2019, the Firm filed its defense to the matter now styled Case number B-803-18.B-803-18.
The following matters were terminated during or following the quarter ended December31, 2019:
On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-12, filed a complaint against the Firm styled Wilmington Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserted claims for breach of contract and alleged, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint sought, among other relief, unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. On February 28, 2014, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on June 14, 2016. Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order on August 17, 2016. On July 11, 2017, First Department affirmed in part and reversed in part an order granting in part and denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On August 10, 2017, plaintiff filed a motion for leave to appeal that decision. On September 26, 2017, the First Department denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the Court of Appeals. On October 31, 2018, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On September 10, 2019, the court entered a final judgment and order granting final approval of the settlement. On November 11, 2019, the parties filed a stipulation of voluntary discontinuance, dismissing the action with prejudice.
On September 19, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS 2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserted claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint sought, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. On
February 24, 2017, the Firm filed a notice of appeal of the denial of its motion to dismiss the complaint and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017. On September 13, 2018, the court affirmed the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On November 13, 2019, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On December 4, 2019, the parties filed a stipulation of voluntary discontinuance, dismissing the action with prejudice.
Beginning on March 25, 2019, the Firm was named as a defendant in a series of putative class action complaints filed in the Southern District of NY, the first of which is styled Alaska Electrical Pension Fund v. BofA Secs., Inc., et al. Each complaint alleges a conspiracy to fix prices and restrain competition in the market for unsecured bonds issued by the following Government-Sponsored Enterprises: the Federal National Mortgage Associate; the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation; and the Federal Home Loan Banks. The purported class period for each suit is from January 1, 2012 to June 1, 2018. Each complaint raises a claim under Section 1 of the Sherman Act and seeks, among other things, injunctive relief and treble compensatory damages. On May 23, 2019, plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended class action complaint styled In re GSE Bonds Antitrust Litigation, with a purported class period from January 1, 2009 to January 1, 2016. On June 13, 2019, the defendants filed a joint motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. On August 29, 2019, the court denied the Firm's motion to dismiss. On December 15, 2019, the Firm and certain other defendants entered into a stipulation of settlement to resolve the action as against each of them in its entirety. On February 3, 2020, the court granted preliminary approval of that settlement.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

163December 2019 Form 10-K


Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Morgan Stanley’s common stock trades under the symbol “MS” on the New York Stock Exchange. As of February 14, 2020,January 31, 2022, the Firm had 54,03950,502 holders of record; however, the Firm believes the number of beneficial owners of the Firm’s common stock exceeds this number.
The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Firm of its common stock during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2019.2021.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
$ in millions, except per share data
Total Number of Shares Purchased1
Average Price Paid per Share
Total Shares Purchased as Part of Share Repurchase Program2, 3
Dollar Value of Remaining Authorized Repurchase
October5,429,074 $101.85 5,390,586 $7,894 
November12,082,824 $100.19 12,067,997 $6,685 
December11,013,200 $98.34 10,927,639 $5,610 
Three Months Ended December 31, 202128,525,098 $99.79 28,386,222 
Three Months Ended December 31, 20191.
$ in millions, except per share data
Total 
Number
of Shares
Purchased
1
Average Price
Paid Per Share
Total Shares 
Purchased as
Part of Share Repurchase Program
2,3
Dollar Value
of Remaining Authorized Repurchase
October5,888,009
$45.59
5,851,110
$4,233
November11,221,315
$48.53
11,212,000
$3,689
December13,998,018
$49.67
13,872,271
$3,000
Total31,107,342
$48.48
30,935,381
 

1.Includes 171,961Includes 138,876 shares acquired by the Firm in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards granted under the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans during the three months ended December 31, 2019.
2.Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Firm deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time. On April 18, 2018, the Firm entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”). See Note 16 to the financial statements for further information on the sales plan.
3.
The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date.
Share repurchases by the Firm in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards granted under the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans during the three months ended December 31, 2021.
2.Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Firm deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time.
3.The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding common stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”) from time to time as conditions warrant and subject to regulatory non-objection. limitations on distributions from the Federal Reserve. The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date.
On June 27, 2019, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and28, 2021, the Firm received a non-objection toannounced that its 2019 Capital Plan. The Firm’s 2019 Capital Plan includes a shareBoard of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6.0$12 billion of its outstanding common stock during the period beginningfrom July 1, 20192021 through June 30, 2020.2022, from time to time as conditions warrant, which supersedes the previous common stock repurchase authorization. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans, and Stress Tests. and the Stress Capital Buffer.
December 2021 Form 10-K148

Stock Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of the Firm’s common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index for the last five years. The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on December 31, 20142016 and reinvestment of dividends on the respective dividend payment dates without commissions. This graph does not forecast future performance of the Firm’s common stock.
Cumulative Total Return
December31, 20142016 – December31, 20192021
cumulativetotalreturns19q4.jpgms-20211231_g12.jpg
 At December 31,
201620172018201920202021
Morgan Stanley$100.00 $126.62 $97.79 $129.73 $179.10 $262.57 
S&P 500 Stock Index100.00 121.82 116.47 152.82 180.93 232.81 
S&P 500 Financials Sector Index100.00 121.14 105.34 139.15 136.71 184.37 
 At December 31,
 201420152016201720182019
Morgan Stanley$100.00
$83.25
$113.27
$143.42
$110.77
$146.94
S&P 500 Stock Index100.00
101.37
113.49
138.26
132.19
173.44
S&P 500 Financials Sector Index100.00
98.44
120.83
146.37
127.28
168.13
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information relating to the Firm’s directors and nominees in the Firm’s definitive proxy statement for its 20202022 annual meeting of shareholders (“Morgan Stanley’s proxy statement”) is incorporated by reference herein.
Information relating to the Firm’s executive officers is contained in the “Business” section of this report under “Information about our Executive Officers.”
Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. You can find the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on the webpage, www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance/ethics.html.ethics.html. The Firm will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the New York Stock Exchange LLC, on the webpage.
Executive Compensation
Information relating to director and executive officer compensation in Morgan Stanley’s proxy statement is incorporated by reference herein.

December 2019 Form 10-K164


Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information about outstanding awards and shares of common stock available for future awards under all of Morgan Stanley’s equity compensation plans. Morgan Stanley has not made any grants of common stock outside of its equity compensation plans.
 At December 31, 2021
 (a)(b)(c)
plan category
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights1
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rightsNumber of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders72,542,158 $ 148,865,107 2
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders   
Total72,542,158 $ 148,865,107 
 At December 31, 2019 
 (a)(b)(c) 
plan category
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights1
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rightsNumber of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders70,446,083
$
122,853,162
2 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders


 
Total70,446,083
$
122,853,162
 
1.Includes outstanding restricted stock unit and performance stock unit awards. The number of outstanding performance stock unit awards is based on the target number of units granted to senior executives.
2.Includes the following:
1.Includes outstanding restricted stock unit and performance stock unit awards. The number of outstanding performance stock unit awards is based on the target number of units granted to senior executives.
2.Includes the following:
(a)39,182,870 shares available under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Pursuant to this plan, which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, eligible employees were permitted to purchase shares of common stock at a discount to market price through regular payroll deduction. The Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board (“CMDS Committee”) approved the discontinuation of the ESPP, effective June 1, 2009, such that no further contributions to the plan will be permitted following such date, until such time as the CMDS Committee determines to recommence contributions under the plan.
(b)67,453,320 shares available under the Equity Incentive Compensation Plan. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), performance-based units, other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
(c)14,869,924 shares available under the Employee Equity Accumulation Plan, which includes 733,757 shares available for awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
(d)355,243 shares available under the Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan. Awards consist of restricted stock units, which are settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.
(e)991,805 shares available under the Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan. This plan provides for periodic awards of shares of common stock and stock units to non-employee directors and also allows non-employee directors to defer the cash fees they earn for services as a director in the form of stock units.
(a)39,182,870 shares available under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Pursuant to this plan, which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, eligible employees are permitted to purchase shares of common stock at a discount to market price through regular payroll deduction. The Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board (“CMDS Committee”) approved the discontinuation of the ESPP, effective June 1, 2009, such that no further contributions to the plan would be permitted following such date, until such time as the CMDS Committee determined to recommence contributions under the plan. Effective February 1, 2022, the CMDS Committee approved the recommencement of contributions under the ESPP to begin as soon as administratively practicable thereafter.
(b)93,602,123 shares available under the Equity Incentive Compensation Plan. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), performance-based units, other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
(c)14,869,924 shares available under the Employee Equity Accumulation Plan, which includes 733,757 shares available for awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
(d)355,243 shares available under the Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan. Awards consist of restricted stock units, which are settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.
(e)854,947 shares available under the Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan. This plan provides for periodic awards of shares of common stock and stock units to non-employee directors and also allows non-employee directors to defer the cash fees they earn for services as a director in the form of stock units.
Other information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the caption “Ownership of Our Common Stock” in Morgan Stanley’s proxy statement and such information is incorporated by reference herein.
149December 2021 Form 10-K

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions in Morgan Stanley’s proxy statement is incorporated by reference herein.
Information regarding director independence in Morgan Stanley’s proxy statement is incorporated by reference herein.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information regarding principal accountant fees and services in Morgan Stanley’s proxy statement is incorporated by reference herein.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Documents filed as part of this report
The financial statements required to be filed in this annual report on Form 10-K are included in the section titled “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Exhibit Index1
Certain of the following exhibits, as indicated parenthetically, were previously filed as exhibits to registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Securities Act or to reports or registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Exchange Act and are hereby incorporated by reference to such statements or reports. Morgan Stanley’s Exchange Act file number is 1-11758. The Exchange Act file number of Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a predecessor company (“MSG”), was 1-9085.
Exhibit No.Description
3.1*
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s current report on Form 8-K dated October 29, 2015).
4.1*
4.2
Amended and Restated Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-e4e to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289) as amended by Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of October 8, 2007 (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

Exhibit No.165December 2019 Form 10-K


Exhibit No.Description
4.3
Senior Indenture dated as of November 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752), as amended by First Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 4, 2007 (Exhibit 4.5 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007), Second Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 4, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s current report on Form 8-K dated January 4, 2008), Third Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 10, 2008 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008), Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of December 1, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s current report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2008), Fifth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of April 1, 2009 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009), Sixth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 16, 2011 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011), Seventh Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of November 21, 2011 (Exhibit 4.4 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011), Eighth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of May 4, 2012 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012), Ninth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of March 10, 2014 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014) and Tenth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 11, 2017 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s current report on Form 8-K dated January 11, 2017).
4.44.4*
4.5
4.54.6
4.64.7
December 2021 Form 10-K150

Exhibit No.Description
4.74.8
4.84.9
4.94.10
4.104.11
4.114.12
4.124.13
4.134.14
4.144.15
4.15
4.16
4.174.16

December 2019 Form 10-K166


4.22Exhibit No.Description
4.19
4.234.20
10.14.21
4.22
4.23
4.24
10.1
10.2
Amended and Restated Investor Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s current report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2011), as amended by Third Amendment, dated October 3, 2013 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013) and, Fourth Amendment, dated April 6, 2016 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016), Fifth Amendment, dated October 4, 2018 (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020), and Sixth Amendment, dated April 13, 2021 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021).
151December 2021 Form 10-K

Exhibit No.Description
10.3†
Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2013 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013), Amendment (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015), Amendment (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016), Amendment (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018), Amendment (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).
10.4†*
10.5†
Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.6†
Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of November 1, 2018 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018).
10.7†
Employees’ Equity Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.8†
Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended and restated as of February 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.20 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
Exhibit No.Description
10.9†
Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014).

167December 2019 Form 10-K


Exhibit No.Description
10.10†
1995 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (Annex A to MSG’s proxy statement for its 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006), Amendment (Exhibit 10.24 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.11†
Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under the Pre-Tax Incentive Program 2 (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s annual report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996).
10.12†
Key Employee Private Equity Recognition Plan (Exhibit 10.43 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000).
10.13†10.11†
Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-146954)).
10.14†10.12†
Supplementary Deed of Participation for the Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan, dated as of November 5, 2009 (Exhibit 10.36 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
10.15†10.13†
Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, by and between Corporate Services Support Corp. and James P. Gorman (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.16†10.14†
Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, dated August 16, 2005, and amendment dated December 17, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010), as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.25 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).
10.17†10.15†
Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s current report on Form 8-K dated November 22, 2005).
10.18†10.16†
10.19†10.17†
Exhibit No.Description
10.20†
Form of Award Certificate under the 2006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan (10.18†Exhibit 10.7 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.21†
Morgan Stanley 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan, amended as of June 4, 2009 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.22†
Form of Award Certificate under the 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan for Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.23†
Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.54 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.24†
Morgan Stanley Schedule of Non-Employee Directors Annual Compensation, effective as of November 1, 2018 (Exhibit 10.24 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018).
10.25†10.19†
Morgan Stanley UK Limited Alternative Retirement Plan, dated asDescription of October 8, 2009Operating Committee Medical Coverage (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.26†
Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Colm Kelleher, dated January 5, 2015 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015).
10.27†
Description of Operating Committee Medical Coverage (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015).
10.28†December 2021 Form 10-K152

Exhibit No.Description
10.20†
Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units. (Exhibit 10.33 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017).
10.29†10.21†
Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan. (Exhibit 10.34 to Morgan Stanley’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017).
10.30†10.22†
10.31†10.23†
Memorandum to Colm Kelleher Regarding Relocation to New York, dated February 25, 2016Form of Aircraft Time-Sharing Agreement (Exhibit 10.210.1 to Morgan Stanley’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016)September 30, 2020).
21*
23.1*22*
23.1*
2423.2*
24
31.1*

December 2019 Form 10-K168


Exhibit No.Description
31.2*
32.1**
32.2**
101Interactive Data Files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T formatted in Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (“Inline XBRL”).
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).
1.For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.

1.*For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.
Filed herewith.
**Furnished herewith.
*Filed herewith.
**Furnished herewith.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b).
Note: Other instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of Morgan Stanley and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Section (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Morgan Stanley hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
Form 10-K Summary
None.

169December 2019 Form 10-K


Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 27, 2020.24, 2022.
MORGAN STANLEY
(REGISTRANT)
By:/s/ JAMES P. GORMAN
(James P. Gorman)
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute Jonathan Pruzan,Sharon Yeshaya, Eric F. Grossman and Martin M. Cohen, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said annual report on Form 10-K.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 27th24th day of February, 2020.2022.
SignatureTitle
/s/ JAMES P. GORMANChairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(James P. Gorman)(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JONATHAN PRUZANSHARON YESHAYAExecutive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Jonathan Pruzan)Sharon Yeshaya)(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ PAUL C. WIRTHRAJA J. AKRAMDeputy Chief Financial Officer
(Paul C. Wirth)Raja J. Akram)(PrincipalChief Accounting Officer)Officer and Controller)
/s/ ELIZABETH CORLEYDirector
(Elizabeth Corley)
/s/ ALISTAIR DARLINGDirector
(Alistair Darling)
SignatureTitle
153December 2021 Form 10-K

SignatureTitle
/s/ THOMAS H. GLOCERDirector
(Thomas H. Glocer)
/s/ ROBERT H. HERZDirector
(Robert H. Herz)
/s/ NOBUYUKI HIRANODirector
(Nobuyuki Hirano)
/s/ ERIKA H. JAMESDirector
(Erika H. James)
/s/ HIRONORI KAMEZAWADirector
(Hironori Kamezawa)
/s/ SHELLEY B. LEIBOWITZDirector
(Shelley B. Leibowitz)
/s/ STEPHEN J. LUCZODirector
(Stephen J. Luczo)
/s/ JAMI MISCIKDirector
(Jami Miscik)
/s/ DENNIS M. NALLYDirector
(Dennis M. Nally)
/s/ TAKESHI OGASAWARADirector
(Takeshi Ogasawara)
/s/ HUTHAM S. OLAYANDirector
(Hutham S. Olayan)
/s/ MARY L. SCHAPIRODirector
(Mary L. Schapiro)
/s/ PERRY M. TRAQUINADirector
(Perry M. Traquina)
/s/ RAYFORD WILKINS, JR.Director
(Rayford Wilkins, Jr.)



December 20192021 Form 10-KS-1154